# pali

volume: 30
item: 44
title: vinodanāpahātabbāasavavaṇṇanā^dhammadāyādasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^29^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tasmā^eb^^a^V1.0161^ea^^a^M1.0180^ea^^b^taṃ dassetvā^eb^ti yasmā suttantavaṇṇanā suttanikkhepaṃ dassetvā vuccamānā pākaṭā hoti, yasmā cassa dhammadāyādasuttassa aṭṭhuppattiko nikkhepo, tasmā taṃ nikkhepaṃ dassetvā, kathetvāti attho. ^b^Lābhasakkāre^eb^ti (saṃ. ni. ṭī. 2.2.63) lābhasakkārasaṅkhātāya aṭṭhuppattiyāti keci, lābhasakkāre vā aṭṭhuppattiyāti apare. Yā hi lābhasakkāranimittaṃ tadā bhikkhūsu paccayabāhullikatā jātā, taṃ aṭṭhuppattiṃ katvā bhagavā imaṃ desesīti. ^b^Yamakamahāmegho^eb^ti heṭṭhāolambanaupariuggamanavasena satapaṭalo sahassapaṭalo yugaḷamahāmegho. ^b^Tiṭṭhanti ceva^eb^ bhagavati katthaci nibaddhavāsaṃ vasante, cārikaṃ pana gacchante ^b^anubandhanti ca^eb^. Bhikkhūnampi yebhuyyena kappasatasahassaṃ tato bhiyyopi pūritadānapāramisañcayattā tadā mahālābhasakkāro uppajjīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘evaṃ bhikkhusaṅghassapī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sakkato^eb^ti sakkārappato. ^b^Garukato^eb^ti garukārappatto. ^b^Mānito^eb^ti bahumato manasā piyāyito ca. ^b^Pūjito^eb^ti mālādipūjāya ceva catupaccayābhipūjāya ca pūjito. ^b^Apacito^eb^ti apacāyanappatto. Yassa hi cattāro paccaye sakkatvāpi abhisaṅkhate paṇītapaṇīte upanenti, so sakkato. Yasmiṃ garubhāvaṃ paccupaṭṭhapetvā te denti, so garukato. Yaṃ manasā piyāyanti bahumaññanti ca, so bahumato. Yassa sabbametaṃ pūjāvasena karonti, so pūjito. Yassa abhivādanapaccuṭṭhānañjalikammādivasena paramanipaccakāraṃ karonti, so apacito. Bhagavati bhikkhusaṅghe ca loko evaṃ paṭipanno. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘tena kho pana…pe… parikkhārāna’’nti. ^b^Lābhaggayasaggapatta^eb^nti lābhassa ca yasassa ca aggaṃ ukkaṃsaṃ pattaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Paccayā cīvarādayo garukātabbā etesanti ^b^paccayagarukā,^eb^ āmisacakkhukāti attho. Paccayesu giddhā gadhitā paccayānaṃ bahulabhāvāya paṭipannāti ^b^paccayabāhulikā^eb^. ^b^Bhagavatopi pākaṭā ahosi^eb^ pakaticārittavasenāti adhippāyo aññathā apākaṭasseva abhāvato. Dhammasabhāvacintāvasena pavattaṃ sahottappañāṇaṃ ^b^dhammasaṃvego,^eb^ idha ^a^M1.0181^ea^ pana so bhikkhūnaṃ lābhagarutādhammavasena ^a^V1.0162^ea^ veditabbo. ^b^Samaṇadhammavuttī^eb^ti samaṇadhammakaraṇaṃ. ^b^Sā^eb^ti dhammadāyādadesanā. Paṭibimbadassanavasena sabbakāyassa dassanayoggo ādāsoti ^b^sabbakāyikāadāso^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Pitu-dāyaṃ, tena dātabbaṃ, tato laddhabbaṃ arahabhāvena ādiyantīti ^b^dāyādā,^eb^ puttā. Tañca loke āmisameva, sāsane pana dhammopīti tattha yaṃ sāvajjaṃ aniyyānikañca, taṃ paṭikkhipitvā, yaṃ niyyānikaṃ anavajjañca, tattha bhikkhū niyojento bhagavā avoca ^b^‘‘dhammadāyādā me, bhikkhave, bhavatha, mā āmisadāyādā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dhammassa me dāyādā^eb^ti mama dhammassa ogāhino, dhammabhāgabhāginoti attho. Tathā hi vakkhati ‘‘dhammakoṭṭhāsasseva sāmino’’ti (ma. ni. aṭṭha.1.29). ^b^Nibbattitadhammo^eb^ti asaṃkilesikānuttarādibhāvena dhammasāmaññato niddhāritadhammo. Pariyāyeti sabhāvato parivattetvā ñāpeti etenāti ^b^pariyāyo,^eb^ leso, lesakāraṇaṃ vā. Tadabhāvato ^b^nippariyāyadhammo^eb^ maggappattiyā apāyapatanādito accantameva vāraṇato. Itaro vuttavipariyāyato ^b^pariyāyadhammo^eb^ accantaṃ apāyadukkhavaṭṭadukkhapātanato paramparāya vāraṇato. Yathā hi lokiyaṃ kusalaṃ dānasīlādi vivaṭṭaṃ uddissa nibbattitaṃ, ayaṃ taṃ asampādentampi taṃ sampāpakassa dhammassa nibbattakāraṇabhāvapariyāyena pariyāyadhammo nāma hoti, evaṃ taṃ vaṭṭaṃ uddissa nibbattitaṃ, yaṃ taṇhādīhi savisesaṃ āmasitabbato āmisanti loke pākaṭaṃ acchādanabhojanādi, tassa, taṃsadisassa ca phalavisesassa nimittabhāvapariyāyena pariyāyāmisanti vuccatīti dassento āha ^b^‘‘yaṃ panidaṃ…pe… idaṃ pariyāyāmisaṃ nāmā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Sakalameva hidaṃ, ānanda, brahmacariyassa yadidaṃ kalyāṇamittatā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.2, 3) ādivacanato sāvakehi adhigatopi lokuttaradhammo satthuyevāti vattabbataṃ arahatīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘nippariyāyadhammopi bhagavatoyeva santako’’^eb^ti. Sāvakānañhi dhammadiṭṭhipaccayassapi yonisomanasikārassa visesapaccayo paratoghoso ca tathāgatādhīnoti tehi paṭividdhopi dhammo dhammassāminoyevāti vattuṃ yuttaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘bhagavatā hī’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ^b^anuppannassa maggassā^eb^ti kassapassa bhagavato sāsanantaradhānato pabhuti yāva imasmā buddhuppādā asambodhavasena na uppannassa ariyamaggassa. ^b^Uppādetā^eb^ti nibbattetā. Taṃ panetaṃ maggassa ^a^M1.0182^ea^ bhagavato nibbattanaṃ, na paccekabuddhānaṃ viya sasantāneyeva, atha kho parasantānepīti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘asañjātassa maggassa sañjanetā,^eb^^b^anakkhātassa maggassa akkhātā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tayidaṃ maggassa uppādanaṃ sañjānanañca atthato jānanaññeva asammohapaṭivedhabhāvatoti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘maggaññū maggavidū’’^eb^ti. Akkhānaṃ panassa sukusalabhāvenāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘maggakovido’’^eb^ti. Satthārā ^a^V1.0163^ea^ yathāgataṃ maggaṃ anugacchantīti ^b^maggānugā^eb^ bhagavato eva taṃ maggaṃ suṭṭhu adhigamanato. Pacchā parato sammā anu anu āgatā paṭipannāti ^b^pacchā samannāgatā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Jānaṃ jānātī^eb^ti jānitabbameva abhiññeyyādibhedaṃ jānāti ekantahitapaṭipattito. ^b^Passaṃ passatī^eb^ti tathā passitabbameva passati. Atha vā ^b^jānaṃ jānātī^eb^ti sabbaññutaññāṇena jānitabbaṃ jānātiyeva. Na hi padesañāṇena jānitabbaṃ sabbaṃ ekantato jānāti. ^b^Passaṃ passatī^eb^ti dibbacakkhu paññācakkhu dhammacakkhu buddhacakkhu samantacakkhusaṅkhātehi pañcahi cakkhūhi passitabbaṃ passatiyeva. Atha vā ^b^jānaṃ jānātī^eb^ti yathā aññe savipallāsā kāmarūpapariññāvādino jānantāpi vipallāsavasena jānanti, na evaṃ bhagavā. Bhagavā pana pahīnavipallāsattā jānanto jānātiyeva, diṭṭhidassanassa ca abhāvā passanto passatiyevāti attho. ^b^Cakkhubhūto^eb^ti paññācakkhumayattā tassa ca pattattā sattesu ca taduppādanato dassanapariṇāyakaṭṭhena lokassa cakkhu viya bhūto. ^b^Ñāṇabhūto^eb^ti etassa ca evameva attho daṭṭhabbo. Dhammā bodhipakkhiyā, brahmā maggo, tehi uppannattā, tesaṃvā pattattā adhigatattā, lokassa ca taduppādanato ^b^‘‘dhammabhūto,^eb^^b^brahmabhūto’’^eb^ti ca veditabbo. ^b^Vattā^eb^ti catusaccadhammaṃ vadatīti vattā. Ciraṃ saccappaṭivedhaṃ pavattento vadatīti ^b^pavattā^eb^. ^b^Atthassa ninnetā^eb^ti dhammatāsaṅkhātaṃ paramatthaṃ nibbānañca niddhāretvā dassetā, pāpayitā vā. ^b^Amatassa dātā^eb^ti amataṃ sacchikiriyaṃ sattesu uppādento amataṃ dadātīti amatassa dātā. Bodhipakkhiyadhammānaṃ tadāyattabhāvato ^b^dhammassāmī^eb^.<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Yā ca nibbānasampatti, sabbametena labbhati;<br/><br/>[22]Sukho vipāko puññānaṃ, adhippāyo samijjhati. (peṭako. 23);<br/><br/>[03]Nibbānapaṭisaṃyutto, sabbasampattidāyako’’ti –<br/><br/>[03]Evamādiṃ ^a^M1.0183^ea^ bhagavato vacanaṃ sutvā eva bhikkhū dānādipuññānaṃ vivaṭṭasannissayataṃ jānanti, na aññathāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘pariyāyadhammopi…pe… paṭilabhatī’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Edisaṃ paribhuñcitabba’’nti kappiyassa ca cīvarādipaccayassa bhagavato vacanena vinā paṭiggahopi bhikkhūnaṃ na sambhavati, kuto paribhogoti āha ^b^‘‘nippariyāyāmisampī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Pariyāyāmisassa bhagavato santakabhāvo pariyāyadhammassa tabbhāveneva dīpito. Tadeva sāmibhāvaṃ ^a^V1.0164^ea^ dassentoti sambandho. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti attādhīnapaṭilābhapaṭiggahatāya attano santakattā ca. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti tasmiṃ dhammāmise.<br/><br/>[03]Paccayā cīvarādayo paramā pāpuṇitabbabhāvena uttamamariyādā etassa na uttarimanussadhammā appicchatādayo cāti ^b^paccayaparamo,^eb^ lābhagarūti attho. ^b^Taṇhuppādesū^eb^ti ‘‘cīvarahetu vā, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, piṇḍapātasenāsanaitibhavābhavahetu vā, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjatī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.311; a. ni. 4.9; itivu. 105) evaṃ vuttesu catūsu taṇhuppattikoṭṭhāsesu. Appicchatāsantuṭṭhisallekhapavivekādayo ^b^appicchatādayo^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tatthā^eb^ti tasmiṃ ovāde, tesu vā dhammapaṭiggāhakesu bhikkhūsu. Bhavissati vā yesaṃ tatthāti yojanā. Imasmiṃ pakkhe ^b^tatthā^eb^ti tasmiṃ ovāde icceva attho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Adhippāyo^eb^ āmisadāyādatāya uppajjanakānatthānuppādassa dhammadāyādatāya uppajjanakāṭṭhuppattiyā ca ākaṅkhā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘passatī’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ^b^āmise upakkhalitāna^eb^nti āmisahetu vippaṭipannānaṃ. ^b^Atītakāle^eb^ti kassapasammāsambuddhakāle. ^b^Kapilassa bhikkhuno^eb^ vatthu kapilasuttena, ^b^‘‘saṅghāṭipiādittā hotī’’^eb^tiādinā lakkhaṇasuttena (saṃ. ni. 2.218) ca vibhāvetabbaṃ. Āmisagaruko appagghabhāvena kūṭakahāpaṇo viya nittejo samaṇatejena anujjalato nibbutaṅgāro viya nippabho ca hotīti yojanā. ^b^Tato^eb^ti paccayagarukabhāvato. ^b^Vivattitacitto^eb^ti vinivattitamānaso, sallekhavuttīti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dhammadāyādā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0184^ea^ ettāvatā antogadhāvadhāraṇaṃ vacananti tena avadhāraṇena nivattitamatthaṃ vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘mā āmisadāyādā’’^eb^ti paṭikkhepo dassito. Tatheva ca vibhāvetuṃ adhippāyānisaṃsavibhāvanesupi dassito, tathā ādīnavavibhāvanena dhammadāyādatāpaṭikkhepo. ^b^Apadisitabbā^eb^ti heṭṭhā katvā vattabbāti. ^b^Ādiyā^eb^ti ettha yasmā ^b^ā^eb^-kāro mariyādattho, tasmā dhammadāyādatāvidhurena āmisadāyādabhāvena hetubhūtena, karaṇabhūtena vā ādiyaṃ vivecanaṃ viññūhi visuṃ karaṇaṃ vavatthānassa hotīti āha ^b^‘‘visuṃ kātabbā’’^eb^ti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘viññūhi gārayhā bhaveyyāthāti vuttaṃ hotī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Atthi me tumhesu anukampā…pe… no āmisadāyādā’’ti bhikkhūsu attano karuṇāyanākittanaṃ ^a^V1.0165^ea^ tesaṃ mudukaraṇaṃ, ‘‘ahampi tenā’’tiādi pana tatopi savisesaṃ mudukaraṇanti āha ^b^‘‘atīva mudukaraṇattha’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nāḷakapaṭipadādayo^eb^ nāḷakasuttādīsu (su. ni. 684-728) āgatapaṭipattiyo. Tā pana yasmā nāḷakattherādīhi paṭipannā paramasallekhavuttibhūtā atiukkaṭṭhapaṭipattiyo, tasmā idha dhammadāyādapaṭipadāya udāharaṇabhāvena uddhaṭā. ^b^Sakkhibhūtā^eb^ti tāya paṭipattiyā vuccamānāya ‘‘kiṃ me vinā paṭipajjanako atthī’’ti asaddahantānaṃ paccakkhakaraṇena sakkhibhūtā. ^b^Imasmi^eb^nti ‘‘tumhe ca me bhikkhave dhammadāyādā’’tiādike vākye. ^b^Sesa^eb^nti ‘‘tumhe ca me’’tiādikaṃ sukkapakkhe āgataṃ pāḷipadaṃ. ^b^Vuttanayapaccanīkenā^eb^ti ‘‘tena dhammadāyādabhāvena no āmisadāyādabhāvenā’’ti evaṃ kaṇhapakkhe vuttanayassa paṭipakkhena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^30^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Thomanaṃ sutvā^eb^ti paṭipajjanakassa puggalassa pasaṃsanaṃ sutvā yathā taṃ saparisassa āyasmato upasenassa paṭipattiyā sīlathomanaṃ sutvā. ^b^Nipātapada^eb^nti iminā idha-saddassa anatthakatamāha. ^b^Pavārito^eb^ti paṭikkhepito. Yo hi bhuñjanto bhojanena titto parivesakena upanītabhojanaṃ paṭikkhipati, so tena pavāritena paṭikkhepito nāma hoti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pavāritoti…pe… vuttaṃ hotī’’^eb^ti. Pakārehi diṭṭhādīhi vāreti saṅghādike yācāpeti bhatte ^a^M1.0185^ea^ karoti etāyāti ^b^pavāraṇā,^eb^ āpattivisodhanāya attavossaggo okāsadānaṃ. Sā pana yasmā yebhuyyena vassaṃvutthehi kātabbā vuttā, tasmā ^b^‘‘vassaṃvutthapavāraṇā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Pavāreti paccaye icchāpeti etāyāti ^b^pavāraṇā,^eb^ cīvarādīhi upanimantanā. Pakārayuttā vāraṇāti ^b^pavāraṇā,^eb^ vippakatabhojanatādicaturaṅgasahito bhojanapaṭikkhepo. Sā pana yasmā anatirittabhojananimittāya āpattiyā kāraṇaṃ hoti, tasmā ^b^‘‘anatirittapavāraṇā’’^eb^ti vuttā. Yāvadatthabhojanassa pavāraṇā ^b^yāvadatthapavāraṇā,^eb^ pariyositabhojanassa upanītāhārapaṭikkhepoti attho.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Bhuttāvī’’ti vacanato bhojanapāripūritā idhādhippetāti āha ^b^‘‘paripuṇṇoti bhojanena paripuṇṇo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pariyosito^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo ‘‘bhojanena bhojanakiriyāya pariyosito’’ti. ^b^Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ pana adhippetatthaṃ pākaṭaṃ katvā dassetuṃ bhojana-saddassa lopo vutto. ^b^Dhāto^eb^ti titto. ^b^Sādhakānī^eb^ti ñāpakāni. Pariyositabhojanaṃ suhitayāvadatthatāgahaṇehi bhuttāvitādayo, bhuttāvitādiggahaṇehi vā itare bodhitā hontīti aññamaññaṃ nesaṃ ñāpakañāpetabbataṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yo hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Evaṃ chahipi padehi udarāvadehakaṃ bhojanaṃ dassitaṃ ^a^V1.0166^ea^, tañca kho parikappanāvasena. Na hi bhagavā evaṃ bhuñjati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sabbañcetaṃ parikappetvā vutta’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Siyā eva, nāpi siyā’’ti ca idaṃ atthadvayampi idha sambhavatīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘idha ubhayampi vaṭṭatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Athā^eb^ti anantaraṃ, mama bhojanasamanantaramevāti attho. Taṃ pana yasmā yathāvuttakālapaccāmasanaṃ hoti, tasmā ^b^‘‘tamhi kāle’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Apparuḷhaharite^eb^ti ruhamānatiṇādiharitarahite. Abhāvattho ca ayaṃ ^b^appa^eb^-saddo ‘‘appiccho’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.252, 336; saṃ. ni. 2.148) viya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kathitepī^eb^ti ^b^pi^eb^-saddo avuttasamuccayattho. Tena vāpasamīkaraṇādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Tathā hesa ^b^vutta^eb^-saddo ‘‘no ca kho paṭivutta’’ntiādīsu (pārā. 289) vāpasamīkaraṇe dissati, ‘‘pannalomo paradattavutto’’tiādīsu (cūḷava. 332) jīvitavuttiyaṃ, ‘‘paṇḍupalāso bandhanā pavutto’’tiādīsu (pārā. 92; pāci. 666; mahāva. 129; ma. ni. 3.59) apagame, ‘‘gītaṃ pavuttaṃ ^a^M1.0186^ea^ samihita’’ntiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.285) pāvacanabhāvena pavattite, loke pana ‘‘vuttaṃ parāyaṇa’’ntiādīsu (mahābhāsa 7.2.26) ajjhene dissatīti.<br/><br/>[03]Na ettha piṇḍapātabhojanena dhammadāyādatā nivāritā, piṇḍapātabhojanaṃ pana anādaritvā dhammānudhammapaṭipattīti ettha kāraṇaṃ dassento āha ^b^‘‘piṇḍapātaṃ…pe… vītināmeyyā’’^eb^ti. Tattha ^b^vītināmeyyā^eb^ti kammaṭṭhānānuyogena khepeyya. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ādittasīsūpamaṃ paccavekkhitvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ādittasīsūpama^eb^ntiādittasīsūpamasuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kiñcāpī^eb^ti ayaṃ ‘‘yadipī’’ti iminā samānattho nipāto. Nipāto ca nāma yattha yattha vākye payujjati, tena tena vattabbatthajotako hotīti idha ‘‘piṇḍapāta’’ntiādinā anuññāpasaṃsāvasena vuccamānassa atthassa jotakoti adhippāyena ^b^‘‘anujānanapasaṃsanatthe nipāto’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ, anuññāpasaṃsārambhe pana ‘‘asambhāvanatthe’’ti vuttaṃ siyā purimeyeva sambhāvanāvibhāvanato adhikattānulomato ca.<br/><br/>[03]Ekavāraṃ pavattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkhipanaṃ kathaṃ dīgharattaṃ appicchatādīnaṃ kāraṇaṃ hotīti codanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘tassa hī’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ^b^atricchatā^eb^ti atra icchatīti atriccho, tassa bhāvo atricchatā, atthato paralābhapatthanā. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ‘‘purimeyeva sakalābhena asantuṭṭhi, paralābhe ^a^V1.0167^ea^ ca patthanā, etaṃ atricchatālakkhaṇa’’nti (vibha. aṭṭha. 849). ^b^Pāpicchatā^eb^ti asantaguṇasambhāvanādhippāyatā. Pāpā icchā etassāti pāpiccho, tassa bhāvo pāpicchatā. Yathāha ‘‘asantaguṇasambhāvanatā paṭiggahaṇe ca amattaññutā, etaṃ pāpicchalakkhaṇa’’nti (vibha. aṭṭha. 851). Mahantāni vatthūni icchati, mahatī vā tassa icchāti mahiccho, tassa bhāvo ^b^mahicchatā^eb^. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘santaguṇasambhāvanatā paṭiggahaṇe ca amattaññutā, etaṃ mahicchalakkhaṇa’’nti. Paccavekkhamāno nivāressatīti yojanā. ^b^Assa^eb^ bhikkhuno ^b^saṃvattissati^eb^ piṇḍapātapaṭikkhepo.<br/><br/>[03]Mahiccho puggalo yathā paccayadānavasena paccayadāyakehi bharituṃ asakkuṇeyyo, evaṃ paccayapariyesanavasena attanāpīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘attanopi^eb^^a^M1.0187^ea^^b^upaṭṭhākānampi dubbharo hotī’’^eb^ti. Saddhādeyyassa vinipātavasena pavattiyā ^b^aññassa ghare chaḍḍento^eb^. ^b^Rittapattovā^eb^ti yesu kulesu paṭipiṇḍavasena pavattati, tesaṃ sabbapacchimaṃ attano yathāladdhaṃ datvā tattha kiñci aladdhā rittapatto ^b^vihāraṃ pavisitvā nipajjati^eb^ jighacchādubbalyenāti adhippāyo. Yathāladdhapaccayaparibhogena, puna pariyesanānāpajjanena attano subharatā, yathāladdhapaccayena avaññaṃ akatvā santosāpattiyā upaṭṭhākānaṃ subharatā veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kathāvatthūnī^eb^ti appicchatādipaṭisaṃyuttānaṃ kathānaṃ vatthūnīti kathāvatthūni, appicchatādayo eva. ^b^Tīṇī^eb^ti tīṇi kathāvatthūni. ^b^Abhisallekhikā^eb^ti ativiya kilese sallikhatīti abhisallekho, appiccha tādiguṇasamudāyo, so etissā atthīti abhisallekhikā, mahicchatādīnaṃ tanubhāvāya yuttarūpā appicchatādipaṭisaṃyuttatā. ^b^Cetovinīvaraṇasappāyā^eb^ti kusalacittuppattiyā nivārakānaṃ nīvaraṇānaṃ dūrībhāvakaraṇena cetovinīvaraṇasaṅkhātānaṃ samathavipassanānaṃ sappāyā. Samathavipassanācittasseva vā vibhūtibhāvakaraṇāya sappāyā upakārikāti ^b^cetovinīvaraṇasappāyā^eb^. ^b^Ekantanibbidāyā^eb^tiādi yena nibbidādiānisaṃsena ayaṃ kathā abhisallekhikā cetovinīvaraṇasappāyā ca nāma hoti, taṃ dassetuṃ vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^ekantanibbidāyā^eb^ti ekaṃsena vaṭṭadukkhato nibbindanatthāya. ^b^Virāgāya nirodhāyā^eb^ti tasseva virajjanatthañca nirujjhanatthañca. ^b^Upasamāyā^eb^ti sabbakilesavūpasamāya. ^b^Abhiññāyā^eb^ti sabbassapi abhiññeyyassa abhijānanāya. ^b^Sambodhāyā^eb^ti catumaggasambodhāya. ^b^Nibbānāyā^eb^ti anupādisesanibbānāya. Etesu hi ādito tīhi vipassanā vuttā, puna tīhi maggo, itarena nibbānaṃ. Tena samathavipassanā ādiṃ katvā nibbānapariyosāno ayaṃ sabbo uttarimanussadhammo dasakathāvatthulābhino sambhavatīti dasseti. ^b^Paripūressantī^eb^ti taṃsabhāvato upakārato ^a^V1.0168^ea^ ca saṃvattissanti. Appicchatādayo hi ekavārauppannā upari tadatthāya saṃvattissanti. Kathāvatthuparipūraṇaṃ sikkhāparipūraṇañca vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Amataṃ nibbāna^eb^nti anupādisesanibbānadhātuṃ. Itarā pana sekkhāsekkhadhammapāripūriyā paripuṇṇā. Nibbānapāripūri cettha tadāvahadhammapāripūrivasena pariyāyato ^a^M1.0188^ea^ vuttāti veditabbā. Idāni yāyaṃ appicchatādīnaṃ anukkamaparivuddhiyā guṇapāripūritā, taṃ upamāya sādhento ^b^‘‘seyyathāpī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^pāvussako^eb^ti vassānamāse uṭṭhito. So hi cirānuppavatti hoti. ^b^Pabbatakandarā^eb^ pabbatesu upaccakādhiccakāpabhavanijjharādinadiyo. ^b^Sarasākhā^eb^ti yattha upariunnatapadesato udakaṃ āgantvā tiṭṭhati ceva sandati ca, te. ^b^Kusobbhā^eb^ khuddakataḷākā. ^b^Kunnadiyo^eb^ti pabbatapādato nikkhantā khuddakanadiyo. Tā hi mahānadiyo otarantiyo paripūrenti. ^b^Paramadhammadāyāda^eb^nti paramaṃ uttamaṃ dhammadāyādabhāvaṃ, paramaṃ dhammadāyajjaṃ vā. ^b^Te bhikkhū^eb^ti te dhammapaṭiggāhake bhikkhū. ^b^Sanniyojento^eb^ti mūlaguṇehi appicchatādīhi yojento.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Uggahetvā^eb^ti atthato byañjanato ca upadhāraṇavasena gahetvā aviparītaṃ gahetvā. ^b^Saṃsandetvā^eb^ti mama desanānusārena mamajjhāsayaṃ avirajjhitvā. Yathā idheva ^b^cintesī^eb^ti yathā imissā dhammadāyādadesanāya cintesi, evaṃ aññatthāpi dhammathomanatthaṃ gandhakuṭiṃ pavisanto cintesi. ^b^Ekajjhāsayāyā^eb^ti samānādhippāyāya. ^b^Matiyā^eb^ti paññāya. ^b^Ayaṃ desanā aggā^eb^tiādi bhagavā dhammasenāpatiṃ guṇato eva paggaṇhātīti katvā vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Cittagatiyā^eb^ti cittavasena kāyassa pariṇāmanena ‘‘ayaṃ kāyo idaṃ cittaṃ viya hotū’’ti kāyassa cittena samānagatikatādhiṭṭhānena. Kathaṃ pana kāyo dandhappavattiko lahuparivattanacittena samānagatiko hotīti? Na sabbathā samānagatiko. Yatheva hi kāyavasena cittapariṇāmane cittaṃ sabbathā kāyena samānagatikaṃ na hoti. Na hi tadā cittaṃ sabhāvasiddhena attano khaṇena avattitvā dandhavuttikassa rūpadhammassa khaṇena vattituṃ sakkoti, ‘‘idaṃ cittaṃ ayaṃ kāyo viya hotū’’ti pana adhiṭṭhānena dandhagatikassa kāyassa anuvattanato yāva icchitaṭṭhānappatti, tāva kāyagatiṃ anulomentameva hutvā santānavasena pavattamānaṃ cittaṃ kāyagatikaṃ katvā pariṇāmitaṃ nāma hoti, evaṃ ‘‘ayaṃ kāyo idaṃ cittaṃ viya hotū’’ti adhiṭṭhānena pageva lahusaññāya sukhumasaññāya ca sampāditattā abhāvitiddhipādānaṃ viya dandhaṃ avattitvā yathā lahuṃ katipayacittavāreheva icchitaṭṭhānappatti hoti ^a^M1.0189^ea^, evaṃ pavattamāno kāyo cittagatikabhāveneva pariṇāmito nāma hoti, na ekacittakkhaṇeneva pavattiyā. Evañca katvā ^a^V1.0169^ea^ bāhusamiñjanappasāraṇūpamāpi upacārena vinā suṭṭhutaraṃ yuttā hoti, aññathā dhammatāvilomitā siyā. Na hi dhammānaṃ lakkhaṇaññathattaṃ iddhibalena kātuṃ sakkā, bhāvaññathattameva pana sakkāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^31^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Bhagavato adhippāyānurūpaṃ^eb^ bhikkhūnañca ajjhāsayaṃ ñatvāti vacanaseso. Desakāle viya bhājanampi oloketvā eva mahāthero dhammaṃ katheti. ^b^Pakkantassā^eb^ti idaṃ anādare sāmivacananti dassento ^b^‘‘pakkantassa sato’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Kittakenā^eb^ti kena parimāṇena. Taṃ pana parimāṇaṃ yasmā parimeyyassa atthassa paricchindanaṃ hoti, tasmā ^b^‘‘kittāvatāti paricchedavacana’’^eb^nti āha. ^b^Nukāro pucchāya^eb^nti ayaṃ nu-saddo idheva pucchāyaṃ āgatoti katvā vuttaṃ. Nu-saddena hettha jotiyamāno attho kiṃ-saddena parimāṇo attho parimeyyattho ca. Ettha saṃkilesapakkho vivekassa ananusikkhanaṃ āmisadāyādatā, vodānapakkho tassa anusikkhanaṃ dhammadāyādatāti. ^b^Tīhi vivekehī^eb^ti vivekattayaggahaṇaṃ tadantogadhattā vivekapañcakassa. Vivekapañcakaggahaṇe panassa sarūpena kāyaviveko gahito na siyā, tadāyattattā vā satthārā tadā payujjamānavivekadassanavasena ^b^‘‘tīhi vivekehī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Aññatarampī^eb^ti kasmā vuttaṃ. Na hi kāyavivekamattena dhammadāyādabhāvo sijjhatīti? Na, vivekadvayasannissayasseva kāyavivekassa idhādhippetattā. Evañca katvā cittavivekaggahaṇampi samatthitaṃ hoti. Na hi lokiyajjhānādhigamamattena nippariyāyato satthudhammadāyādabhāvo icchito, nibbānādhigamena pana so icchito, tasmā sabbāpi sāsane vivekānusikkhanā nibbānapoṇā nibbānapabbhārā nibbānogadhā cāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘tiṇṇaṃ vivekānaṃ aññatarampī’’^eb^ti. Asati āloke andhakāro viya asati dhammadāyādatāya ekaṃsiyā āmisadāyādatāti āha ^b^‘‘āmisadāyādāva hontī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Esa nayo sukkapakkhepī^eb^ti kaṇhapakkhato sādhāraṇavasena labbhamānaṃ atthasāmaññaṃ atidisati, na atthavisesaṃ tassa visadisattā, atthavisesameva vā atidisati visadisūdāharaṇūpāyañāyena. ‘‘Tiṇṇaṃ vivekānaṃ aññatara’’nti idaṃ idha na labbhati. Tayopi ^a^M1.0190^ea^ hi vivekā, tesu eko vā itaradvayasannissayo idha labbhati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dūratopī^eb^ti dūraṭṭhānatopi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tiroraṭṭhatopī’’^eb^tiādi. Kāmaṃ ‘‘paṭibhātū’’ti ettha paṭi-saddāpekkhāya ‘‘sāriputta’’nti upayogavacanaṃ, attho pana sāmivacanavaseneva veditabboti dassento āha ^b^‘‘āyasmatoyeva sāriputtassā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Bhāgo hotū^eb^ti iminābhāgattho paṭi-saddoti dasseti lakkhaṇādiatthānaṃ idha ayujjanato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘evaṃ saddalakkhaṇena sametī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dissatū^eb^ti ñāṇena dissatu, passatūti vā attho. ^b^Upaṭṭhātū^eb^ti ñāṇassa paccupatiṭṭhatu. ^b^Uggahessantī^eb^ti ^a^V1.0170^ea^ vācuggataṃ karissanti. Vācuggatakaraṇañhi uggaho. ^b^Pariyāpuṇissantī^eb^ti tasseva vevacanaṃ. Puripucchanādinā vā atthassa citte āpādanaṃ paṭṭhapanaṃ pariyāpuṇanaṃ. ^b^Kāraṇavacana^eb^nti yathāvuttassa kāraṇabhāvena vacanaṃ ‘‘hetumhi karaṇavacana’’nti katvā. Vuttatthapaccāmasanaṃ taṃ-saddena karīyatīti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yasmā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ekenevākārenā^eb^ti āmisadāyādatāsiddhena ādiyatāsaṅkhātena ekeneva pakārena. Tameva hi ākāraṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘bhagavatā vuttamattha’’^eb^nti. Aññathā ‘‘satthu pavivittassa viharato sāvakā vivekaṃ nānusikkhantī’ti ekeneva ākārena so attho therenapi vutto. ^b^Tīhi ākārehī^eb^ti āmisadāyādapaṭipadābhūtehi tiṇṇaṃ vivekānaṃ ananusikkhanākārehi. ^b^Ettāvatā^eb^ti ^b^‘‘idhāvuso…pe… nānusikkhantī’’^eb^ti ettakena kaṇhapakkhe uddesapāṭhena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vitthārato suvibhatto hoti^eb^ anavasesato sammadeva niddiṭṭhattā. Nanu ca uddese satthunopi ādiyatā bhagavatā gahitā, sā na niddiṭṭhāti anuyogaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘so ca kho’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Sāvake anuggaṇhantassā^eb^ti ‘‘āmisadāyādā satthu sāvakā’’ti satthu parappavādapariharaṇatthampi ‘‘tumhehi dhammadāyādehi bhavitabba’’nti evaṃ sāvake anukampamānassa. Sāvakānaṃ taṃ na yuttaṃ sāmīciabhāvatoti yojanā. ^b^Esa nayo^eb^ti yadidaṃ ‘‘ettāvatāyaṃ bhagavā’’tiādinā kaṇhapakkhe uddesassa atthavibhāgadassanamukhena sambandhadassanaṃ, esa nayo sukkapakkhepi sambandhadassaneti adhippāyo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ayaṃ tāvettha anusandhikkamayojanā’’^eb^ti, satthārā desitāya uddesadesanāya mahātherena ^a^M1.0191^ea^ desitāya ca anusandhikkamena sambandhoti attho. Yathānusandhi eva cettha anusandhi veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Accantapavivittassā^eb^ti ekantaupadhiviveko viya itarepi viveko satthu ekantikāvāti. Anusikkhanaṃ nāma anu anu pūraṇanti tappaṭikkhepena āha ^b^‘‘na paripūrentī’’^eb^ti, na paribrūhentīti attho, ^b^na paripūrentī^eb^ti vā na paripālentīti attho. Yadaggena hi vivekaṃ nānusikkhanti, tadaggena na paribrūhenti, na paripālentīti vā vattabbataṃ labhantīti. Kasmā panettha ‘‘vivekaṃ nānusikkhantī’’ti uddese viya avisesavacane kāyavivekasseva gahaṇaṃ katanti codanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘yadi panā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Pucchāyā^eb^ti pucchāto aviseso siyā vibhāgassa alabbhamānattā vissajjanassa. Nanu ca ‘‘vivekaṃ nānusikkhantī’’ti avisesavacanato pāḷiyaṃ vibhāgo na labbhatevāti? Na, padantarena vibhāvitattā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yesañca dhammāna’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Byākaraṇapakkho^eb^ti vissajjanapakkho. Vissajjanañca na pucchā viya avisesajotanā ^a^V1.0171^ea^, atha kho yathādhippetatthavibhajananti adhippāyo. ^b^Iminā padenā^eb^ti ‘‘vivekaṃ nānusikkhantī’’ti iminā padena kāyavivekaṃ aparipūriyamānaṃ dassetīti adhippāyo. ^b^Cittavivekaṃ upadhiviveka^eb^nti etthāpi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ettha ca nappajahantī^eb^ti pahātabbadhammānaṃ pahānābhāvavacanaṃ pahānalakkhaṇavivekābhāvadīpanaṃ, taṃ vatvā puna ‘‘viveke nikkhittadhurā’’ti vacanaṃ tato sātisayavivekābhāvadīpananti tadubhayavivekābhāvadassanena ‘‘yesañca dhammāna’’ntiādināva pārisesañāyena ‘‘vivekaṃ nānusikkhantī’’ti iminā vivekadvayamūlabhūtakāyavivekābhāvadassanaṃ katanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Avigatataṇhatāya taṃ taṃ parikkhārajātaṃ bahuṃ lanti ādiyantīti bahulā, bahulā eva ^b^bāhulikā^eb^ yathā ‘‘venayiko’’ti (ma. ni. 1.246; a. ni. 8.11; pārā. 8). Te pana yasmā paccayabahulabhāvāya yuttappayuttā nāma honti, tasmā āha ^b^‘‘cīvarādibāhullāya paṭipannā’’^eb^ti. Sikkhāya ādarabhāvābhāvato sithilaṃ adaḷhaṃ gaṇhantīti ^b^‘‘sāthalikā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Sithila^eb^nti bhāvanapuṃsakaniddeso, sithila-saddena vā samānatthassa sāthala-saddassa vasena ^b^‘‘sāthalikā’’^eb^ti padasiddhi veditabbā. ^b^Avagamanaṭṭhenā^eb^ti adhogamanaṭṭhena ^a^M1.0192^ea^, orambhāgiyabhāvenāti attho. ^b^Upadhiviveke^eb^ti sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggatāya upadhīhi vivitte. ^b^Oropitadhurā^eb^ti ujjhitussāhā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aniyamenevā^eb^ti kiñci visesaṃ anāmasitvā ‘‘sāvakā’’ti aviseseneva. ^b^Niyamento^eb^‘‘therā’’tiādinā. ^b^Dasavasse upādāyā^eb^ti dasavassato paṭṭhāya. ^b^Issariye^eb^ti ‘‘seṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ senāpatiṭṭhāna’’ntiādīsu viya. Acirakkhaṇobhāsena lakkhavedhako ^b^akkhaṇavedhi^eb^. ^b^Ṭhitiya^eb^nti avaṭṭhāne. ^b^Ṭhānaso^eb^ti taṅkhaṇeyeva. ^b^Tiṭṭhatī^eb^ti ādhārādheyyabhāvenāti āha ^b^‘‘tadāyattavuttibhāvenā’’^eb^ti. Upekkhānubrūhanā sattasaṅkhāresu udāsīnatāpi asaṅkhatādhigamassa upāyoti tabbipariyāyato cīvarādimaṇḍanā na upadhivivekapāripūriyā saṃvattatīti āha ^b^‘‘cīvarapatta…pe… apūrayamānā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti theravāre. ^b^Idhā^eb^ti majjhimanavakavāresu. Tathā hi ^b^‘‘majjhimatherakāle’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^32^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Imasmiñca kaṇhapakkhe^eb^ti imasmiñca niddesavāre kaṇhapakkhe, na uddesavāre kaṇhapakkhe. Uddesavāre pana kaṇhapakkhe vuttavipariyāyena gahetabbattho ‘‘esa nayo sukkapakkhepī’’ti atidesena dassito. ^b^Vuttapaccanīkanayenā^eb^ti ‘‘kāyavivekaṃ nānusikkhanti na paripūrentī’’tiādinā vuttassa atthassa paccanīkanayena, ‘‘kāyavivekaṃ anusikkhanti paripūrentī’’tiādinā ^a^V1.0172^ea^ nayena. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti etasmiṃ sukkapakkhe. ^b^Saṅkhepo^eb^ti atthasaṅkhepo. ^b^Yojanaparamparāyā^eb^ti gāmantato dūrabhāvena ekaṃ dve tīṇīti evaṃ yojanānaṃ paṭipāṭiyā. ^b^Araññavanapatthānī^eb^ti araññesu vanasaṇḍabhūtāni. ^b^Pantānī^eb^ti pariyantāni. ^b^Upagantuṃ yuttakālo^eb^ jarājiṇṇakālo gocaragāme dūre gamanāgamanasamatthatābhāvato. ‘‘Evaṃ guṇavantesu dinnaṃ aho sudinna’’nti ^b^paccayadāyakānaṃ pasādaṃ janenti^eb^. ^b^Pāsaṃsā^eb^ti pasaṃsitabbā. ^b^Ayampi mahāthero^eb^tiādi ekaṃ appamādavihārinaṃ vuddhataraṃ niddisitvā vadantānaṃ vasena vuttaṃ. ^b^Paviṭṭho^eb^ vivekaṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Sāyaṃ nikkhamati^eb^ yonisomanasikāraṃ upabrūhetvāti adhippāyo. ^b^Kasiṇaparikammaṃ karoti,^eb^ na yaṃ kiñci kiccantaraṃ. ^b^Samāpattiyo nibbatteti,^eb^ na moghamanasikāraṃ. ^b^Sabbathā^eb^tiādito tāva tadaṅgavasena kilesehi cittaṃ vivecento tato vikkhambhanavasena samucchedavasena paṭipassaddhivasenāti sabbappakārena cittavivekaṃ pūreti. ^b^Paṃsukūlāni dhāretī^eb^ti iminā bāhulikatābhāvaṃ dasseti, ^b^asithilaṃ sāsanaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0193^ea^^b^gahetvā^eb^ti iminā sāthalikatābhāvaṃ, ^b^vigatanīvaraṇo^eb^ti iminā okkamane nikkhittadhurataṃ, ^b^phalasamāpattinti^eb^ādinā pavivekapubbaṅgamataṃ dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^33^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tatrāvuso^eb^ti ettha ^b^iti^eb^-saddo ādiattho. Tena ‘‘lobho ca pāpako’’tiādinayappavattaṃ uparidesanaṃ anavasesato pariyādiyati. ^b^Ko anusandhī^eb^ti yā sā bhagavatā saṃkilesapakkhena saha dhammadāyādapaṭipattibhāvinī ‘‘dhammadāyādā me, bhikkhave, bhavatha, mā āmisadāyādā’’tiādinā desanā uddiṭṭhā, taṃ ‘‘satthu pavivittassa viharato’’tiādinā ārabhitvā aṭṭhārasavārapaṭimaṇḍitāya niddesadesanāya vibhajitvā tato paraṃ ‘‘tatrāvuso lobho ca pāpako’’tiādinayāya uparidesanāya sambandhaṃ pucchati. ^b^Eva^eb^nti saṃkilesapakkhe ‘‘nappajahantī’’ti pahānābhāvadassanavasena, vodānapakkhe ‘‘pajahantī’’ti pahānasabbhāvadassanavasenāti evaṃ. Aniddhāritasarūpā yaṃ-taṃ-saddehi dhamma-saddena sāmaññato ye pahātabbadhammā vuttā, te sarūpato dassetunti yojanā. ^b^Ime teti^eb^ ettha kasmā lobhādayo eva pahātabbadhammā vuttā, nanu ito aññepi mohadiṭṭhivicikicchādayo pahātabbadhammā santīti? Saccaṃ santi, te pana lobhādīhi tadekaṭṭhatā gahitā eva hontīti vuttā. Atha vā imesaṃyevettha gahaṇe kāraṇaṃ parato āvi bhavissati.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni upacayena anusandhiṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha sāvakānaṃ yassa dhammassa dāyādabhāvo satthu abhirucito, so ‘‘cattāro satipaṭṭhāne bhāvetī’’tiādinā akatthetvā ‘‘vivekaṃ anusikkhanti, te ca dhamme pajahanti, na ca bāhulikā’’tiādinā kathitattā ^a^V1.0173^ea^^b^heṭṭhā pariyāyeneva dhammo kathito^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Te ca dhamme nappajahanti, okkamane pubbaṅgamā’’tiādinā ^b^āmisaṃ pariyāyenapi kathitaṃ^eb^. ‘‘Siyā ca me piṇḍapāto’’tiādinā, ‘‘bāhulikā ca hontī’’tiādinā ca ^b^āmisaṃ nippariyāyenapi kathitaṃ^eb^. Atha vā yāyaṃ bhagavatā āmisadāyādapaṭikkhepanā dhammadāyādatā vuttā, yañca tadatthaṃ vibhajantena mahātherena attanā vivekānusikkhanādi vuttaṃ, tadubhayaṃ hetuvasena vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘tatrāvuso, lobho cā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ ^a^M1.0194^ea^. Hetunirodhena hi saṃkilesapakkhassa, nirodhahetusampādanena ca vodānapakkhassa tappāpakatā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Atītadesanānidassana^eb^nti atītāya therena yathādesitāya desanāya ca paccāmasanaṃ. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘satthu pavivittassa…pe… desanāyanti vuttaṃ hotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti yaṃ vuttaṃ visesato ‘‘yesaṃ dhammānaṃ satthā pahānamāhā’’ti, etasmiṃ pade. Tattha hi pahātabbadhammā lobhādayo sāmaññato vuttā. ^b^Lāmakā^eb^ti nihīnā. Lobhadosā hi hetuto paccayato sabhāvato phalato nissandato saṃkiliṭṭhapakatikā, āyatiṃ dukkhassa pāpanaṭṭhena vā pāpakā. ^b^Lubbhanalakkhaṇo^eb^ti ārammaṇassa abhigijjhanalakkhaṇo. Tathā hi so lubbhanti tena, sayaṃ vā lubbhati, lubbhanamattameva vā tanti ‘‘lobho’’ti vuccati. Rasādīsu abhisaṅgaraso, apariccāgapaccupaṭṭhāno, saṃyojaniyesu dhammesu assādadassanapadaṭṭhāno. ^b^Dussanalakkhaṇo^eb^ti ārammaṇe byāpajjanalakkhaṇo. Tathā hi so dussanti tena, sayaṃ vā dussati, dussanamattameva vā tanti ‘‘doso’’ti vuccati. Rasādīsu visappanaraso, sanissayadahanaraso vā, dussanapaccupaṭṭhāno, āghātavatthupadaṭṭhāno.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tesū^eb^tiādinā dassanena lobhadosānaṃ ekantato pahātabbatādassanaṃ. ^b^Āmisadāyādassa paccayānaṃ lābhe hotī^eb^ti idaṃ lobhassa ārammaṇaggahaṇasabhāvataṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, taṇhāya vasena pana anugijjhanaṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘aladdhaṃ patthetī’’^eb^ti āha. Alābhe paccayānaṃ āmisadāyādassa hotīti ānetvā yojanā. ^b^Alabhanto^eb^ti ettha ‘‘paccaye’’ti vibhattiṃ pariṇāmetvā yojetabbaṃ. ^b^Vighātavā^eb^ti ‘‘yampicchaṃ na labhati, tampi dukkha’’nti (ma. ni. 1.120; vibha. 190) vacanato icchāvighātavā. Lobho ca deyyadhamme hoti āmisadāyādassāti sambandho. Esa nayo anantarapadepi. ^b^Deyyadhamme^eb^ti ca idaṃ nidassanamattaṃ sattakelāyanādivasenapi tassa lobhuppattisabbhāvato. ‘‘Taṇhaṃ paṭicca pariyesanā, pariyesanaṃ paṭicca lābho’’ti evamādayo ^b^nava taṇhāmūlakā. Paripūreti^eb^ āmisadāyādoti vibhattivipariṇāmo veditabbo. Āvāsamacchariyādīni ^b^pañca macchariyāni^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Magga^eb^nti ^a^V1.0174^ea^^a^M1.0195^ea^ ariyamaggaṃ. So hi kilese mārento gacchati, nibbānatthikehi ca maggīyati, sayaṃ vā sacchikiriyābhisamayavasena nibbānaṃ maggatīti nippariyāyena ‘‘maggo’’ti vuccati. ^b^Eko anto^eb^ti itarena asammisso eko koṭṭhāso, hīnatāya vā lāmakaṭṭhena ^b^eko anto^eb^. Kāmaṃ aññepi kusaladhammā ete ante asampayogato na upenti, tehi vimuttā eva, ayaṃ pana accantavimuttiyā na upetīti āha ^b^‘‘vimutto etehi antehī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti antadvayavimuttattā. ^b^Etesaṃ majjhe bhavattā^eb^ti idaṃ maggassa ubhayantavimuttatāya eva vuttaṃ, na tappariyāpannatāya, vaṭṭadukkhanissaraṇatthikehi paṭipajjitabbato ca. ^b^Tathā^eb^ti yathā itarena asammissaṭṭhena lāmakaṭṭhena ca lobho eko anto, tathā ^b^kāmasukhallikānuyogo^eb^ti attho. Esa nayo sesesupi. Maggassa anupagamanañca nesaṃ antānaṃ sabbaso appavattikaraṇeneva daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Purimanayenā^eb^ti ‘‘ete dve ante na upetī’’tiādinā pubbe vuttanayena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saccāna^eb^nti catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ. ^b^Dassanapariṇāyakaṭṭhenā^eb^ti dassanassa pariññābhisamayādibhedassa parito sabbathā nayanaṭṭhena pavattanaṭṭhena. ^b^Cakkhukaraṇī^eb^ti dhammacakkhussa karaṇī nipphādikā. Tayidaṃ satipi paṭipadāya dhammacakkhuto anaññatte avayavavasena sijjhamāno attho samudāyena kato nāma hotīti upacāravasena vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tathā hi vakkhati ^b^‘‘maggoyeva hi maggatthāya saṃvattati maggena kātabbakiccakaraṇato’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ñāṇāyāti^eb^ yāthāvato jānanāya. Tenāha ^b^‘‘viditakaraṇaṭṭhenā’’^eb^ti. Visesañātabhāvāpādanañhi viditakaraṇaṃ. ^b^Vūpasamanato^eb^ti samucchindanavasena vūpasamanato. Dukkhādīnaṃ pariññeyyādibhāvo viya abhiññeyyabhāvopi maggavaseneva pākaṭo hotīti āha ^b^‘‘catunnampi saccānaṃ abhiññeyyabhāvadassanato’’^eb^ti, vibhāvanatoti attho. ^b^Sambodhoti maggo^eb^ ‘‘sambujjhati etenā’’ti katvā. ^b^Tassatthāyā^eb^ti maggakiccatthāya. Na hi maggato añño maggakiccakaro atthi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘maggoyeva hī’’^eb^tiādi. Atha vā sammādiṭṭhi uppajjamānā sahajātādipaccayabhāvena itare uppādeti, evaṃ sesamaggadhammāpīti evampi maggatthāya saṃvattanaṃ veditabbaṃ. ^b^Sacchikiriyāya paccakkhakammāyā^eb^ti sacchikaraṇasaṅkhātapaccakkhakammāya. ^b^Nibbānāyā^eb^ti vā anupādisesanibbānāya. ^b^Upasamāyāti^eb^^a^M1.0196^ea^ iminā saupādisesanibbānaṃ gahitanti. ^b^Aya^eb^nti ‘‘sā hi saccāna’’ntiādinā yathāvutto atthanayo. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti ‘‘cakkhukaraṇī’’tiādīsu padesu. ^b^Sāro^eb^ sundaro anapanīto. ^b^Ito aññathā^eb^ti ‘‘dukkhassa pariññāya diṭṭhivisuddhiṃ karotīti cakkhukaraṇī’’tiādinā atthavaṇṇanāpapañco kevalaṃ vitthāratthāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ayamevā^eb^ti ettha ^b^aya^eb^nti iminā attano aññesañca tassaṃ parisāyaṃ ariyānaṃ maggassa ^a^V1.0175^ea^ paccakkhabhāvaṃ dasseti. Āsannapaccakkhavācī hi ayaṃ-saddo. ^b^Aññamaggapaṭisedhanattha^eb^nti aññassa nibbānagāmimaggassa atthibhāvapaṭisedhanatthaṃ. Sattāpaṭikkhepo hi idha paṭisedhanaṃ alabbhamānattā aññassa maggassa. Buddhādīnaṃ sādhāraṇabhāvo anaññatā. Tenāha brahmā sahampati –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Ekāyanaṃ jātikhayantadassī,<br/><br/>[27]Maggaṃ pajānāti hitānukampī;<br/><br/>[26]Etena maggena tariṃsu pubbe,<br/><br/>[22]Tarissanti ye ca taranti ogha’’nti. (saṃ. ni. 5.384, 409; mahāni. 191; cūḷani. 107, 121; netti. 170);<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ārakattā^eb^ti iminā niruttinayena ariya-saddasiddhimāha. ^b^Aripahānāyā^eb^ti atthavacanamattaṃ. Arayo pāpadhammā yanti apagamanti etenāti ^b^ariyo^eb^. ^b^Ariyena desito^eb^ti ettha ariyassa bhagavato ayanti ^b^ariyo^eb^. ^b^Ariyabhāvappaṭilābhāyā^eb^ti ettha ariyakaro ^b^ariyo^eb^ti uttarapadalopena ariya-saddasiddhi veditabbā. Yasmā maggaṅgasamudāye maggavohāro hoti, samudāyo ca samudāyīhi samannāgato nāma hotīti āha ^b^‘‘aṭṭhahi aṅgehi upetattā’’^eb^ti, tasmā attano avayavabhūtāni aṭṭha aṅgāni etassa santīti ^b^aṭṭhaṅgiko^eb^. Yasmā pana paramatthato aṅgāniyeva maggo, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘na ca aṅgavinimutto’’^eb^ti yathā ‘‘chaḷaṅgo vedo’’ti. Sadisūdāharaṇaṃ pana dassento ^b^‘‘pañcaṅgikatūriyādīni viyā’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena caturaṅginī senāti evamādīnaṃ saṅgaho. ^b^Mārento gacchatī^eb^ti niruttinayena saddasiddhimāha. ^b^Maggatī^eb^ti gavesati. Ariyamaggo hi nibbānaṃ ārammaṇaṃ karonto taṃ gavesanto viya hotīti. ^b^Maggīyati nibbānatthikehi^eb^ vivaṭṭūpanissayapuññakaraṇato ^a^M1.0197^ea^ paṭṭhāya tadatthaṃ paṭipattito. ^b^Gammatī^eb^ti etena ādiantavipariyāyena saddasiddhimāha yathā ‘‘kakū’’ti. ^b^‘‘Seyyathidanti nipāto’’^eb^ti vatvā tassa sabbaliṅgavibhattivacanasādhāraṇatāya ^b^‘‘katamāni tāni aṭṭhaṅgānī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Nanu ca aṅgāni samuditāni maggo antamaso sattaṅgavikalassa ariyamaggassa abhāvatoti? Saccametaṃ saccapaṭivedhena, maggapaccayatāya pana yathāsakaṃ kiccakaraṇena paccekampi tāni maggoyevāti āha ^b^‘‘ekamekañhi aṅgaṃ maggoyevā’’^eb^ti, aññathā samuditānampi nesaṃ maggakiccaṃ na sambhaveyyāti. Idāni tamevatthaṃ pāḷiyā samatthetuṃ ^b^‘‘sammādiṭṭhimaggo ceva hetu cā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Sammā aviparītaṃ pariññābhisamayādivasena catunnaṃ saccānaṃ dassanaṃ paṭivijjhanaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ ^a^V1.0176^ea^ etissāti ^b^sammādassanalakkhaṇā^eb^. Sammā aviparītaṃ sampayuttadhamme nibbānārammaṇe abhiniropanaṃ appanālakkhaṇaṃ etassāti ^b^sammāabhiniropanalakkhaṇo^eb^ musāvādādīnaṃ visaṃvādanādikiccatāya lūkhānaṃ apariggāhakānaṃ paṭipakkhabhāvato siniddhasabhāvattā sampayuttadhamme, sammāvācappaccayasubhāsitasotārañca janaṃ sammadeva pariggaṇhātīti sammāvācā sammāpariggaho lakkhaṇaṃ etissāti ^b^sammāpariggahalakkhaṇā^eb^. Yathā kāyikā kiriyā kiñci kattabbaṃ samuṭṭhāpeti, sayañca samuṭṭhahanaṃ ghaṭanaṃ hoti, tathā sammākammantasaṅkhātā viratipīti ^b^sammāsamuṭṭhānalakkhaṇo sammākammanto^eb^. Sampayuttadhammānaṃ vā ukkhipanaṃ ^b^samuṭṭhānaṃ^eb^ kāyikakiriyāya bhārukkhipanaṃ viya. Jīvamānassa sattassa, sampayuttadhammānaṃ vā suddhi vodānaṃ, ājīvasseva vā jīvitappavattiyā suddhi vodānaṃ etenāti ^b^sammāvodānalakkhaṇo sammāājīvo^eb^. Kosajjapakkhe patituṃ adatvā sampayuttadhammānaṃ paggaṇhanaṃ anubalappadānaṃ ^b^paggaho^eb^. Ārammaṇaṃ upagantvā ṭhānaṃ, tassa vā anissajjanaṃ ^b^upaṭṭhānaṃ^eb^. Ārammaṇe sampayuttadhammānaṃ sammā, samaṃ vā ādhānaṃ ^b^samādhānaṃ^eb^. Sammā saṅkappeti sampayuttadhamme ārammaṇe abhiniropetīti ^b^sammāsaṅkappo^eb^. Sammā vadati etāyāti ^b^sammāvācā^eb^. Sammā karoti etenāti sammākammaṃ, tadeva ^b^sammākammanto^eb^. Sammā ājīvati etenāti ^b^sammāājīvo^eb^. Sammā vāyamati ussahati etenāti ^b^sammāvāyāmo^eb^. Sammā sarati anussaratīti ^b^sammāsati^eb^^a^M1.0198^ea^. Sammā samādhiyati cittaṃ etenāti ^b^sammāsamādhī^eb^ti evaṃ sammāsaṅkappādīnaṃ nibbacanaṃ veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Micchādiṭṭhi^eb^nti sabbampi micchādassanaṃ. ^b^Tappaccanīyakilese^eb^ti ettha ^b^taṃ^eb^-saddena sammādiṭṭhi. Na hi micchādiṭṭhiyā kilesā paccanīyā, atha kho sammādiṭṭhiyā. ^b^Avijjañcā^eb^ti avijjāggahaṇaṃ tassā saṃkilesadhammānaṃ pamukhabhāvato. Tenāha ‘‘avijjā, bhikkhave, pubbaṅgamā akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.1). Dassananivārakassa sammohassa samugghātena ^b^asammohato^eb^. Ettha ca ^b^micchādiṭṭhiṃ…pe… pajahatī^eb^ti etena pahānābhisamayaṃ, ^b^nibbānaṃ ārammaṇaṃ karotī^eb^ti etena sacchikiriyābhisamayaṃ, ^b^sampayuttadhamme^eb^tiādinā bhāvanābhisamayaṃ sammādiṭṭhikiccaṃ dasseti. Pariññābhisamayo pana nānantariyatāya atthato vutto eva hotīti daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Kathaṃ pana ekameva ñāṇaṃ ekasmiṃ khaṇe cattāri kiccāni sādhentaṃ pavattati. Na hi tādisaṃ loke diṭṭhaṃ, na āgamo vā tādiso atthīti na vattabbaṃ. Yathā hi padīpo ekasmiṃyeva khaṇe vaṭṭiṃ dahati, snehaṃ pariyādiyati, andhakāraṃ vidhamati, ālokañca vidaṃseti, evametaṃ ñāṇanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Maggasamaṅgissa ñāṇaṃ dukkhepetaṃ ñāṇaṃ, dukkhasamudayepetaṃ ñāṇaṃ ^a^V1.0177^ea^, dukkhanirodhepetaṃ ñāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāyapetaṃ ñāṇanti ^b^suttapadaṃ^eb^ (vibha. 754) ettha udāharitabbaṃ. Yathā ca sammādiṭṭhi pubbabhāge dukkhādīsu visuṃ visuṃ pavattitvā maggakkhaṇe ekāva catunnaṃ ñāṇānaṃ kiccaṃ sādhentī pavattati, evaṃ sammāsaṅkappādayo pubbabhāge nekkhammasaṅkappādināmakā hutvā kāmasaṅkappādīnaṃ pajahanavasena visuṃ visuṃ pavattitvā maggakkhaṇe tiṇṇaṃ catunnañca kiccaṃ sādhentā pavattanti. Sammāsamādhi pana pubbabhāgepi maggakkhaṇepi nānāyeva hutvā pavattatīti kāmañcettha sammādiṭṭhiyā sabbepi pāpadhammā paṭipakkhā, ujuvipaccanīkatādassanavasena pana sammādiṭṭhiyā kiccaniddese micchādiṭṭhiggahaṇaṃ kataṃ. Teneva ca ^b^‘‘tappaccanīyakilese cā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Yesaṃ kilesānaṃ anupacchindane sammādiṭṭhi na uppajjeyya, te micchādiṭṭhiyā sahajekaṭṭhatāya tadekaṭṭhāva tappaccanīyakilesā daṭṭhabbā. Sammāsaṅkappādīnaṃ kiccaniddesepi eseva nayo. Sotāpattimaggādivasena cattāro lokuttaramaggabhāvasāmaññena ekato katvā. Lobhadosā samudayasaccaṃ, yassa pana so samudayo taṃ dukkhasaccaṃ, pahānabhāvo maggasaccaṃ, yattha taṃ ^a^M1.0199^ea^ pahānaṃ, taṃ nirodhasaccanti imāni cattāri saccāni. Kasmā panettha lobhadosānaṃ visuṃ ādito ca gahaṇaṃ? Visuṃ gahaṇaṃ tāva tathābujjhanakānaṃ puggalānaṃ ajjhāsayavasena, imehi lobhadosehi āmisadāyādatā, tappahānena ca dhammadāyādatāti dassanatthaṃ, tadanusārena catusaccayojanāya evaṃ ekekassa niyyānamukhaṃ hotīti dassanatthañca. Sesavāresupi eseva nayo. Ādito gahaṇaṃ pana ativiya oḷārikatāya supākaṭabhāvato vakkhamānānaṃ aññesañca pāpadhammānaṃ mūlabhāvato tadekaṭṭhatāya ca veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kujjhanalakkhaṇo^eb^ti kuppanasabhāvo, cittassa byāpajjanāti attho. ^b^Caṇḍikkaṃ^eb^ luddatā, kururabhāvoti attho. ^b^Āghātakaraṇaraso^eb^ti ‘‘anatthaṃ me acarī’’tiādinā citte āghātassa karaṇaraso. ^b^Dussanapaccupaṭṭhāno^eb^ti saparasantānassa vināsanapaccupaṭṭhāno laddhokāso viya sapatto. ^b^Upanandhanaṃ^eb^ nānappakārassa uparūpari nandhanaṃ viya hotīti katvā. Tathā hesa ^b^‘‘verāppaṭinissajjanaraso, kodhānupabandhabhāvapaccupaṭṭhāno’’^eb^ti ca vutto. ^b^Aparakāle upanāhotiādī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena ‘‘upanayhanā upanayhitattaṃ āṭhapanā ṭhapanā saṇṭhapanā anusaṃsandanā anuppabandhanā daḷhīkamma’’ntiādīnaṃ (vibha. 891) niddesapadānaṃ atthavaṇṇanaṃ saṅgayhati. Upanāhasamaṅgī hi puggalo verassa anissajjanato ādittapūtialātaṃ viya jalati eva, cittañcassa dhoviyamānaṃ acchacammaṃ viya, masimakkhitapilotikā viya ca na sujjhateva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paraguṇamakkhanalakkhaṇo^eb^ti ^a^V1.0178^ea^ udakapuñchaniyā udakaṃ viya paresaṃ guṇānaṃ makkhanasabhāvo. Tathābhūto cāyaṃ attano kārakaṃ gūthena paharantaṃ gūtho viya paṭhamataraṃ makkheti evāti daṭṭhabbo. Tathā hessa saparasantānesu guṇaṃ makkhetīti ^b^makkho^eb^ti vuccati. ^b^Yugaggāho^eb^ samadhuraggahaṇaṃ asamānassapi abhūtassa samāropanaṃ. Samabhāvakaraṇaṃ ^b^samīkaraṇaṃ^eb^. Paresaṃ guṇappamāṇena attano guṇānaṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ paccupaṭṭhapetīti āha ^b^‘‘paresaṃ guṇappamāṇena upaṭṭhānapaccupaṭṭhāno’’^eb^ti. Tathā hesa paresaṃ guṇe ḍaṃsitvā viya attano guṇehi same karotīti ^b^paḷāso^eb^ti vuccati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Parasampattikhīyanaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0200^ea^ parasampattiyā usūyanaṃ. Issati parasampattiṃ na sahatīti ^b^issā^eb^. Tathā hesā ^b^‘‘parasampattiyā akkhamanalakkhaṇā’’^eb^ti vuccati. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti parasampattiyaṃ. ^b^Anabhiratirasā^eb^ abhiratipaṭipakkhakiccā. ^b^Vimukhabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā^eb^ parasampattiṃ passitumpi appadānato. ^b^Nigūhanalakkhaṇaṃ^eb^ attano sampattiyā parehi sādhāraṇabhāvāsahanato. ^b^Asukhāyanaṃ^eb^ na sukhanaṃ dukkhanaṃ, arocananti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]Katassa kāyaduccaritādipāpassa paṭicchādanaṃ ^b^katapāpapaṭicchādanaṃ^eb^. Tassa pāpassa āvaraṇabhāvena paccupatiṭṭhatīti ^b^tadāvaraṇapaccupaṭṭhānā,^eb^ māyā, yāya samannāgato puggalo bhasmachanno viya aṅgāro, udakachanno viya khāṇu, pilotikapaṭicchāditaṃ viya ca satthaṃ hoti. ^b^Avijjamānaguṇappakāsanaṃ^eb^ attani avijjamānasīlādiguṇavibhāvanaṃ, yena sāṭheyyena samannāgatassa puggalassa asantaguṇasambhāvanena cittānurūpakiriyāviharato ‘‘evaṃcitto, evaṃkiriyo’’ti dubbiññeyyattā kucchiṃ vā piṭṭhiṃ vā jānituṃ na sakkā. Yato –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Vāmena sūkaro hoti, dakkhiṇena ajāmigo;<br/><br/>[22]Sarena nelako hoti, visāṇena jaraggavo’’ti. (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.296; vibha. aṭṭha. 894; mahāni. aṭṭha. 166) –<br/><br/>[07]Evaṃ vuttayakkasūkarasadiso hoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Cittassa uddhumātabhāvo^eb^ thaddhalūkhabhāvo. ^b^Appatissayavuttī^eb^ti anivātavutti. Amaddavākārena paccupatiṭṭhati, amaddavataṃ vā paccupaṭṭhapetīti ^b^amaddavatāpaccupaṭṭhāno,^eb^ thambho, yena samannāgato puggalo gilitanaṅgalasīso viya ajagaro, vātabharitabhastā viya ca thaddho hutvā garuṭṭhāniye ca ^a^V1.0179^ea^ disvā onamitumpi na icchati, pariyanteneva carati. Karaṇassa uttarakiriyā ^b^karaṇuttariyaṃ^eb^. Visesato paccanīkabhāvo ^b^vipaccanīkatā^eb^. Parena hi kismiñci kate taddiguṇaṃ karaṇavasena ^b^sārambho^eb^ pavattati.<br/><br/>[03]Seyyādiākārehi unnamanaṃ ^b^unnati^eb^. Omānopi hi evaṃ karaṇamukhena sampaggahavaseneva pavattati. ‘‘Ahamasmi seyyo’’tiādinā ahaṃkaraṇaṃ sampaggaho ^b^ahaṅkāro^eb^. Pare abhibhavitvā adhikaṃ unnamanaṃ ^b^abbhunnati^eb^^a^M1.0201^ea^. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘pubbakāle attānaṃ hīnato dahati aparakāle seyyato’’ti (vibha. 877).<br/><br/>[03]^b^Mattabhāvo^eb^ jātiādiṃ paṭicca cittassa majjanākāro, yassa vā dhammassa vasena puggalo matto nāma hoti, so dhammo ^b^mattabhāvo. Madaggāhaṇaraso^eb^ madassa gāhaṇakicco. Mado hi attano majjanākāraṃ sampayuttadhamme gāhento viya pavattamāno taṃsamaṅgiṃ puggalampi tathā karonto viya hoti. Ahaṅkāravasena puggalaṃ aniṭṭhaṃ karonto cittassa ummādabhāvo viya hotīti ^b^ummādapaccupaṭṭhāno^eb^. Satiyā aniggaṇhitvā cittassa vossajjanaṃ ^b^cittavossaggo,^eb^ sativirahitoti attho. Yathāvuttassa vossaggassa anuppadānaṃ punappunaṃ vissajjanaṃ ^b^vossaggānuppadānaṃ^eb^. ^b^Imesaṃ^eb^ kodhādīnaṃ lobhādīnampi vā. ^b^Lakkhaṇādīnī^eb^ti lakkhaṇarasapaccupaṭṭhānāni. Padaṭṭhānaṃ pana dhammantaratāya na gahitaṃ. Nibbacanaṃ ‘‘kujjhatīti ^b^kodho,^eb^ upanayhatīti ^b^upanāho’’^eb^tiādinā suviññeyyamevāti na vuttaṃ, atthato pana kodho doso eva, tathā upanāho. Pavattiākāramattato hi kato nesaṃ bhedo, makkhapaḷāsasārambhā tadākārappavattā paṭighasahagatacittuppādadhammā, māyāsāṭheyyathambhamadappamādā tadākārappavattā lobhasahagatacittuppādadhammā. ^b^Thambho^eb^ vā mānaviseso cittassa thaddhabhāvena gahetabbato, tathā ^b^mado^eb^. Tathā hi so ‘‘māno maññanā’’tiādinā ^b^vibhaṅge^eb^ (vibha. 878) niddiṭṭho. Idha pana mānātimānānaṃ visuṃ gahitattā majjanākārena pavattadhammā eva ^b^‘‘mado’’^eb^ti gahetabbā. Sesānaṃ dhammantarabhāvo pākaṭo eva.<br/><br/>[03]Kasmā panettha ete eva aṭṭha dukā gahitā, kimito aññepi kilesadhammā natthīti? No natthi, ime pana āmisadāyādassa savisesaṃ kilesāya saṃvattantīti taṃ visesaṃ vibhāventena āmisadāyādassa lobhādīnaṃ pavattanākāraṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘visesato’’^eb^tiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha ^b^etthā^eb^ti etesu lobhādīsu. ^b^Alabhanto^eb^ āmisanti adhippāyo. Tatuttari uppanno kodhoti ānetvā sambandhitabbaṃ. ^b^Santepī^eb^ti vijjamānepi. ^b^Issatī^eb^ti issaṃ janeti. ^b^Padussatī^eb^ti tasseva vevacanaṃ. Tathā hi sā ‘‘issati dussati padussatī’’tiādinā niddiṭṭhā. Yasmā vā issaṃ ^a^V1.0180^ea^^a^M1.0202^ea^ janento ekaṃsato paduṭṭhacitto eva hoti, tasmā ^b^‘‘padussatī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Assā^eb^ti āmisadāyādassa. ^b^Evaṃ paṭipanno^eb^ti evaṃ asantaguṇappakāsanaṃ paṭipadaṃ paṭipanno. ^b^Ovadituṃ asakkuṇeyyo^eb^ti etena thambho nāma dovacassakaraṇo dhammoti dasseti. ^b^Kiñci vadati^eb^ ovādadānavasena. ^b^Thambhena…pe… maññanto^eb^ti iminā ca thambhassa mānavisesabhāvaṃ dasseti, thambhena vā hetunāti attho. ^b^Matto samāno^eb^ti matto honto. ^b^Kāma…pe… pamajjatī^eb^ti etena madavasena ekaṃsato pamādamāpajjatīti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Eva^eb^nti iminā āmisadāyādassa lobhādīnaṃ uppattikkamadassaneneva idha pāḷiyaṃ nesaṃ desanākkamopi dassitoti daṭṭhabbo. Na kevalaṃ imeheva, atha kho aññehi ca evarūpehi pāpakehi dhammehi aparimutto hotīti sambandho. Ke pana teti? Atricchatāmahicchatādayoti. Evaṃ mahādīnavā āmisadāyādatāti tato balavataro saṃvego janetabboti ayamettha ovādo veditabbo. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti etasmiṃ sutte. ^b^Sabbatthā^eb^ti sabbesu vāresu. ^b^Nibbisesoyevā^eb^ti eteneva paṭhamataraṃ idha dassitasaccayojanānayena sabbavāresu yojetabboti veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ñāṇaparicayapāṭavattha^eb^nti maggassa aṭṭhaṅgasattaṅgatādivisesavibhāvanāya ñāṇassa āsevanaṭṭhena paricayo ñāṇaparicayo, tassa paṭubhāvatthaṃ kosallatthaṃ. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti ariyamagge. ^b^Bhedo^eb^ti viseso. ^b^Kamo^eb^ti aṅgānaṃ desanānupubbī. ^b^Bhāvanānayo^eb^ti bhāvanāvidhi. ^b^‘‘Kadāci aṭṭhaṅgiko, kadāci sattaṅgiko’’^eb^ti saṅkhepato vuttamatthaṃ vivaranto puna ^b^‘‘ayaṃ hī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^lokuttarapaṭhamajjhānavasenā^eb^ti lokuttarassa paṭhamajjhānassa vasena. Ettha ca keci jhānadhammā maggasabhāvāti ekantato jhānaṃ maggato visuṃ katvā vattuṃ na sakkāti ‘‘lokuttarapaṭhamajjhānasahito’’ti avatvā ‘‘lokuttarapaṭhamajjhānavasena’’icceva vuttaṃ. Atha vā ^b^lokuttarapaṭhamajjhānavasenā^eb^ti lokuttarā hutvā paṭhamajjhānassa vasenāti evamettha attho veditabbo. Ariyamaggo hi vipassanāya pādakabhūtassa, sammasitassa vā paṭhamajjhānassa vasena aṭṭhaṅgiko hoti. Atha vā ajhānalābhino sukkhavipassakassa, jhānalābhino vā pādakamakatvā paṭhamajjhānassa, pakiṇṇakasaṅkhārānaṃ vā sammasane ^a^M1.0203^ea^ uppanno ariyamaggo aṭṭhaṅgiko hoti, svāssa aṭṭhaṅgikabhāvo paṭhamajjhānikabhāvenāti dassento ^b^‘‘paṭhamajjhānavasenā’’^eb^ti āha. Evaṃ ^b^‘‘avasesajjhānavasenā’’^eb^ti etthāti yathārahaṃ attho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Yadi ariyamaggo sattaṅgikopi hoti, atha kasmā pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘aṭṭhaṅgiko’’icceva vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘ukkaṭṭhaniddesato’’^eb^tiādi. Yathā cettha paṭipadāya maggavasena aṭṭhaṅgikasattaṅgikabhedo ^a^V1.0181^ea^, evaṃ bojjhaṅgavasena sattaṅgikachaḷaṅgikabhedo veditabbo appītikajjhānavasena chaḷaṅgikattā, maggavasena pana desanā āgatāti svāyaṃ bhedo aṭṭhakathāyaṃ na uddhaṭo. ^b^Ito para^eb^nti ito aṭṭhaṅgato paraṃ ukkaṃsato, avakaṃsato pana sattaṅgato paraṃ maggaṅgaṃ nāma natthīti. ^b^Nanu maggavibhaṅge^eb^ (vibha. 493-502) pañcaṅgikavāre pañceva maggaṅgāni uddhaṭāni, ^b^mahāsaḷāyatane^eb^ (ma. ni. 3.431) ca ‘‘yā tathābhūtassa diṭṭhi, yo tathābhūtassa saṅkappo, yo tathābhūtassa vāyāmo, yā tathābhūtassa sati, yo tathābhūtassa samādhi, svāssa hoti sammāsamādhī’’ti vatvā pubbabhāgavasena pana ‘‘pubbeva kho panassa kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ ājīvo suparisuddho hotī’’ti sammāvācādayo āgatāti? Saccametaṃ, taṃ pana sammādiṭṭhiādīnaṃ pañcannaṃ kārāpakaṅgānaṃ atirekakiccadassanavasena vuttaṃ, tasmā na ariyamaggo sammāvācādivirahito atthīti ^b^‘‘ito parañhi maggaṅgaṃ natthī’’^eb^ti suvuttametanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sabbakusalāna^eb^nti sabbesaṃ kusaladhammānaṃ. Niddhāraṇe cetaṃ sāmivacanaṃ. Kāmāvacarādivasena taṃtaṃkusaladhammesu sā sammādiṭṭhi seṭṭhā. Tassā seṭṭhabhāvena hi ‘‘paññājīviṃ jīvitamāhu seṭṭha’’nti (saṃ. ni. 1.246; su. ni. 184) vuttaṃ, maggasammādiṭṭhiyā pana sabbaseṭṭhabhāve vattabbameva natthi. ^b^Kusalavāre^eb^ti kusaluppattisamaye. ^b^Pubbaṅgamā^eb^ kusalādidhammānaṃ yāthāvasabhāvabodhena sampayuttadhammānaṃ pariṇāyakabhāvato. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘sammādiṭṭhiṃ sammādiṭṭhīti pajānātī’’^eb^tiādi. Sā sammādiṭṭhi pabhavo etassāti tappabhavo, sammāsaṅkappo. Sammādassanavasena hi sammāsaṅkappo hoti. Tato abhinibbattānīti ^b^tappabhavābhinibbattāni^eb^. Tappabhavābhinibbattānipi ‘‘tadabhinibbattānī’’ti vuccanti kāraṇakāraṇepi kāraṇūpacāratoti āha ^b^‘‘tappabhavābhinibbattāni sesaṅgānī’’^eb^ti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sammādiṭṭhissā’’^eb^tiādi. Yathā hi sammādassanaṃ ^a^M1.0204^ea^ sammāvitakkanassa visesapaccayo, evaṃ sammāvitakkanaṃ sammāpariggahassa sammāpariggaho sammāsamuṭṭhānassa, sammāsamuṭṭhānaṃ sammāvodānassa, sammāvodānaṃ sammāvāyāmassa, sammāvāyāmo sammāupaṭṭhānassa, sammāupaṭṭhānaṃ sammādhānassa visesapaccayo, ^b^tasmā^eb^ ‘‘purimaṃ purimaṃ pacchimassa pacchimassa visesapaccayo hotī’’ti ^b^iminā^eb^ visesapaccayabhāvadassanatthena ^b^kamena etāni^eb^ sammādiṭṭhiādīni ^b^aṅgāni vuttānī^eb^ti dassitāni.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bhāvanānayo^eb^ti samathavipassanānaṃ yuganaddhabhāvena pavatto bhāvanāvidhi. Ayañhi ariyamaggakkhaṇe bhāvanāvidhi. Tassa pana pubbabhāge bhāvanānayo kassaci samathapubbaṅgamo hoti ^a^V1.0182^ea^, kassaci vipassanāpubbaṅgamoti. Taṃ vidhiṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘kocī’’^eb^tiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha paṭhamo samathayānikassa vasena vutto, dutiyo vipassanāyānikassa. Tenāha ^b^‘‘idhekacco’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Ta^eb^nti samathaṃ samādhiṃ, jhānadhammeti vā attho. ^b^Taṃsampayutte^eb^ti samādhisampayutte, jhānasampayutte vā dhamme. Ayañca nayo yebhuyyena samathayānikā arūpamukhena, tatthāpi jhānamukhena vipassanābhinivesaṃ karontīti katvā vutto. ^b^Vipassanaṃ bhāvayato^eb^ti paṭipadāñāṇadassanavisuddhiṃ ārabhitvā yathādhigataṃ taruṇavipassanaṃ vaḍḍhentassa. ^b^Maggo sañjāyatī^eb^ti pubbabhāgiyo lokiyamaggo uppajjati. ^b^Āsevati^eb^ nibbidānupassanāvasena. ^b^Bhāveti^eb^ muñcitukamyatāvasena. ^b^Bahulīkaroti^eb^ paṭisaṅkhānupassanāvasena. ^b^Āsevati^eb^ vā bhayatūpaṭṭhānañāṇavasena. ^b^Bahulīkaroti^eb^ vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanāvasena. ^b^Saṃyojanāni pahīyanti,^eb^^b^anusayā byantī honti^eb^ maggapaṭipāṭiyā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samathaṃ anuppādetvāvā^eb^ti avadhāraṇena upacārasamādhiṃ nivatteti, na khaṇikasamādhiṃ. Na hi khaṇikasamādhiṃ vinā vipassanā sambhavati. ^b^Vipassanāpāripūriyā^eb^ti vipassanāya paripuṇṇatāya vuṭṭhānagāminibhāvappattiyā. ^b^Tatthajātāna^eb^nti tasmiṃ ariyamaggakkhaṇe uppannānaṃ sammādiṭṭhiādīnaṃ dhammānaṃ. Niddhāraṇe cetaṃ sāmivacanaṃ. ^b^Vavassaggārammaṇato^eb^ti vavassaggassa ārammaṇatāya. Vavassaggo vossaggo paṭinissaggoti ca apavaggoti ca atthato ekaṃ, nibbānanti vuttaṃ hoti, tasmā nibbānassa ārammaṇakaraṇenāti attho. ^b^Cittassa ekaggatā^eb^ti maggasammāsamādhimāha. Ariyamaggo hi ekanta samāhito asamādhānahetūnaṃ kilesānaṃ samucchedanato. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yuganaddhāva^eb^^a^M1.0205^ea^^b^honti^eb^ tadā samādhipaññānaṃ samarasatāya icchitabbato. Maggakkhaṇe hi na samathabhāvanāyaṃ viya samādhi, vipassanābhāvanāyaṃ viya ca paññā kiccato adhikā icchitabbā, samarasatāya pana aññamaññassa anativattanaṭṭhena dvepi yuganaddhā viya pavattanti. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘samathavipassanā yuganaddhāva hontī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Dhammadāyādasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 45
title: dhammadāyādasuttavaṇṇanā^bhayabheravasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^34^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Evaṃ^eb^^a^V1.0183^ea^^b^me suta^eb^nti bhayabheravasuttaṃ. Ko nikkhepo? Keci tāva evamāhu ‘‘pucchāvasiko nikkhepo’’ti. Duvidhā hi pucchā pākaṭāpākaṭabhedato. Tattha yassā desanāya nimittabhūto ñātuṃ icchito attho kiṃ-saddapubbakena pakāsīyati, sā ^b^pākaṭā pucchā^eb^ yathā ‘‘kiṃsūdha vittaṃ purisassa seṭṭha’’nti evamādi (saṃ. ni. 1.246; su. ni. 183). Yassā pana desanāya nimittabhūto ñātuṃ icchito attho kiṃ-saddarahitena kevaleneva saddapayogena pakāsīyati, sā ^b^apākaṭā pucchā^eb^. Ñātuṃ icchito hi attho ‘‘pañhā, pucchā’’ti vuccati, tasmāyeva idha ‘‘ye me bho gotamā’’tiādikā apākaṭāti ‘‘pucchāvasiko nikkhepo’’ti. Tayidaṃ akāraṇaṃ, yasmā so brāhmaṇo ‘‘yeme bho gotamā’’tiādīni vadanto na tattha kaṅkhī vicikicchī saṃsayamāpanno avoca, atha kho attanā yathānicchitamatthaṃ bhagavati pasādabhāvabahumānaṃ pavedento kathesi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘bhagavati pasādaṃ alatthā’’^eb^tiādi (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.34). ^b^Vihāre^eb^ti vihārake nivāse. ^b^Avicchinneyevā^eb^ti pavattamāneyeva. Padadvayassapi vasante evāti attho. ^b^Etaṃ purohitaṭṭhānaṃ^eb^ uṇhīsādikakudhabhaṇḍehi saddhiṃ laddhaṃ, tathā ca ‘‘assa raññā dinna’’nti vadanti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘taṃ tassa raññā dinna’’^eb^nti. Brahmanti vedaṃ. So pana mantabrahmakappavasena tividho. Tattha mantā padhānaṃ mūlabhāvato, ye aṭṭhakādīhi pavuttā, itare tannissayena jātā, tena tesaṃyeva gahaṇaṃ ^b^‘‘mante sajjhāyatī’’^eb^ti ^a^M1.0206^ea^. Te hi guttabhāsitabbatāya ^b^‘‘mantā’’^eb^ti vuccanti. ^b^Idameva hī^eb^ti avadhāraṇena ‘‘brahmato jātā’’tiādikaṃ niruttiṃ paṭikkhipati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yena vā kāraṇenā^eb^ti (sārattha. ṭī. verañjakaṇḍavaṇṇanāyaṃ 2; saṃ. ni. ṭī. 1.1.1; a. ni. ṭī. 2.2.16) hetumhi idaṃ karaṇavacanaṃ. Hetuattho hi kiriyākāraṇaṃ, na karaṇaṃ viya kiriyattho, tasmā nānappakāraguṇavisesādhigamatthā idha upasaṅkamanakiriyāti ‘‘annena vasatī’’tiādīsu viya hetuatthamevetaṃ karaṇavacanaṃ yuttaṃ, na karaṇatthaṃ tassa ayujjamānattāti vuttaṃ ‘‘yena vā kāraṇenā’’tiādi. Bhagavato satatappavattaniratisayasāduvipulāmatarasasaddhammaphalatāya sāduphalaniccaphalitamahārukkhena bhagavā upamito, sāduphalūpabhogādhippāyaggahaṇeneva hi mahārukkhassa sāduphalatā gahitāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Upasaṅkamī^eb^ti ^a^V1.0184^ea^ upasaṅkanto. Sampattukāmatāya hi kiñci ṭhānaṃ gacchanto taṃtaṃpadesātikkamanena upasaṅkami, upasaṅkantoti vā vattabbataṃ labhati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘gatoti vuttaṃ hotī’’^eb^ti, upagatoti attho. ^b^Upasaṅkamitvā^eb^ti pubbakālakiriyāniddesoti āha ^b^‘‘upasaṅkamanapariyosānadīpana’’^eb^nti. ^b^Tatoti^eb^ yaṃ ṭhānaṃ patto ‘‘upasaṅkamī’’ti vutto, tato upagataṭṭhānato. ^b^Yathā khamanīyādīni pucchanto^eb^ti (saṃ. ni. ṭī. 1.1.112) yathā bhagavā ‘‘kacci te brāhmaṇa khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīya’’ntiādinā khamanīyādīni pucchanto tena brāhmaṇena saddhiṃ samappavattamodo ahosi pubbabhāsitāya, tadanukaraṇena evaṃ sopi brāhmaṇo bhagavatā saddhiṃ samappavattamodo ahosīti yojanā. Taṃ pana samappavattamodataṃ upamāya dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sītodakaṃ viyā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^sammodita^eb^nti saṃsanditaṃ. ^b^Ekībhāva^eb^nti sammodanakiriyāya samānataṃ ekarūpataṃ. ^b^Khamanīya^eb^nti ‘‘idaṃ catucakkaṃ navadvāraṃ sarīrayantaṃ khaṇabhaṅguratāya sabhāvato dussahaṃ, kacci khamituṃ sakkuṇeyya’’nti pucchati. ^b^Yāpanīya^eb^nti paccayāyattavuttikaṃ cirappabandhasaṅkhātāya yāpanāya kacci yāpetuṃ sakkuṇeyyaṃ. Sīsarogādiābādhābhāvena ^b^kacci appābādhaṃ. Dukkhajīvikābhāvena kacci appātaṅkaṃ^eb^. Taṃtaṃkiccakaraṇe uṭṭhānasukhatāya ^b^kacci lahuṭṭhānaṃ^eb^. Tadanarūpabalayogato ^b^kacci balaṃ^eb^. Sukhavihārasabbhāvena ^b^kacci phāsuvihāro^eb^ atthīti tattha tattha kacci-saddaṃ yojetvā attho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Balavappattā ^a^M1.0207^ea^ pīti ^b^pīti^eb^yeva. Taruṇapīti ^b^pāmojjaṃ^eb^. Sammodanaṃ janeti karotīti sammodanikaṃ, tadeva ^b^sammodanīya^eb^nti āha ^b^‘‘sammodajananato’’^eb^ti. Sammoditabbato ^b^sammodanīya^eb^nti imaṃ pana atthaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘sammodituṃ yuttabhāvato’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Saritabbabhāvato^eb^ti anussaritabbabhāvato. ‘‘Saraṇīya’’nti vattabbe dīghaṃ katvā ^b^‘‘sāraṇīya’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Suyyamānasukhato^eb^ti āpāthamadhurataṃ āha, ^b^anussariyamānasukhato^eb^ti vimaddaramaṇīyataṃ. ^b^Byañjanaparisuddhatāyā^eb^ti sabhāvaniruttibhāvena tassā kathāya vacanacāturiyamāha, ^b^atthaparisuddhatāyā^eb^ti atthassa nirupakkilesataṃ. ^b^Anekehi pariyāyehī^eb^ti anekehi kāraṇehi.<br/><br/>[03]Abhidūrāccāsannapaṭikkhepena nātidūranāccāsannaṃ nāma gahitaṃ, taṃ pana avakaṃsato ubhinnaṃ pasāritahatthasaṅghaṭṭanena daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Gīvaṃ pasāretvā^eb^ti gīvaṃ parivattanavasena pasāretvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yeme^eb^ti ettha sandhivasena ikāralopoti dassento ^b^‘‘ye ime’’^eb^tiādimāha. Uccākulīnatāya jātivasena abhijātā ^b^jātikulaputtā^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘uccākulappasutā’’^eb^ti. Ācārasampattiyā ^a^V1.0185^ea^ abhijātā ^b^ācārakulaputtā^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ācārasampannā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Yattha katthaci^eb^ apākaṭepi ^b^kule^eb^. Tena brāhmaṇena adhippetā bhikkhūsu duvidhāpi saṃvijjantīti āha ^b^‘‘idha pana dvīhipi kāraṇehi kulaputtāyevā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saddhā^eb^ti idaṃ karaṇatthe paccattavacananti āha ^b^‘‘saddhāyā’’^eb^ti, ^b^saddhā^eb^ti vā saddahitvāti attho. Imasmiṃ pakkhe pāḷiyaṃ ya-kāralopena niddesoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Agārato^eb^ti agāravāsato, uttarapadalopena, nissayūpacārena vā ayaṃ niddesoti. Bhikkhanasīlatādilakkhaṇo bhikkhubhāvo pabbajjāsahacaritāya saddhiṃ bhikkhubhāvaṃ anvācinantoti āha ^b^‘‘pabbajjaṃ bhikkhubhāvañcā’’^eb^ti. Kammavācālakkhaṇe pana bhikkhubhāve adhippete samuccayattho ^b^ca^eb^-saddo daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Anagārassa bhāvo^eb^ti etena pabbajjānissito suvisuddho sīlācāraguṇaviseso gahito, kasigorakkhādikammapaṭikkhepo idha anuppādādīhi veditabbo. Sesaggahaṇe pana saraṇagamanādivasena pabbajjāya, saraṇagamanādivasena upasampadāya ca anekabhedattā āha ^b^‘‘sabbathāpī’’^eb^ti, tena tena pakārenāti attho. Puratogāmitā paṭipattigamanena, na kāyagamanenāti āha ^b^‘‘nāyako’’^eb^ti ^a^M1.0208^ea^, sammāpaṭipattiyā nibbānasampāpakoti attho. ^b^Hitakiriyāyā^eb^ti diṭṭhadhammikādihitacariyāya. ^b^Gāhaṇaṃ^eb^ adhisīlādīsu accantāya niyojanaṃ, na kathanamattanti dassento ^b^‘‘gāhetā’’^eb^ti vatvā ^b^‘‘sikkhāpetā’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Diṭṭhānugati^eb^nti diṭṭhiyā anugamananti dassento ^b^‘‘dassanānugati’’^eb^nti vatvā sikkhāttayasaṅgahaṃ bhagavato sāsanaṃ tena diṭṭhattā diṭṭhi, tassa tasseva khamanavasena khanti, ruccanavasena ruci, taṃdiṭṭhikhantirucikāva bhagavato sāvakāti āha ^b^‘‘yaṃdiṭṭhiko’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Esa kira alatthāti sambandho. ^b^Devaputte viyā^eb^tiādi kassaci pārijuññassa abhāvadīpanato ‘‘saddhāyā’’tiādinā vuttassa pabbajitabhāvassa pākaṭīkaraṇaṃ. ^b^Saddhāya gharā nikkhamma pabbajitvā^eb^ti idaṃ haṭṭhapahaṭṭhādibhāvassa kāraṇavacanaṃ. ^b^Ghāsacchādanaparamatāya santuṭṭhe^eb^ti idaṃ anussaṅkitāparisaṅkitatāya kāraṇavacananti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Evameta^eb^ntiādinā āmeḍitavacanaṃ sampahaṃsanavasena, pasādavasena vā katanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tathā hi evaṃ-saddo sampaṭicchanattho abbhanumodanattho ca vutto. ^b^Mama^eb^nti upayogatthe sāmivacanaṃ, nipātapadaṃ vā etaṃ ‘‘ma’’nti iminā samānatthanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Ādīnī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena najīvikāpakatādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti ^b^īdisānaṃyevā^eb^ti saddhāpabbajjāya vibhāvitānabhijjhāluādisabhāvānaṃyeva, na itaresaṃ abhijjhālusabhāvānaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Saṅghāṭikaṇṇe ^a^V1.0186^ea^ cepi me, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gahetvā piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandho assa pade padaṃ nikkhipanto, so ca hoti abhijjhālu kāmesu tibbasārāgo byāpannacitto paduṭṭhamanasaṅkappo muṭṭhassati asampajāno asamāhito vibbhantacitto pākaṭindriyo, atha kho ārakāva mama ahañca tassā’’ti (itivu. 92).<br/><br/>[03]Ajjhogāhetvā adhippetatthaṃ sambhavituṃ sādhetuṃ dukkhānīti ^b^durabhisambhavāni^eb^. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana tattha nivāsoyeva dukkhoti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sambhavituṃ dukkhāni dussahānī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Araññavanapatthānī^eb^ti araññalakkhaṇappattāni vanasaṇḍāni. Vanapattha-saddo hi saṇḍabhūte rukkhasamūhepi vattatīti ^a^M1.0209^ea^ araññaggahaṇaṃ. ^b^Kiñcāpī^eb^ti anujānanasambhāvanatthe nipāto. Kiṃ anujānāti? Nippariyāyato araññābhāvaṃ ‘‘gāmato bahi arañña’’nti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nippariyāyenā’’^eb^tiādi. Kiṃ sambhāveti? Āraññakaṅganipphādakattaṃ. Yañhi āraññakaṅganipphādakaṃ, taṃ visesato ‘‘arañña’’nti vuttanti. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘yaṃ taṃ pañcadhanusatika’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Nikkhamitvā bahi^eb^^b^indakhīlā^eb^ti indakhīlato bahi nikkhamitvā, tato bahi paṭṭhāyāti attho. ^b^Bahi indakhīlā^eb^ti yattha dve tīṇi indakhīlāni, tattha bahiddhā indakhīlato paṭṭhāya, yattha taṃ natthi, tattha tadarahaṭṭhānato paṭṭhāyāti vadanti. Yasmā bahi indakhīlato paṭṭhāya manussūpacāre bhayabheravaṃ natthi, tasmā idha nādhippetanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Gāmanta^eb^nti gāmasamīpaṃ. ^b^Anupacāraṭṭhāna^eb^nti niccakiccavasena nupacaritabbaṭṭhānaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yattha na kasīyati na vapīyatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pantānī^eb^ti iminā ‘‘pariyantāna’’nti imassa pariyāyassa idha pāḷiyaṃ gahitattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘pariyantānanti imamekaṃ pariyāyaṃ ṭhapetvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dūrāna^eb^nti pana ayaṃ pariyāyo ṭhapetabbo siyā tassāpi ‘‘pantānī’’ti imināva atthato gahitattā, tathā sati ‘‘na manussūpacārāna’’nti edisānampi ṭhapetabbatā āpajjati, tasmā saddato eva ṭhapanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Paviveka^eb^nti pakārato, pakārehi vā vivecanaṃ, rūpādiputhuttārammaṇe pakārato gamanādīriyāpathappakārehi attano kāyassa vivecanaṃ gacchatopi tiṭṭhatopi nisajjatopi ekasseva pavattati. Teneva hi vivecetabbānaṃ vivecanākārassa ca bhedato bahuvidhattā te ekattena gahetvā ‘‘paviveka’’nti ekavacanena vuttaṃ. ^b^Dukkaraṃ paviveka^eb^nti vā pavivekaṃ kattuṃ na sukhanti attho. ^b^Ekībhāve^eb^ti ekikabhāve. ^b^Dvayaṃdvayārāmo^eb^ti dvinnaṃ dvinnaṃ bhāvābhirato. ^b^Haranti viyā^eb^ti saṃharanti viya vighātuppādanena. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ghasanti viyā’’^eb^ti, bhayasantāsuppādanena khādituṃ āgatā yakkharakkhasapisācādayo viyāti adhippāyo. ^b^Īdisassā^eb^ti aladdhasamādhino. ^b^Tiṇapaṇṇamigādisaddehī^eb^ti vāteritānaṃ tiṇapaṇṇādīnaṃ migapakkhiādīnañca ^a^V1.0187^ea^ bhiṃsanakehi bheravehi saddehi ^b^vividhehi ca^eb^ aññehi khāṇuādīhi yakkhādiākārehi upaṭṭhitehi ^b^bhiṃsanakehi^eb^. Evaṃ dukkaraṃ durabhisambhavaṃ nāma karonto aho acchariyā eteti ^b^vimhito^eb^.


volume: 30
item: 46
title: bhayabheravasuttavaṇṇanā^^kāyakammantavārakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^35^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Soḷasasu^eb^^a^M1.0210^ea^^b^ṭhānesū^eb^ti ‘‘ye kho kecī’’tiādinā pāḷiyaṃ vakkhamānesu soḷasasu kāraṇesu. Aparisuddhakāyakammantatādayo araññe viharantānaṃ cittutrāsanimittatāya visesato vikkhepāvahā, parisuddhakāyakammantatādayo pana tadabhāvato tesaṃ avikkhepāvahā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘aparisuddhakāyakammantasandosahetū’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Soḷasasū^eb^ti ca vodānapakkhaṃyeva gahetvā vuttaṃ. Saṃkilesaggahaṇampi yāvadeva vodānadassanatthanti. ^b^Ārammaṇapariggaharahitāna^eb^nti aparisuddhakāyakammantādikassa araññe diṭṭhassa tassa ārammaṇassa ^b^‘‘ye kho kecī’’^eb^tiādinā pāḷiyaṃ āgatanayena pariggaṇhanañāṇarahitānaṃ. ^b^Ārammaṇapariggahayuttāna^eb^nti ettha vuttavipariyāyena attho veditabbo. ^b^Attanā^eb^ti bhagavantaṃ sandhāya vadati, sayanti attho. ^b^Tādiso^eb^ti ārammaṇapariggahayutto.<br/><br/>[03]Sambujjhati etenāti ^b^sambodho,^eb^ ariyamaggoti āha ^b^‘‘ariyamaggappattito’’^eb^ti. Aggamaggādhigamādhīno buddhānaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇādhigamoti āha ^b^‘‘anabhisambuddhassāti appaṭividdhacatusaccassā’’^eb^ti. Anavasesato ñeyyaṃ, bujjhituṃ arahatīti ^b^bodhi,^eb^ mahāvīriyatādinā tattha visesayogato sattoti āha ^b^‘‘bujjhanakasattassā’’^eb^ti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sammāsambodhi’’^eb^ntiādi. Niyatabhāvappattito paṭṭhāya mahāsattā yathā mahābodhiyānapaṭipadā hānabhāgiyā, ṭhitibhāgiyā vā na hoti, atha kho visesabhāgiyā nibbedhabhāgiyā ca hoti, tathā paṭipajjanato bodhiyaṃ ninnagoṇapabbhārā evāti āha ^b^‘‘bodhiyā vā sattasseva laggassevā’’^eb^ti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dīpaṅkarassa hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Aṭṭhadhammasamodhānenā^eb^ti –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Manussattaṃ liṅgasampatti, hetu satthāradassanaṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Pabbajjā guṇasampatti, adhikāro ca chandatā’’ti. (bu. vaṃ. 2.59) –<br/><br/>[03]Imesaṃ abhinīhārassa aṅgabhūtānaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ dhammānaṃ samodhānena samavadhānena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pabbajjūpagatā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0188^ea^^a^M1.0211^ea^ pabbajjaṃ upagatā. Tena pabbajjāmattena samaṇā, na samitapāpatāyāti dasseti. Jātimattena idha ^b^brāhmaṇā^eb^ti adhippetāti āha ^b^‘‘bhovādino vā’’^eb^ti. Te hi ‘‘bho bho’’ti vadanasīlā, tenāha ‘‘bhovādī nāma so hoti, sace hoti sakiñcano’’ti (dha. pa. 396; su. ni. 625). ^b^Pāṇātipātādinā^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena adinnādānaṃ abrahmacariyañca saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Aparisuddhenā^eb^ti ca visesanaṃ kāyakammantāpekkhāya, na pāṇātipātādiapekkhāya. Na hi pāṇātipātādiko tassa pubbabhāgapayogo ca koci parisuddho nāma atthi. Bhāyanaṭṭhena ^b^bhayaṃ,^eb^ bhīrutāvahaṭṭhena ^b^bheravaṃ^eb^. ^b^Sandosahetū^eb^ti sadosahetu. Sa-saddo hi idha sānusāro vutto. Tenāha ^b^‘‘attano dosassa hetū’’^eb^ti. Ekantena cittutrāsalakkhaṇassa bhayassa vasena ^b^‘‘sāvajja’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Cittutrāso hi ekantasāvajjo bhāyanaṭṭhena bhayañcāti. ^b^Akkhema^eb^nti idaṃ ubhayavasena. Cittutrāsopi hi sarīracittānaṃ anatthāvahato akkhema, tathā ^b^bhayānakārammaṇampī^eb^ti. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana atthadvayaṃ yathāsaṅkhyaṃ yojitaṃ. Sayaṃ parikappitabhayānakārammaṇanimittaṃ cittutrāsasamuppādanavasena ānentā bhayabheravaṃ avhāyanti viya hontīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘avhāyantīti pakkosantī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Te^eb^ti māritamanussānaṃ ñātimittādayo. ^b^Gacchaṃ^eb^ gahanabhūtaṃ mahantaṃ kaṇṭakasaṇḍaṃ, ^b^gumbaṃ^eb^ nātimahantanti vadanti. ^b^Gaccha^eb^nti pana tiṇavanaṃ veditabbaṃ, ‘‘gacche ruḷhatiṇe’’ti vuttaṃ, ^b^gumbaṃ^eb^ kaṇṭakalatādibharitāviruḷhaṃ. ^b^Baddhā vadhitā viyā^eb^ti baddhā hutvā tāḷiyamānā viya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Na kho panā^eb^ti ettha ^b^kho^eb^ti avadhāraṇatthe nipāto, ^b^panā’’^eb^ti visesatthe. Tenetaṃ dasseti ‘‘aññe samaṇabrāhmaṇā viya ahaṃ aparisuddhakāyakammanto hutvā araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni na kho pana paṭisevāmi, parisuddhakāyakammantoyeva pana hutvā tāni paṭisevāmī’’ti. Evaṃ vā ettha atthayojanā veditabbā. ‘‘Parisuddhakāyakammantohamasmī’’ti hi tena avadhāraṇena vibhāvitatthadassanaṃ. ^b^Tesamahaṃ aññataro^eb^ti tāya parisuddhakāyakammatāya tesaṃ ariyānaṃ ahaṃ aññataroti kāyakammapārisuddhiyā mahāsatto attānaṃ ariyesu pakkhipati. Paramasallekhabhāvappattā hi tadā bodhisattassa kāyakammapārisuddhi ^a^M1.0212^ea^, tathā vacīkammādipārisuddhi, yato māro randhagavesī hutvā chabbassāni nirantaraṃ anubandho antaraṃ na labhati. Tenāha –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Satta vassāni bhagavantaṃ, anubandhiṃ padāpadaṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Otāraṃ nādhigacchissaṃ, sambuddhassa satīmato’’ti. (su. ni. 448);<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bhiyyo^eb^ti ^a^V1.0189^ea^ adhikaṃ savisesaṃ, uparūpari vā. Bhītatasitā bhayūpaddavena chambhitasarīrā haṭṭhalomā honti, abhītātasitā pana bhayūpaddavābhāvato ahaṭṭhalomā khemena sotthinā tiṭṭhantīti tesaṃ khemappatti sotthibhāvo vā pannalomatāya pākaṭo hotīti pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘palloma’’nti vuttaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pannalomata’’^eb^ntiādi. Ettha ca ^b^bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṃ araññe vihārāyā^eb^ti paṭiññāniddeso. ^b^Parisuddhakāyakammantohamasmī^eb^ti hetudassanaṃ. ^b^‘‘Ye hi vo ariyā’’^eb^ti sadisūdāharaṇadassanaṃ. ^b^Ye kho keci samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā^eb^ti visadisūdāharaṇadassanaṃ. Sesāni anvayabyatirekavibhāvanānīti daṭṭhabbanti ayamettha yuttivibhāvanā. Iminā nayena sesavāresupi yuttivibhāvanā veditabbā.<br/><br/>[06]Kāyakammantavārakathāvaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 47
title: ^kāyakammantavārakathāvaṇṇanā^vacīkammantavārādikathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^36^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Aparisuddhena musāvādādinā^eb^ti ettha yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayameva. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena pana saṅgahitaṃ tesañca musāvādādīnaṃ pavattibhedaṃ bhayabheravāvhānamukhena dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘katha’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vuttameva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bhaṇḍesū^eb^ti saviññāṇakāviññāṇakesu bhaṇḍesu. ^b^Uppādetvā^eb^ti attano pariṇāmavasena abhijjhāsaṅkhātaṃ visamalobhaṃ uppādetvā. ^b^Kujjhitvā^eb^ti vināsacintāvasena parassa kujjhitvā. Evañhi nesaṃ ‘‘yesaṃ aparajjhimhā, te idāni anubandhitvā’’tiādinā pacchā āsaṅkuppatti siyā. ‘‘Ete amhākaṃ pariggahavatthuṃ gahetukāmā maññe, vināsaṃ kātukāmā maññe’’ti yathā pare parato tesaṃ abhijjhābyāpādappavattiṃ pariggaṇhanti, tādisaṃ ^a^M1.0213^ea^ manokammantaṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘te paresa’’^eb^ntiādi vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Kāmaṃ akusalakāyakammavacīkammapavattikālepi abhijjhādayo pavattantiyeva, tadā pana te cetanāpakkhikā vā abbohārikā vāti manokammantavāre eva abhijjhādivasena yojanā katā. Atha vā dvārantare pavattānampi pāṇātipātādīnaṃ vacīkammādibhāvābhāvo viya dvārantare pavattānampi abhijjhādīnaṃ kāyakammādibhāvābhāvo, manokammabhāvo eva pana siddhoti katvā manokammantavāre eva abhijjhādayo uddhaṭā. Tathā hi vuttaṃ –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Dvāre ^a^V1.0190^ea^ caranti kammāni, na dvārā dvāracārino;<br/><br/>[22]Tasmā dvārehi kammāni, aññamaññaṃ vavatthitā’’ti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 1.kāyakammadvāra);<br/><br/>[03]Kiñcāpi aṭṭhakathāyaṃ sāsane pabbajitavasena ājīvavāre bhayabheravāvhānaṃ yojitaṃ, ‘‘ye kho keci samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā’’ti pana vacanato bāhirakavasena gahaṭṭhavasena ca yojanā veditabbā. Gahaṭṭhānampi hi jātidhammakuladhammadesadhammavilomanavasena aññathāpi micchājīvo labbhateva, tāya eva ca ājīvavipattiyā aññathā vā nesaṃ araññavāso sambhaveyyāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^37^eb^^b^.^eb^ Evaṃ ājīvaṭṭhamakasīlavasena bhayabheravaṃ dassetvā tato paraṃ nīvaraṇappahānādivasena taṃ dassetuṃ desanā vaḍḍhitāti tadatthaṃ vivaranto ^b^‘‘ito para’’^eb^ntiādimāha. Tattha ^b^nīvaraṇavasena puna vuttā^eb^ti ayamadhippāyo – evaṃ sīlavisuddhimattampi araññe viharato bhayabheravābhāvaṃ āvahati, kimaṅgaṃ pana nīvaraṇāni pahāya appanāsamādhiṃ, upacārasamādhimeva vā sampādayatoti samādhisampadāya bhayabheravābhāvahetukaṃ dassetuṃ upari desanā vaḍḍhitāti akusalamanokammantabhāvena gahitāpi abhijjhābyāpādā nīvaraṇavasena puna vuttāti adhippāyo. Abhi-pubbo jhā-saddo abhijjhāyanatthoti āha ^b^‘‘parabhaṇḍādiabhijjhāyanasīlā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vatthukāmesū^eb^ti rūpādīsu kilesakāmassa vatthubhūtesu kāmesu. ^b^Bahalakilesarāgā^eb^ti thiramūladummocanīyatāhi ajjhosāne pabhūtakilesakāmā. Abhijjhā cettha appattavisayapatthanā, tibbasārāgo sampattivisayābhiniveso. Te ^a^M1.0214^ea^ hi lobhābhibhūtā puggalā attani tibbasāpekkhatāya eva lobhābhibhūtatāya avavatthitārammaṇā avinicchitavisayā araññe taṃ taṃ visayaṃ anupadhāritvā viharanti, rajjuādīni yāthāvato na sallakkhenti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tesa’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Upaṭṭhāti^eb^ santacittatāya. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘ākulacittā’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Idānimha naṭṭhā’’ti tasanti vitasanti, āgantvā bādhiyamānā viya honti, evaṃ taṃ bhayabheravaṃ attani samāropanaṭṭhena avhāyanti pakkosantīti yojanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘sesaṃ tādisamevā’’^eb^ti. ^b^‘‘Anabhijjhāluhamasmī’’^eb^ti pāḷipade ciraparicitālobhajjhāsayatāya kamaladale jalabindu viya alaggamānasattā sabbattha anapekkhohamasmīti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^38^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pakatibhāvavijahanenā^eb^ti parisuddhabhāvasaṅkhātassa ca pakatibhāvassa vijahanena. Sāvajjadhammasamuppattiyā hi cittassa anavajjabhāvo jahito hotīti. ^b^Vipannacittā^eb^ti kilesāsucidūsitatāya ^a^V1.0191^ea^ kuthitacittā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kilesānugataṃ…pe… pūtikaṃ hotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paduṭṭhamanasaṅkappā^eb^ti visasaṃsaṭṭhamuttaṃ viya dosena padūsitacittasaṅkappā. ^b^Vuttanayenevā^eb^ti ‘‘te avavatthitārammaṇā hontī’’tiādinā abhijjhāluvāre vuttanayeneva. Yathā hi lobhavasena, evaṃ dosādivasenapi avavatthitārammaṇā hontīti. ^b^Sabbatthā^eb^ti heṭṭhā upari cāti sabbattha ṭhānesu vaṇṇetabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^39^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Yā cittassa akallatā akammaññatā’’ti vacanato thinaṃ cittassa gelaññabhāvena gahaṇaṃ gacchatīti āha ^b^‘‘cittagelaññabhūtena thinenā’’^eb^ti. Tathā ‘‘yā kāyassa akallatā akammaññatā’’ti (dha. sa. 1163) vacanato middhaṃ visesato nāmakāyassa gelaññabhāvena gahaṇaṃ gacchatīti āha ^b^‘‘sesanāmakāyagelaññabhūtena middhenā’’^eb^ti. Sesaggahaṇañcettha cittanivattanatthaṃ. Idañca middhaṃ rūpakāyassapi gelaññāvahanti daṭṭhabbaṃ niddāya hetubhāvato. Tathā hi taṃ ‘‘niddā capalāyikā’’ti niddiṭṭhaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘te niddābahulā hontī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^40^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Uddhaccapakatikā^eb^ti uddhaccasīlā anavaṭṭhitasabhāvā. Anavaṭṭhānarasañhi uddhaccaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vipphandamānacittā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Idhā^eb^ti ‘‘avūpasantacittā’’ti imasmiṃ ^a^M1.0215^ea^ pade. ^b^Kukkuccaṃ gahetuṃ vaṭṭati^eb^ saṃvaṇṇanāvasena pacchānutāpassapi cittassa avūpasamakarattā. Uddhaccaṃ pana sarūpeneva gahitanti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^41^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ekamevidaṃ pañcamaṃ nīvaraṇaṃ^eb^ yadidaṃ kaṅkhā vicikicchāti ca. Yadi evaṃ kasmā dvidhā katvā vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘kiṃ nu kho’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Kaṅkhanato^eb^ti saṃsayanato. ^b^Vicikicchāti vuccati^eb^ ‘‘dhammasabhāvaṃ vicinanto etāya kicchati, vigatā tikicchā vā’’ti katvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^42^eb^^b^.^eb^ Evaṃ nīvaraṇābhāvakittanamukhena samādhisampadāya bhayabheravābhāvaṃ dassetvā idāni attukkaṃsanādiabhāvakittanamukhena paññāsampadāya bhayabheravābhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘ye kho kecī’’tiādinā upari desanā vaḍḍhitā, tadatthaṃ vivarituṃ ^b^‘‘attukkaṃsanakā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Ukkaṃsenti^eb^ mānavasena paggaṇhanena. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ucce ṭhāne ṭhapentī’’^eb^ti. Thinamiddhauddhaccakukkuccavicikicchāvāresu gayhamānaṃ abhijjhāluvārasadisanti tattha taṃ anāmasitvā attukkaṃsakavāre kiñci visadisaṃ atthīti taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘te katha’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^43^eb^^b^.^eb^ Chambhanaṃ ^a^V1.0192^ea^ chambho, kāyassa chambhitattahetubhūto balavacittutrāso. So etesaṃ atthīti ^b^chambhī^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kāyathambhanā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Bhīrukajātikā^eb^ti bhāyanakasīlā. Ekameva cetaṃ sāvajjabhayaṃ kāye chambhitattassa, citte ca kāye ca thaddhabhāvassa uppādanavasena ‘‘chambho bhīrutā’’ti ca vuccatīti taṃsamaṅgino samaṇabrāhmaṇā ‘‘chambhī bhīrukajātikā’’ti vuttā, idha bhayabheravaṃ sarūpeneva gahitaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^44^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Labbhati pāpuṇīyatī^eb^ti lābhasaddassa kammasādhanattamāha. Sakkaccaṃ kātabbo dātabboti ^b^sakkāro. Tadatthadīpaka^eb^nti lābhādiṃ pahāya araññe vasato bhayabheravāvhāyanaṃ natthīti dīpakaṃ. So kira lābhagarutāyeva piyo gāmo etassāti ^b^‘‘piyagāmiko’’^eb^ti nāmaṃ labhati. ^b^Kammamutto^eb^ti jarājiṇṇattā kammaṃ kātuṃ na sakkotīti sāmikehi vissaṭṭho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^45^eb^^b^.^eb^ Alasabhāvena ^a^M1.0216^ea^ sammāvāyāmassa akaraṇato kucchitaṃ sīdantīti ^b^kusītā^eb^. Vīrassa bhāvo, kammaṃ vā vīriyaṃ, vidhinā vā īretabbaṃ pavattetabbanti vīriyaṃ, sammāvāyāmo. Tena hīnā^b^ hīnavīriyā^eb^. Kāyaviññattiyā samuṭṭhānavasena pavattavīriyaṃ ^b^kāyikavīriyaṃ,^eb^ vattakaraṇacaṅkamanādīsu daṭṭhabbaṃ. Nisajja sayitvā ca kammaṭṭhānamanasikāravasena pavattavīriyaṃ ^b^cetasikavīriyaṃ^eb^. Tattha purimaṃ visesato kosajjapaṭipakkhatāvasena, dutiyaṃ vīriyārambhatāvasena pākaṭaṃ hotīti dassento ^b^‘‘kusītā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Te hi hīnavīriyā alasatāyeva ārammaṇavavatthānamattampi kātuṃ na sakkonti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^46^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Naṭṭhassatī^eb^ti alabbhamānassati, paccayavekallena vijjamānāyapi satiyā satikiccaṃ kātuṃ asamatthatāya evaṃ vuttaṃ. Na sampajānāti asampajānā. Taṃyoganivattiyañcāyaṃ ^b^a^eb^-kāro ‘‘ahetukā dhammā (dha. sa. 2ḍukamātikā), abhikkhuko āvāso’’tiādīsu (cūḷava. 76) viyāti āha ^b^‘‘paññārahitā’’^eb^ti. Nanu soḷasamo paññāvāro, ayaṃ sativāro, tattha kasmā saṃkilesapakkhe paññā gahitāti codanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘imassa cā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Satibhājanīyamevetaṃ,^eb^ yadidaṃ cuddasamo vāro, paññā panettha cuddasame vāre kevalā sati dubbalāti ^b^satidubbalyadīpanatthaṃ^eb^ ‘‘asampajānā’’ti paṭikkhepamukhena ^b^vuttā^eb^. Idāni vuttamevatthaṃ pākaṭataraṃ kātuṃ ^b^‘‘duvidhā hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^47^eb^^b^.^eb^ Appanāsamādhinā, upacārasamādhinā vā cittaṃ ārammaṇe samaṃ, sammā vā āhitaṃ nāma hoti, nāññathāti dassento ^b^‘‘asamāhitāti upacārappanāsamādhivirahitā’’^eb^ti āha ^a^V1.0193^ea^. ^b^Vibbhantacittā^eb^ti anavaṭṭhitacittā. Pubbe nīvaraṇabhāvasāmaññena uddhaccaṃ gahitaṃ ^b^‘‘uddhatā avūpasantacittā’’^eb^ti, idha samādhānābhāvena uddhaccahetuko cittavibbhamo vutto ^b^‘‘asamāhitā vibbhantacittā’’^eb^ti, ayametesaṃ viseso. ^b^Pubbe vuttanayenā^eb^ti pubbe ‘‘uddhaccena hi ekārammaṇe cittaṃ vipphandati dhajayaṭṭhiyaṃ vātena paṭākā viyā’’ti (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.40) vuttanayena. ^b^Sabbaṃ pubbasadisamevā^eb^ti bhayabheravāvhāyanassa abhijjhāluvāre vuttasadisataṃ sandhāya vadati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^48^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Duppaññā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0217^ea^ ettha ^b^du^eb^-saddo ‘‘dussīlo’’tiādīsu viya abhāvattho, na ‘‘duggati, duppaṭipanno’’tiādīsu viya garahatthoti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘nippaññānametaṃ adhivacana’’^eb^nti vatvā ^b^‘‘paññā pana duṭṭhā nāma natthī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Te^eb^ti duppaññā. ^b^Sabbatthā^eb^ti catūsupi pāṭhavikappesu. ^b^Ela^eb^nti vā doso vuccati. Tenāha ‘‘yā sā vācā nelā kaṇṇasukhā’’ti. Tathā hi sīlaṃ ‘‘nelaṅga’’nti vuttaṃ. Duppaññā ca kathentā sadosameva kathaṃ kathenti apaṇḍitabhāvato. Tenevāha ‘‘dubbhāsitabhāsī’’ti. Tasmā elasabbhāvato elaṃ mukhaṃ etesanti elamūgāti vuttāti evampi vā ettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Yāya paññāya vasena ‘‘paññāsampanno’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ byatirekamukhena dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘no ca kho’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Nanu ca bodhisattā bahulavipassanāpaññāya samannāgatā hontīti? Honti, tadā pana bodhisattena na vipassanārambho kato, no ca vipassanāpaññā adhippetāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘no ca kho vipassanāpaññāyā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Keci panettha ‘‘saddhāvirahitā aparisuddhakāyakammantādayo viya bhayabheravāvhāyanassa visesakāraṇaṃ, nāpi saddhālutā pallomatāyāti saddhāvāro anuddhaṭo’’ti vadanti, taṃ akāraṇaṃ. Kammaphale hi saddahanto kammapaṭisaraṇataṃyeva nissāya bhayabheravaṃ tiṇāyapi amaññamāno pallomatamāpajjeyya. Yasmā pana vīriyādayo saddhāya vinā nappavattantīti tesaṃ upanissayabhūtā sahajātā ca sā taggahaṇeneva gahitā hotīti visuṃ na uddhaṭā. Tathā hi sā jhānassa pubbabhāgapaṭipadāyampi na uddhaṭā, kiṃ vā etāya saddhāya, addhā sā imasmiṃ ārammaṇapariggahaṭṭhāne na gahetabbāva, tato dhammassāminā idha na uddhaṭā, evaṃ aññesupi edisesu ṭhānesu nicchayo kātabbo. Yathānulomadesanā hi suttantakathāti.<br/><br/>[06]Vacīkammantavārādikathāvaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Soḷasaṭṭhānārammaṇapariggaho niṭṭhito.


volume: 30
item: 48
title: kāyakammantavārakathāvaṇṇanā^vacīkammantavārādikathāvaṇṇanā^bhayabheravasenāsanādivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^49^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Soḷasārammaṇānī^eb^ti ^a^V1.0194^ea^ soḷasaṭṭhānāni ārammaṇāni. ^b^Evarūpāsu rattīsū^eb^ti cātuddasīādikā upari vakkhamānā rattiyo sandhāya vadati ^a^M1.0218^ea^. ^b^Evarūpe senāsane^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. ^b^Yā^eb^ti aniyamato uddiṭṭhānaṃ puna ‘‘tā’’ti vacanaṃ niddeso viya hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘yā tāti ubhayametaṃ rattīnaṃyeva uddesaniddesavacana’’^eb^nti. ^b^Abhīti lakkhaṇatthe^eb^ ‘‘aññe ca abhiññātā brāhmaṇamahāsālā’’tiādīsu viya. Kathaṃ panettha lakkhaṇatthatā veditabbā? Lakkhīyati etenāti lakkhaṇanti āha ^b^‘‘candapāripūriyā’’^eb^tiādi. Puṇṇamāsiyaṃ ^b^candapāripūriyā^eb^ amāvāsiyaṃ ^b^candaparikkhayena^eb^. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena candassa upaḍḍhamaṇḍalatārāhuggahatādīnaṃ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Upasaggamattameva^eb^ abhi-saddo lakkhitasaddeneva lakkhaṇatthassa viññāyamānattāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paṭhamadivasato pabhutī^eb^ti paṭhamapāṭipadadivasato paṭṭhāya. Yasmā codako bhagavato kāle anabhilakkhitāpi aparabhāge abhilakkhitā jātā, tasmā taṃ abhilakkhaṇīyataṃ upādāya ^b^‘‘sabbadassinā bhagavatā pañcamī kasmā na gahitā’’^eb^ti codeti, itaro sabbakālikāsu cātuddasīādīsu gayhamānāsu asabbakālikāya kathaṃ gahaṇanti adhippāyena ^b^‘‘asabbakālikattā’’^eb^ti pariharati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tathāvidhāsū^eb^ti ‘‘abhiññātā’’tiādinā yathā vuttā, tathāvidhāsu. Devatādhiṭṭhitabhāvena ārāmādīnaṃ lokassa cetiyabhāvoti āha ^b^‘‘pūjanīyaṭṭhenā’’^eb^ti. Manussā yebhuyyena gāmādīnaṃ dvāresu tathārūpe rukkhe cetiyaṭṭhāniye katvā voharantīti āha ^b^‘‘gāmanigamādidvāresū’’^eb^tiādi. Dassanamattenapi savanamattenapi bhayuppādanena pākatikasatte bhiṃsentīti ^b^bhiṃsanakāni^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘bhayajanakānī’’^eb^tiādi. Bhāyati etasmāti ^b^bhayaṃ,^eb^ ativiya sappaṭibhayaṃ ^b^bheravaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Āyācanaupahārakaraṇāraha^eb^nti taṃtaṃbalikammapaṇidhikammakaraṇayoggaṃ. ^b^Pupphadhūpa…pe… dharaṇitala^eb^nti idaṃ yathāpaṭisūtena suppādinā upahārakaraṇadassanaṃ. ^b^Koṭṭento^eb^ti paharanto, siṅgappahārakhurappahārehi saddaṃ karontoti adhippāyo. ^b^Sabbacatuppadānaṃ idha magoti nāmaṃ,^eb^ na ‘‘acchacammaṃ migacammaṃ eḷakacamma’’ntiādīsu (mahāva. 259) viya, rohitotiādi migavisesānanti ^a^M1.0219^ea^ adhippāyo. ^b^Cāletvā^eb^ti aggamaddanena cāletvā. Moraggahaṇañcettha upalakkhaṇanti dassento āha ^b^‘‘idha sabbapakkhigahaṇaṃ adhippeta’’^eb^nti. ^b^Esa nayo^eb^ti idaṃ yathā ‘‘moro vā’’ti ^a^V1.0195^ea^ ettha vā-saddo avuttavikappanattho, evaṃ ‘‘migo vā’’ti etthāpīti migasaddassa visesatthavuttitaṃ sandhāyāha. ^b^Ito pabhūtī^eb^ti ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ yā tā rattiyo’’tiādinā bhayabheravassa gavesanacintanato pabhuti, na gavesanārambhato pabhuti. ‘‘Appeva nāmāhaṃ bhayabheravaṃ passeyya’’nti etthāpi hi ^b^ārammaṇameva bhayabheravaṃ^eb^. ^b^Sukhārammaṇaṃ rūpaṃ sukhamiva^eb^ ‘‘rūpaṃ sukhaṃ sukhānupatitaṃ sukhāvakkanta’’ntiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 3.60). Kathaṃ bhayaggahaṇena ca rūpārammaṇaggahaṇanti āha ^b^‘‘parittassa cā’’^eb^tiādi. ‘‘Āgacchatī’’ti vacanato gavesanārambhato pabhuti ‘‘etaṃ bhaya’’nti ārammaṇaṃ adhippetanti keci ‘‘taṃ na passeyya’’nti cakkhunā dassanassa adhippetattā, tasmā vuttanayeneva attho gahetabbo. ^b^Bhayaṃ ākaṅkhamāno^eb^ti upaparikkhanavasena ahaṃ bhayavatthuṃ ākaṅkhanto viharāmi, taṃ kimatthiyaṃ, ettakopi bhayasamannāhāro mayhaṃ ayuttoti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]Yaṃ pakāraṃ bhūto yathābhūto, so panettha pakāro iriyāpathavasena yutto pāḷiyaṃ tathā āgatattāti āha ^b^‘‘yena yena iriyāpathena bhūtassā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Bhavitassā^eb^ti idaṃ ‘‘bhūtassā’’ti iminā samānatthaṃ padanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ‘‘Samaṅgībhūtassā’’ti padaṃ purimapadalopena ^b^bhūtassā^eb^ti vuttanti dassento ^b^‘‘samaṅgībhūtassa vā’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Bhayabheravārammaṇe^eb^ti bhayabheravābhimate ārammaṇe. ^b^Neva mahāsatto tiṭṭhatī^eb^tiādi ‘‘tathābhūto ca taṃ paṭivineyya’’nti yathā cintitaṃ, tathā paṭipannabhāvadassanaṃ. ^b^Iriyāpathapaṭipāṭi^eb^ nāma ṭhānagamananisajjānipajjāti vadanti, uppaṭipāṭi pana paṭhamaṃ nipajjā, puna nisajjā, puna ṭhānaṃ, pacchā gamananti evaṃ veditabbā. ^b^Āsannapaṭipāṭiyā^eb^ti gamanassa tāva ṭhānaṃ āsannaṃ, ṭhānassa nisajjā gamanañca, nisajjāya nipajjā ṭhānañca, nipajjāya nisajjā āsannā. Idha pana gamanassa ṭhānaṃ, ṭhānassa ca gamanaṃ, nisajjāya ca nipajjā, nipajjāya ca nisajjā āsannabhāvena gahitā, itare paramparāvasenāti veditabbā. Bhikkhussa pana iriyāpathā sampattapaṭipāṭiyā viya aparāparuppattivasena vuccanti.<br/><br/>[06]Bhayabheravasenāsanādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 49
title: vacīkammantavārādikathāvaṇṇanā^bhayabheravasenāsanādivaṇṇanā^asammohavihāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^50^eb^^b^.^eb^ Ayañca ^a^M1.0220^ea^ me sabbaso bhayabheravābhāvo visesato asammohadhammattāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘santi^eb^^a^V1.0196^ea^^b^kho panā’’^eb^tiādinā upari desanā vaḍḍhitāti ayaṃ vā ettha anusandhi. ^b^Jhāyīnaṃ sammohaṭṭhānesū^eb^ti iminā ajjhāyīnaṃ sammohaṭṭhānesu vattabbameva natthīti dasseti. ^b^Atthī^eb^ti idaṃ nipātapadaṃ puthuvacanampi hoti ‘‘atthi imasmiṃ kāye kesā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.373-374; ma. ni. 1.110; 3.154; saṃ. ni. 4.127; khu. pā. 3ḍvatiṃsākāra) viyāti ‘‘santī’’ti padassa atthadassanavasena vuttaṃ. Kiṃ khaṇattayasamaṅgitāya te atthi, noti āha ^b^‘‘saṃvijjanti upalabbhantī’’^eb^ti, mahati lokasannivāse edisāpi ^b^saṃvijjanti^eb^ ñāṇena gahetabbatāya ^b^upalabbhantī^eb^ti. ^b^Odātakasiṇalābhī^eb^ti appamāṇaodātakasiṇalābhī. Evaṃ hissa samantato āloko viya upaṭṭhāti. ^b^Parikamma^eb^nti samāpattipubbabhāgamāha. Ettakaṃ sūriye gate ^b^vuṭṭhahāmīti,^eb^^b^no ca kho addhānaparicchede kusalo hoti,^eb^ kevalaṃ ‘‘divā eva vuṭṭhahāmī’’ti manasikāraṃ uppādesi. ^b^Visadaṃ hoti^eb^ sabbaṃ ārammaṇajātaṃ, dibbacakkhunā passantassa viya ^b^vibhūtaṃ. Avisada^eb^nti ettha vuttavipariyāyena attho veditabbo. ^b^Evaṃsaññino^eb^ti rattiṃ ‘‘divā’’ti, divā ca ‘‘rattī’’ti evaṃsaññino.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Antosenāsane rattiṃ nisinno hotī^eb^ti ratti-saddo ajjhāharitabbo. Parittāsanādīhi, aññehi vā ^b^kāraṇehi^eb^. ^b^Gambhīrāya^eb^ bhūmigabbhasadisāya ^b^ghanavanapaṭicchannāya^eb^ bahalatarajālavanapaṭalapaṭicchannāya. ^b^Antarahitasūriyāloke kāle^eb^ti eteneva divāti avuttasiddho. Sammohavihāro nāma bahuvidhoti āha ^b^‘‘sammohavihārānaṃ aññatara’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pākaṭo bodhisattassa rattindivaparicchedo^eb^ antamaso lavatuṭikhaṇassapi upādāya suvavatthitattā, tathā rattidivasakoṭṭhāsaparicchedo attanā kātabbakiccavasena kālañāṇavasena ca.<br/><br/>[03]Kālathambhe ^a^M1.0221^ea^ laddhabbachāyāvasena ^b^dvaṅgulakāle^eb^. ^b^Yāmaghaṇṭikaṃ paharati^eb^ saṅghassa taṃtaṃvattakaraṇatthaṃ. ^b^Muggara^eb^nti ghaṇṭikappaharaṇamuggaraṃ. ^b^Yāmayantaṃ patati^eb^ aññehi bhikkhūhi yojitanti adhippāyo. Yāva aññe bhikkhū bhojanasālaṃ upagacchanti, tāva divāvihāraṭṭhānaṃ gantvā samaṇadhammaṃ karoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yaṃ kho ta^eb^nti ettha ^b^ya^eb^nti aniyamuddeso, ^b^kho^eb^ti avadhāraṇe, yameva puggalanti attho. ^b^Ta^eb^nti vuccamānākāravacanaṃ. ^b^Mamevā^eb^ti maṃ eva. ^b^Asammohasabhāvo^eb^ti sabhāvabhūtāsammoho. ‘‘Uppanno’’ti vuttattā ^b^‘‘manussaloke’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Paññāsampattiyā^eb^ti yāthāvato hitassa jānanasamatthena attano paññāguṇena, na kevalaṃ ajjhāsayeneva hitesitā, atha kho payogenāti ^a^V1.0197^ea^ dassento ^b^‘‘hitūpadesako’’^eb^ti āha. Ajjhāsayena pana hitesitā ^b^‘‘lokānukampāyā’’^eb^ti iminā dassitā. Upakaraṇehi vinā na kadāci bhogasukhaṃ upakaraṇadānañca cāgasampattihetukanti āha ^b^‘‘cāgasampattiyā…pe… dāyako’’^eb^ti. ^b^Mettāsampattiyā^eb^ hitūpasaṃhārena ^b^rakkhitā. Karuṇāsampattiyā^eb^ dukkhāpanayanena ^b^gopāyitā^eb^. Nanu ca pubbepi vuttaṃ ‘‘hitāya sukhāyā’’ti, atha kasmā puna taṃ gahitanti codanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘idha devamanussaggahaṇenā’’^eb^tiādi. Tena pubbe avisesato hitādīni dassitāni, idāni visesato saha payojanena tāni dassitānīti dīpeti. Nibbānato paro paramo attho nāma natthīti āha ^b^‘‘paramatthattāyā’’^eb^ti. Hinoti nibbānaṃ gacchatīti ^b^hitaṃ,^eb^ maggo. Ukkaṃsato sukhatthaṃ ariyaphalanti āha ^b^‘‘tato uttari sukhābhāvato’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Asammohavihāravaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 50
title: bhayabheravasenāsanādivaṇṇanā^asammohavihāravaṇṇanā^pubbabhāgapaṭipadādivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^51^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Asammohavihāra^eb^nti asammohavuttiṃ, asammohasambodhinti vā attho. ^b^Ta^eb^nti samathavipassanābhāvanāsaṅkhātaṃ paṭipadaṃ. ^b^Pubbabhāgato pabhutī^eb^ti bhāvanāya pubbabhāgavīriyārambhādito paṭṭhāya.^b^ Kecī^eb^ti uttaravihāravāsino.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bodhimaṇḍe^eb^ti ^a^M1.0222^ea^ (sārattha. ṭī. 1.11.verañjakaṇḍavaṇṇanā; a. ni. ṭī. 3.8.11) bodhisaṅkhātassa ñāṇassa maṇḍabhāvappatte ṭhāne. ^b^Caturaṅga^eb^nti ‘‘kāmaṃ taco ca nhāru ca, aṭṭhi ca avasissatū’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 2.184; saṃ. ni. 2.237; a. ni. 2.5; 8.13; mahāni. 17, 196) vuttacaturaṅgasamannāgataṃ. ^b^Paggahita^eb^nti ārambhaṃ sithilaṃ akatvā daḷhaparakkamasaṅkhātussahanabhāvena gahitaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘asithilappavattitanti vuttaṃ hotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Asallīna^eb^nti asaṅkucitaṃ kosajjavasena saṅkocaṃ anāpannaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Upaṭṭhitā^eb^ti ogāhanasaṅkhātena apilāpanabhāvena ārammaṇaṃ upagantvā ṭhitā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ārammaṇābhimukhībhāvenā’’^eb^ti. Sammosassa viddhaṃsanavasena pavattiyā na sammuṭṭhāti ^b^asammuṭṭhā^eb^. Kiñcāpi cittamiva cittapassaddhivasena kāyapassaddhivaseneva kāyo passaddho hoti, tathāpi yasmā kāyapassaddhi uppajjamānā cittapassaddhiyā saheva uppajjati, na vinā, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘kāyacittapassaddhisambhavenā’’^eb^ti ^a^V1.0198^ea^. ^b^Rūpakāyopi passaddhoyeva hoti^eb^ kāyapassaddhiyā ubhayesampi kāyānaṃ passambhanāvahattā. ^b^So ca kho^eb^ kāyo. ^b^Vigatadaratho^eb^ti vigatakilesadaratho. Nāmakāye hi vigatadarathe rūpakāyopi vūpasantadarathapariḷāho hoti.^b^ Sammā āhita^eb^nti nānārammaṇesu vidhāvanasaṅkhātavikkhepaṃ vicchinditvā ekasmiṃyeva ārammaṇe avikkhittabhāvāpādānena sammadeva āhitaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘suṭṭhu ṭhapita’’^eb^ntiādi. Cittassa anekaggabhāvo vikkhepavasena cañcalatā, sā sati ekaggatāya na hotīti āha ^b^‘‘ekaggaṃ acalaṃ nipphandana’’^eb^nti. ^b^Ettāvatā^eb^ti ‘‘āraddhaṃ kho panā’’tiādinā vīriyasatipassaddhisamādhīnaṃ kiccasiddhidassanena. Nanu ca saddhāpaññānampi kiccasiddhi jhānassa pubbapaṭipadāya icchitabbāti? Saccaṃ icchitabbā, sā pana nānantariyabhāvena avuttasiddhāti na gahitā. Asati hi saddhāya vīriyārambhādīnaṃ asambhavoyeva, paññāpariggahe ca nesaṃ asati paññāyārambhādibhāvo na siyā. Tathā asallīnāsammosatādayo vīriyādīnanti asallīnatādiggahaṇenevettha paññākiccasiddhi gahitāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Jhānabhāvanāyaṃ vā samādhikiccaṃ adhikaṃ icchitabbanti dassetuṃ samādhipariyosānāva ^b^jhānassa pubbapaṭipadā kathitā^eb^ti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Vuttaṃ, tasmā idha na vattabbaṃ. ^b^Visuddhimaggo^eb^ hi imissā saṃvaṇṇanāya ekadesabhūtoti vuttovāyamatthoti. ^b^Viharatīti āgataṃ^eb^ paruddesikattā ^a^M1.0223^ea^ vihārassa. ^b^Idha vihāsinti āgataṃ^eb^ atthuddesikattā. Idaṃ kira sabbabuddhānaṃ avijahitanti āha ^b^‘‘ānāpānassatikammaṭṭhāna’’^eb^nti. Rūpavirāgabhāvanāvasena (sārattha. ṭī. 1.12ṇerañjakaṇḍavaṇṇanā) pavatto catubbidhopi arūpajjhānaviseso catutthajjhānasaṅgaho evāti āha ^b^‘‘cattāri jhānānī’’^eb^ti. Yuttaṃ tāva cittekaggatā bhavokkamanatthatā viya vipassanāpādakatāpi catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ sādhāraṇāti tesaṃ vasena ‘‘cattāri jhānānī’’ti vacanaṃ, abhiññāpādakatā pana nirodhapādakatā ca catutthasseva jhānassa āveṇikā, sā kathaṃ catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ sādhāraṇā vuttāti? Paramparādhiṭṭhānabhāvato. Padaṭṭhānapadaṭṭhānampi hi padaṭṭhānanteva vuccati, kāraṇakāraṇampi kāraṇanti yathā ‘‘tiṇehi sattaṃ siddha’’nti, evañca katvā payojananiddese aṭṭhasamāpattiggahaṇaṃ samatthitaṃ hoti. ^b^Cittekaggatatthānī^eb^ti cittasamādhānatthāni, diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāratthānīti attho. Cittekaggatāsīsena hi diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāro vutto, sukkhavipassakakhīṇāsavavasena cetaṃ vuttaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ekaggacittā sukhaṃ divasaṃ viharissāmā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Bhavokkamanatthānī^eb^ti bhavesu nibbattiatthāni.<br/><br/>[03]Yasmā (sārattha. ṭī. 1.12ṇerañjakaṇḍavaṇṇanā) bodhisattena bodhimaṇḍūpasaṅkamanato pubbepi carimabhave catutthajjhānaṃ nibbattitapubbaṃ, tadā pana taṃ nibbattitamattameva ahosi, na vipassanādipādakaṃ ^a^V1.0199^ea^, tasmā ^b^‘‘bodhirukkhamūle nibbattita’’^eb^nti tato visesetvā vuttaṃ. ^b^Vipassanāpādaka^eb^nti vipassanārambhe vipassanāya pādakaṃ. ^b^Abhiññāpādaka^eb^nti etthāpi eseva nayo. Buddhānañhi paṭhamārambhe eva pādakajjhānena payojanaṃ ahosi, na tato paraṃ uparimaggādhigamaphalasamāpattiabhiññāvaḷañjanādiatthaṃ. Abhisambodhisamadhigamato paṭṭhāya hi sabbaṃ ñāṇasamādhikiccaṃ ākaṅkhamattapaṭibaddhamevāti. ^b^Sabbakiccasādhaka^eb^nti anupubbavihārādisabbakiccasādhakaṃ. ^b^Sabbalokiyalokuttaraguṇadāyaka^eb^nti ettha vipassanābhiññāpādakattā eva catutthassa jhānassa bhagavato sabbalokiyalokuttaraguṇadāyakatā veditabbā. Sabbaññutaññāṇapadaṭṭhānañhi maggañāṇaṃ, maggañāṇapadaṭṭhānañca sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ abhisambodhi, tadadhigamasamakālameva bhagavato sabbe buddhaguṇā hatthagatā ahesuṃ, catutthajjhānasannissayo ca maggādhigamoti.<br/><br/>[06]Pubbabhāgapaṭipadādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 51
title: asammohavihāravaṇṇanā^pubbabhāgapaṭipadādivaṇṇanā^pubbenivāsakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^52^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dvinnaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0224^ea^^b^vijjāna^eb^nti pubbenivāsañāṇadibbacakkhuñāṇasaṅkhātānaṃ dvinnaṃ vijjānaṃ. ^b^Anupadavaṇṇanā^eb^ti tāsaṃ vijjānaṃ niddesapāḷiyā anupadavaṇṇanā. ^b^Bhāvanānayo^eb^ti uppādanavidhi. ^b^‘‘So’’^eb^ti paccattavacanassa ahaṃ-saddena sambandhane kāraṇaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘abhininnāmesi’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. Pāḷiyaṃ vā ‘‘abhininnāmesi’’nti uttamapurisassa yogoti ahaṃ-saddena ānetvā vuccamāne tadattho pākaṭo hotīti ^b^‘‘so aha’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Abhinīhari^eb^nti cittaṃ jhānārammaṇato apanetvā pubbenivāsābhimukhaṃ pesesiṃ, pubbenivāsaninnaṃ pubbenivāsapoṇaṃ pubbenivāsapabbhāraṃ akāsinti attho.<br/><br/>[03]Pubbeatītajātīsu nivutthakkhandhā pubbenivāso. ^b^Nivutthā^eb^ti ca ajjhāvutthā anubhūtā attano santāne uppajjitvā niruddhā, gocaranivāsena nivutthadhammā vā attano viññāṇenaviññātā, paraviññāṇaviññātāpi vā chinnavaṭumakānussaraṇādīsu, taṃ pubbenivāsaṃ yāya satiyā anussarati, tāya sampayuttaṃ ñāṇaṃ ^b^pubbenivāsānussatiññāṇaṃ^eb^. ^b^Paṭinivattantassā^eb^ti pubbenivāsaṃ anussaraṇavasena yāvadicchakaṃ gantvā paccāgacchantassa. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti vuttassevatthassa kāraṇabhāvena paccāmasanaṃ, paṭinivattantassa paccavekkhaṇabhāvatoti vuttaṃ hoti. ^b^Idhūpapattiyā^eb^ti idha ^a^V1.0200^ea^ carimabhave upapattiyā. ^b^Anantara^eb^nti atītānantaramāha. ^b^Amutrā^eb^ti amukasmiṃ bhaveti attho. ^b^Udapādi^eb^nti uppajjiṃ. ^b^Tāhi devatāhī^eb^ti tusitādevatāhi. ^b^Ekagotto^eb^ti tusitagottena ekagotto. Mahābodhisattānaṃ santānassa pariyosānāvatthāya devalokūpapattijanakaṃ nāma akusalena kammunā anupaddutameva hotīti adhippāyena ^b^‘‘dukkhaṃ pana saṅkhāradukkhamevā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Mahāpuññānampi pana devaputtānaṃ pubbanimittuppattikālādīsu aniṭṭhārammaṇasamāyogo hotiyevāti ‘‘kadāci dukkhadukkhassapi sambhavo natthī’’ti na sakkā vattuṃ. ^b^Sattapaññāsa…pe… pariyanto^eb^ti idaṃ manussānaṃ vassagaṇanāvasena vuttaṃ. Tattha devānaṃ vassagaṇanāya pana catusahassameva.<br/><br/>[03]Atītabhave (sārattha. ṭī. 1.12.pubbenivāsakathāyaṃ) khandhā tappaṭibaddhanāmagottāni ca sabbaṃ pubbenivāsanteva saṅgahitanti āha ^b^‘‘kiṃ viditaṃ karoti^eb^? ^b^Pubbenivāsa’’^eb^nti. ^b^Moho paṭicchādakaṭṭhena^eb^^b^‘‘tamo’’ti vuccati^eb^ ‘‘tamo viyā’’ti katvā. ^b^Obhāsakaraṇaṭṭhenā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0225^ea^ kātabbato karaṇaṃ, obhāsova karaṇaṃ, attano paccayena obhāsabhāvena nibbattetabbaṭṭhenāti attho. ^b^Sesaṃ pasaṃsāvacana^eb^nti paṭipakkhavidhamanapavattivisesānaṃ bodhanato vuttaṃ. ^b^Avijjā vihatā^eb^ti etena vijjanaṭṭhena vijjāti ayampi attho dīpitoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Yasmā vijjā uppannā^eb^ti etena vijjāpaṭipakkhā avijjā, paṭipakkhatā cassā pahātabbabhāvena vijjāya ca pahāyakabhāvenāti dasseti. ^b^Esa nayo itarasmimpi padadvayeti^eb^ iminā tamo vihato vinaṭṭho. Kasmā? Yasmā āloko uppannoti imamatthaṃ atidisati. ^b^Pesitattassā^eb^ti yathādhippetatthasiddhiṃ pati vissaṭṭhacittassa. ^b^Yathā appamattassā^eb^ti aññassapi kassaci mādisassāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[06]Pubbenivāsakathāvaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 52
title: pubbabhāgapaṭipadādivaṇṇanā^pubbenivāsakathāvaṇṇanā^dibbacakkhuñāṇakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^53^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Idhā^eb^ti bhayabheravasutte vuttaṃ. Idha ayaṃ visesoti yojanā. ^b^Vuttasadisameva^eb^ ‘‘meti mayā’’tiādinā. ^b^Parikammakicca^eb^nti ‘‘abhiññāpādakacatutthajjhānato vuṭṭhāya sabbapacchimā nisajjā āvajjitabbā’’tiādinā, kasiṇārammaṇaṃ abhiññāpādakajjhānaṃ sabbākārena abhinīhārakkhamaṃ katvā’’tiādinā ca vuttena parikammena kiccaṃ payojanaṃ natthi. ^b^Na^eb^^a^V1.0201^ea^^b^tena idha attho^eb^ti tena bhāvanānayena idha pāḷiyā atthavaṇṇanāyaṃ attho natthi tathābhāvanāya idha anadhippetattāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[06]Dibbacakkhuñāṇakathāvaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 53
title: pubbenivāsakathāvaṇṇanā^dibbacakkhuñāṇakathāvaṇṇanā^āsavakkhayañāṇakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^54^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vipassanāpādaka^eb^nti (sārattha. ṭī. 1.14.āsavakkhayañāṇakathāyaṃ; dī. ni. ṭī. 1.248; a. ni. ṭī. 2.3.59) vipassanāya padaṭṭhānabhūtaṃ. Vipassanā ca tividhā vipassanakapuggalabhedena. Mahābodhisattānañhi paccekabodhisattānañca vipassanā cintāmayañāṇasaṃvaddhitattā sayambhuñāṇabhūtā, itaresaṃ ^a^M1.0226^ea^ sutamayañāṇasaṃvaddhitattā paropadesasambhūtā, sā ‘‘ṭhapetvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ avasesarūpārūpajjhānānaṃ aññatarato vuṭṭhāyā’’tiādinā anekadhā arūpamukhavasena catudhātuvavatthāne vuttānaṃ tesaṃ tesaṃ dhātupariggahamukhānaṃ aññataramukhavasena anekadhāva ^b^visuddhimagge^eb^ (visuddhi. 1.306) nānānayato vibhāvitā. Mahābodhisattānaṃ pana catuvīsatikoṭisatasahassamukhena pabhedagamanato nānānayaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇasannissayassa ariyamaggañāṇassa adhiṭṭhānabhūtaṃ pubbabhāgañāṇagabbhaṃ gaṇhāpentaṃ paripākaṃ ^b^gacchantaṃ^eb^ paramagambhīrasaṇhasukhumataraṃ anaññasādhāraṇaṃ vipassanāñāṇaṃ hoti, yaṃ ^b^aṭṭhakathāsu^eb^ mahāvajirañāṇanti vuccati. Yassa ca pavattivibhāgena catuvīsatikoṭisatasahassappabhedassa pādakabhāvena samāpajjiyamānā catuvīsatikoṭisatasahassasaṅkhā devasikaṃ satthu vaḷañjanakasamāpattiyo vuccanti, svāyaṃ buddhānaṃ vipassanācāro paramatthamañjūsāya ^b^visuddhimaggasaṃvaṇṇanāya^eb^ (visuddhi. mahāṭī. 1.144) uddesato dassito, atthikehi tato gahetabboti.<br/><br/>[03]Āsavānaṃ khepanato samucchindanato āsavakkhayo, ariyamaggo, ukkaṭṭhaniddesavasena arahattamaggaggahaṇaṃ. Āsavānaṃ khaye ñāṇaṃ ^b^āsavakkhayañāṇa^eb^nti dassento ^b^‘‘tatra cetaṃ ñāṇa’’^eb^nti vatvā khayeti ca ādhāre bhummaṃ, na visayeti dassento ‘‘tappariyā pannattā’’ti āha. ^b^Idaṃ dukkha^eb^nti dukkhassa ariyasaccassa tadā paccakkhato gahitabhāvadassanaṃ. ^b^Ettakaṃ dukkha^eb^nti dukkhassa ariyasaccassa tadā paccakkhato gahitabhāvadassanaṃ. ^b^Ettakaṃ dukkha^eb^nti tassa paricchijja gahitabhāvadassanaṃ. ^b^Na ito bhiyyo^eb^ti anavasesetvā gahitabhāvadassanaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sabbampi^eb^^a^V1.0202^ea^^b^dukkhasacca’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Sarasalakkhaṇapaṭivedhenā^eb^ti sabhāvasaṅkhātassa lakkhaṇassa asammohato paṭivijjhanena. ^b^Asammohapaṭivedho^eb^ti ca yathā tasmiṃ ñāṇe pavatte pacchā dukkhassa sarūpādiparicchede sammoho na hoti, tathā pavatti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsi’’^eb^nti. ^b^Yaṃ ṭhānaṃ patvā^eb^ti yaṃ nibbānaṃ maggassa ārammaṇapaccayaṭṭhena kāraṇabhūtaṃ āgamma. Tadubhayavato hi puggalassa patti tadubhayassa pattīti vuttaṃ. ^b^Patvāti^eb^ vā pāpuṇanahetu. ^b^Appavatti^eb^nti appavattinimittaṃ. Te vā nappavattanti etthāti ^b^appavatti,^eb^ nibbānaṃ. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti dukkhanirodhassa. ^b^Sampāpaka^eb^nti sacchikiriyāvasena sammadeva pāpakaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kilesavasenā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0227^ea^ āsavasaṅkhātakilesavasena. Yasmā āsavānaṃ dukkhasaccapariyāyo tappariyāpannattā, sesasaccānañca taṃsamudayādipariyāyo atthi, tasmā vuttaṃ. ^b^‘‘Pariyāyato’’^eb^ti. Dassento saccānīti yojanā. Āsavānaṃyeva cettha gahaṇaṃ ‘‘āsavānaṃ khayañāṇāyā’’ti āraddhattā. Tathā hi āsavavimutti sīseneva sabbasaṃkilesavimutti vuttā. ^b^‘‘Idaṃ dukkhanti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsi’’^eb^ntiādinā missakamaggo idha kathitoti ^b^‘‘saha vipassanāya koṭippattaṃ maggaṃ kathetī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Ettha ca saccapaṭivedhassa tadā atītakālikattā ‘‘yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsi’’nti vatvāpi abhisamayakāle tassa paccuppannataṃ upādāya ‘‘evaṃ jānato evaṃ passato’’ti vattamānakālena niddeso kato. So ca kāmaṃ maggakkhaṇato paraṃ yāvajjatanā atītakāliko eva, sabbapaṭhamaṃ panassa atītakālikattaṃ phalakkhaṇena veditabbanti āha ^b^‘‘vimuccitthāti iminā phalakkhaṇaṃ dassetī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Jānato passato^eb^ti vā hetuniddesoyaṃ. Jānanahetu dassanahetu kāmāsavā cittaṃ vimuccitthāti yojanā. Bhavāsavaggahaṇeneva cettha bhavarāgassa viya bhavadiṭṭhiyāpi samavarodhoti diṭṭhāsavassapi saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Khīṇājātītiādīhi^eb^ padehi. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti paccavekkhaṇañāṇassa. ^b^Bhūmī^eb^nti pavattiṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Na tāvassa atītā jāti khīṇā^eb^ maggabhāvanāyāti adhippāyo. Tattha kāraṇamāha ^b^‘‘pubbeva khīṇattā’’^eb^ti. Na anāgatā assajāti khīṇāti yojanā. ^b^Na anāgatā^eb^ti ca anāgatattasāmaññaṃ gahetvā lesena codeti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘anāgate vāyāmābhāvato’’^eb^ti, anāgataviseso panettha adhippeto, tassa ca khepane vāyāmopi labbhateva. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yā pana maggassā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Ekacatupañcavokārabhavesū^eb^ti bhavattayaggahaṇaṃ vuttanayena anavasesato jātiyā khīṇabhāvadassanatthaṃ. ^b^Ta^eb^nti yathāvuttaṃ jātiṃ. ^b^So^eb^ti bhagavā.<br/><br/>[03]Brahmacariyavāso nāma idha maggabrahmacariyassa nibbattanamevāti āha ^b^‘‘niṭṭhita’’^eb^nti. Sammādiṭṭhiyā ^a^V1.0203^ea^ catūsu saccesu pariññādikiccasādhanavasena pavattamānāya sammā saṅkappādīnampi dukkhasacce pariññābhisamayānuguṇā pavatti, itarasaccesu ca nesaṃ pahānābhisamayādivasena pavatti pākaṭā eva. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘catūhi maggehi pariññāpahānasacchikiriyābhāvanāvasenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Itthattāyā^eb^ti ime pakārā itthaṃ, tabbhāvo itthattaṃ, tadatthanti vuttaṃ ^a^M1.0228^ea^ hoti. Te pana pakārā ariyamaggabyāpārabhūtā pariññādayo idhādhippetāti āha ^b^‘‘evaṃsoḷasakiccabhāvāyā’’^eb^ti. Te hi maggaṃ paccavekkhato maggānubhāvena pākaṭā hutvā upaṭṭhahanti, pariññādīsu ca pahānameva padhānaṃ tadatthattā itaresanti āha ^b^‘‘kilesakkhayāyavā’’^eb^ti. Pahīnakilesapaccavekkhaṇavasena vā etaṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^Itthattāyā^eb^ti nissakke sampadānavacananti āha ^b^‘‘itthabhāvato’’^eb^ti. ^b^Aparaṃ^eb^ anāgataṃ. ^b^Ime pana^eb^ carimattabhāvasaṅkhātā ^b^pañcakkhandhā^eb^. ^b^Pariññātā tiṭṭhantī^eb^ti etena tesaṃ appatiṭṭhataṃ dasseti. Apariññāmūlakā hi patiṭṭhā. Yathāha ‘‘kabaḷīkāre ce, bhikkhave, āhāre atthi rāgo atthi nandī atthi taṇhā, patiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇaṃ virūḷha’’ntiādi (saṃ. ni. 2.64; mahāni. 7; kathā. 296). Tenevāha ^b^‘‘chinnamūlakā rukkhā viyā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paccavekkhaṇañāṇapariggahitaṃ,^eb^ na paṭhamadutiyañāṇadvayādhigamaṃ viya kevalanti adhippāyo. ^b^Dassento^eb^ nigamanavasenāti adhippāyo. Sarūpato hi taṃ pubbe dassitamevāti. Pubbenivāsañāṇena atītārammaṇasabhāgatāya tabbhāvībhāvato ca atītaṃsañāṇaṃ saṅgahetvāti yojanā. Tattha ^b^atītaṃsañāṇa^eb^nti atītakhandhāyatanadhātusaṅkhāte atītakoṭṭhāse appaṭihataṃ ñāṇaṃ. ^b^Dibbacakkhunā^eb^ti saparibhaṇḍena dibbacakkhuñāṇena. Paccuppannaṃso ca anāgataṃso ca paccuppannānāgataṃsaṃ, tattha ñāṇaṃ ^b^paccuppannānāgataṃsañāṇaṃ. Sakalalokiyalokuttaraguṇa^eb^nti etena sabbaṃ lokaṃ uttaritvā abhibhuyya ṭhitattā sabbaññutaññāṇassa viya sesāsādhāraṇañāṇassa balañāṇāaveṇikabuddhadhammādīnampi anaññasādhāraṇānaṃ buddhaguṇānaṃ saṅgaho veditabbo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sabbepi sabbaññuguṇe saṅgahetvā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Āsavakkhayañāṇakathāvaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 54
title: dibbacakkhuñāṇakathāvaṇṇanā^āsavakkhayañāṇakathāvaṇṇanā^araññavāsakāraṇavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^55^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Siyā kho pana te brāhmaṇā^eb^ti ettha ^b^siyā^eb^ti ‘‘appevā’’ti iminā samānattho nipāto ^a^V1.0204^ea^, tasmā ‘brāhmaṇa, appeva kho pana te evamassā’ti ^a^M1.0229^ea^ attho. Yaṃ pana ^b^aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘kadācī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ, tampi imamevatthaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ akāraṇaṃ brāhmaṇena parikappitamatthaṃ paṭipakkhipitvā attano adhippetaṃ kāraṇaṃ dassento. Atthova phalaṃ tadadhīnavuttitāya vaso etassāti ^b^atthavaso,^eb^ hetūti evaṃ vā ettha attho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Attano ca diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāra^eb^nti etena satthā attano vivekābhiratiṃ pakāsetīti dassento ^b^‘‘diṭṭhadhammo nāmā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^iriyāpathavihārāna^eb^nti iriyāpathapavattīnaṃ. Tappavattiyo hi ekasmiṃ iriyāpathe uppannadukkhaṃ aññena iriyāpathena vicchinditvā haraṇato vihārāti vuccanti. ^b^Pacchimañca janataṃ anukampamāno^eb^ti etena yo ādito brāhmaṇena ‘‘bhavaṃ tesaṃ gotamo pubbaṅgamo…pe… diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjatī’’ti vutto, yo ca tathā ‘‘evametaṃ brāhmaṇā’’tiādinā attanā sampaṭicchito, tameva atthaṃ nigamanavasena dassento yathānusandhināva satthā desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi.<br/><br/>[06]Araññavāsakāraṇavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 55
title: āsavakkhayañāṇakathāvaṇṇanā^araññavāsakāraṇavaṇṇanā^desanānumodanāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^56^eb^^b^.^eb^ Evaṃ niṭṭhāpitāya desanāya brāhmaṇo tattha bhagavati pasādaṃ pavedento ^b^‘‘abhikkanta’’^eb^ntiādimāha. ^b^Abhikkantā^eb^ti (sārattha. ṭī. 1.15ḍesanānumodanakathā; dī. ni. ṭī. 1.250; saṃ. ni. ṭī. 1.1.1; a. ni. ṭī. 2.2.16) atikkantā, vigatāti atthoti āha ^b^‘‘khaye dissatī’’^eb^ti. Teneva hi ^b^‘‘nikkhanto paṭhamo yāmo’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Abhikkantataro^eb^ti ativiya kantataro manoramo. Tādiso ca sundaro bhaddako nāma hotīti āha ^b^‘‘sundare dissatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ko^eb^ti devanāgayakkhagandhabbādīsu ko katamo. ^b^Me^eb^ti mama. ^b^Pādānī^eb^ti pāde. ^b^Iddhiyā^eb^ti imāya evarūpāya deviddhiyā. ^b^Yasasā^eb^ti iminā edisena parivārena parijanena. ^b^Jala^eb^nti vijjotamāno. ^b^Abhikkantenā^eb^ti ativiya kantena kamanīyena abhirūpena. ^b^Vaṇṇenā^eb^ti chavivaṇṇena sarīravaṇṇanibhāya. ^b^Sabbā obhāsayaṃ disā^eb^ti dasapi disā obhāsento pabhāsento, cando viya sūriyo viya ca ekobhāsaṃ ekālokaṃ ^a^M1.0230^ea^ karontoti gāthāya attho. ^b^Abhirūpe^eb^ti uḷārarūpe sampannarūpe.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Coro ^a^V1.0205^ea^ coro, sappo sappo’’tiādīsu ^b^bhaye āmeḍitaṃ^eb^. ‘‘Vijjha vijjha, pahara paharā’’tiādīsu ^b^kodhe,^eb^ ‘‘sādhu sādhūtiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.327; saṃ. ni. 2.127; 3.35; 5.1085) ^b^pasaṃsāyaṃ,^eb^ ‘‘gaccha gaccha, lunāhi lunāhī’’tiādīsu ^b^turite,^eb^ ‘‘āgaccha āgacchā’’tiādīsu ^b^kotūhale,^eb^ ‘‘buddho buddhoti cintento’’tiādīsu (bu. vaṃ. 2.44) ^b^acchare,^eb^ ‘‘abhikkamathāyasmanto, abhikkamathāyasmanto’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.20; a. ni. 9.11) ^b^hāse,^eb^ ‘‘kahaṃ ekaputtaka, kahaṃ ekaputtakā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.353; saṃ. ni. 2.63) ^b^soke,^eb^ ‘‘aho sukhaṃ aho sukha’’ntiādīsu (udā. 20; dī. ni. 3.305; cūḷava. 332) ^b^pasāde^eb^. ^b^Ca^eb^-saddo avuttasamuccayattho. Tena garahāasammānādīnaṃ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. Tattha ‘‘pāpo pāpo’’tiādīsu ^b^garahāyaṃ^eb^. ‘‘Abhirūpaka abhirūpakā’’tiādīsu ^b^asammāne^eb^ daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Nayidaṃ āmeḍitavasena dvikkhattuṃ vuttaṃ, atha kho atthadvayavasenāti dassento ^b^‘‘atha vā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Abhikkanta^eb^nti vacanaṃ apekkhitvā napuṃsakaliṅgavasena vuttaṃ, taṃ pana bhagavato vacanaṃ dhammassa desanāti katvā tathā vuttaṃ. Atthamattadassanaṃ vā etaṃ, tasmā atthavasena liṅgavibhattivipariṇāmo veditabbo. Dutiyapadepi eseva nayo. ^b^Dosanāsanato^eb^ti rāgādikilesadosavidhamanato, ^b^guṇādhigamanato^eb^ti sīlādiguṇānaṃ sampāpanato. Ye guṇe desanā adhigameti, tesu padhānabhūtā dassetabbāti te padhānabhūte tāva dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘saddhājananato paññājananato’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Saddhāpamukhā hi lokiyā guṇā, paññāpamukhā lokuttarā. Sīlādiatthasampattiyā ^b^sātthato,^eb^ sabhāvaniruttisampattiyā ^b^sabyañjanato^eb^. Suviññeyyasaddapayogatāya ^b^uttānapadato,^eb^ saṇhasukhumabhāvena dubbiññeyyatthatāya ^b^gambhīratthato^eb^. Siniddhamudumadhurasaddapayogatāya ^b^kaṇṇasukhato,^eb^ vipulavisuddhapemanīyatthatāya ^b^hadayaṅgamato^eb^. Mānātimānavidhamanena ^b^anattukkaṃsanato,^eb^ thambhasārambhamaddanena ^b^aparavambhanato^eb^. Hitādhippāyapavattiyā paresaṃ rāgapariḷāhādivūpasamanena ca ^b^karuṇāsītalato,^eb^ kilesandhakāravidhamanena ^a^M1.0231^ea^^b^paññāvadātato^eb^. Karavīkarutamañjutāya ^b^āpātharamaṇīyato,^eb^ pubbāparāviruddhasuvisuddhatthatāya ^b^vimaddakkhamato^eb^. Āpātharamaṇīyatāya eva ^b^suyyamānasukhato,^eb^ vimaddakkhamatāya hitajjhāsayappavattitatāya ca ^b^vīmaṃsiyamānahitato. Evamādīhī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^saddena saṃsāracakkanivattanato, saddhammacakkappavattanato, micchāvādavidhamanato, sammāvādapatiṭṭhāpanato, akusalamūlasamuddharaṇato, kusalamūlasaṃropanato, apāyadvārapidhānato, saggamaggadvāravivaraṇato, pariyuṭṭhānavūpasamanato, anusayasamugghātanatoti evamādīnaṃ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Adhomukhaṭṭhapita^eb^nti ^a^V1.0206^ea^ kenaci adhomukhaṃ ṭhapitaṃ. ^b^Heṭṭhāmukhajāta^eb^nti sabhāveneva heṭṭhāmukhajātaṃ. ^b^Ugghāṭeyyā^eb^ti vivaṭaṃ kareyya. ^b^Hatthe gahetvā^eb^ti ‘‘puratthābhimukho, uttarābhimukho vā gacchā’’tiādīni avatvā hatthe gahetvā ‘‘nissandehaṃ esa maggo, evaṃ gacchā’’ti vadeyya. ^b^Kāḷapakkhacātuddasī^eb^ti kāḷapakkhe cātuddasī.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nikujjitaṃ^eb^ ādheyyassa anādhārabhūtaṃ bhājanaṃ ādhārabhāvāpādanavasena ^b^ukkujjeyya^eb^. Heṭṭhāmukhajātatāya ^b^saddhammavimukhaṃ,^eb^ adhomukhaṭṭhapitatāya ^b^asaddhamme patita^eb^nti evaṃ padadvayaṃ yathārahaṃ yojetabbaṃ, na yathāsaṅkhyaṃ. Kāmaṃ kāmacchandādayopi paṭicchādakā, micchādiṭṭhi pana savisesaṃ paṭicchādikāti āha ^b^‘‘micchādiṭṭhigahanapaṭicchanna’’^eb^nti. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘micchādiṭṭhiparamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, vajjaṃ vadāmī’’ti (a. ni. 1.310). Sabbo apāyagāmimaggo ^b^kummaggo^eb^ ‘‘kucchito maggo’’ti katvā. Sammādiṭṭhiādīnaṃ ujupaṭipakkhatāya micchādiṭṭhiādayo aṭṭha micchattadhammā ^b^micchāmaggo^eb^. Teneva hi tadubhayapaṭipakkhataṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘saggamokkhamaggaṃ ācikkhantenā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Sappiādisannissayo padīpo na tathā ujjalo, yathā telasannissayoti ^b^telapajjotaggahaṇaṃ^eb^. ^b^Etehi pariyāyehī^eb^ti etehi nikujjitukkujjanapaṭicchannavivaraṇādiupamopamitabbapakārehi, ^b^etehi^eb^ vā yathāvuttehi soḷasārammaṇapariggahāsammohavihāradibbavihāravibhāvanapariyāyehi vijjāttayavibhāvanāpadesena attano sabbaññuguṇavibhāvanapariyāyehi ca. Tenāha ^b^‘‘anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Desanānumodanāvaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 56
title: araññavāsakāraṇavaṇṇanā^desanānumodanāvaṇṇanā^pasannakāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^Pasannakāra^eb^nti ^a^M1.0232^ea^ pasannehi kātabbaṃ sakkāraṃ. ^b^Saraṇa^eb^nti paṭisaraṇaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘parāyaṇa’’^eb^nti. Parāyaṇabhāvo ca anatthanisedhanena atthasampaṭipādanena ca hotīti āha ^b^‘‘aghassa tātā hitassa ca vidhātā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Aghassā^eb^ti dukkhatoti vadanti, pāpatoti pana yuttaṃ. Nissakke cetaṃ sāmivacanaṃ. Ettha ca nāyaṃ gami-saddo nī-saddādayo viya dvikammako, tasmā yathā ‘‘ajaṃ gāmaṃ netī’’ti vuccati, evaṃ ‘‘gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmī’’ti vattuṃ na sakkā, ‘‘saraṇanti gacchāmī’’ti pana vattabbaṃ. Iti-saddo cettha luttaniddiṭṭho, tassa cāyamattho – gamanañca tadadhippāyena bhajanaṃ, tathā jānanaṃ vāti dassento ^b^‘‘iti iminā adhippāyenā’’^eb^tiādimāha ^a^V1.0207^ea^. Tattha ^b^bhajāmī^eb^tiādīsu purimassa purimassa pacchimaṃ pacchimaṃ atthavacanaṃ. ^b^Bhajanaṃ^eb^ vā saraṇādhippāyena upasaṅkamanaṃ, ^b^sevanaṃ^eb^ santikāvacaratā, ^b^payirupāsanaṃ^eb^ vattapaṭivattakaraṇena upaṭṭhānanti evaṃ sabbathāpi anaññasaraṇataṃyeva dīpeti. ^b^‘‘Gacchāmī’’^eb^ti padassa kathaṃ ‘‘bujjhāmī’’ti ayamattho labbhatīti āha ^b^‘‘yesañhī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Adhigatamagge,^eb^^b^sacchikatanirodhe^eb^ti padadvayenapi phalaṭṭhā eva dassitā, na maggaṭṭhāti te dassento ^b^‘‘yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjamāne cā’’^eb^ti āha. Nanu ca kalyāṇaputhujjanopi yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjatīti vuccatīti? Kiñcāpi vuccati, nippariyāyena pana maggaṭṭhā eva tathā vattabbā, na itare niyāmokkamanābhāvato. Tathā hi te eva ^b^‘‘apāyesu apatamāne dhāretī’’^eb^ti vuttā. Sammattaniyāmokkamanena hi apāyavinimuttisambhavo. ^b^Akkhāyatī^eb^ti ettha ^b^iti^eb^-saddo ādiattho, pakārattho vā. Tena ‘‘yāvatā, bhikkhave, dhammā saṅkhatā vā asaṅkhatā vā, virāgo tesaṃ aggamakkhāyatī’’ti ^b^suttapadaṃ^eb^ (a. ni. 4.34; itivu. 90) saṅgaṇhāti, ^b^vitthāro^eb^ti vā iminā. Ettha ca ^b^ariyamaggo^eb^ niyyānikatāya, ^b^nibbānaṃ^eb^ tassa tadatthasiddhihetutāyāti ubhayamevettha nippariyāyena dhammoti vutto. Nibbānañhi ārammaṇapaccayabhūtaṃ labhitvā ariyamaggassa tadatthasiddhi, ariyaphalānaṃ ‘‘yasmā tāya saddhāya avūpasantāyā’’tiādivacanato maggena samucchinnānaṃ kilesānaṃ paṭippassaddhipahānakiccatāya niyyānānuguṇatāya niyyānapariyosānatāya ca. Pariyattidhammassa pana niyyānadhammasamadhigamahetutāyāti iminā ^a^M1.0233^ea^ pariyāyena dhammabhāvo labbhati eva, svāyamattho pāṭhāruḷho evāti dassento ‘‘na kevala’’ntiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]Kāmarāgo bhavarāgoti evamādibhedo sabbopi rāgo virajjati pahīyati etenāti ^b^rāgavirāgoti maggo kathito^eb^. Ejāsaṅkhātāya taṇhāya antonijjhānalakkhaṇassa sokassa ca taduppattiyaṃ sabbaso parikkhīṇattā ^b^anejamasokanti phalaṃ kathitaṃ. Appaṭikūla^eb^nti avirodhadīpanato kenaci aviruddhaṃ, iṭṭhaṃ paṇītanti vā attho. Paguṇarūpena pavattitattā, pakaṭṭhaguṇavibhāvanato vā ^b^paguṇaṃ^eb^. Yathāha ‘‘vihiṃsasaññī paguṇaṃ na bhāsiṃ, dhammaṃ paṇītaṃ manujesu brahme’’ti. Sabbadhammakkhandhā kathitāti yojanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Diṭṭhisīlasaṅghātenā^eb^ti ‘‘yāyaṃ diṭṭhi ariyā niyyānikā niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāya, tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhisāmaññagato viharatī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.324, 356; ma. ni. 1.492; 3.54) evaṃ vuttāya diṭṭhiyā, ‘‘yāni tāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṃvattanikāni ^a^V1.0208^ea^, tathārūpehi sīlehi sīlasāmaññagato viharatī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.324; ma. ni. 1.492; 3.54; a. ni. 6.12; pari. 274) evaṃ vuttānaṃ sīlānañca saṃhatabhāvena, diṭṭhisīlasāmaññenāti attho. ^b^Saṃhato^eb^ti ghaṭito. Ariyapuggalā hi yattha katthaci dūre ṭhitāpi attano guṇasāmaggiyā saṃhatā eva. ^b^Aṭṭha ca puggala dhammadasā te^eb^ti te purisayugavasena cattāropi puggalavasena aṭṭheva ariyadhammassa paccakkhadassāvitāya dhammadasā. Tīṇi vatthūni saraṇanti gamanena tikkhattuṃ gamanena ca ^b^tīṇi saraṇagamanāni^eb^. ^b^Paṭivedesī^eb^ti attano hadayagataṃ vācāya pavedesi.<br/><br/>[06]Pasannakāravaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 57
title: desanānumodanāvaṇṇanā^pasannakāravaṇṇanā^saraṇagamanakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]Saraṇagamanassa visayapabhedaphalasaṃkilesabhedānaṃ viya kattu ca vibhāvanā tattha kosallāya hotīti ^b^‘‘saraṇagamanesu kosallatthaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0234^ea^^b^saraṇaṃ…pe… veditabbo’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ tena vinā saraṇagamanasseva asambhavato. Kasmā panettha vodānaṃ na gahitaṃ, nanu vodānavibhāvanāpi tattha kosallāvahāti? Saccametaṃ, taṃ pana saṃkilesaggahaṇeneva atthato dīpitaṃ hotīti na gahitaṃ. Yāni hi tesaṃ saṃkilesakāraṇāni aññāṇādīni, tesaṃ sabbena sabbaṃ anuppannānaṃ anuppādanena, uppannānañca pahānena vodānaṃ hotīti. Hiṃsatthassa sara-saddassa vasenetaṃ padaṃ daṭṭhabbanti ^b^‘‘hiṃsatīti saraṇa’’^eb^nti vatvā taṃ pana hiṃsanaṃ kesaṃ, kathaṃ, kassa vāti codanaṃ sodhento ^b^‘‘saraṇagatāna’’^eb^ntiādimāha. Tattha ^b^bhaya^eb^nti vaṭṭabhayaṃ. ^b^Santāsa^eb^nti cittutrāsaṃ. Teneva cetasikadukkhassa gahitattā ^b^dukkha^eb^nti idha kāyikaṃ dukkhaṃ. ^b^Duggatiparikilesa^eb^nti duggatipariyāpannaṃ sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ. Tayidaṃ sabbaṃ parato phalakathāyaṃ āvi bhavissati. ^b^Eta^eb^nti ‘‘saraṇa’’nti padaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Evaṃ avisesato saraṇasaddassa atthaṃ dassetvā idāni visesato dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘atha vā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Hite pavattamānenā^eb^ti ‘‘sampannasīlā, bhikkhave, viharathā’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.64, 69) atthe niyojanena. ^b^Ahitā ca nivattanenā^eb^ti ^b^‘‘pāṇātipātassa kho pāpako vipāko pāpakaṃ abhisamparāya’’^eb^ntiādinā ādīnavadassanādimukhena anatthato vinivattanena. ^b^Bhayaṃ hiṃsatī^eb^ti hitāhitesu appavattipavattihetukaṃ byasanaṃ appavattikaraṇena vināseti ^a^V1.0209^ea^. ^b^Bhavakantārā uttāraṇena^eb^ maggasaṅkhāto dhammo, itaro ^b^assāsadānena^eb^ sattānaṃ bhayaṃ hiṃsatīti yojanā. ^b^Kārāna^eb^nti dānavasena pūjāvasena ca upanītānaṃ sakkārānaṃ. ^b^Vipulaphalapaṭilābhakaraṇena^eb^ sattānaṃ bhayaṃ hiṃsati anuttaradakkhiṇeyyabhāvatoti adhippāyo. ^b^Imināpi pariyāyenā^eb^ti imināpi vibhajitvā vuttena kāraṇena.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto dhammo, suppaṭipanno saṅgho’’ti evaṃ pavatto tattha ratanattaye pasādo tappasādo, tadeva ratanattayaṃ garu etassāti taggaru, tassa bhāvo taggarutā, tappasādo ca taggarutā ca ^b^tappasādataggarutā,^eb^ tāhi. Vidhutadiṭṭhivicikicchāsammohāssaddhiyāditāya ^b^vihatakileso^eb^. ‘‘Tadeva ratanattayaṃ parāyaṇaṃ gati ^a^M1.0235^ea^ tāṇaṃ leṇa’’nti evaṃ ākārena pavattiyā ^b^tapparāyaṇatākārapavatto cittuppādo saraṇagamanaṃ^eb^ ‘‘saraṇanti gacchati etenā’’ti. ^b^Taṃsamaṅgī^eb^ti tena yathāvuttacittuppādena samannāgato. ^b^Evaṃ upetī^eb^ti evaṃ bhajati sevati payirupāsati, evaṃ vā jānāti bujjhatīti evamattho veditabbo. Ettha ca pasādaggahaṇena lokiyasaraṇagamanamāha. Tañhi pasādappadhānaṃ, na ñāṇappadhānaṃ. Garutāgahaṇena lokuttaraṃ. Ariyā hi ratanattayaṃ guṇābhiññātāya pāsāṇacchattaṃ viya garuṃ katvā passanti, tasmā tappasādena vikkhambhanavasena vihatakileso taggarutāya samucchedavasenāti yojetabbaṃ. Tapparāyaṇatā panettha taggatikatāti tāya catubbidhampi vakkhamānaṃ saraṇagamanaṃ gahitanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Avisesena vā pasādagarutā jotitāti pasādaggahaṇena aveccappasādassa itarassa ca gahaṇaṃ, tathā garutāgahaṇenāti ubhayenapi ubhayaṃ saraṇagamanaṃ yojetabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Maggakkhaṇe ijjhatīti yojanā. ^b^Nibbānārammaṇaṃ hutvā^eb^ti etena atthato catusaccādhigamoyeva lokuttaraṃ saraṇagamananti dasseti. Tattha hi nibbānadhammo sacchikiriyābhisamayavasena, maggadhammo bhāvanābhisamayavasena paṭivijjhiyamānoyeva saraṇagamanattaṃ sādheti, buddhaguṇā pana sāvakagocarabhūtā pariññābhisamayavasena, tathā ariyasaṅghaguṇā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kiccato sakalepi ratanattaye ijjhatī’’^eb^ti, ijjhantañca saheva ijjhati, na lokiyaṃ viya paṭipāṭiyā asammohapaṭivedhena paṭividdhattāti adhippāyo. Ye pana vadanti ‘‘na saraṇagamanaṃ nibbānārammaṇaṃ hutvā pavattati, maggassa adhigatattā pana adhigatameva hoti ekaccānaṃ tevijjādīnaṃ lokiyavijjādayo viyā’’ti, tesaṃ lokiyameva saraṇagamanaṃ siyā, na lokuttaraṃ, tañca ayuttaṃ duvidhassapi icchitabbattā. ^b^Ta^eb^nti lokiyasaraṇagamanaṃ. ^b^Saddhāpaṭilābho^eb^ ‘‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā’’tiādinā. ^b^Saddhāmūlikā^eb^ti yathāvuttasaddhāpubbaṅgamā ^b^sammādiṭṭhi^eb^ buddhasubuddhataṃ dhammasudhammataṃ saṅghasuppaṭipatiñca lokiyāvabodhavaseneva ^a^V1.0210^ea^ sammā ñāyena dassanato. ‘‘Saddhāmūlikā sammādiṭṭhī’’ti etena saddhūpanissayā yathāvuttalakkhaṇā paññā lokiyasaraṇagamananti dasseti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘diṭṭhijukammanti vuccatī’’^eb^ti ‘‘diṭṭhi eva attano paccayehi ujuṃ karīyatī’’ti katvā. Diṭṭhi vā ujuṃ karīyati etenāti ^b^diṭṭhijukammaṃ,^eb^ tathā pavatto cittuppādo ^a^M1.0236^ea^. Evañca katvā ‘‘tapparāyaṇatākārapavatto cittuppādo’’ti idañca vacanaṃ samatthitaṃ hoti. Saddhāpubbaṅgamasammādiṭṭhiggahaṇaṃ pana cittuppādassa tappadhānatāyāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ‘‘Saddhāpaṭilābho’’ti iminā mātādīhi ussāhitadārakādīnaṃ viya ñāṇavippayuttasaraṇagamanaṃ dasseti, ‘‘sammādiṭṭhī’’ti iminā ñāṇasampayuttasaraṇagamanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tayidaṃ^eb^ lokiyaṃ saraṇagamanaṃ. ^b^Attā^eb^ sanniyyātīyati appīyati pariccajīyati etenāti ^b^attasanniyyātanaṃ,^eb^ yathāvuttaṃ diṭṭhijukammaṃ. Taṃ ratanattayaṃ parāyaṇaṃ paṭisaraṇaṃ etassāti tapparāyaṇo, puggalo, cittuppādo vā, tassa bhāvo ^b^tapparāyaṇatā,^eb^ yathāvuttadiṭṭhijukammameva. Saraṇanti adhippāyena sissabhāvaṃ antevāsikabhāvaṃ upagacchati etenāti ^b^sissabhāvūpagamanaṃ^eb^. Saraṇagamanādhippāyeneva paṇipatati etenāti ^b^paṇipāto^eb^. Sabbattha yathāvuttadiṭṭhijukammavaseneva attho veditabbo. ^b^Attapariccajana^eb^nti saṃsāradukkhanittharaṇatthaṃ attano attabhāvassa pariccajanaṃ. Esa nayo sesesupi. ^b^Buddhādīnaṃyevā^eb^ti avadhāraṇaṃ itaresupi saraṇagamanavisesesu yathārahaṃ vattabbaṃ. Evañhi tadaññanivattanaṃ kataṃ hoti.<br/><br/>[03]Evaṃ attasanniyātanādīni ekena pakārena dassetvā idāni aparehipi pakārehi dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādi āraddhaṃ. Tena pariyāyantarehipi attasanniyyātanādi katameva hoti atthassa abhinnattāti dasseti. ^b^Āḷavakādīna^eb^nti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena sātāgirihemavatādīnaṃ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. Nanu cete āḷavakādayo maggeneva āgatasaraṇagamanā, kathaṃ tesaṃ tapparāyaṇatāsaraṇagamanaṃ vuttanti? Maggenāgatasaraṇagamanehipi ‘‘so ahaṃ vicarissāmi gāmā gāma’’ntiādinā (saṃ. ni. 1.246) tehi tapparāyaṇatākārassa paveditattā tathā vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ñāti…pe… vasenā^eb^ti ettha ñātivasena bhayavasena ācariyavasena dakkhiṇeyyavasenāti paccekaṃ ‘‘vasenā’’ti padaṃ yojetabbaṃ. Tattha ^b^ñātivasenā^eb^ti ñātibhāvavasena. Evaṃ sesesupi. ^b^Dakkhiṇeyyapaṇipātenā^eb^ti dakkhiṇeyyatāhetukena paṇipātena. ^b^Itarehī^eb^ti ñātibhāvādivasappavattehi tīhi paṇipātehi. ^b^Itarehī^eb^tiādinā saṅkhepato ^a^M1.0237^ea^ vuttamatthaṃ vitthārato dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tasmā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Vandatī^eb^ti paṇipātassa lakkhaṇavacanaṃ. ^b^Evarūpa^eb^nti diṭṭhadhammikaṃ ^a^V1.0211^ea^ sandhāya vadati. Samparāyikañhi niyyānikaṃ vā anusāsanaṃ paccāsīsanto dakkhiṇeyyapaṇipātameva karotīti adhippāyo. ^b^Saraṇagamanappabhedo^eb^ti saraṇagamanavibhāgo.<br/><br/>[03]Ariyamaggoyeva lokuttarasaraṇagamananti āha ^b^‘‘cattāri sāmaññaphalāni vipākaphala’’^eb^nti. ^b^Sabbadukkhakkhayo^eb^ti sakalassa vaṭṭadukkhassa anuppādanirodho. ^b^Eta^eb^nti ‘‘cattāri ariyasaccāni, sammappaññāya passatī’’ti (dha. pa. 190) evaṃ vuttaṃ ariyasaccadassanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Niccato anupagamanādivasenā^eb^ti niccanti aggahaṇādivasena. ^b^Aṭṭhāna^eb^nti hetupaṭikkhepo. ^b^Anavakāso^eb^ti paccayapaṭikkhepo. Ubhayenapi kāraṇameva paṭikkhipati. ^b^Ya^eb^nti yena kāraṇena. ^b^Diṭṭhisampanno^eb^ti maggadiṭṭhiyā sampanno sotāpanno. ^b^Kañci saṅkhāra^eb^nti catubhūmakesu saṅkhatasaṅkhāresu ekasaṅkhārampi. ^b^Niccato upagaccheyyā^eb^ti ‘‘nicco’’ti gaṇheyya. ^b^Sukhato upagaccheyyā^eb^ti ‘‘ekantasukhī attā hoti arogo paraṃ maraṇā’’ti (dī. ni. 1.76) evaṃ attadiṭṭhivasena sukhato gāhaṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Diṭṭhivippayuttacittena pana ariyasāvako pariḷāhavūpasamanatthaṃ mattahatthiparittāsito viya cokkhabrāhmaṇo ukkārabhūmiṃ kañci saṅkhāraṃ sukhato upagacchati. Attavāre kasiṇādipaññattisaṅgahaṇatthaṃ ‘‘saṅkhāra’’nti avatvā ^b^‘‘kañci dhamma’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Imesupi vāresu catubhūmakavaseneva paricchedo veditabbo tebhūmakavaseneva vā. Yaṃ yañhi puthujjano gāhavasena gaṇhāti, tato tato ariyasāvako gāhaṃ viniveṭheti. ^b^Mātara^eb^ntiādīsu janikā mātā, janako pitā, manussabhūto khīṇāsavo ^b^arahā^eb^ti adhippeto. Kiṃ pana ariyasāvako aññaṃ jīvitā voropeyyāti? Etampi aṭṭhānaṃ, puthujjanabhāvassa pana mahāsāvajjabhāvadassanatthaṃ ariyasāvakassa phaladīpanatthañcevaṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^Duṭṭhacitto^eb^ vadhakacittena paduṭṭhacitto. ^b^Lohitaṃ uppādeyyā^eb^ti jīvamānakasarīre khuddakamakkhikāya pivanamattampi lohitaṃ uppādeyya. ^b^Saṅghaṃ bhindeyyā^eb^ti samānasaṃvāsakaṃ samānasīmāyaṃ ṭhitaṃ saṅghaṃ ‘kammena uddesena voharanto anussāvanena salākaggāhenā’’ti (pari. 458) evaṃ vuttehi pañcahi kāraṇehi bhindeyya ^a^M1.0238^ea^. ^b^Aññaṃ satthāra^eb^nti aññaṃ titthakaraṃ ‘‘ayaṃ me satthā’’ti evaṃ gaṇheyyāti ^b^netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī^eb^ti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Na te gamissanti apāyabhūmi^eb^nti te buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gatā tannimittaṃ apāyabhūmiṃ na gamissanti, ^b^devakāyaṃ^eb^ pana ^b^paripūressantī^eb^ti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dasahi^eb^^a^V1.0212^ea^^b^ṭhānehī^eb^ti dasahi kāraṇehi. ^b^Adhiggaṇhantī^eb^ti adhibhavanti. ^b^Velāmasuttādivasenāpī^eb^ti ettha ‘‘caturāsītisahassasaṅkhānaṃ suvaṇṇapātirūpiyapātikaṃsapātīnaṃ yathākkamaṃ rūpiyasuvaṇṇahiraññapūrānaṃ karīsassa catutthabhāvappamāṇānaṃ sabbālaṅkārapaṭimaṇḍitānaṃ caturāsītiyā hatthisahassānaṃ caturāsītiyā assasahassānaṃ caturāsītiyā rathasahassānaṃ caturāsītiyā dhenusahassānaṃ caturāsītiyā kaññāsahassānaṃ caturāsītiyā pallaṅkasahassānaṃ caturāsītiyā vatthakoṭisahassānaṃ aparimāṇassa ca khajjabhojjādibhedassa āhārassa pariccajanavasena sattamāsādhikāni satta saṃvaccharāni nirantaraṃ pavattavelāmamahādānato ekassa sotāpannassa dinnadānaṃ mahapphalataraṃ, tato sataṃ sotāpannānaṃ dinnadānato ekassa sakadāgāmissa, tato ekassa anāgāmissa, tato ekassa arahato, tato ekassa paccekabuddhassa, tato sammāsambuddhassa, tato buddhappamukhassa saṅghassa dinnadānaṃ mahapphalataraṃ, tato cātuddisaṃ saṅghaṃ uddissa vihārakaraṇaṃ, tato saraṇagamanaṃ mahapphalatara’’nti imamatthaṃ dīpentassa velāmasuttassa (a. ni. 9.20) vasena. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘yaṃ gahapati, velāmo brāhmaṇo dānaṃ adāsi mahādānaṃ, yo ekaṃ diṭṭhisampannaṃ bhojeyya, idaṃ tato mahapphalatara’’ntiādi (a. ni. 9.20). ^b^Velāmasuttādī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena aggappasādasuttādīnaṃ (a. ni. 4.34; itivu. 90) saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aññāṇaṃ^eb^ vatthuttayassa guṇānaṃ ajānanaṃ tattha sammoho, ‘‘buddho nu kho, na nu kho buddho’’tiādinā vicikicchā ^b^saṃsayo,^eb^^b^micchāñāṇaṃ^eb^ tassa guṇānaṃ aguṇabhāvaparikappanena viparītaggāho. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena anādarāgāravādīnaṃ saṅgaho. ^b^Na mahājutika^eb^nti na ujjalaṃ, aparisuddhaṃ apariyodātanti attho. ^b^Na mahāvipphāra^eb^nti anuḷāraṃ. ^b^Sāvajjo^eb^ti diṭṭhitaṇhādivasena sadoso. Lokiyaṃ saraṇagamanaṃ sikkhāsamādānaṃ viya ^a^M1.0239^ea^ aggahitakālaparicchedaṃ jīvitapariyantameva hoti, tasmā tassa khandhabhedena bhedoti āha ^b^‘‘anavajjo kālakiriyāyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^So^eb^ti anavajjo saraṇagamanabhedo. Satipi anavajjatte iṭṭhaphalopi na hotīti āha ^b^‘‘aphalo’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Saraṇagamanakathāvaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 58
title: pasannakāravaṇṇanā^saraṇagamanakathāvaṇṇanā^upāsakavidhikathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^Ko^eb^^a^V1.0213^ea^^b^upāsako^eb^ti sarūpapucchā, tasmā kiṃlakkhaṇo upāsakoti vuttaṃ hoti. ^b^Kasmā^eb^ti hetupucchā. Tena kena pavattinimittena upāsakasaddo tasmiṃ puggale niruḷhoti dasseti. ^b^Kimassa sīla^eb^nti kīdisaṃ assa upāsakassa sīlaṃ, kittakena sīlenāyaṃ sīlasampanno nāma hotīti attho. ^b^Ko ājīvo^eb^ti ko assa sammāājīvo, so pana micchājīvassa parivajjanena hotīti sopi vibhajīyatīti. ^b^Kā vipattī^eb^ti kā assa sīlassa, ājīvassa vā vipatti. Anantarassa hi vidhi vā paṭisedho vā. ^b^Kā sampattī^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yo kocī^eb^ti khattiyādīsu yo koci. Tena saraṇagamanamevettha kāraṇaṃ, na jātiādivisesoti dasseti. ^b^Upāsanato^eb^ti teneva saraṇagamanena tattha ca sakkaccakāritāya ādaragāravabahumānādiyogena payirupāsanato. ^b^Veramaṇiyo^eb^ti veraṃ vuccati pāṇātipātādidussīlyaṃ, tassa maṇanato hananato vināsanato veramaṇiyo, pañca viratiyo viratippadhānattā tassa sīlassa. Tenevāha tattha tattha ^b^‘‘paṭivirato hotī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Micchāvaṇijjā^eb^ti na sammāvaṇijjā ayuttavaṇijjā asāruppavaṇijjā. ^b^Pahāyā^eb^ti akaraṇeneva pajahitvā. ^b^Dhammenā^eb^ti dhammato anapetena. Tena aññampi adhammikaṃ jīvikaṃ paṭikkhipati. ^b^Samenā^eb^ti avisamena. Tena kāyavisamādiduccaritaṃ vajjetvā kāyasamādinā sucaritena jīvanaṃ dasseti. ^b^Satthavaṇijjā^eb^ti āvudhabhaṇḍaṃ katvā vā kāretvā vā yathākataṃ vā paṭilabhitvā tassa vikkayo. ^b^Satthavaṇijjā^eb^ti manussavikkayo ^a^M1.0240^ea^. ^b^Maṃsavaṇijjā^eb^ti sūnakārādayo viya migasūkarādike posetvā maṃsaṃ sampādetvā vikkayo. ^b^Majjavaṇijjā^eb^ti yaṃ kiñci majjaṃ yojetvā tassa vikkayo. ^b^Visavaṇijjā^eb^ti visaṃ yojetvā, visaṃ gahetvā vā tassa vikkayo. Tattha satthavaṇijjā paroparodhanimittatāya akaraṇīyā vuttā, sattavaṇijjā abhujissabhāvakaraṇato, maṃsavisavaṇijjā vadhahetuto, majjavaṇijjā pamādaṭṭhānato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tassevā^eb^ti pañcaveramaṇilakkhaṇassa sīlassa ceva pañcamicchāvaṇijjālakkhaṇassa ājīvassa ca. ^b^Vipattī^eb^ti bhedo pakopo ca. ^b^Yāyā^eb^ti yāya paṭipattiyā. ^b^Caṇḍālo^eb^ti upāsakacaṇḍālo. ^b^Mala^eb^nti upāsakamalaṃ. ^b^Patikiṭṭho^eb^ti upāsakanihīno. Buddhādīsu kammakammaphalesu ca saddhāvipariyāyo assaddhiyaṃ micchādhimokkho. Yathāvuttena assaddhiyena samannāgato ^b^assaddho^eb^. Yathāvutta sīlavipatti ājīvavipattivasena ^b^dussīlo^eb^. ‘‘Iminā diṭṭhādinā ^a^V1.0214^ea^ idaṃ nāma maṅgalaṃ bhavissatī’’ti evaṃ bālajanaparikappitakotūhalasaṅkhātena diṭṭhasutamutamaṅgalena samannāgato ^b^kotūhalamaṅgaliko^eb^. ^b^Maṅgalaṃ paccetī^eb^ti diṭṭhamaṅgalādibhedaṃ maṅgalameva pattiyāyati. ^b^No kamma^eb^nti kammassakataṃ no pattiyāyati. ^b^Ito bahiddhā^eb^ti ito sabbaññubuddhasāsanato bahiddhā bāhirakasamaye. ^b^Dakkhiṇeyyaṃ pariyesatī^eb^ti duppaṭipannaṃ dakkhiṇārahasaññī gavesati. ^b^Pubbakāraṃ karotī^eb^ti dānamānanādikaṃ kusalakiriyaṃ paṭhamaṃ karoti. Ettha ca dakkhiṇeyyapariyesanapubbakāre ekaṃ katvā pañca dhammā veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]Vipattiyaṃ vuttavipariyāyena ^b^sampatti^eb^ ñātabbā. Ayaṃ pana viseso – catunnampi parisānaṃ ratijananaṭṭhena upāsakova ratanaṃ ^b^upāsakaratanaṃ^eb^. Guṇasobhākittisaddasugandhatāhi upāsakova padumaṃ ^b^upāsakapadumaṃ^eb^. Tathā ^b^upāsakapuṇḍarīko^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ādimhī^eb^ti ādiatthe. ^b^Koṭiya^eb^nti pariyantakoṭiyaṃ. ^b^Vihāraggenā^eb^ti ovarakakoṭṭhāsena, ‘‘imasmiṃ gabbhe vasantānaṃ idaṃ nāma panasaphalaṃ pāpuṇātī’’tiādinā taṃtaṃvasanaṭṭhānakoṭṭhāsenāti attho. ^b^Ajjata^eb^nti ajjaicceva attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pāṇehi^eb^^a^M1.0241^ea^^b^upeta^eb^nti iminā tassa saraṇagamanassa āpāṇakoṭikataṃ dassento ^b^‘‘yāva me jīvitaṃ pavattatī’’^eb^tiādinā vatvā puna jīvitena taṃ vatthuttayaṃ paṭipūjento ‘‘saraṇagamanaṃ rakkhāmī’’ti uppannaṃ tassa brāhmaṇassa adhippāyaṃ vibhāvento ^b^‘‘ahañhī’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Pāṇehi upeta^eb^nti hi yāva me pāṇā dharanti, tāva saraṇaṃ upetaṃ, upento ca na vācāmattena, na ekavāraṃ cittuppādanamattena, atha kho pāṇe pariccajitvāpi yāvajīvaṃ upetanti evamettha attho veditabboti.<br/><br/>[06]Upāsakavidhikathāvaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Bhayabheravasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 59
title: saraṇagamanakathāvaṇṇanā^anaṅgaṇasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^57^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Āyasmā^eb^^a^V1.0215^ea^^b^sāriputto^eb^ti ettha ^b^iti^eb^-saddo ādiattho, evamādikanti attho. Tena ‘‘bhikkhū āmantesī’’tiādikaṃ sabbaṃ suttaṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘anaṅgaṇasutta’’^eb^nti. Tassa ko nikkhepo? Attajjhāsayo. Parehi anajjhiṭṭhoyeva hi mahāthero imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi. Keci panāhu ‘‘ekacce bhikkhū saṃkiliṭṭhacitte disvā tesaṃ cittasaṃkilesappahānāya ceva ekaccānaṃ āyatiṃ anuppādanāya ca ayaṃ desanā āraddhā’’ti. ^b^Evaṃ sabbasuttesū^eb^ti yathā ettha anaṅgaṇasutte, evaṃ ito paresūti sabbesupi suttesu anuttānāpubbapadavaṇṇanā eva karīyati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tasmā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Gaṇanaparicchedo^eb^ti gaṇanena paricchindanaṃ. Idañhi apparajakkhamahārajakkhatāvasena duvidhe satte paccekaṃ atthaññutānatthaññutāvasena dvidhā katvā ‘‘cattāro’’ti anavasesapariyādānaṃ. Vajjīputtakādayo viya puggalavādīti na gahetabbaṃ lokasamaññānusārena atthaṃ paṭivijjhituṃ samatthānaṃ vasena desanāya āraddhattā, ayañca desanānayo satthu nissāya evāti dassento ^b^‘‘ayañhī’’^eb^tiādimāha.


volume: 30
item: 60
title: anaṅgaṇasuttavaṇṇanā^^sammutiparamatthadesanākathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]Tattha (a. ni. ṭī. 1.1.170) sammutiyā desanā ^b^sammutidesanā,^eb^ paramatthassa desanā ^b^paramatthadesanā^eb^. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti sammutiparamatthadesanāsu, na sammutiparamatthesu. Tenāha ^a^M1.0242^ea^^b^‘‘evarūpā sammutidesanā, evarūpā paramatthadesanā’’^eb^ti. Tatridaṃ sammutiparamatthānaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ – yasmiṃ bhinne, buddhiyā avayavavinibbhoge vā kate na taṃsamaññā, sā ghaṭapaṭādippabhedā sammuti, tabbipariyāyato paramattho. Na hi kakkhaḷaphusanādisabhāve ayaṃ nayo labbhati, tattha rūpādidhammaṃ samūhasantānavasena pavattamānaṃ upādāya puggalavohāroti āha ^b^‘‘puggaloti sammutidesanā’’^eb^ti. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Uppādavayavanto sabhāvadhammā na niccāti āha ^b^‘‘aniccanti paramatthadesanā’’^eb^ti. Esa nayo sesapadesupi. Nanu khandhadesanāpi sammutidesanāva. Khandhaṭṭho hi rāsaṭṭho, koṭṭhāsaṭṭho vāti? Saccametaṃ, ayaṃ pana khandhasamaññā phassādīsu tajjāpaññatti viya paramatthasannissayā tassa āsannatarā, puggalasamaññādayo viya na dūreti paramatthasaṅgahatā vuttā, khandhasīsena vā tadupādānā sabhāvadhammā eva gahitā. Nanu ca sabhāvadhammā sabbepi sammutimukheneva desanaṃ ārohanti, na samukhenāti sabbāpi desanā sammutidesanāva ^a^V1.0216^ea^ siyāti? Nayidamevaṃ desetabbadhammavibhāgena desanāvibhāgassa adhippetattā, na ca saddo kenaci pavattinimittena vinā atthaṃ pakāsetīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sammutivasena desanaṃ sutvā^eb^ti ‘‘idhekacco puggalo attantapo hoti attaparitāpānuyogamanuyutto’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 2.413; pu. pa. 10.25 mātikā) sammutimukhena pavattitaṃ desanaṃ sutamayañāṇuppādanavasena sutvā. ^b^Atthaṃ paṭivijjhitvā^eb^ti tadanusārena catusaccasaṅkhātaṃ atthaṃ saha vipassanāya maggena paṭivijjhitvā. ^b^Mohaṃ pahāyā^eb^ti tadekaṭṭhehi kilesehi saddhiṃ anavasesaṃ mohaṃ pajahitvā. ^b^Visesa^eb^nti nibbānasaṅkhātaṃ arahattasaṅkhātañca visesaṃ. ^b^Tesa^eb^nti tādisānaṃ vineyyānaṃ. ^b^Paramatthavasenā^eb^ti ‘‘pañcimāni, bhikkhave, indriyānī’’tiādinā (saṃ. ni. 5.472-474) paramatthadhammavasena. Sesaṃ anantaranaye vuttasadisameva. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti tassaṃ sammutivasena paramatthavasena ca desanāyaṃ. ^b^Desabhāsākusalo^eb^ti nānādesabhāsāsu kusalo. ^b^Tiṇṇaṃ vedāna^eb^nti nidassanamattaṃ, tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ sippaganthānampīti adhippāyo sippuggahaṇañhi parato vakkhati. Sippāni vā vedantogadhe katvā ^b^‘‘tiṇṇaṃ vedāna’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Kathetabbabhāvena ṭhitāni,^eb^ na katthaci sannihitabhāvenāti vedānampi kathetabbabhāveneva avaṭṭhānaṃ dīpento ‘‘guyhā tayī ^a^M1.0243^ea^ nihitā gayhatī’’ti micchāvādaṃ paṭikkhipati. Nānāvidhā desabhāsā etesanti ^b^nānādesabhāsā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Paramo uttamo attho ^b^paramattho,^eb^ dhammānaṃ yathābhūtasabhāvo. Lokasaṅketamattasiddhā ^b^sammuti^eb^. Yadi evaṃ kathaṃ sammutikathāya saccatātiāha ^b^‘‘lokasammutikāraṇā’’^eb^ti, lokasamaññaṃ nissāya pavattanato. Lokasamaññāya hi abhinivesena vinā ñāpanā ekaccassa sutassa sāvanā viya na musā anatidhāvitabbato tassā. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘janapadaniruttiṃ nābhiniveseyya, samaññaṃ nātidhāveyyā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.332). ^b^Dhammāna^eb^nti sabhāvadhammānaṃ. ^b^Bhūtakāraṇā^eb^ti yathābhūtasabhāvaṃ nissāya pavattanato. ^b^Sammutiṃ voharantassā^eb^ti ‘‘puggalo satto’’tiādinā lokasamaññaṃ kathentassa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Hirottappadīpanattha^eb^nti lokapālanakicce hirottappadhamme kiccato pakāsetuṃ. Tesañhi kiccaṃ sattasantāneyeva pākaṭaṃ hotīti puggalādhiṭṭhānāya kathāya taṃ vattabbaṃ. Esa nayo sesesupi. Yasmiñhi cittuppāde kammaṃ uppannaṃ, taṃsantāne eva tassa phalassa uppatti ^b^kammassakatā^eb^. Evañhi kataviññāṇanāso akatāgamo vā natthīti sā puggalādhiṭṭhānāya eva kathāya ^a^V1.0217^ea^ dīpetabbā. Tehi sattehi kātabbā puññādikiriyā ^b^paccattapurisakāro^eb^pi santānavasena nipphādetabbato puggalādhiṭṭhānāya eva kathāya dīpetabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ānantariyadīpanattha^eb^nti cutianantaraṃ phalaṃ anantaraṃ nāma, tasmiṃ anantare niyuttāni, tannibbattanena anantarakaraṇasīlāni, anantarapayojanāni vāti ^b^ānantariyāni,^eb^ mātughātādīni, tesaṃ dīpanatthaṃ. Tānipi hi santānavasena nipphādetabbato ‘‘mātaraṃ jīvitā voropetī’’tiādinā (paṭṭhā. 1.1.423) puggalādhiṭṭhānāya eva kathāya dīpetabbāni, tathā ‘‘so mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharatī’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 1.556; 3.308; ma. ni. 1.77; 2.309; 3.230; vibha. 642, 643) ‘‘so anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati ekampi jāti’’ntiādinā (dī. ni. 1.244, 245; ma. ni. 1.148, 384, 431; pārā. 12) ‘‘atthi dakkhiṇā dāyakato visujjhati, no paṭiggāhakato’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 3.381) ca pavattā ^b^brahmavihārapubbenivāsadakkhiṇāvisuddhikathā^eb^^a^M1.0244^ea^ puggalādhiṭṭhānāya eva kathāya dīpetabbā sattasantānavisayattā. ‘‘Aṭṭha purisapuggalā (saṃ. ni. 1.249), na samayavimutto puggalo’’tiādinā (pu. pa. 1) ca paramatthaṃ kathentopi lokasammutiyā appahānatthaṃ puggalakathaṃ kathesi. Etena vuttāvasesāya kathāya puggalādhiṭṭhānabhāve payojanaṃ sāmaññavasena saṅgahitanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Kāmañcetaṃ sabbaṃ apariññātavatthukānaṃ vasena vuttaṃ, pariññātavatthukānampi pana evaṃ desanā sukhāvahā hoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Mahājano^eb^ti lokiyamahājano. ^b^Na jānāti^eb^ ghanavinibbhogābhāvena dhammakiccassa asallakkhaṇena. Tattha ‘‘kiṃ nāmetaṃ, kathaṃ nāmeta’’nti saṃsayapakkhandatāya ^b^sammohaṃ āpajjati^eb^. Viruddhābhinivesitāya ^b^paṭisattu hoti^eb^. ^b^Jānāti^eb^ ciraparicitatthā vohārakathāya. Tato eva na ^b^sammohamāpajjati,^eb^ na paṭisattu hoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nappajahanti^eb^ vohāramukhena paramatthassa dīpanato. Samaññāgahaṇavasena lokena ñāyati samaññāyati voharīyatīti lokasamaññā, tāya ^b^lokasamaññāya^eb^. Tassa tassa atthassa vibhāvane lokena nicchitaṃ, niyataṃ vā vuccati voharīyatīti lokanirutti, tassaṃ ^b^lokaniruttiyaṃ^eb^. Tathā lokena abhilapīyatīti lokasamaññatāya lokābhilāpo, tasmiṃ ^b^lokābhilāpe ṭhitāyeva^eb^ appahānato. Puggalavādino viya ^b^paramatthavasena aggahetvā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Santo^eb^ti ^a^V1.0218^ea^ ettha ^b^santa^eb^saddo ‘‘dīghaṃ santassa yojana’’ntiādīsu (dha. pa. 70) kilantabhāve āgato, ‘‘ayañca vitakko ayañca vicāro santā honti samitā’’tiādīsu (vibha. 576) niruddhabhāve āgato, ‘‘adhigato kho myāyaṃ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.67; ma. ni. 1.281; 2.337; saṃ. ni. 2.172; mahāva. 7) santañāṇagocaratāya, ‘‘upasantassa sadā satimato’’tiādīsu (udā. 27) kilesavūpasame, ‘‘santo have sabbhi pavedayantī’’tiādīsu (dha. pa. 15) sādhūsu, ‘‘pañcime, bhikkhave, mahācorā santo saṃvijjamānā’’tiādīsu (pārā. 195) atthibhāve, idhāpi atthibhāveyeva. So ca puggalasambandhena vuttattā lokasamaññāvasenāti ^a^M1.0245^ea^ dassento ^b^‘‘lokasaṅketavasena atthī’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Atthī^eb^ti cetaṃ nipātapadaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ ‘‘atthi imasmiṃ kāye kesā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.373-374; ma. ni. 1.110; 3.154; a. ni. 6.29; 10.60) viya. ^b^Saṃvijjamānā^eb^ti padassa atthaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘upalabbhamānā’’^eb^ti āha. Yañhi saṃvijjati, taṃ upalabbhatīti. Aṅganti etehi taṃsamaṅgipuggalā nihīnabhāvaṃ gacchantīti ^b^aṅgaṇāni,^eb^ rāgādayo. Añjati makkhetīti ^b^aṅgaṇaṃ,^eb^ malādi. Añjeti tattha ṭhitaṃ ahundaratāya abhibyañjetīti ^b^aṅgaṇaṃ,^eb^ vivaṭo bhūmipadeso. Dosādīnaṃ pavattiākāravisesatāya nānappakārā bahulappavattiyā ^b^tibbakilesā. Pāpakāna^eb^nti lāmakānaṃ. ^b^Akusalāna^eb^nti akosallasambhūtānaṃ. ^b^Icchāvacarāna^eb^nti icchāvasena pavattānaṃ. ^b^Saha aṅgaṇenā^eb^ti aṅgaṇanti laddhanāmena yathāvuttakilesena saha vattati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Atthītipi na jānāti^eb^ tādisassa yonisomanasikārassa abhāvā. Yesaṃ kilesānaṃ atthitā, tesaṃ sappaṭibhayatā visesato jānitabbāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘ime kilesā nāmā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^kakkhaḷā^eb^ti pharusā. ^b^Vāḷā^eb^ti kururā. ^b^Na gahitabbā^eb^ti na uppādetabbā. ^b^Yāthāvasarasato^eb^ti yathābhūtasabhāvato. ^b^Evañcā^eb^ti ‘‘ime kilesā nāmā’’tiādinā vuttappakārena. ^b^Yena vā tena vā^eb^ti navakammesu vā pariyattidhutaṅgādīsu vā yena vā tena vā. ^b^Tatrā^eb^ti niddhāraṇe bhummaṃ. Taṃ pana niddhāraṇaṃ saṅgaṇānaṅgaṇasamudāyatoti dassento ^b^‘‘catūsu puggalesū’’^eb^ti vatvā puna tadekadesato dassento ^b^‘‘tesu vā dvīsu sāṅgaṇesū’’^eb^ti āha. Tañhi dvayaṃ paṭhamaṃ hīnaseṭṭhabhāvena niddhārīyati paṭhamaṃ uddiṭṭhattā. Niddhāraṇañhi kvaci kutoci kenaci hotīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^58^eb^^b^.^eb^ Kiñcāpi aññattha ‘‘janako hetu, pariggāhato paccayo, asādhāraṇo hetu, sādhāraṇo paccayo, sabhāgo hetu, asabhāgo paccayo, pubbakāliko hetu, sahappavatto paccayo’’tiādinā ^a^V1.0219^ea^ hetupaccayā vibhajja vuccanti, idha pana ‘‘cattāro kho, bhikkhave, mahābhūtā hetū, cattāro mahābhūtā paccayā rūpakkhandhassa paññāpanāyā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.85) viya hetupaccayasaddā samānatthāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘ubhayenapi kāraṇameva^eb^^a^M1.0246^ea^^b^pucchatī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^ubhayenā^eb^ti hetupaccayavacanadvayena. ^b^Pucchati^eb^ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno desanaṃ vaḍḍhetukāmo. ^b^Kiñcāpī^eb^ti anujānanasambhāvanatthe nipāto. Kiṃ anujānāti? Samānepi dvinnaṃ sāṅgaṇabhāve tassā pajānanāppajānanahetukataṃ tesaṃ seṭṭhahīnataṃ. Kiṃ sambhāveti? Therassa vicittapaṭibhānatāya nānāhetūpamāhi alaṅkatvā yathāpucchitassa atthassa pākaṭakaraṇaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nappajānātī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Hetu ceva paccayo ca^eb^ seṭṭhahīnabhāve. Tathāakkhātabbatāpi hi tesaṃ tannimittā evāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^59^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ta^eb^nti tesaṃ dvinnaṃ puggalānaṃ hīnaseṭṭhatāya kāraṇaṃ. Opammehi ^b^pākaṭataraṃ katvā dassetuṃ. Eta^eb^nti sutte anantaraṃ vuccamānaṃ vīriyārambhābhāvena aṅgaṇassa appahānaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na chandaṃ…pe… sandhāyāhā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kattukamyatāchandha^eb^nti kattukamyatāsaṅkhātaṃ aṅgaṇassa pahātukamyatāvasena uppajjanakakusaladhammacchandaṃ. ^b^Na janessatī^eb^ti na uppādessati. Kusalo vāyāmo nāma chandato balavāti āha ^b^‘‘tato balavataraṃ vāyāmaṃ na karissatī’’^eb^ti, chandampi anuppādento kathaṃ tajjaṃ vāyāmaṃ karissatīti adhippāyo. ^b^Thāmagatavīriyaṃ^eb^ ussoḷhībhāvappattaṃ daḷhaṃ vīriyaṃ. Sāṅgaṇaggahaṇeneva aṅgaṇānaṃ kilesavatthutāya cittassa saṃkiliṭṭhatāya saddhāya puna saṃkiliṭṭhaggahaṇaṃ savisesaṃ kiliṭṭhabhāvavibhāvananti āha ^b^‘‘suṭṭhutaraṃ kiliṭṭhacitto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Malinacitto^eb^tiādīsupi ‘‘tehiyevā’’ti ānetvā sambandhitabbaṃ. Ukkhalipucchanacoḷakassa viya vasāpītapilotikā viya ca dummocanīyabhāvena malaggahaṇaṃ ^b^malīnatā,^eb^ pīḷanaṃ hiṃsanaṃ avipphārikatākaraṇaṃ ^b^vibādhanaṃ^eb^ darathapariḷāhuppādanena paridahanaṃ upatāpanaṃ, ^b^kāla^eb^nti kālanaṃ, yathāgahitassa attabhāvassa khepanaṃ āyukkhayanti attho. ^b^Karissatī^eb^ti pavattessati, pāpuṇissatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Tathābhūto ca pāṇaṃ cajissati nāmāti āha ^b^‘‘marissatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Seyyathāpī^eb^ti upamānidassane nipāto. Tadatthaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘yathā nāmā’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Paṃsuādinā^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena jallādīnaṃ saṅgaho, ^b^ghaṃsanādīhī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena chārikāparimajjanādīnaṃ saṅgahoti. ‘‘Abhirūpāya kaññā dātabbā’’tiādīsu viya antarenapi atisayatthabodhakasaddena atisayattho ñāyatīti āha ^b^‘‘malaggahitatarāti vuttaṃ hotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paṭipucchāvacana^eb^nti anumatipucchāviseso. ^b^Evaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0247^ea^^b^kariyamānā^eb^ti aparibhoga-apariyodapanarajopathanikkhipanehi kiliṭṭhabhāvaṃ āpādiyamānā. ^b^Opammaṃ sampaṭipādento^eb^ti yathūpanītaṃ upamaṃ upameyyatthena ^a^V1.0220^ea^ samaṃ katvā paṭipādento, saṃsandentoti attho. ^b^Sāṅgaṇo puggalo^eb^ti sāṅgaṇo tasmiṃ attabhāve asujjhanakapuggalo. Āpaṇādito kulagharaṃ ānītassa malaggahitakaṃsabhājanassa tattha laddhabbāya visuddhiyā alābhato yathā anukkamena saṃkiliṭṭhatarabhāvo, evaṃ gharato nikkhantassa puggalassa pabbajjāya laddhabbāya visuddhiyā alābhato anukkamena saṃkiliṭṭhatarabhāvoti dassento ^b^‘‘saṃkiliṭṭhakaṃsapātiyā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Saṃkiliṭṭhatarabhāvo ca nāma pabbajitassa ājīvavipattivasena vā siyā ācāradiṭṭhisīlavipattīsu aññataravasena vāti taṃ sabbaṃ saṅgahetvā dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tassa puggalassā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Pācittiyavītikkamanaggahaṇena hi ekaccadiṭṭhivipattiyāpi saṅgaho hotīti. ^b^Ettha ṭhitassā^eb^ti etissaṃ ājīvavipattiyaṃ ṭhitassa. Iminā nayena sesesupi yathārahaṃ vattabbaṃ. Sabbaparisasādhāraṇā mahātherassa desanā, tasmā gahapativasenapi yojetabbaṃ. Tattha ukkaṃsagatasaṃkiliṭṭhatarabhāvaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘mātughātādiānantariyakaraṇa’’^eb^nti āha. ^b^Avisodhetvā^eb^ti yathā attano sīle vā diṭṭhiyā vā visuddhi hoti, evaṃ kilesamalinacittasantānaṃ avisodhetvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bhabbapuggalo^eb^ti upanissayādisampattiyā tasmiṃ attabhāve visuddhapuggalo. ^b^Ādiṃ katvā^eb^ti iminā dhovanaghaṃsanādīhi pariyodapanaṃ ādimantaṃ katvā vadati. ^b^Suddhaṭṭhānaṃ^eb^ yattha vā na rajena okirīyati. ^b^Daṇḍakammaṃ katvā^eb^ti ‘‘ettakā udakā, vālukā vā ānetabbā’’ti daṇḍakammaṃ katvā. ^b^Ettha ṭhitassā^eb^ti parisuddhe sīle ṭhitassa. Sammāvattapaṭipattisīlehi sīlavisuddhi dassitā. Vattapaṭipattiyāpi hi aṅgaṇānaṃ vikkhambhanaṃ siyā. Tathā hissā saṃkiliṭṭhakaṃsapātiyā parisuddhapariyodātabhāvo upamābhāvena vutto. ^b^Pantasenāsanavāso^eb^ kilesavikkhambhanaṃ kilesānaṃ tadaṅganivāraṇaṃ. ^b^Sotāpattiphalādhigamo…pe… arahattasacchikiriyā^eb^ti sattasupi ṭhānesu ‘‘parisuddhapariyodātabhāvo viyā’’ti padaṃ ānetvā sambandhitabbaṃ. Pabbajitassa hi visuddhi nāma heṭṭhimantena sīlavisuddhiyā vā siyā kammaṭṭhānānuyogavasena vivekavāsena jhānassādhigamena vā vipassanābhāvanāya vā sāmaññaphalādhigamena vāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Rāgaṭṭhāniya^eb^nti ^a^M1.0248^ea^ rāguppattihetubhūtaṃ. Visabhāgārammaṇaṃ sandhāya vadati ^b^‘‘iṭṭhārammaṇa’’^eb^nti. ^b^Tasmi^eb^nti iṭṭhārammaṇe. ^b^Vipannassatī^eb^ti muṭṭhassati. ^b^Taṃ nimitta^eb^nti subhanimittaṃ. ^b^Āvajjissatī^eb^ti ayoniso āvajjissati. ^b^Sayameva^eb^ aññena avomisso. Kusalavārapacchindanameva cettha ^b^anuddhaṃsanaṃ^eb^ daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Sesa^eb^nti ‘‘sāṅgaṇo saṃkiliṭṭhacitto’’tiādi. ^b^Vuttanayānusārenā^eb^ti paṭhamavāre vuttanayānusārena. ^b^Sabba^eb^nti mātughātādiānantariyakaraṇapariyosānaṃ sabbaṃ upamāsaṃsandanavacanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ativirahābhāvato^eb^ti ^a^V1.0221^ea^ satisammosābhāvato, upaṭṭhitassati bhāvatoti attho. ^b^Sesa^eb^nti ‘‘so arāgo’’tiādi. ‘‘Dhovanaghaṃsanasaṇhachārikāparimajjanādīhī’’tiādinā ^b^dutiyavārānusārena^eb^. ‘‘Ko nu kho’’tiādi pucchāvasena āgataṃ, idaṃ nigamanavasenāti ayameva viseso.<br/><br/>[03]^b^60^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Aṅgaṇa^eb^nti tattha tattha nāmato eva vibhāvitaṃ, na pana sabhāvato, pabhedato vāti sabhāvādito vibhāvanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘nānappakārato pākaṭaṃ kārāpetukāmenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Icchāya avacarāna^eb^nti icchāvasena avacaraṇānaṃ. ^b^Otiṇṇāna^eb^nti cittasantānaṃ anupaviṭṭhānaṃ. Te pana tattha paccayavasena nibbattattā pavattā nāma hontīti āha ^b^‘‘pavattāna’’nti. Nānappakārāna^eb^nti visayabhedena pavattiākārabhedena ca nānāvidhānaṃ. ^b^Yena^eb^kāraṇena. Na kevalaṃ lābhatthikatā eva, atha kho puññavantatā sakkatagarukatā ca ettha kāraṇabhāvena gahetabbāti dassento ^b^‘‘pakatiyāpi cā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tena lābhatthikopi na yo koci evaṃ cittaṃ uppādeti puññavā sambhāvanīyoti dasseti. ^b^Therā^eb^ avajjapaṭicchādanabhayena ^b^majjhimānaṃ ārocenti,^eb^ tathā majjhimā ^b^navakānaṃ,^eb^ navakā pana attano navakabhāvena ^b^vighāsādādīnaṃ ārocenti^eb^ ‘‘passatha tumhākaṃ therassa kamma’’nti. Vighāsādādayo nāma ‘‘īdisassa santike ovādatthaṃ tumhe āgatā’’ti ^b^bhikkhunīnaṃ ārocenti^eb^. ^b^Na ca maṃ bhikkhū jāneyyu^eb^nti na ca vata maṃ bhikkhū jāneyyuṃ, aho vata maṃ bhikkhū na jāneyyunti yojanā. ^b^Ṭhānaṃ kho paneta^eb^nti ettha ^b^kho^eb^-saddo avadhāraṇattho, ^b^pana^eb^-saddo vacanālaṅkāroti āha ^b^‘‘atthiyevā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pubbe^eb^ icchuppādavāravaṇṇanāya ^b^vuttanayena. Iti^eb^-saddo idha āsannakāraṇatthoti taṃ dassento ^b^‘‘iminā kāraṇenā’’^eb^ti āha ^a^M1.0249^ea^. ^b^Idañca^eb^ kopāppaccayānameva gahaṇaṃ. ^b^Tādisāna^eb^nti kopāppaccayādhibhūtānanti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anuraho^eb^ti anurūpe rahasi. Evameva hi atthaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘vihārapaccante’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Purimasadisamevā^eb^ti ‘‘lābhatthiko hī’’tiādinā vuttena purimena yojanānayena sadisameva.<br/><br/>[03]Codanāya paṭipuggalabhāvo, codanā ca āpattiyāti cuditakena codakassa samānabhāvo āpattiāpannatāyāti āha ^b^‘‘samānoti sāpattiko’’^eb^ti. Sappaṭipuggalenevassa codanicchāya kāraṇaṃ vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘aya’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. Na cāyaṃ sāpattikatāya eva samānataṃ icchati, atha kho aññathāpīti dassento ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Aññena vā paṭipuggalena ^b^sappaṭipuggalo^eb^. Ayañhi ‘‘sappaṭipuggalova maṃ codeyyā’’ti icchati ‘‘evāhaṃ tassa paṭipuggalehi saddhiṃ ekajjhāsayo hutvā tassa upari kiñci vattuṃ kātuṃ vā labhissāmī’’ti ^b^maññamāno^eb^^a^V1.0222^ea^. Imasmiṃ pana pakkhe ^b^no appaṭipuggalo^eb^ti natthi etassa paṭipuggaloti ^b^appaṭipuggalo^eb^ti evamattho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Aho vatā’’ti idaṃ padaṃ dissatīti sambandho, imassa puggalassa icchācāre ṭhitattā bhikkhūnaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyāti vacanato ^b^‘‘tañca kho anumatipucchāyā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Na hesa ‘‘saccaṃ kira tvaṃ bhikkhū’’tiādinā kiñci vītikkamaṃ uddissa bhagavatā pucchitabbataṃ icchati. ^b^No maggaṃ vā phalaṃ vā vipassanaṃ vā antaraṃ katvā^eb^ti maggabhāvanaṃ vā phalasacchikiriyaṃ vā sikhāppattavipassanānuyogaṃ vā nirodhasamāpajjanaṃ vā jhānasamāpajjanameva vā antaraṃ kāraṇaṃ katvā bhagavatā attānaṃ paṭipucchitabbaṃ no icchati. ^b^Niccaṃ anicca^eb^ntiādinā anumatiggahaṇavasena pucchitabbaṃ icchati, uttānameva katvā pucchitabbaṃ icchatīti attho. Upaharante passatīti sambandho. Abhabbaṭṭhānabhikkhutāya ^b^niharissanti^eb^ sāsanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Taṃ sampatti^eb^nti parivārasampattiñceva bhikkhūhi kariyamānaṃ sakkāragarukārasampattiñca. ^b^Gahetvā paribhuñjanti^eb^ mayā saṃvibhāge kariyamāne. ^b^Sayameva paññāyatī^eb^ti sayameva gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ purato attānaṃ dasseti, purato vasantaṃ pana bhikkhu purakkhatvā gacchantiyevāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dakkhiṇodaka^eb^nti ^a^M1.0250^ea^ aggato upanīyamānaṃ dakkhiṇodakaṃ. Yato eva-kāro, tato aññattha niyamo icchito. Avadhāraṇatthaṃ vā eva-kāraggahaṇanti katvā ^b^ahameva labheyya^eb^nti ahaṃ labheyyamevāti evametaṃ avadhāraṇaṃ daṭṭhabbanti adhippāyenāha ^b^‘‘ahameva labheyyanti icchā nātimahāsāvajjā’’^eb^ti, aññathā yathārutavasena avadhāraṇe gayhamāne ‘‘na aññe labheyyu’’nti ayamevettha attho siyāti. ^b^Pāsādiko hotī^eb^ti idaṃ tassa aggāsanādipaccāsīsanāya kāraṇadassanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anumodana^eb^nti maṅgalāmaṅgalesu anumodanāvasena pavattetabbadhammakathaṃ. ^b^Khaṇḍānumodana^eb^nti anumodanekadesaṃ. ‘‘Pubbe anumoditapubbo anumodatū’’ti avatvā ^b^therena vuttamatteyeva^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tādisesu ṭhānesū^eb^ti tādisesu pesalānaṃ bahussutānaṃ vasanaṭṭhānesu. Sabbampi ratiṃ pavattanato ^b^sabbarattikāni^eb^. ^b^Vinicchayakusalāna^eb^nti anekavihitesu kaṅkhaṭṭhāniyesu kaṅkhāvinayanāya taṃ taṃ pañhānaṃ vinicchaye kusalānaṃ chekānaṃ. Tesu tesu dhammakathikesu ajjhiṭṭhesu vārena dhammaṃ kathentesu ‘‘ayaṃ byatto’’ti dhammajjhesakena ajjhiṭṭhattā ^b^okāsaṃ alabhamāno^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sakkaccañca^eb^^a^V1.0223^ea^^b^kareyyu^eb^nti bhikkhū yaṃ mama abhivādanapaccuṭṭhānañjalikammasāmīcikammādiṃ karonti. Taṃ ādareneva kareyyuṃ, yañca me parikkhārajātaṃ paṭiyādenti, tampi sundaraṃ sammadeva abhisaṅkhataṃ kareyyunti attho. ^b^Bhāriya^eb^nti pāsāṇacchattaṃ viya garukātabbaṃ. ^b^Etaṃ vidhi^eb^nti etaṃ ‘‘sakkareyyu’’ntiādinā vuttasakkārādividhiṃ. ^b^Tenā^eb^ti tena kāraṇena, bāhusaccādiguṇavisesavato eva sakkārādīnaṃ arahattāti attho. ^b^Evarūpanti^eb^ īdisaṃ ‘‘piyo garū’’tiādinā (a. ni. 7.37) vuttappakāraṃ. ^b^Evaṃ kareyyu^eb^nti evaṃ ‘‘sakkareyyu’’ntiādinā vuttappakāraṃ sakkārādiṃ kareyyuṃ. ^b^Esa nayo^eb^ti yoyaṃ bhikkhuvāre vuttavidhi, eseva nayo. ^b^Ito paresu^eb^ bhikkhunīvārādīsu ^b^vāresu^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ahameva lābhī assa^eb^nti etthāpi heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva avadhāraṇaṃ gahetabbaṃ. Piṇḍapātassa paṇītatā upasecanādivasenāti āha ^b^‘‘sappitelamadhusakkharādipūritāna’’^eb^nti ^a^M1.0251^ea^. ^b^Mañcapīṭhādīna^eb^nti nidassanamattaṃ utusappāyānaṃ nivātānaṃ phassitatalānaṃ pihitadvārakavāḷavātapānādīnampi paṇītasenāsanabhāvato. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena vā tesampi gahaṇaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Sabbatthāpī^eb^ti sabbesu tesu catūsupi paccayavāresu.<br/><br/>[03]^b^61^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kāyakammaṃ disvā^eb^ti idaṃ na kāyakammaṃ cakkhuviññeyyaṃ, kāyakammunā pana saha pavattaṃ oṭṭhaparipphandanaṃ bhākuṭikaraṇaṃ kāyaṅgādidassanaṃ kāyakammadassanaṃ viya hotīti katvā vuttaṃ. ^b^Vacīkammaṃ sutvā^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo, tasmā kāyavikārajanakā dhammā ‘‘dissantī’’ti vuttā, vacīvikārajanakā ‘‘sūyantī’’ti. Tato eva ca te ^b^paccakkhakāle^eb^ sammukhakāle ^b^dissanti^eb^ nāma. ^b^Tirokkhakāle^eb^ asammukhakāle ^b^sūyanti^eb^ nāma. Anurūpato gahaṇaṃ ^b^anuggaho^eb^. ^b^Āraññikatta^eb^nti tassa bhikkhuno dhutaguṇattānurūpato gaṇhāti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘āraññikattaṃ anuggaṇhātī’’^eb^ti. Araññe nivāso assāti ^b^āraññiko^eb^. Pantaṃ pariyantaṃ dūrataraṃ senāsanaṃ assāti ^b^pantasenāsano^eb^. Taṃ pana atthamattena dassentena ^b^‘‘pantasenāsane vasatī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Bhikkhāsaṅkhātānaṃ piṇḍānaṃ pāto piṇḍāpāto, taṃ piṇḍapātaṃ uñchati gavesatīti ^b^piṇḍapātiko^eb^. Piṇḍāya patituṃ carituṃ vatametassāti vā piṇḍapāti, so eva ^b^piṇḍapātiko^eb^. Dānato avakhaṇḍanato apetaṃ apadānaṃ, saha apadānena sapadānaṃ, anavakhaṇḍanaṃ. Anugharaṃ caraṇasīlo ^b^sapadānacārī^eb^. Unnatabhāvena paṃsukūlaṃ viya paṃsukūlaṃ, paṃsu viya vā kucchitabhāvaṃ ulati gacchatīti paṃsukūlaṃ, tassa dhāraṇaṃ idha paṃsukūlaṃ, taṃ sīlamassāti ^b^paṃsukūliko^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tīhi^eb^^a^V1.0224^ea^^b^kāraṇehi lūkhaṃ veditabbaṃ^eb^ agghaphassavaṇṇaparihānito apaṃsukūlampi, ko pana vādo paṃsukūlanti adhippāyo. ^b^Thūladīghasuttakenā^eb^ti thūlena olambamānena dīghasuttakena. ^b^Vaṇṇenā^eb^ti ettha phassenapi parihāyatīti vattabbaṃ. Tañhi tattha kharaphassampi hotiyevāti. Kasmā pana pāḷiyaṃ āraññikādiggahaṇena cattārova dhutaguṇā vuttāti? Padhānattā, taggahaṇeneva ca ito paresampi sukhaparibhogatāya gahaṇasambhavato. Yo hi āraññiko pantasenāsano, tassa abbhokāsika-rukkhamūlika-nesajjika-yathāsanthatika-sosānikaṅgāni suparipūrāni. Yo ca piṇḍapātiko sapadānacārī ca, tassa pattapiṇḍikakhalupacchābhattikaekāsanikaṅgāni. Yo pana paṃsukūliko, tassa ^a^M1.0252^ea^ tecīvarikaṅgaṃ supariharamevāti. Padhānattā hi bhagavatāpi ‘‘kadāhaṃ nandaṃ passeyyaṃ, āraññaṃ paṃsukūlika’’ntiādinā (saṃ. ni. 2.242; netti. 100) tattha tattha āraññikādayo eva gayhanti. ^b^Ettakā^eb^ti pāḷiyaṃ āgatānaṃ paricchijja gahaṇametaṃ, na ettakā sabbepi ekassa ekaṃsato sambhavanti, nāpi ettakāyeva pāpadhammā pahātabbā. Na hi makkhapaḷāsādīnaṃ appahīnabhāvepi ^b^sabrahmacārī neva sakkaronti…pe… na pūjentī^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tamattha^eb^nti ‘‘yassa kassacī’’tiādinā vuttamatthaṃ. ^b^Upamāya pākaṭaṃ karonto^eb^ti anvayato byatirekato ca udāharaṇena vibhāvento. ^b^Ahikuṇapādīnaṃ atipaṭikūlajigucchanīyatā^eb^ ativiya duggandhatāya. Sā ca ahīnaṃ tikhiṇakopatāya, kukkuramanussānaṃ odanakummāsūpacayatāya sarīrassa hotīti vadanti. ^b^Imesa^eb^nti ahiādīnaṃ. ^b^Vaḍḍhetvā^eb^ti uparūpari khipanena racitaṃ katvā. Taṃ pana vaḍḍhitaṃ tena ca bhājanaṃ pūritaṃ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘vaḍḍhetvā paripūretvā’’^eb^ti. Janassa dassanayogyaṃ dassanīyaṃ ^b^jaññaṃ,^eb^ taṃ paramaparisuddhaṃ manoharañca hotīti āha ^b^‘‘cokkhacokkha’’^eb^nti. Abhinavaniviṭṭhā mahāmātā ^b^vadhukā^eb^. Sā pana puttalābhayogyataṃ upādāya maṅgalavacanena ‘‘janī’’ti vuccati, tassā niyyamānaṃ paṇṇākāraṃ janiyā haratīti ^b^jaññaṃ^eb^. ^b^Ubhayatthā^eb^ti atthadvaye. ^b^Punarutta^eb^nti āmeḍitavacanamāha. Na manāpaṃ etassāti amanāpo, tassa bhāvo ^b^amanāpatā,^eb^ tathāpavatto cittuppādoti āha ^b^‘‘amanāpaṃ idanti…pe… adhivacana’’^eb^nti. Buddhavesattā liṅgassa ^b^parisuddhakaṃsapātisadisakā^eb^. ^b^Kuṇaparacanaṃ viya^eb^ icchāvacarehi santānassa bharitabhāvo. So pana tesaṃ appahīnatāyāti āha ^b^‘‘icchāvacarānaṃ appahāna’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^62^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Tena gāmantavihāraṃ anuggaṇhātī’’ti vattabbe ^b^‘‘āraññikatta’’^eb^nti pana potthake likhitaṃ. Na hi sukkapakkhe pāḷiyaṃ āraññikaggahaṇaṃ atthi, sati ca icchāvacarappahāne gāmantavihāro ekantena na paṭikkhipitabbo, icchitabbova tādisānaṃ uttarimanussadhammapaṭicchādanato ^a^V1.0225^ea^. Tathā hi vakkhati ^b^‘‘appicchatāsamuṭṭhānehī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Sālivarabhattaracanaṃ viya icchāvacarappahānaṃ^eb^ manuññabhāvato tittihetuto ca.<br/><br/>[03]^b^63^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Maṃ^eb^^a^M1.0253^ea^^b^ta^eb^nti ca upayogavacanaṃ paṭi-saddayogena, attho pana sampadānamevāti āha ^b^‘‘mayhaṃ tuyha’’^eb^nti ca. ^b^‘‘Samaye’’^eb^ti ^b^bhummatthe^eb^ ‘‘samaya’’nti ^b^upayogavacanaṃ^eb^. Gijjhakūṭapaṇḍavaisigilivebhāravepullapabbatānaṃ vasena ^b^samantato giriparikkhepena^eb^. ^b^Rājagahe^eb^ti samīpatthe bhummavacananti āha ^b^‘‘taṃ nissāya viharāmī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Purāṇayānakāraputto^eb^ti purāṇe pabbajitato pubbe yānakāraputto tathāpaññāto. ^b^Jimha^eb^nti gomuttakuṭilaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sappagatamaggasadisa’’^eb^nti. ^b^So^eb^ti paṇḍuputto. ^b^Itaro^eb^ti samiti. ^b^Cintitaṭṭhānamevā^eb^ti cintitacintitaṭṭhānameva tacchati, tañca kho na tassa cittānusārena, atha kho attano suttānusārena tacchanto yānakāraputto. ^b^Citta^eb^nti attano cittena mama cittaṃ jānitvā viya.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Na saddhāya pabbajito’’ti imināva kammaphalasaddhāya abhāvo nesaṃ pakāsitoti āha ^b^‘‘assaddhāti buddhadhammasaṅghesu saddhāvirahitā’’^eb^ti. Pabbajitānaṃ jīvikā attho etesanti ^b^jīvikatthā^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘iṇabhayādīhī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Kerāṭikaṃ^eb^ vuccati sāṭheyyaṃ. Saṭhānaṃ guṇavāṇijakānaṃ kammaṃ sāṭheyyanti āha ^b^‘‘sāṭheyyañhī’’^eb^tiādi. Tucchasabhāvena māno naḷo viyāti naḷo, mānasaṅkhāto uggato naḷo etesanti ^b^unnaḷā^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘uṭṭhitatucchamānā’’^eb^ti. Lahukatāya vā ^b^capalā^eb^. Pharusavacanatāya ^b^kharavacanā^eb^. Tiracchānakathābahulatāya ^b^niratthakavacanapalāpino^eb^. ^b^Asaṃvutakammadvārā^eb^ti idaṃ kammadvārādīnaṃ asaṃvutabhāvo uppattidvārānaṃ asaṃvutatāya eva hotīti katvā vuttaṃ. Atha vā ^b^chasu indriyesū^eb^ti nimitte bhummaṃ, chasu indriyesu nimittabhūtesu asaṃvutakammadvārāti attho. ^b^Yā mattā^eb^ti bhojane ayuttapariyesana-ayuttapaṭiggahaṇa-ayuttaparibhoge vajjetvā yuttapariyesana-yuttapaṭiggahaṇa-yuttaparibhogasaṅkhātā yā mattā appamattehi ^b^jānitabbā^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yuttatā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Jāgare^eb^ti rattindivaṃ āvaraṇiyehi dhammehi cittaparisodhanasaṅkhāte jāgare. Tesaṃ jāgaritāya adhisīlasikkhāya gāravarahitānaṃ itarasikkhāsu patiṭṭhā eva natthīti dassento ^b^‘‘sikkhāpadesu bahulagāravā na hontī’’^eb^ti vatvā tameva gāravābhāvaṃ sarūpena vibhāvento ^b^‘‘āpattivītikkamabahulā’’^eb^ti āha.<br/><br/>[03]Pakatiyāpi ^a^V1.0226^ea^^a^M1.0254^ea^ siddhāya ratanattayasaddhāya kammaphalasaddhāya ca ^b^saddhā^eb^. ^b^Pivanti maññe^eb^ yathā taṃ dravabhūtaṃ amataṃ laddhā. ^b^Ghasanti maññe^eb^ yathā taṃ bahalapiṇḍikasudhābhojanaṃ laddhā. ^b^Attamanavācaṃ nicchārentā^eb^ ‘‘sādhu sādhū’’ti. Tameva pana sādhukāraṃ hadaye ṭhapetvā ^b^abbhanumodantā.^eb^ Ettha ca attamanavācānicchāraṇaṃ pivanasadisaṃ katvā vuttaṃ bahiddhābhāvato, manasā abbhanumodanaṃ pana abbhantarabhāvato ghasanasadisaṃ vuttaṃ. Saṅkhādanajjhoharaṇañhi ghasananti. Rassañca ekavacanaṃ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘rasse sati sāriputtassa upari hotī’’^eb^ti. Dīghañca bahuvacanaṃ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘dīghe sati sabrahmacārīna’’^eb^nti. ‘‘Upari hotī’’ti ānetvā sambandho. ^b^Ālasiyabyasanādīhī^eb^ti ālasiyena vā ñātibyasanādīhi vā. ^b^‘‘Mahānāgāti vuccantī’’^eb^ti vatvā tattha kāraṇaṃ vibhāvento ^b^‘‘tatrā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ‘‘na gacchantīti nāgā, na āgacchantīti nāgā, na āguṃ karontīti nāgā’’ti yo vividho vacanattho icchito, taṃ vicāretvā dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘chandādīhī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ, taṃ pana ñeyyāvabodhāya vacanato appamattakāraṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Sayameva ^b^āguṃ na karoti^eb^ sabbathā maggena pahīnāaguttā. So kāmayogādike ^b^sabbasaṃyoge^eb^ dasavidhasaṃyojanappabhedāni ca sabbabandhanāni ^b^visajja^eb^ jahitvā ^b^sabbattha^eb^ yakkhādīsu, sabbesu vā bhavesu kenaci saṅgena ^b^na sajjati^eb^ tīhi ca vimuttīhi ^b^vimutto,^eb^ tato eva iṭṭhādīsu tādibhāvappattiyā ^b^tādi,^eb^ so vuttalakkhaṇena ^b^tathattā^eb^ taṃsabhāvattā ^b^nāgo pavuccate^eb^ti attho veditabbo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘evamettha attho veditabbo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Aññehi khīṇāsavanāgehi^eb^ aggasāvakattā guṇavisesayogato ^b^pujjatarā ca pāsaṃsatarā ca. Samaṃ anumodisu^eb^nti aññamaññassa subhāsitato sampaṭicchanena samappavattamodatāya samaṃ sadisaṃ abbhanumodiṃsu. Taṃ pana samanumodanaṃ ^b^‘‘tatthā’’^eb^tiādinā pāḷivaseneva dasseti.<br/><br/>[06]Sammutiparamatthadesanākathāvaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Anaṅgaṇasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 61
title: ^ākaṅkheyyasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^64^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sampanna^eb^nti ^a^V1.0227^ea^^a^M1.0255^ea^ paripuṇṇaṃ, samantato pannaṃ pattanti sampannaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘idaṃ paripuṇṇasampannaṃ nāmā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Na^eb^nti ‘‘suvā’’ti vuttaṃ suvagaṇaṃ. ^b^Sampanno^eb^ti sammadeva panno gato upagato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘samannāgato’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sampanna^eb^nti sampattiyuttaṃ. Sā panettha rasasampatti adhippetā sāmaññajotanāya visese avaṭṭhānato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘seyyathāpi khuddamadhuṃ aneḷaka’’^eb^nti, niddosanti attho. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘idaṃ madhurasampannaṃ nāmā’’^eb^ti. Sīlassa anavasesasamādānena akhaṇḍādibhāvāpattiyā ca ^b^paripuṇṇasīlā^eb^. Samādānato paṭṭhāya acchindanato ^b^sīlasamaṅgino^eb^. Samādānato hi accantavirodhidhammānuppattiyā sīlasamaṅgitā veditabbā, cetanādīnaṃ pana sīlanalakkhaṇānaṃ dhammānaṃ pavattikkhaṇe vattabbameva natthi. ^b^Visuddhimagge^eb^ (visuddhi. 1.9) ^b^vuttā,^eb^ tasmā tattha vuttanayeneva vitthārakathā veditabbāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Khettapāripūrī^eb^ti nissitapāripūriyā nissayapāripūrimāha nissitakammavipattisampattivisayattā yathā ‘‘mañcā ukkuṭṭhiṃ karontī’’ti. Tathā hi khettena khaṇḍapūtiādidoso vutto. ^b^Khettaṃ khaṇḍaṃ hotī^eb^ti aparipūraṃ hoti sassapāripūriyā abhāvato. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘sassaṃ na uṭṭhetī’’^eb^ti. Pādamattassapi anekambaṇaphalanato ^b^mahapphalaṃ hoti^eb^. Kisalayapalālādibahutāya ^b^mahānisaṃsaṃ^eb^. ^b^Evameva^eb^nti yathā khittaṃ bījaṃ khaṇḍādicatudosavasena aparipuṇṇaṃ hoti, tadabhāvena ca paripuṇṇaṃ, evaṃ sīlaṃ khaṇḍādicatudosavasena aparipuṇṇaṃ hoti, tadabhāvena ca paripuṇṇanti, catudosatadabhāvasāmaññameva nidassananidassitabbavipattisampattīsu dasseti. ^b^Mahapphalaṃ hoti^eb^ vipākaphalena. ^b^Mahānisaṃsa^eb^nti vipulānisaṃsaṃ. Svāyaṃ ānisaṃso idha pāḷiyaṃ nānappakārena vitthārīyati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ettāvatā kirā^eb^ti (a. ni. ṭī. 2.2.37; a. ni. ṭī. 3.10.71-74) ^b^kira^eb^-saddo arucisūcanattho. Tenettha ācariyavādassa attano aruccanabhāvaṃ dīpeti. ^b^Sampannasīlā^eb^ti anāmaṭṭhavisesaṃ sāmaññato sīlasaṅkhepena gahitaṃ. Tañca catubbidhanti ācariyatthero ^b^‘‘catupārisuddhisīlaṃ uddisitvā’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti catupārisuddhisīle. ^b^Jeṭṭhakasīla^eb^nti (saṃ. ni. ṭī. 3.5.412) padhānasīlaṃ. ^b^Ubhayatthā^eb^ti uddesaniddese. Idha ^a^M1.0256^ea^ niddese viya uddesepi ^b^pātimokkhasaṃvaro bhagavatā vutto^eb^ ‘‘sampannasīlā’’ti vuttattāti adhippāyo ^a^V1.0228^ea^. Sīlaggahaṇañhi pāḷiyaṃ pātimokkhasaṃvaravasena āgataṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pātimokkhasaṃvaroyevā’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha avadhāraṇena itaresaṃ tiṇṇaṃ ekadesena pātimokkhantogadhabhāvaṃ dīpeti. Tathā hi anolokiyolokane ājīvahetu chasikkhāpadavītikkame gilānapaccayassa apaccavekkhitaparibhoge ca āpatti vihitāti. ^b^Tīṇī^eb^ti indriyasaṃvarasīlādīni. ^b^Sīlanti vuttaṭṭhānaṃ nāma atthī^eb^ti sīlapariyāyena tesaṃ katthaci sutte gahitaṭṭhānaṃ nāma kiṃ atthi yathā pātimokkhasaṃvaroti ācariyassa sammukhattā apaṭikkhipantova upacārena pucchanto viya vadati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ananujānanto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Chadvārarakkhāmattakamevā^eb^ti tassa sallahukabhāvamāha cittādhiṭṭhānamattena paṭipākatikabhāvāpattito. Itaradvayepi eseva nayo. ^b^Paccayuppattimattaka^eb^nti phalena hetuṃ dasseti. Uppādanahetukā hi paccayānaṃ uppatti. ^b^Idamattha^eb^nti idaṃ payojanaṃ imassa paccayassa paribhuñjaneti adhippāyo. ^b^Nippariyāyenā^eb^ti iminā indriyasaṃvarādīni tīṇi padhānassa sīlassa parivāravasena pavattiyā pariyāyasīlāni nāmāti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni pātimokkhasaṃvarasseva padhānabhāvaṃ byatirekato anvayato ca upamāya vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘yassā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^so^eb^ti pātimokkhasaṃvaro. ^b^Sesānī^eb^ti indriyasaṃvarādīni. ^b^Tassevā^eb^ti ‘‘sampannasīlā’’ti ettha yaṃ sīlaṃ vuttaṃ, tasseva. ^b^Sampannapātimokkhā^eb^ti ettha pātimokkhaggahaṇena ^b^vevacanaṃ vatvā taṃ vitthāretvā…pe… ādimāha^eb^. Yathā aññathāpi ‘‘idha bhikkhu sīlavā hotī’’ti (mahāni. 199) puggalādhiṭṭhānāya desanāya uddiṭṭhaṃ sīlaṃ ‘‘pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharatī’’ti (vibha. 508; mahāni. 199) niddiṭṭhaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvutā^eb^ti yo naṃ pāti rakkhati, taṃ mokkheti moceti āpāyikādīhi dukkhehīti ‘‘pātimokkha’’nti laddhanāmena sikkhāpadasīlena pihitakāyavacīdvārā. Te pana yasmā evaṃbhūtā tena samannāgatā nāma honti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘pātimokkhasaṃvarena samannāgatā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Aparo ^a^M1.0257^ea^ nayo (udā. aṭṭha. 31; itivu. aṭṭha. 97) – kilesānaṃ balavabhāvato, pāpakiriyāya sukarabhāvato, puññakiriyāya ca dukkarabhāvato bahukkhattuṃ apāyesu patanasīloti pātī, puthujjano. Aniccatāya vā bhavādīsu kammavegakkhitto ghaṭīyantaṃ viya anavaṭṭhānena paribbhamanato gamanasīloti pātī, maraṇavasena vā tamhi tamhi sattanikāye attabhāvassa pātanasīloti pātī, sattasantāno, cittameva vā, taṃ pātiṃ saṃsāradukkhato mokkhetīti ^a^V1.0229^ea^^b^pātimokkhaṃ^eb^. Cittassa hi vimokkhena satto vimuttoti vuccati. Vuttañhi ‘‘cittavodānā visujjhantī’’ti, ‘‘anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimutta’’nti (mahāva. 28) ca.<br/><br/>[03]Atha vā avijjādinā hetunā saṃsāre patati gacchati pavattatīti pātī. ‘‘Avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ sandhāvataṃ saṃsarata’’nti (saṃ. ni. 2.125) hi vuttaṃ. Tassa pātino sattassa taṇhādisaṃkilesattayato mokkho etenāti ^b^pātimokkho^eb^. ‘‘Kaṇṭhekālo’’tiādīnaṃ viya samāsasiddhi veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]Atha vā pāteti vinipāteti dukkheti pāti, cittaṃ. Vuttañhi ‘‘cittena nīyati loko, cittena parikassatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.62). Tassa pātino mokkho etenāti ^b^pātimokkho^eb^. Patati vā etena apāyadukkhe saṃsāradukkhe cāti pātī, taṇhādisaṃkileso. Vuttañhi ‘‘taṇhā janeti purisaṃ (saṃ. ni. 1.57), taṇhādutiyo puriso’’ti (itivu. 15, 105; a. ni. 4.9) ca ādi. Tato pātito mokkhoti ^b^pātimokkho^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Atha vā patati etthāti pātī, cha ajjhattikabāhirāni āyatanāni. Vuttañhi ‘‘chasu loko samuppanno, chasu kubbati santhava’’nti (saṃ. ni. 1.70; su. ni. 171). Tato ajjhattikabāhirāyatanasaṅkhātato pātito mokkhoti ^b^pātimokkho^eb^. Atha vā pāto vinipāto assa atthīti pātī, saṃsāro. Tato mokkhoti ^b^pātimokkho^eb^. Atha vā sabbalokādhipatibhāvato dhammissaro bhagavā ‘‘patī’’ti vuccati, muccati etenāti mokkho, patino mokkho tena paññattattāti pātimokkho ^a^M1.0258^ea^. Pātimokkho eva ^b^pātimokkho^eb^. Sabbaguṇānaṃ vā mūlabhāvato uttamaṭṭhena pati ca so yathāvuttatthena mokkho cāti pātimokkho. Pātimokkho eva ^b^pātimokkho^eb^. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ‘‘pātimokkhantiādimetaṃ mukhametaṃ pamukhameta’’nti (mahāva. 135) vitthāro.<br/><br/>[03]Atha vā ^b^pa^eb^-iti pakāre, ^b^atī^eb^ti accantatthe nipāto, tasmā pakārehi accantaṃ mokkhetīti ^b^pātimokkho^eb^. Idañhi sīlaṃ sayaṃ tadaṅgavasena, samādhisahitaṃ paññāsahitañca vikkhambhanavasena, samucchedavasena ca accantaṃ mokkheti mocetīti ^b^pātimokkho^eb^. Pati pati mokkhoti vā pātimokkho, tamhā tamhā vītikkamadosato paccekaṃ mokkhoti attho. Pātimokkho eva ^b^pātimokkho^eb^. Mokkho vā nibbānaṃ, tassa mokkhassa patibimbabhūtoti pātimokkho ^a^V1.0230^ea^. Sīlasaṃvaro hi nibbedhabhāgiyo sūriyassa aruṇuggamanaṃ viya nibbānassa udayabhūto tappaṭibhāgo viya hoti yathārahaṃ kilesanibbāpanatoti pātimokkho. Pātimokkhoyeva ^b^pātimokkho^eb^. Atha vā mokkhaṃ pati vattati mokkhābhimukhanti vā pātimokkhaṃ. Pātimokkhameva ^b^pātimokkha^eb^nti evamettha pātimokkhasaddassa attho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ācāragocarasampannā^eb^ti kāyikavācasikāvītikkamasaṅkhātena ācārena ceva navesiyagocaratādisaṅkhātena gocarena ca sampannā, sampannāacāragocarāti attho. ^b^Appamattesū^eb^ti atiparittakesu anāpattigamanīyesu, dukkaṭadubbhāsitamattesūti apare. ^b^Vajjesū^eb^ti gārayhesu. Te pana ekantato akusalasabhāvā hontīti āha ^b^‘‘akusaladhammesū’’^eb^ti. ^b^Bhayadassino^eb^ti bhayato dassanasīlā, paramāṇumattampi vajjaṃ sineruppamāṇaṃ viya katvā bhāyanasīlā. ^b^Sammā ādiyitvā^eb^ti sammadeva sakkaccaṃ sabbaso ca ādiyitvā. ^b^Sikkhāpadesū^eb^ti niddhāraṇe bhummanti samudāyato avayavaniddhāraṇaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘sikkhāpadesu taṃ taṃ sikkhāpadaṃ samādiyitvā sikkhathā’’^eb^ti atthamāha. Sikkhāpadameva hi samādātabbaṃ sikkhitabbañcāti adhippāyo. ^b^Yaṃ kiñci sikkhākoṭṭhāsesū^eb^ti sikkhākoṭṭhāsesu mūlapaññattianupaññatisabbatthapaññattipadesapaññattiādibhedaṃ yaṃ kiñci sikkhitabbaṃ paṭipajjitabbaṃ pūretabbaṃ sīlaṃ. Taṃ pana dvāravasena duvidhamevāti āha ^a^M1.0259^ea^^b^‘‘kāyikaṃ vācasikañcā’’^eb^ti. Imasmiṃ atthavikappe ^b^sikkhāpadesū^eb^ti ādhāre bhummaṃ sikkhābhāgesu kassaci visuṃ aggahaṇato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘taṃ sabba’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^65^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kasmā āraddha^eb^nti (a. ni. ṭī. 3.10.71-74) desanāya kāraṇapucchā. ^b^Sīlānisaṃsadassanattha^eb^nti payojananiddeso. Ko attho kva attho kva nipātitāti? Nayidamevaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Sīlānisaṃsadassanattha^eb^nti hi ettha byatirekato yaṃ sīlānisaṃsassa adassanaṃ, taṃ imissā desanāya kāraṇanti kasmā āraddhanti vineyyānaṃ sīlānisaṃsassa adassanatoti atthato āpanno eva hotīti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sacepī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Sīlānisaṃsadassanattha^eb^nti pana imassa atthaṃ vivarituṃ ^b^‘‘tesa’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Ānisaṃso^eb^ti udayo. ‘‘Sīlavā sīlasampanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggalokaṃ upapajjatī’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.150; 3.316; a. ni. 5.213; mahāva. 285) pana vipākaphalampi ‘‘ānisaṃso’’ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Ko viseso^eb^ti ko phalaviseso. ^b^Kā vaḍḍhī^eb^ti ko abbhudayo. Vijjamānopi guṇo yāthāvato vibhāvito eva abhiruciṃ uppādeti, na avibhāvito, tasmā ekantato ānisaṃsakittanaṃ icchitabbamevāti dassetuṃ ^b^visakaṇṭakavāṇijo^eb^ udāhaṭo.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha ^a^V1.0231^ea^^b^guḷo^eb^ nāma ucchurasaṃ pacitvā cuṇṇādīhi missitvā sampiṇḍane piṇḍībhūtaṃ. ^b^Phāṇitaṃ^eb^ apiṇḍitaṃ dravībhūtaṃ. ^b^Khaṇḍaṃ^eb^ bhijjanakkhamaṃ. ^b^Sakkharā^eb^ nāma phalikasadisā. ^b^Sakkharādīni^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena macchaṇḍikānaṃ saṅgaho. Tasmiṃ kāle guḷādīsu visakaṇṭakavohāro apaccantadese pacuroti ^b^‘‘paccantagāmaṃ gantvā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Dārake ca palāpesuṃ^eb^ ‘‘visakaṇṭakaṃ mā gaṇhantū’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Piyo^eb^ti piyāyitabbo. Piyassa nāma dassanaṃ ekantato abhinanditabbaṃ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘viyacakkhūhi sampassitabbo’’^eb^ti. Pītisamuṭṭhānapasannasommarūpapariggahañhi cakkhu ‘‘piyacakkhū’’ti vuccati. ^b^Tesa^eb^nti sabrahmacārīnaṃ. ^b^Manavaḍḍhanako^eb^ti pītimanassa paribrūhanato uparūpari pīticittassa uppādako. ^b^Garuṭṭhāniyo^eb^ti garukaraṇassa ṭhānabhūto. ^b^Jānaṃ jānātī^eb^ti ñāṇena jānitabbaṃ jānāti. Yathā vā aññe ajānantāpi jānantā viya pavattanti, na evamayaṃ, ayaṃ pana jānanto eva jānāti ^a^M1.0260^ea^. ^b^Passaṃ passatī^eb^ti dassanabhūtena paññācakkhunā passitabbaṃ passati, passanto eva vā passati. ^b^Evaṃ sambhāvanīyo^eb^ti evaṃ viññutāya paṇḍitabhāvena sambhāvetabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sīlesvevassa paripūrakārī^eb^ti sīlesu paripūrakārī eva bhaveyyāti evaṃ uttarapadāvadhāraṇaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Evañhi iminā padena uparisikkhādvayaṃ anivattitameva hoti. Yathā pana sīlesu paripūrakārī nāma hoti, taṃ phalena dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘ajjhatta’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. Vipassanādhiṭṭhānasamādhisaṃvattanikatāya hi idha sīlassa pāripūrī, na kevalaṃ akhaṇḍādibhāvamattaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘yāni kho pana tāni akhaṇḍāni…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikānī’’ti. Evañca katvā upari sikkhādvayaṃ sīlassa sambhārabhāvena gahitanti sīlassevettha padhānaggahaṇaṃ siddhaṃ hoti. Tathā hi cittekaggatāsaṅkhārapariggahānaṃ sīlassānurakkhaṇabhāvaṃ vakkhati. Yaṃ pana vakkhati ‘‘sikkhattayadesanā jātā’’ti (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.65), taṃ itarāsampi sikkhānaṃ idha gahitatāmattaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, na padhānabhāvena gahitataṃ. Yadi evaṃ kathaṃ sīlassa appamattakatāvacanaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘appamattakaṃ kho panetaṃ, bhikkhave, oramattaka’’nti (dī. ni. 1.7). Taṃ puthujjanagocaraṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Tathā hi tattha na nippadesato sīlaṃ vibhattaṃ, evaṃ katvā tattha sīlamattakanti mattaggahaṇaṃ samatthitanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Anūnenā^eb^ti akhaṇḍādibhāvena, kassaci vā ahāpanena upapannena. ^b^Ākārenā^eb^ti karaṇena sampādanena. ^b^Cittasamathe^eb^ti cittasamādhāne. ^b^Yutto^eb^ti aviyutto pasuto. Yo sabbena sabbaṃ jhānabhāvanaṃ ananuyutto, so taṃ bahi nīharati nāma. Yo ārabhitvā antarā saṅkocaṃ āpajjati ^a^V1.0232^ea^, so taṃ vināseti nāma. Yo pana īdiso ahutvā jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati, so ^b^anirākatajjhāno^eb^ti dassento ^b^‘‘bahi anīhaṭajjhāno’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]Aniccassa tebhūmakadhammassa, aniccanti vā anupassanā ^b^aniccānupassanā^eb^. Tathā ^b^dukkhānupassanā anattānupassanā^eb^ ca. Tasseva nibbindanākārena pavattā anupassanā ^b^nibbidānupassanā^eb^. Virajjanākārena pavattā anupassanā ^b^virāgānupassanā^eb^. Nirodhassa anupassanā ^b^nirodhānupassanā^eb^. Paṭinissajjanavasena pavattā anupassanā ^b^paṭinissaggānupassanā^eb^. Suññāgāragato bhikkhu tattha laddhakāyavivekatāya samathavipassanāvasena cittavivekaṃ ^a^M1.0261^ea^ paribrūhento yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipattiyā lokaṃ sāsanañca attano visesādhigamaṭṭhānabhūtaṃ suññāgārañca upasobhayamāno guṇavisesādhiṭṭhānabhāvāpādanena viññūnaṃ atthato taṃ brūhento nāma hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘brūhetā suññāgārāna’’^eb^nti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ettha cā’’^eb^tiādi. Ayameva suññāgārānubrūhanaviññuppasatthānaṃ bhājanaṃ, na senāsanapatiṭṭhāpananti dassento āha ^b^‘‘ekabhūmakādi…pe… daṭṭhabbo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Suññāgāra^eb^ggahaṇena cettha araññarukkhamūlādi sabbaṃ padhānānuyogakkhamaṃ senāsanaṃ gahitanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Taṇhāvicaritadesanā^eb^ti ‘‘ajjhattikassa upādāyā’’ti (vibha. 937) ādinayappavattaṃ taṇhāvicaritasuttaṃ. ^b^Taṇhāpadaṭṭhānattā^eb^ti taṇhāsannissayattā. Na hi taṇhāvirahitā mānadiṭṭhipavatti atthi. ^b^Mānadiṭṭhiyo osaritvā^eb^ti dassetabbatāya mānadiṭṭhiyo ogāhetvāti attho. Gahaṇatthameva hi desetabbadhammassa desanāya osaraṇaṃ. ^b^Taṇhāmānadiṭṭhiyo papañcattayaṃ^eb^ sattasantānassa saṃsāre papañcanato anuppabandhanavasena vitthāraṇato. ^b^Sīlapadaṭṭhānattā^eb^ti sīlādhiṭṭhānattā.<br/><br/>[03]Adhicittasikkhā vuttāti ānetvā sambandho. Vipassanāvasena suññāgāravaḍḍhaneti yojanā. ^b^Dvepi sikkhā^eb^ti adhicittādhipaññāsikkhā. ^b^Saṅgahetvā^eb^ti adhisīlasikkhāya saddhiṃ saṅgahetvā vuttā. Yadi evamayaṃ sikkhattayadesanā jātāti sikkhattayānisaṃsappakāsanī siyāti anuyogaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘ettha cā’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vuttameva. Indriyasaṃvaro viya pātimokkhasaṃvarassa catupārisuddhisīlassa ārakkhabhūtā cittekaggatā vipassanā ca idha gahitāti tadubhayaṃ appadhānaṃ, sīlameva pana padhānabhāvena gahitanti veditabbaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sīlānurakkhikā evā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Balavatarasukha^eb^nti ^a^V1.0233^ea^ samuppannabyādhidukkhato balavataraṃ, taṃ abhibhavituṃ samatthaṃ jhānasukhaṃ uppajjati. ^b^Balavamamattaṃ hoti,^eb^ tena daḷhāttasinehena viluttahadayo kusaladhamme chaḍḍento ^b^so tathārūpesu…pe… posetā hoti. Balavamamattaṃ vā sineho na hoti^eb^ ‘‘suddho saṅkhārapuñjo’’ti yāthāvadassanena ^a^M1.0262^ea^ ahaṃkāramamaṃkārābhāvato. Dubbhikkhabhaye khudābhibhavaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘sacepissa antāni bahi nikkhamantī’’^eb^ti. Byādhibhayaṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘ussussati visussanī’’ti. Ādi-saddena gahitaṃ corabhayaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘khaṇḍākhaṇḍiko vā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ubhayassā^eb^ti samathavipassanādvayassa. Ettha ca ‘‘ajjhattaṃ ceto…pe… suññāgārāna’’nti imehi visesanibbedhabhāgiyabhāvāpādanena sīlaṃ rakkhituṃ samatthā eva cittekaggatāvipassanā gahitā. Yasmā parato jhānavimokkhaphalābhiññāṇādhiṭṭhānabhāvo sīlassa uddhaṭo, tasmā tassa bhiyyopi sambhārabhūtā eva cittekaggatā vipassanā tattha tattha gahitāti veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sīlādī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena yathāvuttacittekaggatāvipassanā saṅgaṇhāti, sīlassa vā mūlakāraṇabhūtaṃ sabbaṃ kammassakatañāṇañca saṅgaṇhāti kammapathasammādiṭṭhiṃ vā. Sīlañhi tadaññampi puññakiriyāvatthu teneva parisodhitaṃ mahapphalaṃ hoti mahānisaṃsanti. ^b^Lābhī assa^eb^nti lābhā sāya saṃvaraṇasīlaparipūraṇaṃ pāḷiyaṃ āgataṃ kimīdisaṃ bhagavā anujānātīti? Na bhagavā sabhāvena īdisaṃ anujānāti, mahākāruṇikatāya pana puggalajjhāsayena evaṃ vuttanti dassento ^b^‘‘na cetthā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^ghāsesanaṃ chinnakatho na^eb^ vācaṃ ^b^payuttaṃ bhaṇe^eb^ti chinnakatho mūgo viya hutvā obhāsaparikathānimittaviññattipayuttaṃ ghāsesanaṃ vācaṃ na bhaṇe na katheyyāti attho. ^b^Puggalajjhāsayavasenā^eb^ti saṅkhepato vuttamatthaṃ vivaranto ^b^‘‘yesañhī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Raso sabhāvabhūto ānisaṃso ^b^rasānisaṃso^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paccayadānakārā^eb^ti cīvarādipaccayavasena dānakārā. ^b^‘‘Devānaṃ vā’’^eb^ti vuttavacanaṃ pākaṭīkātumāha ^b^‘‘devāpī’’^eb^tiādi. ‘‘Pañcime gahapatayo ānisaṃsā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.150) anisaṃsasaddo phalapariyāyopi hotīti āha ^b^‘‘ubhayametaṃ atthato eka’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]Sassusasurā ca tappakkhikā ca ^b^sassusasurapakkhikā^eb^. Te ñātiyonisambandhena āvāhavivāhasambandhavasena sambandhā ^b^ñātī^eb^. ^b^Sālohitā^eb^ti yonisambandhavasena. ^b^Ekalohitasambaddhā^eb^ti ekena samānena lohitasambandhena sambaddhā. ^b^Peccabhāvaṃ gatā^eb^ti petūpapattivasena nibbattiṃ ^a^M1.0263^ea^ upagatā. Te pana yasmā idha katakālakiriyā kālena katajīvitupacchedā honti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘kālakatā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pasannacitto^eb^ti pasannacittako. Kālakato ^a^V1.0234^ea^ pitā vā mātā vā petayoniṃ upapannoti adhikārato viññāyatīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘mahānisaṃsameva hotī’’^eb^ti, tassa tathā sīlasampannattāti adhippāyo. Ariyabhāve pana sati vattabbameva natthi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘anekāni kappasatasahassānī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Bahukāra^eb^nti bahupakāraṃ. ^b^Upasaṅkamana^eb^nti abhivādanādivasena upagamanaṃ. ^b^Payirupāsana^eb^nti upaṭṭhānanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^66^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ajjhottharitā^eb^ti madditā. ^b^Ukkaṇṭhā^eb^ti riñcanā anabhirati ananuyogo. Sīlavā bhikkhu attano sīlakhaṇḍabhayena samāhito vipassako ca paccayaghātena aratiyā ratiyā ca sahitā abhibhavitāva hotīti āha ^b^‘‘sīlādiguṇayuttenevā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Cittutrāso^eb^ bhāyatīti ^b^bhayaṃ^eb^. ^b^Ārammaṇaṃ^eb^ bhāyati etasmāti ^b^bhayaṃ^eb^. Purimavārasadisattā ^b^vuttanayamevā^eb^ti atidisitvāpi puna taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sīlādiguṇayutto hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Therassa heṭṭhā nisinnattā devatāya ^b^dārakā sakabhāvena saṇṭhātuṃ^eb^ sukhena vattituṃ ^b^asakkontā^eb^ asamatthā.<br/><br/>[03]Adhikaṃ cetoti ^b^abhiceto,^eb^ upacārajjhānacittaṃ. Tassa pana adhikatā pākatikakāmāvacaracittehi sundaratāya sapaṭipakkhato visuddhiyā cāti āha ^b^‘‘abhikkantaṃ visuddhicitta’’^eb^nti. ^b^Adhicitta^eb^nti samādhimāha, so ca upacārasamādhi daṭṭhabbo. Vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ, samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ, apītijaṃ jhānasukhaṃ, satipārisuddhijaṃ jhānasukhanti catubbidhampi jhānasukhaṃ paṭipakkhato nikkhantataṃ upādāya ‘‘nekkhammasukha’’nti vuccatīti āha ^b^‘‘nekkhammasukhaṃ vindantī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Icchiticchitakkhaṇe samāpajjituṃ samatthoti^eb^ iminā tesu jhānesu samāpajjanavasībhāvamāha, ‘‘nikāmalābhī’’ti pana vacanato āvajjanādhiṭṭhānapaccavekkhaṇavasiyopi vuttā evāti veditabbā. ^b^Sukheneva paccanīkadhamme vikkhambhetvā^eb^ti etena tesaṃ jhānasukhakhippābhiññatañca dasseti. ^b^Vipulāna^eb^nti vepullaṃ pāpitānaṃ. Jhānānaṃ vipulatā nāma subhāvitabhāvena ciratarappatti, sā ca paricchedānurūpāva icchitabbbāti ‘‘vipulāna’’nti vatvā ^b^‘‘yathāparicchedeyeva vuṭṭhātuṃ samatthoti vuttaṃ^eb^^b^hotī’’^eb^ti ^a^M1.0264^ea^ āha. Paricchedakālañhi appatvāva vuṭṭhahanto akasiralābhī na hoti yāvadicchakaṃ pavattetuṃ asamatthattā. Idāni teyeva yathāvutte samāpajjanādivasībhāve byatirekavasena vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘ekacco hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^lābhīyeva hotī^eb^ti idaṃ paṭiladdhamattassa jhānassa vasena vuttaṃ. ^b^Tathā^eb^ti icchiticchitakkhaṇe. ^b^Pāribandhike^eb^ti vasībhāvassa paccanīkadhamme. Jhānādhigamassa pana paccanīkadhammā pageva vikkhambhitā, aññathā jhānādhigamo eva na siyā. ^b^Kicchena vikkhambhetī^eb^ti kicchena visodheti. Kāmādīnavapaccavekkhaṇādīhi kāmacchandādīnaṃ viya ^a^V1.0235^ea^ aññesampi samādhipāribandhikānaṃ dūrasamussāraṇaṃ idha vikkhambhanaṃ visodhanañcāti veditabbaṃ. ^b^Nāḷikāyanta^eb^nti kālamānanāḷikāyantaṃ āha.<br/><br/>[03]Visesena rūpāvacaracatutthajjhānaṃ sabbaso vasībhāvāpāditaṃ abhiññāpādakanti adhippāyenāha ^b^‘‘abhiññāpādake jhāne vutte’’^eb^ti. Arūpajjhānampi pana adhiṭṭhānatāya pādakameva cuddasadhā cittaparidamanena vinā tadabhāvato. ‘‘Evamabhiññāpādake rūpāvacarajjhāne vutte rūpāvacaratāya kiñcāpi abhiññānaṃ lokiyavāro āgato’’ti ayañhettha adhippāyo. ^b^Na^eb^nti abhiññāvāraṃ. ^b^Cattāri…pe… ariyamaggā sīlānaṃ ānisaṃso^eb^ sampannasīlasseva lābhato. ^b^Pariyādiyitvā^eb^ti gahetvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aṅgasantatāyā^eb^ti nīvaraṇādīnaṃ paccanīkadhammānaṃ sudūratarabhāvena jhānaṅgānaṃ vūpasantatāya, nibbutasabbadarathapariḷāhatāyāti attho, yato tesaṃ jhānānaṃ paṇītatarādibhāvo. ^b^Ārammaṇasantatāyā^eb^ti rūpapaṭighādivigamanena saṇhasukhumādibhāvappattasantabhāvena. Yadaggena hi nesaṃ bhāvanābhisamayasabbhāvitasaṇhasukhumākārāni ārammaṇāni santāni, tadaggena jhānaṅgānaṃ santatā veditabbā. Ārammaṇasantatāya santatā lokuttaradhammārammaṇāhi paccavekkhaṇāhi dīpetabbā. Vimuttā visesena muttā. Ye hi jhānadhammā tathāpavattapubbabhāgabhāvanāhi tabbisesatāya sātisayaṃ paṭipakkhadhammehi vimuttivasena pavattanti, tato eva tathāvimuttatāya pitu aṅke vissaṭṭhāṅgapaccaṅgo viya kumāro nirāsaṅkabhāvena ārammaṇe adhimuttā ca pavattanti, te vimokkhāti vuccanti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vimokkhāti paccanīkadhammehi vimuttattā ārammaṇe ca adhimuttattā’’^eb^ti ^a^M1.0265^ea^. Yadipi ārammaṇasamatikkamavasena pattabbāni āruppāni, na aṅgātikkamavasena, tathāpi yasmā ārammaṇe avirattassa jhānasamatikkamo na hoti, samatikkantesu ca jhānesu ārammaṇaṃ samatikkantameva hoti, tasmā ārammaṇasamatikkamaṃ avatvā ^b^‘‘rūpāvacarajjhāne atikkamitvā’’^eb^ti icceva vuttaṃ. ^b^Atikkamma rūpe^eb^ti pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘sampādetabbā, passitabbā’’ti vā kiñci padaṃ icchitabbaṃ, asutaparikappanena pana payojanaṃ natthīti ^b^‘‘santāti padasambandho’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Evañca katvā tena virāgabhāvena tesaṃ santatāti ayampi attho vibhāvito hoti. Rūpajjhānādīnaṃ viya natthi etesaṃ ārammaṇabhūtaṃ vā phalabhūtaṃ vā rūpanti arūpā. Arūpā eva ^b^āruppā^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ārammaṇato ca vipākato ca rūpavirahitā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Nāmakāyenā^eb^ti sahajātanāmasamūhena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^67^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Saṃyojentī^eb^ti bandhanti. Kehīti āha ^b^‘‘khandhagatī’’^eb^tiādi. Asamucchinnarāgādikassa ^a^V1.0236^ea^ hi khandhādīnaṃ āyatiṃ khandhādīhi sambandho, samucchinnarāgādikassa pana taṃ natthi katānampi kammānaṃ asamatthabhāvāpattitoti. Rāgādīnaṃ anvayato ca saṃyojanaṭṭho siddhoti āha ^b^‘‘khandhagati…pe… vuccantī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Parikkhayenā^eb^ti samucchedena sabbaso āyatiṃ anuppajjanena. Paṭipakkhadhammānaṃ anavasesato savanato pīḷanato ^b^soto,^eb^ ariyamaggoti āha ^b^‘‘sototi ca maggassetaṃ adhivacana’’^eb^nti. Taṃ sotaṃ ādito panno adhigacchīti ^b^sotāpanno,^eb^ aṭṭhamako. Tenāha ^b^‘‘taṃsamaṅgīpuggalassā’’^eb^ti, paṭhamamaggakkhaṇe puggalassāti adhippāyo. Idha pana ^b^panna^eb^-saddo ‘‘phalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 8.59) viya vattamānakālikoti āha ^b^‘‘maggena phalassa nāmaṃ dinna’’^eb^nti. Abhītakālikatte pana sarasatova nāmalābho siyā. Virūpaṃ sadukkhaṃ saupāyāsaṃ nipātetīti ^b^vinipāto,^eb^ apāyadukkhe khipanako. ^b^Dhammo^eb^ti sabhāvo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘attāna’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Kasmā^eb^ti avinipātadhammatāya kāraṇaṃ pucchati. Apāyaṃ gamentīti apāyagamanīyā. Sambujjhatīti ^b^sambodhi^eb^, ariyamaggo. So pana paṭhamamaggassa adhigatattā avasiṭṭho eva adhigandhabbabhāvena icchitabboti āha ^b^‘‘uparimaggattaya’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vaṇṇabhaṇanatthaṃ vuttāni,^eb^na pahātabbānīti adhippāyo. Oḷārikānaṃ rāgādīnaṃ samucchindanavasena pavattamāno dutiyamaggo avasiṭṭhānaṃ tesaṃ tanubhāvāpattiyā ^a^M1.0266^ea^ uppanno nāma hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Adhiccuppattiyā^eb^ti kadāci karahaci uppajjanena. ^b^Pariyuṭṭhānamandatāyā^eb^ti samudācāramudutāya. ^b^Abhiṇhaṃ na uppajjanti^eb^ tajjassa ayonisomanasikārassa anibaddhabhāvato. ^b^Mandamandā uppajjanti^eb^ vipallāsānaṃ tappaccayānañca mohamānādīnaṃ mudutarabhāvato. ^b^Bahalāva uppajjanti^eb^ vatthupaṭisevanatoti adhippāyo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tathā hī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sakiṃ āgamanadhammo^eb^ti paṭisandhivasena sakiṃyeva āgamanasabhāvo. ^b^Ekavāraṃyeva…pe… āgantvā^eb^ti iminā pañcasu sakadāgāmīsu cattāro vajjetvā ekoyeva gahitoti dassento ^b^‘‘yopi hī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha yvāyaṃ pañcamako sakadāgāmī ‘‘idha maggaṃ bhāvetvā devaloke nibbatto, tattha yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā puna idhūpapajjitvā parinibbāyatī’’ti vutto, tassa ekabījinā saddhiṃ kiṃ nānākaraṇanti? Ekabījissa ekā paṭisandhi, sakadāgāmissa dve paṭisandhiyoti idaṃ tesaṃ nānākaraṇaṃ. Yassa hi sotāpannassa ekaṃyeva khandhabījaṃ, na ekaṃ attabhāvaggahaṇaṃ, so ekabījīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Heṭṭhā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0237^ea^ ‘‘amahaggatabhūmiya’’nti heṭṭhā sambandhanena. Heṭṭhābhāgassa hitāti ^b^heṭṭhābhāgiyā,^eb^ tesaṃ. ^b^Tānīti^eb^ orabbhāgiyasaṃyojanāni. ^b^Kāmāvacare nibbattatiyeva^eb^ ajjhattaṃ saṃyojanattā. Tathā hesa dūratopi āvattidhammo evāti dassetuṃ gilabaḷisamacchādayo upamābhāvena vuttā. ^b^Opapātiko^eb^ti iminā gabbhavāsadukkhābhāvamāha. ^b^Tattha parinibbāyī^eb^ti iminā sesadukkhābhāvaṃ. Tattha parinibbānatā cassa kāmaloke khandhabījassa apunārohavasenevāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘anāvattidhammo’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^68^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kevalā^eb^ti lokiyābhiññāhi asammissā. ^b^Lokiyapañcābhiññāyopi sīlānaṃ ānisaṃso^eb^ tadavinābhāvato. Tāpi dassetuṃ ākaṅkheyya ce…pe… evamādimāhāti yojanā. Āsavānaṃ anavasesappahānato arahattamaggoyeva visesato ‘‘āsavakkhayo’’ti vattabbataṃ arahatīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘āsavakkhaye kathite’’^eb^ti, aññathā sabbāpi chaḷabhiññā āsavakkhayo evāti. ^b^Imesaṃ guṇāna^eb^nti lokiyābhiññānaṃ ^a^M1.0267^ea^. Yathā purisassa muṇḍitaṃ sīsaṃ sikhāvirahitattā na sobhati, evaṃ desanāya sīsabhūtāpi aggamaggakathā lokiyābhiññārahitā na sobhatīti āha ^b^‘‘ayaṃ kathā muṇḍābhiññākathā nāma bhaveyyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Iddhivikubbanā^eb^ti iddhi ca vikubbanā ca. Vikubbanaggahaṇena cettha vikubbaniddhimāha, iddhiggahaṇena tadaññaṃ sabbañca abhiññākiccaṃ. ^b^Yuttaṭṭhāneyevā^eb^ti lokiyābhiññānaṃ nibbattanassa viya desanāya yuttaṭṭhāneyeva. Etena na kevalaṃ desanakkamenevāyaṃ desanā, atha kho paṭipattikkamenapīti dasseti. ^b^Visuddhimagge^eb^ (visuddhi. 2.369) ^b^vuttā,^eb^ tasmā tattha vuttanayeneva veditabbāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^69^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Āsavānaṃ khayā^eb^ti heṭṭhimamaggena khepitāvasiṭṭhānaṃ āsavānaṃ arahattamaggena samucchindanato. Yasmā arahattamaggo na kevalaṃ āsaveyeva khepeti, atha kho avasiṭṭhe sabbakilesepi, tasmā āha ^b^‘‘sabbakilesānaṃ khayā’’^eb^ti. Lakkhaṇamattañhettha āsavaggahaṇaṃ, āsavānaṃ ārammaṇabhāvassapi anupagamanato anāsavaṃ. Yasmā pana tattha āsavānaṃ lesopi natthi, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘āsavavirahita’’^eb^nti. ^b^Samādhi vutto^eb^ cetosīsena yathā ‘‘cittaṃ paññañca bhāvaya’’nti (saṃ. ni. 1.23, 192; peṭako. 22; mi. pa. 2.1.9) adhippāyo. ^b^Rāgato vimuttattā avijjāya vimuttattā^eb^ti idaṃ ujuvipaccanīkapaṭippassaddhidassanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, na tadaññesaṃ pāpadhammānaṃ appaṭippassaddhattā. Idāni tameva samādhipaññānaṃ rāgāvijjāpaṭipakkhataṃ āgamena dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘vuttaṃ ceta’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Samathaphala^eb^nti samathassa phalaṃ lokiyasamathabhāvanāya hi vipassanāgatāya āhitaphalassa lokuttarasamathassa sarikkhakaphalo ^b^cetovimutti^eb^. ^b^Vipassanāphala^eb^nti etthāpi eseva nayo. ^b^Attanoyevā^eb^ti sutamayañāṇādinā viya parapaccayataṃ ^a^V1.0238^ea^ nayaggāhañca muñcitvā paratoghosānugatabhāvanādhigamabhūtatāya attanoyeva ^b^paññāya paccakkhaṃ katvā^eb^ sayambhuñāṇabhūtāyāti adhippāyo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘aparappaccayena ñatvā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sabbampi ta^eb^nti sabbampi sattarasavidhaṃ taṃ yathāvuttaṃ sīlānisaṃsaṃ. Yathā ānisaṃsavante sammadeva sampādite tadānisaṃsā dassitā eva honti tadāyattabhāvato, evaṃ ānisaṃsapadhānayogyabhāvena dassite ^a^M1.0268^ea^ tadānisaṃsā dassitā eva hontīti āha ^b^‘‘sampiṇḍetvā dassento’’^eb^ti. Vuttasseva atthassa punavacanaṃ nigamananti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘nigamanaṃ āhā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pubbe^eb^ti desanārambhe. ^b^Evaṃ vutta^eb^nti ‘‘sampannasīlā’’ti evamādinā ākārena vuttaṃ. ^b^Idaṃ sabbampī^eb^ti idaṃ ‘‘sampannasīlā’’tiādikaṃ sabbampi vacanaṃ. ^b^Etaṃ paṭiccā^eb^ti etaṃ sampannasīlassa bhikkhuno yathāvuttasattarasavidhānisaṃsabhāgitaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Idameva hi ‘‘iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ, idametaṃ paṭicca vutta’’nti vacanaṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘sabbampi taṃ sīlānisaṃsaṃ sampiṇḍetvā dassento’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Etthāadito chahi ānisaṃsehi parittabhūmikā sampatti gahitā, tadantaraṃ pañcahi lokiyābhiññāhi ca mahaggatabhūmikā, itarehi lokuttarabhūmikāti evaṃ catubhūmikasampadānisaṃsasīlaṃ nāmetaṃ mahantaṃ mahānubhāvaṃ, tasmā taṃsampādane sakkaccakāritā appamattena bhavitabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Ākaṅkheyyasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 62
title: ākaṅkheyyasuttavaṇṇanā^vatthasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^70^eb^^b^.^eb^ Chādetabbaṃ ^a^V1.0239^ea^ ṭhānaṃ vasati paṭicchādetīti ^b^vatthaṃ^eb^. Yaṃ samānaṃ viya na sabbaso minoti, mānassa pana samīpe, taṃ upamānaṃ. Upamīyati etāyāti upamā, upamāya bodhakavacanaṃ ^b^upamāvacanaṃ^eb^. ^b^Katthaci^eb^ sutte. ^b^Attha^eb^nti upamiyatthaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ upamaṃ vatvā tadanantaraṃ atthaṃ vatvā puna upamaṃ vadanto ^b^‘‘upamāya atthaṃ parivāretvā dassetī’’^eb^ti vutto. ^b^Atthena upamaṃ parivāretvā^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. Idāni te cattāropi pakāre sutte āgatanayeneva dassento ^b^‘‘seyyathāpissu, bhikkhave’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^dve agārā^eb^ti dve paṭivissakagharā. ^b^Sadvārā^eb^ti sammukhadvārā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Svāya^eb^nti so ayaṃ evaṃ upamādassanavasenapi nānānayenapi dhammadesako bhagavā. Ekaccānaṃ veneyyānaṃ atthassa sukhāvabodho paṭhamaṃ upamādassane hetu, evaṃ paṭhamaṃ atthadassane, upamāya atthaparivāraṇe, atthena upamāparivāraṇe cā’’ti imamatthaṃ dasseti ^b^‘‘esa nayo sabbatthā’’^eb^ti ^a^M1.0269^ea^ iminā. ^b^Dhammadhātuyā^eb^ti sabbaññutaññāṇassa. Tañhi dhammadhātupariyāpannattā yathāvuttadhamme ca sabbepi ñeyyadhamme ca padahati yathāsabhāvato bujjhati bodheti cāti dhātu, dhīyanti vā dhammā etāya sabbākārato ñāyanti ñāpiyanti cāti dhammadhātu. Tassā pana suṭṭhu saccasampaṭivedhavasena laddhattā ^b^suppaṭividdhattā^eb^ti, yadaggena vā ñeyyaṃ tāya suppaṭividdhaṃ, tadaggena sāpissa suppaṭividdhā evāti āha ^b^‘‘suppaṭividdhattā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Pakatipariyodātassa cittassa āgantukehi upakkilesehi upakkiliṭṭhabhāvadassanatthaṃ saṃkiliṭṭhavatthadassananti katvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘pakatiparisuddhaṃ vattha’’^eb^nti. ^b^Rajādinā^eb^ti ettharajo nāma reṇu. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena aṇutajjāridhūmādikaṃ vatthassa aparisuddhikāraṇaṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Sabbaso kilissati vinassati visuddhi etenāti saṃkileso, tena ^b^saṃkilesena paṃsurajādinā saṃkiliṭṭhaṃ^eb^ vaṇṇavināsanena vidūsitaṃ. ^b^Malaṃ^eb^ masi. ^b^Jallikā^eb^ vuccati loṇapaṭalādi chaviyā upari ṭhitaṃ sarīramalaṃ. ^b^Ādi^eb^saddena sarīrajallameva assukheḷasiṅghāṇikādikaṃ tadaññamalaṃ saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Gahitattā^eb^ti pariyonandhanavasena gahitattā. Rajanti sattā tenāti raṅgaṃ, raṅgameva ^b^raṅgajātaṃ^eb^ yathā kopameva kopajātaṃ. ^b^Upanāmeyyā^eb^ti pakkhipeyya. ^b^Nīlakatthāyā^eb^ti nīlavaṇṇatthāya. ^b^Palāsanīlādiketi ādi^eb^-saddena kāḷasāmādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Haliddikakudhaselādike ^b^pītakaraṅge^eb^. Lākhāpattaṅgarasādike ^a^V1.0240^ea^^b^lohitakaraṅge^eb^. Mahārajanaloddakandulādike ^b^mandarattaraṅge^eb^. Duṭṭhu rajitavaṇṇaṃ apabhassaraṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘aparisuddhavaṇṇamevassā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Īdisa^eb^nti durattavaṇṇaṃ. Tasmiṃ vatthe raṅgajātaṃ sayaṃ suparisuddhaṃ samānaṃ kissa hetu kena rattavaṇṇaṃ aparisuddhaṃ hotīti raṅgajātassa niddosataṃ vadati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yasmā panā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Saṃkilesapakkhaṃ dassentena asaṃkiliṭṭhameva vatthaṃ udāharitabbanti pākaṭoyamattho, saṃkiliṭṭhavatthanidassanena pana ‘‘siyā nu kho aññopi koci viseso’’ti adhippāyena pucchati ^b^‘‘kasmā panā’’^eb^tiādinā. Itaro atthavisesoti dassento ^b^‘‘vāyāmamahapphaladassanattha’’^eb^ntiādimāha. Ettha ca saṃkiliṭṭhacittavisodhanavidhāne saṃkiliṭṭhavatthaṃ nidassatabbanti paṭiññā, vāyāmamahapphaladassanatthanti hetuattho. ^b^Yathā hī^eb^tiādi anvayattho. ^b^Na tattha jātikāḷake viyā^eb^tiādi byatirekattho. Sadisūdāharaṇaṃ pana malaggahitakaṃsapātiādi daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Evaṃ cittampī^eb^tiādi ^a^M1.0270^ea^ opammatthassa upameyyaupanayanaṃ. Tattha ^b^pakatiyā^eb^ti akittimena sabhāvena. Tanti cittaṃ. Sāmaññaggahaṇañcetaṃ cittabhāvāvisesato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sakalepī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paṇḍarameva^eb^ na saṃkiliṭṭhaṃ saṃkilesehi asamannāgatabhāvato. Nanu kiriyāmayacittehi vipākasantāne visesādhānaṃ labbhati, aññathā katavināsā katabbhāgamā āpajjeyyuṃ? Kiñcāpi labbhati, tassa saṃkileso vaṭṭupanissayo, asuddhi vā na hoti, asaṃkileso vivaṭṭupanissayo, visuddhi vā na hoti eva. ^b^Upakkiliṭṭha^eb^nti panetaṃ upakkilesanārahassa cittassa vasena vuttaṃ, na vipākapabandhassa. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pabhassaramidaṃ bhikkhave citta’’^eb^nti, ^b^‘‘paṇḍaramevā’’^eb^ti ca. ^b^Tañca kho^eb^ti pana sakasantatipariyāpannatāya nesaṃ kevalaṃ ekattanayavasena vuttaṃ, na vipākadhammānaṃ kilesāsamaṅgibhāvato. Atha vā ^b^upakkiliṭṭha^eb^nti iminā upakkilesahetu tattha vijjamānaṃ visesādhānamāha, na ‘‘saṃkiliṭṭhā dhammā’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 77ḍukamātikā) viya taṃsamaṅgitanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Visodhiyamāna^eb^nti vipassanāpaññāya anukkamena sabbupakkilesehi vimociyamānaṃ. ^b^Sakkā^eb^ aggamaggakkhaṇe ^b^pabhassarataraṃ kātuṃ,^eb^ yato na puna upakkilissati. ^b^Eva^eb^ntiādi vuttassevatthassa nigamanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Duṭṭhagatiparipūraṇavasena paṭipajjanaṃ ^b^paṭipatti^eb^. Sā eva kilesadarathapariḷāhādivasena upāyāsadukkhā, kucchitā vā gati pavatti, duggatihetūti vā ^b^duggati,^eb^ duggatiyā pana paṭipattiyā gandhabbato, tassā vā nipphannabhāvato kucchito, dukkhā ca gatīti ^b^duggati^eb^. ^b^Saṃkiliṭṭhacitto^eb^ti idaṃ tassā paṭipattiyā duggatibhāvadassanatthaṃ, na visesanatthaṃ. Na hi asaṃkiliṭṭhacittassa pāṇaghātādivasena pavatti. ^b^Saṃkiliṭṭhacitto^eb^ti lābhāsāya sabbaso kiliṭṭhacitto ^a^V1.0241^ea^. ^b^Dūteyyapahiṇagamana^eb^nti dūteyyaṃ vuccati dutakammaṃ, gihīnaṃ paṇṇaṃ vā sāsanaṃ vā gahetvā tattha tattha gamanaṃ, pahiṇagamanaṃ gharāgharaṃ pesitassa khuddakagamanaṃ, dūteyyagamanaṃ pahiṇagamanañca gacchati. ^b^Vejjakamma^eb^nti ananuññāte ṭhāne lābhāsāya gahaṭṭhānaṃ bhesajjaṃ karoti. ^b^Saṅghabheda^eb^kathā parato āgamissati. ^b^Veḷudānādīhī^eb^ti veḷudānapattadānapupphadānādīhi micchājīvena ^b^jīvikaṃ kappeti^eb^. ^b^Sakalampī^eb^ti ‘‘atthi anācāro, atthi agocaro’’tiādinā ^b^vibhaṅge^eb^ (vibha. 513, 514) āgataṃ sabbampi anācāraṃ agocarañca caraṇavasena paripūreti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Nirayampi^eb^^a^M1.0271^ea^^b^…pe… pettivisayampi gacchatī’’^eb^ti vatvā tattha pettivisayagamanaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘samaṇayakkho nāma hotī’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]Sukkapakkhe ^b^parisuddha^eb^nti sabbaso visuddhaṃ asaṃkiliṭṭhaṃ. Parisuddhattā eva ^b^pariyodātaṃ,^eb^ pabhassaranti attho. ^b^Surattavaṇṇamevassā^eb^ti suṭṭhu rattavaṇṇameva assa. ^b^Parisuddhavaṇṇamevassā^eb^ti nīlavaṇṇopissa parisuddho ca bhaveyyāti evamādiṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘kaṇhapakkhe vuttapaccanīkeneva veditabbā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Raṅgajāta^eb^ntiādi pana tattha vuttavaseneva veditabbaṃ. ^b^Paṭipattisugati^eb^ādīsu yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ paṭipattiduggatiādīsu vuttavipariyāyena veditabbaṃ. ^b^Parisuddhacitto^eb^ti suddhāsayo. ^b^Dasa kusalakammapathe paripūretī^eb^ti idaṃ kaṇhapakkhe ‘‘dasa akusalakammapathe paripūretī’’ti vuttassa paṭipakkhadassanavasena vuttaṃ. Yathā hi tattha abhijjhābyāpādamicchādiṭṭhiggahaṇena kammapathasaṃsandananayena kammapathaṃ appattāya ca agāriyassa tathārūpāya micchāpaṭipattiyā saṅgaho icchito, evaṃ idhāpi anabhijjhāabyāpādasammādiṭṭhiggahaṇena alobhādosāmohavasena pavattā agāriyassa sammāpaṭipatti saṅgahitāti daṭṭhabbaṃ, na kammapathappattāvāti. ^b^Manussamahantata^eb^nti jātirūpabhogādhipateyyādivasena manussesu mahantabhāvaṃ. Dasahi ṭhānehi aññesaṃ devānaṃ abhibhavo ^b^devamahantatā^eb^. Paṭipatti sugatiyā bhājiyamānattā ^b^‘‘anāgāmimaggaṃ bhāvetī’’^eb^ti tathā anāgāmibhāvanaṃ pāpetvā ṭhapitā. Gahitaggahaṇena sukhānubhavaṭṭhānassa adhippetattā tadabhāvato asaññibhavaṃ anādiyanto ^b^‘‘dasasu vā brahmabhavanesū’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^71^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sakabhaṇḍe chandarāgo^eb^ abhijjhāyanaṭṭhena ^b^abhijjhā,^eb^ abhijjhāyanāti attho. ^b^Parabhaṇḍe chandarāgo^eb^ visamaṃ lubbhatīti ^b^visamalobho^eb^. Evampi abhijjhāvisamalobhānaṃ viseso hotīti dassento ^b^‘‘atha vā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha attano santakaṃ taṃsadisañca ^b^yuttaṭṭhānaṃ^eb^. Yaṃ yācitaṃ, appakasirena vā sakkā laddhuṃ, taṃ ^b^pattaṭṭhānaṃ^eb^. Paradāragarudārāti ^b^ayuttaṭṭhānaṃ^eb^. Yaṃ apatthaniyaṃ, yassa ^a^V1.0242^ea^ vā patthanāya byasanaṃ āpajjati, taṃ ^b^appattaṭṭhānaṃ^eb^. ^b^Thero^eb^ti ^b^mahāsaṅgharakkhitatthero,^eb^ yena ^b^aṭṭhakathā^eb^ potthakaṃ āropitā. So hi antevāsikesu sākacchantesu evamāha. Sopi imasmiṃyeva sutte vinibbhogo na labbhati cittasaṃkilesassa adhippetattā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yutte vā’’^eb^tiādi. Ayonisomanasikāravasena ^a^M1.0272^ea^ uppajjanato sampatti āyatiñca dukkhasseva uppādanato ^b^na koci lobho avisamo nāma^eb^. ^b^Abhijjhāyanaṭṭhenā^eb^ti yassa kassaci ārammaṇassa yuttassa ayuttassa appattassa ca abhijjāyanavasena abhipatthanāvasena ca pavattā taṇhā ^b^abhijjhā^eb^ti lobhato nibbisesanti dasseti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ekatthametaṃ byañjanameva nāna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Dūsetī^eb^ti sabhāvasantaṃ asaṃkilesaṃ vināseti avisuddhaṃ karoti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘obhāsituṃ na detī’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Ime sattā ucchijjantu vinassantū’’ti sattesu byāpajjanākārappavattiyā ^b^byāpādo navavidhāaghātavatthusambhavo^eb^ vutto. Kodho pana saṅkhāresupi pavattanato dasavidhāaghātavatthusambhavo vutto. Ubhayampi paṭighameva, pavattanānattato bhinditvā vutto. Kujjhanavaseneva ^b^cittapariyonandhano^eb^ ‘‘akkocchi maṃ avadhi ma’’ntiādinā.<br/><br/>[03]Suṭṭhu kataṃ karaṇaṃ ^b^sukataṃ,^eb^ tassa pubbakāritālakkhaṇassa guṇassa ^b^vināsano^eb^ udakapuñchaniyā viya sarīrānugataṃ udakaṃ puñchanto ^b^makkho^eb^. Tathā hi so paresaṃ guṇānaṃ makkhanaṭṭhena ‘‘makkho’’ti vuccati. Idāni ^b^anagāriyassa vā^eb^tiādinā saṅkhepena vuttatthaṃ vitthārena dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘anagāriyopī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Nisinnakathāparikathādivasena dhammassa kathā dhammakathānayo, ekattādidhammanīti eva vā. Pakaraṇaṃ satta pakaraṇāni, tattha kosallaṃ ^b^dhammakathānayapakaraṇakosallaṃ^eb^. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena vinayakkame catūsu mahānikāyesu ca kosallaṃ saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Acittīkato^eb^ti cittīkārarahito. ^b^Yathā cāya^eb^nti iminā yathāyaṃ makkho cittaṃ dūseti, evaṃ paḷāsopi cittaṃ dūseti, tasmā upakkilesoti dasseti. ^b^Aniyatā gati niyāmokkamanābhāvato. Ādi^eb^-saddena ‘‘rattaññū cirapabbajite puggale ajjhottharitvā ‘tvampi imasmiṃ sāsane pabbajito, ahampi pabbajito, tvampi sīlamatte ṭhito ahampī’ti’’ evamādīnaṃ saṅgaho. ^b^Yugaggāhagāhī^eb^ti ‘‘tava vā mama vā ko viseso’’ti asamampi samaṃ katvā samadhuraggāhagaṇhanako. ^b^Khīyanā^eb^ usūyanā. Attano sampattiyā nigūhanaṃ tassa parehi sādhāraṇabhāvāsahanena hotīti ^b^‘‘parehi sādhāraṇabhāvaṃ asahamānaṃ’’^eb^icceva vuttaṃ. Kāraṇe hi gahite phalampi gahitameva hotīti. Aññathā attano pavedanakapuggalo ^b^kerāṭiko,^eb^ ‘‘nekatikavāṇijo’’tipi vadanti. Sappamukhā ^a^M1.0273^ea^ macchavālā ekā macchajāti āyatanamaccho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘āyatanamaccho nāmā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Baddhacaro^eb^ti antevāsī.<br/><br/>[03]Sabbaso ^a^V1.0243^ea^ amadditasabhāvena vā tabharitabhattasadisassa thaddhabhāvassa anonamitadaṇḍasadisatāya paggahitasirānivātavuttikārassa ca karaṇato ^b^vā tabharita…pe… karaṇo. Taduttarikaraṇo^eb^ti yaṃ yena kataṃ duccaritaṃ vā sucaritaṃ vā, taduttari, tassa dviguṇaṃ vā karaṇo. Attano maṇḍanādiatthaṃ ^b^parena kataṃ alaṅkārādiṃ^eb^. ^b^Pariyāpuṇāti vā katheti vā^eb^ attano balānurūpaṃ. Kāmaṃ nikāyadvayaggahaṇādivasena pavatto sevitabbamāno eva, tathāpissa saṃkilesapakkhattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘mānaṃ anissāyā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Uṇṇativasenā^eb^ti ‘‘seyyohamasmī’’tiādinā cittassa paggahaṇavasena. Pubbe kenaci attānaṃ sadisaṃ katvā pacchā tato adhikato dahanato uppajjanako ^b^atimāno^eb^. ^b^Madaggahaṇākāro^eb^ jātiādiṃ paṭicca majjanākāro, sopi atthato māno eva. ^b^Pamādo^eb^ tathāpavatto cittuppādo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tasmā lobhamādiṃ katvā dassetī^eb^ti lobhassa ādito gahaṇe kāraṇaṃ vibhāvetukāmo pucchati. ^b^Paṭhamuppattito^eb^ti tattha tattha bhave sabbapaṭhamaṃ uppajjanato. Sattānañhi yathādhigataṃ jhānādivisesaṃ ārabbha paccavekkhaṇā viya yathāladdhaṃ upapatibhavaṃ ārabbha nikanti eva. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sabbasattāna’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Yathāsambhavaṃ itare^eb^ti itare byāpādādayo yathāpaccayaṃ uppajjanti, lobhassa viya ādito asukassa anantaraṃ asukoti vā na nesaṃ niyamo atthīti attho. Kiṃ pana ete soḷaseva cittassa upakkilesā, udāhu aññepi santīti anuyogaṃ sandhāya aññepi santīti dassento ^b^‘‘na ca ete’’^eb^tiādimāha. Yadi evaṃ kasmā ettakā eva idha vuttāti. Nayadassanavasenāti dassento āha ^b^‘‘etena pana…pe… veditabbā’’^eb^ti. Tena thinamiddhauddhaccakukkucca-vicikicchā-attukkaṃsana-paravabbhanachambhitattā- bhīrukatā-ahirikānottappa-atticchatā-pāpicchatā-mahicchatādayo saṅgahitāti veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^72^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Saṃkilesaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0274^ea^^b^dassetvā^eb^ti saṃkiliṭṭhavattanidassanena saṅkhepena vuttaṃ saṃkilesaṃ vibhāgena dassetvā. ^b^Vodānaṃ dassento^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. ^b^Evaṃ jānitvā^eb^ti ‘‘abhijjhā visamalobho ekanteneva cittassa uppakkileso’’ti sabhāvato samudayato nirodhato nirodhūpāyato ca pubbabhāgapaññāya ceva heṭṭhimamaggadvayapaññāya ca jānitvā. ^b^Pajahatī^eb^ti ettha accantappahānameva adhippetanti dassento ^b^‘‘samucchedappahānavasena ariyamaggena pajahatī’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Ariyamaggenā^eb^ti anāgāmimaggena. Tena hi pahānaṃ idha sabbavāresu adhippetaṃ. ^b^Kilesapaṭipāṭi^eb^ idha kilesānaṃ desanākkamo. ^b^Maggapaṭipāṭi^eb^pana catunnaṃ ariyamaggānaṃ desanākkamopi tāya desanāya paṭipajjanakkamopi ^a^V1.0244^ea^ tāya paṭipattiyā uppattikkamopi. Tattha ye ye kilesā yena yena maggena pahīyanti, maggapaṭipāṭiṃ anoloketvā tesaṃ tesaṃ kilesānaṃ tena tena maggena pahānadassanaṃ kilesapaṭipāṭi na kilesānaṃ uppattikkamo idha desanākkamo cāti dassento ^b^‘‘abhijjhā visamalobho’’^eb^tiādimāha. Yena yena pana maggena ye ye kilesā pahīyanti maggānupubbiyā, tena tena maggena tesaṃ tesaṃ kilesānaṃ pahānadassanaṃ maggapaṭipāṭiyā pahānadassananti dassento ^b^‘‘sotāpattimaggenā’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne^eb^ti ‘‘sa kho so, bhikkhave, bhikkhū’’tiādinā āgato imasmiṃ pahānavāre. ^b^Ime kilesā^eb^ti ime yathāvuttā kilesā. ^b^Sotāpattimaggavajjhā vā hontu sesamaggavajjhā vā^eb^heṭṭhā dassitamaggapaṭipāṭivasena. Tattha pana ye tatiyamaggavajjhā, tesaṃ anāgāmimaggeneva pahāne vattabbaṃ natthi, yesaṃ panettha heṭṭhimamaggavajjhānaṃ idha saṅgahe kāraṇaṃ pacchā vattukāmena aggamaggavajjhānaṃ anādiyitvā kasmā tatiyamaggavajjhānameva gahaṇaṃ katanti āha ^b^‘‘ayamettha paveṇimaggāgato sambhavo’’^eb^ti, ayaṃ imassa suttassa etasmiṃ ṭhāne ācariyapaveṇiyā kathāmaggo tato āgato atthasambhavo atthatatvanti attho. Tattha heṭṭhimamaggavajjhānaṃ idha saṅgahe kāraṇaṃ pacchā vattukāmo aggamaggavajjhānaṃ aggahaṇe yuttiṃ dassento ^b^‘‘so cā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Tenā^eb^ti catutthamaggena. ^b^Sesāna^eb^nti byāpādādīnaṃ ^a^M1.0275^ea^. ^b^Yepī^eb^ti makkhādike sandhāyāha. ^b^Taṃsamuṭṭhāpakacittāna^eb^nti tesaṃ makkhādīnaṃ samuṭṭhāpakacittuppādānaṃ. Tattha makkha-paḷāsa-issā-macchariya-samuṭṭhāpakaṃ paṭighadvayacittaṃ, visesato pañcakāmaguṇalobhena saṭho māyāvī ca hoti, pañcakāmaguṇikarāgo ca anāgāmimaggeneva niravasesato pahīyati, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘taṃsamuṭṭhāpakacittānaṃ appahīnattā’’^eb^ti. Tepi suppahīnā hontīti sambandho. ^b^Ta^eb^nti paṭhamamaggeneva pahānaṃ ^b^pubbāparena na sandhiyati^eb^ ‘‘yathodhi kho’’ti ettha odhivacanassa maggattayavācakattā. Ratanattaye aveccappasādo nāma ariyakantasīlaṃ viya sotāpannassa aṅgāni, te ca pahānato pacchā niddiṭṭhā, tasmā idha vuttappahānaṃ vikkhambhanapahānamevāti keci vadanti. ^b^Tesaṃ icchāmattameva^eb^ yathāvuttapahānasseva vasena aveccappasādānaṃ odhiso pahānassa vibhāvitattā, svāyamattho heṭṭhā yuttitopi pakāsitoyeva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^74^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ekamekena padena yojetabbaṃ,^eb^ yato ekamekassapi upakkilesassa sabhāvādito dassanaṃ niyyānamukhaṃ hoti, tathā ceva heṭṭhā saṃvaṇṇitaṃ. Anāgāmimaggavasena pahānaṃ vatvā pasādassa uddhaṭattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘anāgāmimaggena lokuttarappasādo āgato’’^eb^ti. Yadi evaṃ kasmā ‘‘lokiyo uppajjatī’’ti vuttanti? ‘‘Itipi so bhagavā’’tiādinayappavattassa lokiyattā. Nibbānārammaṇo ^a^V1.0245^ea^ eva hi lokuttaro pasādo. ‘‘Itipi so bhagavā’’tiādivacanena lokiyaṃ, aveccappasādavacanena lokuttaranti ^b^lokiyalokuttaramissakaṃ pasādaṃ dassento^eb^. Avecca ratanattayaguṇe yāthāvato ñatvā pasādo ^b^aveccappasādo^eb^. So pana yasmā maggenāgatattā kenaci akampaniyo appadhaṃsiyo ca hoti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘acalena accutenā’’^eb^ti. Tattha lokuttaro sabbaso buddhaguṇādīsu sammohaṃ viddhaṃsento tattha kiccato pavattati, itaro ārammaṇavasena te ārabbha. ^b^Taṃ vidhi^eb^nti taṃ tassa uppannappakāraṃ. ^b^Anussatiṭṭhānānī^eb^ti anussatikammaṭṭhānāni.<br/><br/>[03]^b^75^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Somanassādī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena ñāṇādīni saṅgaṇhāti. Corānaṃ abhiṇhaṃ sañcaraṇaṭṭhānatāya ^b^paccanta^eb^ggahaṇaṃ. ^b^Paccavekkhato^eb^ti ‘‘asukasmiñca ṭhāne ime cime corā evañca evañca vināsitā’’ti paccavekkhato ^b^rañño viya^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Yo ^a^M1.0276^ea^ yo odhi ^b^yathodhi^eb^. Yathā-saddo byāpanicchāyaṃ, kho saddo avadhāraṇeti dassento ^b^‘‘sakasakaodhivasena cattameva hotī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tena ‘‘vanta’’ntiādīsupi avadhāretabbanti dasseti. ^b^Sakasakaodhivasenā^eb^ti saṅkhepato vuttamatthaṃ vivarituṃ ^b^‘‘dve odhī’’^eb^tiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha ^b^yaṃmaggavajjhā^eb^ti yena maggena anavasesato pahātabbā. Anavasesappahānavasena hi taṃtaṃmaggavajjhānaṃ kilesānaṃ tadaññamaggavajjhehi asammissatā, aññathā ye sakasakaodhivasena uparimaggavajjhā, te heṭṭhimamaggehi pahīnāpāyagamanīyādisabhāvā eva tehi pahīyantīti pahānavasena sammissā siyuṃ. ^b^Tena teyeva pahīnā hontī^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. ^b^Tatuttaripī^eb^ti tato pahānanimittasomanassuppattito uddhampi. Paṭipakkhesu odhiso pavattikiccattā ^b^odhīti heṭṭhā tayo maggā vuccanti^eb^. ^b^Te hī^eb^tiādi vuttassevatthassa vivaraṇaṃ. ^b^Imassa bhikkhuno^eb^ti anāgāmiṃ sandhāyāha. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘heṭṭhāmaggattayena catta’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]Keci cattampi gaṇhanti, nayidamevanti dassanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘vanta’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Na hi yaṃ yena vantaṃ, so puna taṃ ādiyati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘anādiyanabhāvadassanavasenā’’^eb^ti. Vantampi kiñci sasantatilaggaṃ siyā, nayidamevanti dassanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘mutta’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘santatito vinimocanavasenā’’^eb^ti. Muttampi kiñci muttabandhanā viya phalaṃ kuhiñci tiṭṭhati, na evamidanti dassanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘pahīna’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kvaci anavaṭṭhānadassanavasenā’’^eb^ti. Yathā kiñci dunnissaṭṭhaṃ puna ādāya sammadeva nissaṭṭhaṃ paṭinissaṭṭhanti vuccati, evaṃ vipassanāya nissaṭṭhaṃ ādinnasadisaṃ maggena pahīnaṃ paṭinissaṭṭhaṃ nāma hotīti dassanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘paṭinissaṭṭha’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ādinnapubbassa paṭinissaggadassanavasenā’’^eb^ti. Na kāpurisena viya parammukhena nissaṭṭhaṃ ^a^V1.0246^ea^, atha kho abhimukheneva nissaṭṭhanti dassanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘paṭinissaṭṭha’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘paṭimukhaṃ vā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Upagantabbato^eb^ti attano hitasukhaṃ paccāsīsantena ekantena adhigantabbato. ^b^Dhāraṇato^eb^ti taṃsamaṅgīnaṃ apāyapātato sandhāraṇena. ^b^Gantho^eb^^b^‘‘vedo’’ti vuccati^eb^ ‘‘vidanti etenā’’ti, vedehi ñāṇehi gato paṭipannoti ^b^vedagū^eb^. ^b^Abhijaññā^eb^ti jāneyya. ^b^Vedajātā^eb^ti uppannasomanassā. ^b^Ñāṇaṃ ‘‘vedo’’ti vuccati^eb^ ‘‘veditabbaṃ vedetī’’ti. ^b^Somanassaṃ ‘‘vedo’’ti vuccati^eb^ ārammaṇarasaṃ vindati anubhavatīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Uppanna^eb^nti ^a^M1.0277^ea^ aveccappasādaṃ nissāya uppannaṃ. ^b^Vuttappakārameva veda^eb^nti ‘‘somanassaṃ somanassamayañāṇañcā’’ti evaṃ vuttappakārameva. ^b^Atthaveda^eb^nti atthe hetuphale vedaṃ. ^b^Dhammaveda^eb^nti dhamme hetumhi vedaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘aveccappasādassa hetu’’^eb^ntiādi. Idha dhammatthasaddā hetuphalapariyāyāti imamatthaṃ pāḷiyā eva dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘vuttañheta’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Tameva atthañca dhammañcā^eb^ti attho dhammoti ca vuttaṃ aveccappasādanimittaṃ yathāvuttaṃ kilesappahānañca. ^b^Atthadhammānisaṃsabhūtaṃ veda^eb^nti yathāvuttātthadhammānisaṃsabhūtaṃ somanassamayañāṇasaṅkhātaṃ vedañca. ^b^Pāmojja^eb^nti taruṇapītiṃ āha. ^b^Paccavekkhaṇākārappavattenā^eb^ti etena paccavekkhaṇā evettha anavajjasabhāvatāya dhammoti vuttoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Pīti jāyatī^eb^ti parappaccayaṃ balavapītimāha. ^b^Pīṇitamanassā^eb^ti passaddhiāvahehi uḷārehi pītivegehi tittacittassa. ^b^Kāyo^eb^ti nāmakāyo. ^b^Vūpasantadaratho^eb^ti kilesapariḷāhānaṃ dūrībhāvena suṭṭhu upasantadaratho. Paccavekkhaṇahetukaṃ cittassa samādhānaṃ idha adhippetanti āha ^b^‘‘appitaṃ viya acalaṃ tiṭṭhatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^76^eb^^b^.^eb^ Kāmaṃ ‘‘buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatomhi, dhamme saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgatomhī’’ti idampi tassā paccavekkhaṇāya pavattiākārapakāsanameva, idaṃ pana visesato ratanattaye uppannasomanassādippakāsanapadaṃ. ‘‘Yathodhi kho panā’’ti idampi savisesaṃ paccavekkhaṇākārappakāsanapadanti adhippāyena ^b^‘‘idāni yathodhi…pe… pakāsetvā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Cattāropi pana vārā paccavekkhaṇākārappakāsanavasena ceva somanassādiānisaṃsadassanavasena ca vuttāti sakkā viññātuṃ ubhayatthāpi ubhayassa vuttattā. Yadipi ariyamaggo ekacittakkhaṇiko na puna uppajjati, paṭipakkhassa pana tena suppahīnattā taṃsamaṅgī aparihānadhammo taṃsīlādibhāveneva vuccatīti āha ^b^‘‘tassa anāgāmimaggasampayuttaṃ sīlakkhandhaṃ dassetī’’^eb^tiādi. ‘‘Evaṃdhammā te bhagavanto ahesu’’ntiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.13; ma. ni. 3.197-198; saṃ. ni. 5.378) viya idha dhamma-saddo samādhipariyāyoti āha ^b^‘‘samādhikkhandhaṃ paññākkhandhañca dassetī’’^eb^ti. Tathā hi so sampayuttadhamme ekārammaṇe avikkhipamāne ^a^V1.0247^ea^ avippakiṇṇe avisaṭe katvā samaṃ, sammā ca ādahanto tathā te dhāretīti ca vattabbataṃ arahatīti ^a^M1.0278^ea^ dhammoti ca vuccati. ^b^Anekarūpāna^eb^nti anekappakārānaṃ. Antarāyo nāma appaṭiladdhassa vā alabbhanavasena, paṭiladdhassa vā parihānavasena, tadubhayampi idha natthīti dassento ^b^‘‘maggassa vā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Nevassa taṃ hoti antarāyāyā^eb^ti tassa anāgāmino piṇḍapātabhojanaṃ neva hoti antarāyāya ukkaṃsagatāya paccavekkhaṇāya paccavekkhitvā paribhuñjanato. Tañcassā ukkaṃsagamanaṃ hatapaṭipakkhattāti dassento ^b^‘‘maggena visuddhacittattā’’^eb^ti āha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Etthā^eb^ti etasmiṃ antarāyābhāve. ^b^Etadeva^eb^ visuddhacittattameva ^b^kāraṇaṃ^eb^. Ettha ca ‘‘nevassa taṃ hoti antarāyāyā’’ti iminā heṭṭhā vuttappahānaṃ anāgāmimaggenevāti siddhaṃ hoti. Anāgāmino hi sabbaso kāmarāgo pahīno hoti, rasataṇhāya abhāvato tādisapiṇḍapātaparibhogo aggamaggādhigame kathañcipi antarāyāya na hotīti. ‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, vattha’’nti vadanto bhagavāādimhi attanā upanītavatthūpamaṃ anusandheti. Udakassa acchabhāvo paṅkasevālapaṇakādimalābhāvena pasannatāya, tabbipariyāyato bahalatāti āha ^b^‘‘acchanti vippasanna’’^eb^nti. Vaṇṇanibhāya vigatasaṃkilesatāya samujjalanaṃ pabhassaratāya vatthassa, taṃ pariyodātanti vattabbataṃ labhatīti āha ^b^‘‘pariyodātaṃ pabhassaratāyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ukkaṃ bandheyyā^eb^ti aṅgārakapallaṃ yathā dārughaṭikaṅgārādikena na bhijjati, evaṃ tanumattikālepādinā bandheyya. Meghapaṭalato verambhavātadhārāsaṅghaṭṭanato vijjutā viya kevalaṃ vātadhārāsaṅghaṭṭanajanitā pabhā ukkāpabhā, sā pana yasmā dvinnaṃ vātadhārānaṃ vegasambhūtasaṅghaṭṭanahetukā, tasmā kāraṇavasena ^b^‘‘vātavego ukkā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^77^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Yathānusandhivasenā^eb^tiādimhi uṭṭhitadesanāya anurūpā anusandhi yathānusandhi, tassā vasena. Byatirekadassanaṃ viya hi sādhetabbassa ādimhi uṭṭhitadesanāya paṭipakkhadassanampi anurūpadesanāva sammadeva patiṭṭhāpanabhāvato, yathā taṃ āvattahārayojanāyaṃ visabhāgadhammāvattanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^‘‘Yathānusandhivasena desanā āgatā’’^eb^ti saṅkhepato vuttamatthaṃ vitthārento tappasaṅgena itarepi anusandhī dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tayo hī’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Bahiddhā^eb^ti bāhiresu vatthūsu. ^b^Asati paritassanā^eb^ti taṇhādiṭṭhiparitassanābhāvo. ^b^Vissajjitasuttavasenā^eb^ti ‘‘idha bhikkhu ekaccassā’’tiādinā ^a^M1.0279^ea^ (ma. ni. 1.242) vissajjitasuttavasena. ^b^Yena dhammenā^eb^ti sīlādivodānadhammesu akkhantiyādisaṃkilesadhammesu ca yena yena dhammena. ^b^Cha abhiññā āgatā^eb^ti iminā ‘‘anurūpadhammavasena vā’’ti vuttavikappaṃ dasseti, sesehi ‘‘paṭipakkhavasena vā’’ti ^a^V1.0248^ea^ vuttavikappaṃ. Akkhantiyā hi kakacūpamovādo (ma. ni. 1.222) paṭipakkho, tathā diṭṭhiyā ‘‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’’ti evaṃ paṭibhāgā suññatākārena. Sesadvayepi eseva nayo. ‘‘Citte saṃkiliṭṭhe duggati pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.70) heṭṭhā kilesadesanā āgatā. ^b^Sabbo^eb^ti anavaseso. ^b^Sabbākārenā^eb^ti ādīnavānisaṃsapaccavekkhaṇapuggaladosajānanādinā sabbappakārena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^78^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Mettā bhāvetabbā byāpādassa pahānāyā’’tiādivacanato (a. ni. 9.1) mettādayo byāpādavihesāratirāgānaṃ paṭipakkhā. Yasmā ‘‘so atthī’’tiādinā bhagavatā anāgāmino aggamaggādhigamanaṃ catusaccakammaṭṭhānaṃ matthakaṃ pāpetvā kathitaṃ, tasmā taṃ dassento ^b^‘‘idānissā’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Brahmavihāradhamme^eb^ti brahmavihāre ceva brahmavihārasahagatadhamme ca. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nāmavasenā’’^eb^ti. Vavatthapetvāti ānetvā sambandhitabbaṃ. Nāmantipi hi īdisesu ṭhānesu cattāro arūpino khandhā vuccanti. ^b^Iminā nayenā^eb^ti etena bhūtanissitānaṃ sesupādāyadhammānaṃ sabbesampi pahātabbataṇhāvajjānaṃ tebhūmakadhammānaṃ pariggahavidhiṃ ulliṅgeti. Sabhāvato vijjamānaṃ taṃ attapaccakkhaṃ katvā ñāṇena yāthāvato paṭivijjhiyamānataṃ upādāya ‘‘atthi ida’’nti yathāvavatthāpitaṃ nāmarūpaṃ. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘ettāvatānena dukkhasaccavavatthānaṃ kataṃ hotī’’^eb^ti. Sāvadhāraṇañcetaṃ vacanaṃ, lokasamaññāsiddhaṃ sattaitthipurisādi viya, ito bāhirakaparikappitaṃ pakatiādi drabyādi jīvādi kāyādi viya ca na paramatthato natthi, atthevāti vuttaṃ hoti. ^b^Pajānātī^eb^ti pubbabhāge tāva lakkhaṇarasādivasena ceva paṭiggahavibhāgavasena ca pakārato jānāti, aparabhāge pana pariññābhisamayavasena paṭivijjhanto jānāti. Ekantahīnā nāma akusaladhammā sampati āyatiñca dukkhamūlattā, tatthāpi visesato taṇhāti āha ^b^‘‘dukkhassa samudayaṃ paṭivijjhanto atthi hīnanti^eb^^a^M1.0280^ea^^b^pajānātī’’^eb^ti. Attano paccayehi padhānabhāvaṃ nītattā paṇītanti iminā atthena ariyamaggova ‘‘paṇīta’’nti vuccatīti āha ^b^‘‘pahānupāyaṃ vicinanto atthi paṇītanti pajānātī’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Uttamaṭṭhena ca paṇīta’’nti vuccamāne nirodhasaccassapi saṅgaho siyā, tassa pana padantarena saṅgahitattā vuttanayenevettha attho veditabbo. Appamaññāmukhena vipassanābhinivesasseva katattā ^b^‘‘brahmavihārasaññāgatassā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Sabbassapi tebhūmakassa saññāgatassā’’ti vattuṃ vaṭṭatiyeva. Na cettha asaṅgaho tassāpi saññāya āgatabhāvato. Lokaṃ uttaritvā samatikkamitvā nissaritvā visaṃyuttaṃ hutvā ṭhitattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘uttari nissaraṇaṃ nibbāna’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Catūhi^eb^^a^V1.0249^ea^^b^ākārehī^eb^ti ‘‘atthi hīna’’ntiādīhi catūhi pakārehi. Anvayañāṇatāya anubodhabhūtāya vipassanāpaññāya jānanattho dhammañāṇatāya paṭivedhabhūtāya maggapaññāya dassanattho sabhāvasiddhoti dassento ^b^‘‘vipassanāpaññāya cattāri saccāni jānanato maggapaññāya passato’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Bhayabherave vuttanayenevā^eb^ti bhayabheravasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ attanā vuttātthavacanatthapāṭhena idha pāṭhassa sadisattā atidisanto ^b^‘‘kāmāsavāpi…pe… pajānātī’’^eb^ti āha. Ettha ca yasmā ‘‘kāmāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati…pe… avijjāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccatī’’ti ‘‘khīṇā jātī’’tiādīni vadatā bhagavatā catutthamaggo niddiṭṭho, tasmā yaṃ heṭṭhā ^b^aṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ vuttaṃ ‘‘so ca upari catutthamaggasseva niddiṭṭhattā yujjatī’’ti, taṃ suvuttamevāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tassa codanatthāyā^eb^ti tassa brāhmaṇassa bhagavā attano codanatthāya ‘‘puccha maṃ tvaṃ brāhmaṇa yadettha tayā manasābhisamīhita’’nti codanāya, okāsadānatthāyāti adhippāyo. Desanāsannissayo brāhmaṇassa tathārūpo ettha ajjhāsayopi natthīti yathāvuttānusandhittayavinimuttattā ^b^‘‘pāṭiyekkaṃ anusandhiṃ āhā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Cittagatattā ^b^abbhantarena^eb^. ^b^Kilesavuṭṭhānasinānenā^eb^ti kilesamalapavāhanena rāgapariḷāhādivūpasamakarena ca aṭṭhaṅgikāriyamaggasalilasinānena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^79^eb^^b^.^eb^ Dhammasabhāmaṇḍapaṃ tāvadeva upagatattā bāhukā nadito ^b^āgataṃ viya maññamāno^eb^. Ariyaphalamaddanacuṇṇādayo telasinehassa vivecanena ^a^M1.0281^ea^. Lūkhabhāvo lokaṃ, taṃ etissā atthīti lokāti sammatā. ^b^Lokkhasammata^eb^ggahaṇena ‘‘tathā sā nadī loke pākaṭā’’ti evaṃ pavattaṃ attano micchāgāhaṃ dīpeti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘visuddhabhāvaṃ detīti evaṃ sammatā’’^eb^ti. Pāpapavāhanena samparāyikādisampattiāvahato lokassa hitā ^b^lokyā^eb^. Lokyāti sammatāti sabbaṃ purimasadisaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘seṭṭhaṃ lokaṃ gamayatīti evaṃ sammatā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Puññasammatā^eb^ti pujjabhavaphalanibbattanena sattānaṃ punanena visodhanena puññāti sammatā. ^b^Tadatthadīpanatthamevā^eb^ti tassā pubbe āgatadesanāya atthadīpanatthameva. Vuttassevatthassa puna dīpanaṃ kimatthiyanti āha ^b^‘‘gāthārucikāna’’^eb^nti. Cuṇṇikavacanaṃ asambhāventā tathā ca vutte atthamabujjhanakā pajjavacanaṃ sambhāventā tathā ca vutte bujjhanakā gāthārucikā. ^b^Visesatthadīpanattha^eb^nti visiṭṭhadīpanatthaṃ, purimadesanāya aññadīpanatthanti attho.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Gacchati pana bhavaṃ gotamo bāhukaṃ nadiṃ sināyitu’’nti (ma. ni. 1.78) heṭṭhā vuttattā ^a^V1.0250^ea^^b^bāhukanti idameva ettha tadatthadīpakaṃ^eb^. ^b^Sesāni^eb^ adhikakkādivacanāni tato visiṭṭhassa atthassa bodhanato ^b^visesatthadīpakāni^eb^. Kasmā panettha bhagavatā brāhmaṇena avuttāni adhikakkādīni gahitānīti āha ^b^‘‘yatheva hī’’^eb^tiādi. Kakkanti nhānapiṇḍaṃ adhippetaṃ, nhāyitvā adhikaṃ kakkaṃ ettha gaṇhantīti ^b^adhikakkaṃ^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nhānasambhāravasenā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Maṇḍalavāpisaṇṭhāna^eb^nti vaṭṭapokkharaṇīsaṇṭhānaṃ. ^b^Nadiyo^eb^ti visuṃ nadiyo, na adhikakkādīni viya titthamattaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tīhi padehī^eb^ti sundarikāpayāgabāhukāpadehi. ^b^Cattārī^eb^ti adhikakkādīni cattāri. ^b^Vuttāneva hontī^eb^ti lokasammatālakkhaṇena ekalakkhaṇatā brāhmaṇassa adhippāyena, paramatthato pana pāpapavāhalakkhaṇena ekalakkhaṇattā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tasmā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Kiñci^eb^ pāpasuddhiṃ ^b^na karonti^eb^yeva. ^b^Na hi naṃ sodhaye^eb^ti naṃ puggalaṃ na sodhaye. ^b^Verakibbisabhāvaṃ appattā^eb^ nāma kammapathabhāvaṃ appattā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘khuddakehī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paṭihananto^eb^ti ayuttabhāvadassanena taṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭibāhanto. Tatthāyaṃ paṭibāhanavidhi yathā yaṃ kiñci udakorohanaṃ na pāpapavāhanaṃ, evaṃ ^a^M1.0282^ea^ yo koci nakkhattayogo pāpahetūnaṃ paṭipakkhābhāvato. Yañhi vināseti, so tassa paṭipakkho. Yathā āloko andhakārassa vijjā ca avijjāya, na evaṃ udakorohanaṃ nakkhattayogo vā pāpahetūnaṃ lobhādīnaṃ paṭipakkho, tasmā niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ ‘‘na udakorohanādi pāpapavāhana’’nti. ^b^Niccaṃ phaggunīnakkhatta^eb^nti suddhasīlādikassa sabbakālaṃ maṅgaladivaso evāti adhippāyo. ^b^Itaro^eb^ti sīlādivasena asuddho. ^b^Niccameva uposatho^eb^ ariyuposathena upavutthabhāvato. ^b^Suddhassā^eb^ti parisuddhamanosamācārassa. ^b^Sucikammassā^eb^ti parisuddhakāyavacīsamācārassa. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nikkilesatāyā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Kusalūpasañhita^eb^nti anavajjabhāvūpagataṃ. ^b^Vatasamādāna^eb^nti dhutadhammasamādānādi ^b^sampannameva hoti,^eb^ nāssa vipatti atthīti attho. ^b^Mama sāsaneyeva sināhi,^eb^ yadi accantameva suddhiṃ icchasīti adhippāyo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sace’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Khemata^eb^nti khemabhāvaṃ. Yathā sabbabhūtāni tapavasena khemappattāni abhayappattāni honti, evaṃ karohīti taṃ heṭṭhā dassitaṃ mettādibhāvanaṃ brāhmaṇassa saṅkhepena upadisantenassa ekaccasamādhisampadā tadavinābhāvinī paññāsampadā ca dassitāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘manodvārasuddhi dassitā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Tassa pana sampadādvayassa nissayabhūtaṃ sīlasampadaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sace musā na bhaṇasī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Ettha ca yathā ‘‘sace musā na bhaṇasī’’tiādinā musāvāda-pāṇātipāta-adinnādāna-paṭivirativacanena ^a^V1.0251^ea^ avasesakāyavacīduccaritaviratīpi vuttā eva hoti lakkhaṇahāranayena, evaṃ ‘‘saddahāno amaccharī’’ti saddhādidhanasampadāniyojaneneva avasesāriyadhanasampadāniyojanampi siddhameva hotīti saddhādayo vimuttiparipācanīyadhammā brāhmaṇassa pakāsitā evāti veditabbā. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘imāya eva paṭipattiyā kilesasuddhī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Gayā sammatatarā^eb^ bāhukādīhipīti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^80^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Eko^eb^ti asahāyo, esā panassa asahāyatā ekībhāvenāti. Na hissa tāva taṇhādutiyatā vigatā. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘na cirassevā’’^eb^tiādi. Ekaggahaṇeneva kāyena vūpakaṭṭhatā vuttāti āha ^b^‘‘vupakaṭṭho cittavivekenā’’^eb^ti. Tena ‘‘divā caṅkamena nisajjāyā’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.423; 3.75; vibha. 519; mahāni. 161) āgataṃ jāgariyānuyogamāha. Tathābhūtassa cassa ^a^M1.0283^ea^ ekādasahi aggīhi āditte tayo bhave passato yathā pamādassa lesopi nāhosi, evaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ brūhento sammadeva padahati. Katthaci saṅkhāragate anapekkhacitto nibbānādhimutto eva vihāsīti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘appamatto’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Khīṇā jātī^eb^tiādīsu yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vuttameva. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Vatthasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 63
title: vatthasuttavaṇṇanā^sallekhasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^81^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Cundo’’ti ^a^V1.0252^ea^ tassa mahātherassa nāmaṃ, pūjāvasena pana ^b^mahācundo^eb^ti vuccati yathā ^b^‘‘mahāmoggallāno’’^eb^ti. Attano vā cundaṃ nāma bhāgineyyattheraṃ upādāya āyasmato sāriputtattherassa bhātā ayaṃ mahāthero ^b^‘‘mahācundo’’^eb^ti paññāyittha yathā ‘‘mahāpanthako’’ti. ^b^Sāyanhasamaya^eb^nti bhummatthe ekaṃ upayogavacananti āha ^b^‘‘sāyanhakāle’’^eb^ti. Na hettha accanta saṃyogo sambhavatīti. ^b^Sattasaṅkhārehī^eb^ti saddhivihārikāntevāsikaupāsakādisattehi ceva rūpārammaṇādisaṅkhārehi ca. ^b^Paṭinivattitvā^eb^ti apasakkitvā. ^b^Nilīyana^eb^nti vivecanaṃ kāyacittehi tato vivittatā. ^b^Ekībhāvo^eb^ti hi kāyavivekamāha, ^b^paviveko^eb^ti cittavivekaṃ. ^b^Tato vuṭṭhito^eb^ti tato duvidhavivekato bhavaṅguppattiyā, sabrahmacārīhi samāgamena ca apeto. ^b^Abhivādāpetvā^eb^ti abhivādaṃ kāretvā. ^b^Eva^eb^nti yathāvuttābhivādavasena. Paggayhāti unnāmetvā. Anupacchinnabhavamūlānaṃ tāva evaṃ abhivādo hotu, ucchinnabhavamūlānaṃ kimatthiyoti āha ^b^‘‘etaṃ āciṇṇaṃ tathāgatāna’’^eb^nti. Tena na tathāgatā samparāyikaṃyeva sattānaṃ sukhaṃ āsīsanti, atha kho diṭṭhadhammikampīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Kasmā evaṃ tathāgatā abhivadantīti tattha kāraṇamāha ^b^‘‘sukhakāmā hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Puthukāyā^eb^ti bahū sattakāyā. ^b^Yakkhā^eb^ti devā. Te hi pūjanīyatāya ‘‘yakkhā’’ti ^b^vucca^eb^nti. ^b^Abhivadantī^eb^ti āsīsitamevatthaṃ ñāṇakaruṇāhi abhimukhaṃ katvā vadanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yā^eb^ti aniyamato gahitā niyamato dassento ^b^‘‘imā’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Imā^eb^ti ca āsannapaccakkhavacananti āha ^b^‘‘abhimukhaṃ karonto^eb^^b^viyā’’^eb^ti ^a^M1.0284^ea^, taṃ taṃ diṭṭhigatikaṃ cittagataṃ sammukhā viya karontoti attho. ^b^Diṭṭhiyo^eb^ti purimapadalopena pāḷiyaṃ vuttanti dassento ^b^‘‘micchādiṭṭhiyo’’^eb^ti āha. Sattesu diṭṭhigatacittuppādesu uppajjamānā, sattesu vā visayabhūtesu ārabbha uppajjamānā ^b^‘‘sattesu pātubhavantī’’^eb^ti vuttā. ^b^Attavādenā^eb^ti attānaṃ ārabbha pavattena vacanena. ^b^Paṭisaṃyuttā^eb^ti ‘‘atthi attā’’ti gāhe gāhaṇe ca visayabhāvena paṭisaṃyuttā. Diṭṭhigatikena diṭṭhiṃ gāhantehi gahaṇe gāhāpaṇe ca diṭṭhi diṭṭhivādassa visayoti tena paṭisaṃyuttā nāma hoti. ‘‘Atthi attā’’ti evaṃ pavattā diṭṭhi idha attavādapaṭisaṃyuttā, na tassā visayabhūto attā. Sā ca visayabhāvato tathāpavattena vādena paṭisaṃyuttā. ^b^Lokavādappaṭisaṃyuttā^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. ^b^Vīsati bhavanti^eb^ tato paraṃ attavādavatthuno abhāvā ^a^V1.0253^ea^. Pañcapi hi upādānakkhandhe paccekaṃ ‘‘attā’’ti te ca attano nissayabhāvena gaṇhato etāsaṃ diṭṭhīnaṃ sambhavo, tabbinimutto panāyaṃ visayo attaggahaṇākāro ca natthīti. ^b^Sassato attā ca loko cā^eb^ti rūpādīsu aññataraṃ ‘‘attā’’ti, ‘‘loko’’ti vā gahetvā taṃ sassato sabbakālabhāvī nicco dhuvoti. Yathāha ‘‘rūpī attā ceva loko ca sassato cāti attānañca lokañca paññapetī’’tiādi. ^b^Sassato^eb^tiādīsu paṭhamo sassatavādavasena attaggāho, dutiyo ucchedavādavasena, tatiyo ekaccasassatavādavasena, catuttho takkīvādavasena pavatto, amarāvikkhepavasena vā pavatto attaggāho. ^b^Antavā^eb^ti attano paricchedatāvasena. ^b^Anantavā^eb^ti aparicchedatāvasena. ^b^Antavā ca anantavā cā^eb^ti tadubhayavasena, itaro takkīvādavasena pavatto attaggāho. Evaṃ pavattattā aṭṭha hontīti yojanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ādimevā^eb^ti ādimanasikārameva. Taṃ pana sarūpato dassento ^b^‘‘vipassanāmissakapaṭhamamanasikāramevā’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Appatvāpi sotāpattimagga^eb^nti iminā avadhāraṇena nivattitaṃ dasseti. Nāmarūpaparicchedato pabhuti yāva udayabbayadassanaṃ, ayaṃ idha ādimanasikāroti adhippeto paññābhāvanāya ārambhabhāvato. Udayabbayānupassanāsahitatāya cassa ^b^vipassanāmissakatā^eb^ vacanaṃ. ^b^Eva^eb^nti imassa atthavacanaṃ ^b^‘‘ettakeneva^eb^^b^upāyenā’’^eb^ti ^a^M1.0285^ea^, yathāvuttāadimanasikārenāti attho. ^b^Etāsa^eb^nti yathāvuttānaṃ attavādalokavādapaṭisaṃyuttānaṃ diṭṭhīnaṃ. Kāmañca tāsaṃ tena tadaṅgavasena pahānaṃ hotiyeva, taṃ pana nādhippetaṃ, tasmā samucchedavasena pahānaṃ paṭinissaggo ca hotīti pucchati. Sabbaso samucchinnasaṃyojanatāya ^b^anadhimānikopi samāno^eb^. ‘‘Ariyadhammo adhigato’’ti māno adhimāno, so yesaṃ atthi te ^b^adhimānikā,^eb^ tesaṃ udayabbayañāṇādhigamena adhimānuppatti tadavasāno ca manasikāroti adhippeto. Tena diṭṭhīnaṃ pahānaṃ na hotīti kathāpanatthaṃ ayaṃ pucchāti āha ^b^‘‘adhimānappahānatthaṃ pucchatī’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Ādimeva nu kho…pe… paṭinissaggo hotī’’ti anabhisametāvī viya vadanto adhimāne ṭhito viya hotīti āha ^b^‘‘adhimāniko viya hutvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^So^eb^ti thero. ^b^Tesaṃ atthāyāti^eb^ tesaṃ attano antevāsikānaṃ bhagavatā etassa micchāgāhassa vivecanatthāya. Thero kira dhammasenāpati viya saddhiṃ attano antevāsikehi bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkami.<br/><br/>[03]^b^82^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Yatthā^eb^ti visaye bhummaṃ. Diṭṭhīnañhi ārammaṇanidassanametanti. Yasmā diṭṭhīnaṃ anusayanabhūmipi samudācaraṇaṭṭhānampi khandhā eva, tasmā āha ^b^‘‘yattha cetā diṭṭhiyo uppajjantī tiādi pañcakkhandhe sandhāya vutta’’^eb^nti. ^b^Rūpaṃ abhinivissā^eb^ti ‘‘idaṃ rūpaṃ mama attā’’ti ^a^V1.0254^ea^ diṭṭhābhinivesavasena abhinivisitvā ārabbha. Abhinivisamānā eva hi diṭṭhi naṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā uppajjati. ^b^‘‘So attā’’^eb^tiādīsu yadidaṃ cakkhādisaṅgahaṃ rūpaṃ, sahabuddhinibandhanatāya ^b^so me attā,^eb^ sukhāsukhaṃ ettha lokiyatīti ^b^so loko^eb^. ^b^‘‘So^eb^evāhaṃ ^b^pecca^eb^ paraloke ^b^bhavissāmī^eb^ti tathābhāvena ^b^nicco,^eb^ thirabhāvena ^b^dhuvo,^eb^ sabbadābhāvitāya ^b^sassato,^eb^ nibbikāratāya ^b^avipariṇāmadhammo^eb^ti attho. Yadi pañcakkhandhe sandhāya vuttaṃ, kathamekavacananti āha ^b^‘‘ārammaṇavasenā’’^eb^tiādi. Nānā karīyati etenāti ^b^nānākaraṇaṃ,^eb^ viseso. ^b^Jātivasenā^eb^ti uppattivasena. Ye hi anibbattapubbā samānāvatthā, te uppādasaṅkhātavikārasamaṅgitāya uppajjantīti samaññaṃ labhanti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘jātivasenā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Punappunaṃ āsevitā^eb^ti anādimati saṃsāre aparāparuppattiyā laddhāsevanā. Etena kilesānaṃ bhāvanaṭṭhena anusayatthaṃ viseseti ^a^M1.0286^ea^. ^b^Thāmagatā^eb^ti thāmabhāvaṃ upagatā. Etena anusaye sabhāvato dasseti. ^b^Thāmagamana^eb^nti ca kāmarāgādīnaṃ anaññasādhāraṇo sabhāvo. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ‘‘thāmagato anusaye pajahatī’’ti (paṭi. ma. 3.21). ^b^Appaṭivinītā^eb^ti samucchedavinayavasena na paṭivinītā. Appahīnā hi thāmagatā kilesā anusentīti vuccanti. Etena tesaṃ kāraṇalābhe sati uppajjanārahataṃ dasseti. ^b^Samudācarantī^eb^ti abhibhavanti. Etena tesaṃ vītikkamappattataṃ dasseti. ^b^Uppajjantī^eb^ti pana imināva pariyuṭṭhānāvatthā dassitā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Taṃ pañcakkhandhappabhedaṃ ārammaṇa^eb^nti yaṃ taṃ ‘‘yattha cetā diṭṭhiyo uppajjantī’’tiādinā vuttaṃ rūpupādānakkhandhādipañcakkhandhapabhedaṃ diṭṭhīnaṃ ārammaṇaṃ. ^b^Etaṃ mayhaṃ na hotī^eb^ti etaṃ khandhapañcakaṃ mayhaṃ santakaṃ na hoti mama kiñcanapalibodhabhāvena gahetabbatāya abhāvato. Tenassa paramatthato taṇhāvatthubhāvaṃ paṭikkhipati tāvakālikādibhāvato. ^b^Ahampi eso na asmī^eb^ti eso pañcakkhandhapabhedo ahampi na asmi, ahanti so gahetabbo na hotīti attho. Etenassa mānavatthubhāvaṃ paṭikkhipati aniccadukkhajegucchādibhāvato. ^b^Eso me attāpi na hoti^eb^ attasabhāvassa tattha abhāvato mamañcassa kiñcanapalibodhabhāvena gahetabbatāya abhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]Taṇhāva mamanti gaṇhāti etenāti ^b^taṇhāgāho. Taṃ gaṇhanto^eb^ti taṃ uppādento. Tenāha ^b^‘‘taṇhāpapañcaṃ gaṇhātī’’^eb^ti. Papañceti santānaṃ vitthārento satte saṃsāre cirāyatīti ^b^papañco^eb^. ^b^Yathā vuttapabheda^eb^nti aṭṭhasatataṇhāvicaritapabhedaṃ. ^b^Taṇhāpapañcaṃ paṭikkhipati^eb^ khandhapañcakassa taṇhāvatthukābhāvavibhāvanenāti adhippāyo. Parato padadvayepi eseva nayo. ^b^Diṭṭhekaṭṭhā^eb^ti diṭṭhiyā ^a^V1.0255^ea^ pahānekaṭṭhā. Tena tesaṃ paṭhamamaggavajjhataṃ dasseti. Sahajekaṭṭhā pana diṭṭhiyā taṇhā eva, na māno, sā ca kho apāyagamanīyā. ^b^Yathā atthī^eb^ti yena aniccadukkhāsubhānattākārena atthi, tathā passanto yathābhūtaṃ passati nāma. Tenāha ^b^‘‘khandhapañcakañhī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Eteneva ākārenā^eb^ti ruppanādianiccādiākāreneva. ^b^Gayhamānampi^eb^ appahīnavipallāsehi. ^b^Tenākārenā^eb^ti ‘‘etaṃ mama’’ntiādiākārena. ^b^Nevatthi^eb^ yathābhūtadassanavipallāsānaṃ ^a^M1.0287^ea^ tadabhāvato. ^b^Suṭṭhu passantassā^eb^ti yathā puna tathā na passitabbaṃ, evaṃ suṭṭhu sātisayaṃ passantassa.<br/><br/>[03]Na ādimanasikāreneva diṭṭhippahānaṃ hoti, adhimānikānaṃ pana adhimānamattametaṃ dassanaṃ. Maggeneva taṃ hotīti imamatthaṃ vibhāvento ^b^‘‘sotāpattimaggena diṭṭhippahānaṃ dassetvā’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Vibhajanto^eb^ti adhimānikānaṃ jhānāni asallekhabhāvena vibhajanto. ^b^Bālaputhujjanānaṃ neva uppajjati^eb^ akārakabhāvato. ^b^Na ariyasāvakānaṃ^eb^ pahīnādhimānapaccayattā. ^b^Na aṭṭhānaniyojako^eb^ sappāyakammaṭṭhāneyeva niyojanato.<br/><br/>[03]Thero ‘‘yadatthaṃ saṅgho pakkosati, so attho tattha vāsīnaṃ āgatāgatānaṃ idha ijjhatī’’ti taṃ udikkhanto saṅghena yāvatatiyaṃ pahitopi na gato na agāravena. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kimeta’’^eb^ntiādi. Paṇḍito hi tattha attano kiccameva karotīti ^b^aññataraṃ vuḍḍhapabbajitaṃ pāhesi^eb^. ^b^Kimeta^eb^nti saṅghassa āṇāya akaraṇaṃ nāma kimetanti karaṇe ādaraṃ dīpento evamāha. ^b^Saṭṭhivassātīto^eb^ti appatte pattasaññī eva saṭṭhivassātīto. Yasmā pesalā pesalehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samānādhimuttitāya, tasmā thero ^b^‘‘sādhāvuso’’^eb^ti vatvā hatthimāpanādiṃ sabbaṃ akāsi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tādisovā^eb^ti anantaraṃ vuttattherasadisova appatte pattasaññī eva saṭṭhivassātītoti attho. ^b^Padumagumba^eb^nti kamalasaṇḍaṃ. ^b^Pāsādaṃ pāvisi^eb^ vissaṭṭhaṃ olokanenassa puthujjanabhāvo attanāva paññāyissatīti. Tissamahāvihāre kira therā bhikkhū tadā ‘‘sakacittaṃ pasīdatī’’ti vacanaṃ pūjentā kālasseva cetiyaṅgaṇaṃ sammajjitvā ettakārammaṇameva buddhārammaṇapītiṃ uppādetvā divase divase tathā karonti. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘tasmiñca samaye’’^eb^tiādi. ‘‘Dhammadinna, idha pattacīvaraṃ ṭhapetī’’ti ^b^vattāpi^eb^ paṭisanthāravasena kiñci ^b^pucchitāpi nāhosi. Guṇaṃ jānātī^eb^ti nimujjanādīsu vivaradānādinā guṇaṃ jānāti viya. ^b^Tumhe pana na jānittha^eb^ āgantukavattassapi akaraṇato. Satthuāṇāvilaṅghinī kīdisī sā saṅghassa ^a^V1.0256^ea^ katikā? Katikā ca nāma sikkhāpadāvirodhena anuvattetabbā, ettakampi ajānantehi me saṃvāso natthīti ākāse abbhukkami.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0288^ea^^b^tassa evamassa sallekhena viharāmī^eb^ti yo ‘‘paṭhamajjhānaṃ upasampajja vihareyyā’’ti vutto, tassa bhikkhuno yaṃ ‘‘paṭhamajjhānasaṅkhātaṃ paṭipattividhānaṃ kilese sallekhati, tena sallekhena ahaṃ viharāmī’’ti adhimānavasena evamassa evaṃ bhaveyya ṭhānametaṃ vijjatīti evamettha sambandho veditabbo. ^b^Taṃ na yujjatī^eb^ti taṃ adhimānikassa ‘‘yathāvibhaṅgaṃ paṭhamajjhānaṃ sallekho’’ti parivitakkitaṃ na yujjati yuttaṃ na hoti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na hī’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha sammā sabbaso ca kilese likhatīti ^b^sallekho,^eb^ ariyamaggo. Tadupāyavipassanā ^b^sallekhapaṭipadā^eb^. Yaṃ pana jhānaṃ vipassanāpādakaṃ, tampi jhānaṃ pariyāyena maggapādakaṃ hotiyeva. Tenāha ^b^‘‘avipassanāpādakattā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Jhānadhammavasenā^eb^ti vitakkādipañcakajjhānadhammavasena. Cittuppādavasena anekavāraṃ pavattamānampi jhānaṃ ekāvajjanatāya ekavīthipariyāpannattā ekā samāpatti evāti ^b^‘‘punappunaṃ samāpattivasenā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Cattāri arūpajjhānāni yathāsakaṃ ekekasmiṃyeva ārammaṇe pavattantīti āha ^b^‘‘ārammaṇabhedābhāvato’’^eb^ti. ^b^Purimakāraṇadvayavasenevā^eb^ti ‘‘jhānadhammavasena, punappunaṃ samāpattivasenā’’ti pubbe vuttappakārakāraṇadvayavaseneva.<br/><br/>[03]Tesaṃ arūpajjhānānaṃ kilesapariḷāhābhāvena ^b^nibbutāni^eb^ aṅgāni, bhāvanāvisesavasena ^b^sukhumāni^eb^ ārammaṇāni. ^b^Tasmā tānī^eb^ti tesaṃ vasena tāni jhānāni santāni, tasmā ^b^‘‘santā ete vihārā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Tesaṃ catunnampī^eb^ti catunnampi tesaṃ arūpajjhānānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^83^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^So^eb^ti adhimāniko bhikkhu, añño vā ito bāhirako tāpasaparibbājakādiko na hi sammasati. Tattha adhimāniko appatte pattasaññitāya na sammasati, itaro avisayatāya. ^b^Yatthā^eb^ti yasmiṃ sallekhavatthusmiṃ, avihiṃsakatādīhi ^b^catucattālīsāya ākārehi^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Aṭṭha samāpattiyo nāma kilesānaṃ vikkhambhanavasena pavattā uttaruttari santapaṇītā dhammā, na tathā lokiyā avihiṃsādayo. Tattha kathaṃ avihiṃsādayo eva sallekhabhāvena vuttā, na itarāti imamatthaṃ vibhāvento codako ^b^‘‘kasmā panā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Itaro kāmaṃ samāpattiyo ^a^V1.0257^ea^^a^M1.0289^ea^ santapaṇītasabhāvā, vaṭṭapādakatāya pana kilesānaṃ sallekhapaṭipadā na honti, avihiṃsādayo pana vivaṭṭapādakā sallekhapaṭipadāti imamatthaṃ vibhāvento ^b^‘‘lokuttarapādakattā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Imināyeva aṭṭhasamāpattīhi avihiṃsādīnaṃ visesadīpakena suttena yathā mahapphalataraṃ hoti, taṃ pakārajātaṃ veditabbaṃ. Idañhi dakkhiṇeyyataratāya dakkhiṇāya mahapphalatarataṃ sandhāya vuttanti sambandho. Nanu tattha ‘‘sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno’’ti āgataṃ, na ‘‘saraṇagato’’ti codanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘saraṇagamanato paṭṭhāyā’’^eb^tiādi. Vuttañhetaṃ ^b^aṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 3.379) ‘‘heṭṭhimakoṭiyā tisaraṇaṃ gato upāsakopi sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno nāmā’’ti. Yo hi vaṭṭadukkhaṃ samatikkamitukāmo pasannacitto ratanattayaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchati, tassa taṃ adhisīlādīnaṃ upanissayo hutvā anukkamena dassanamaggādhigamāya saṃvatteyyāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vihiṃsādivatthu^eb^nti yadetaṃ vihiṃsādīnaṃ vatthuṃ vadāma, imasmiṃ vihiṃsādivatthusmiṃ. ^b^Antamicchādiṭṭhiñca micchattānaṃ ādimicchādiṭṭhiñcā^eb^ti idaṃ desanākkamaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. ^b^Missetvā^eb^ti micchādiṭṭhibhāvasāmaññena ekajjhaṃ katvā. ^b^Tathā^eb^ti iminā yathā kammapathamicchattānaṃ ante ādimhi ca vuttamicchādiṭṭhiṃ missetvā ekajjhaṃ vuttaṃ, tathā tesaṃ ante vuttasammādiṭṭhīti imamatthaṃ upasaṃharati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pāṇa^eb^nti vohārato sattaṃ, paramatthato jīvitindriyaṃ. ^b^Atipātenti^eb^ saraseneva patanasabhāvaṃ aticca antarā eva pātenti, atikkamma vā satthādīhi abhibhavitvā pātenti. ^b^Adinna^eb^nti parasantakaṃ. ^b^Ādiyantī^eb^ti gaṇhanti. ^b^Sallekhatī^eb^ti samaṃ lekhati, pajahatīti attho. Kammapathakathā esāti ^b^‘‘atthabhañjanaka’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Piyasuññakaraṇato ^b^pisuṇā,^eb^ pisati pare satte hiṃsatīti vā ^b^pisuṇā. Pharusā^eb^ti lūkhā, niṭṭhurāti attho. ^b^Niratthaka^eb^nti attharahitaṃ attano paresañca hitavinimuttaṃ. ^b^Micchā^eb^ti viparītā niccādivasena pavattiyā. ^b^Pāpikā^eb^ti lāmikā. Ekantākusalatāya ^b^viññūhi^eb^ buddhādīhi ^b^garahitā. Natthi dinnanti ādivatthukāyā^eb^ti dasavatthukamicchādiṭṭhimāha. Natthikabhāvābhinivesanavasena kammapathappattiyevassā ^b^kammapathapariyāpannatā^eb^. ‘‘Rūpaṃ attā’’’tiādinayappavattā attadiṭṭhi ^a^M1.0290^ea^ maggantarāyakarattā ^b^aniyyānikadiṭṭhi^eb^. Aniyyānikattā eva hissā micchattapariyāpannatā. ^b^Sammā^eb^ti aviparītā, tato ^b^eva sobhanā^eb^ sundarā, buddhādīhi pasatthattā ^b^viññuppasatthā^eb^. Sesamettha micchādiṭṭhiyaṃ vuttanayena veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Asubhādīsu ^a^V1.0258^ea^ subhādiākāraggahaṇato ^b^ayāthāvāniyyānikā^eb^ ayoniso uppattiyā. ^b^Akusalā^eb^ti ayāthāvāaniyyānikā akusalā saṅkappā. ^b^Esa nayo^eb^ti iminā ‘‘ayāthāvā aniyyānikā akusalā vācā’’tiādinā tattha tattha ayāthāvādiatthaṃ atidisati. ^b^Vācā^eb^ti cetanā adhippetā, tathā ^b^kammantājīvāsati^eb^ ca. Yebhuyyena atītānussaraṇavasena pavattito ^b^‘‘atītaṃ cintayato’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tathā hi loke evaṃ vadanti ‘‘yaṃ me pahūtaṃ dhanaṃ ahosi, taṃ pamādavasena pana bahuṃ khīṇa’’nti. ^b^Satipatirūpakenā^eb^ti ‘‘cirakatampi cirabhāsitampi saritā’’ti evaṃ vuttasatuppattipatirūpakena. ^b^Uppatti^eb^nti cittuppattiṃ. Tathāpavattacittuppādo hi micchāsati. Sā pana kodhavasena vā ‘‘akkocchi maṃ avadhi ma’’ntiādinā (dha. pa. 3) upanayhantassa, rāgavasena vā ‘‘yānissa tāni pubbe mātugāmena saddhiṃ hasitalapitakīḷitāni anussaratī’’ti (a. ni. 7.50) vuttanayena subhato anussarantassa, diṭṭhivasena vā ‘‘so kho pana me atto nicco dhuvo’’tiādinā micchāabhinivisantassāti evamādinā nayena pavattatīti veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Upāyacintāvasenā^eb^ti khippajālakumināduhalādiupakaraṇasaṃvidhānādīsu yutticintanādivasena ^b^pāpaṃ katvā^eb^ vippaṭisāranimittaṃ, ^b^‘‘sukataṃ mayā’’^eb^ti pāmojjanimittaṃ katvā ^b^paccavekkhaṇākārena moho^eb^ aññāṇaṃ. Tattha pana ‘‘asive sivā’’ti vohāro viya ñāṇavohāro. Micchāsabhāvattā pana ^b^micchāñāṇaṃ^eb^tveva vuccati. Ekūnavīsatibhedaṃ paccavekkhaṇañāṇaṃ sammā pekkhitattā ^b^sammāñāṇaṃ^eb^ vuccati, itaraṃ pana jhānādipaccavekkhaṇañāṇaṃ sammādiṭṭhiyāva saṅgayhati. Rūpārūpasamāpattilābhitāmattena vaṭṭato ^b^avimuttāyeva samānā ‘‘vimuttā maya’’nti evaṃsaññino^eb^. Pakatipurisantarañāṇasaṅkhātāyaṃ, guṇaviyuttassa attano sakattani avaṭṭhānasaṅkhātāyaṃ, attano mahābrahmunā salokatā tassa samīpatāsaṃyujjanasaṅkhātāyaṃ ^a^M1.0291^ea^ vā avimuttiyaṃ ^b^vimuttisaññino^eb^. Ekantākusalatāya hīnattā ^b^pāpikā^eb^. Ayāthāvatāya ^b^viparītā. Yathāvuttenā^eb^ti ‘‘avimuttāyeva samānā’’ti vuttappakārena. ‘‘Mayamettha sammādiṭṭhi bhavissāmā’’tiādīsu phalasammādiṭṭhiādīnipi maggasammādiṭṭhiādipakkhikānevāti adhippāyena ^b^‘‘phalasampayuttāni…pe… veditabbā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Sabbepi pana phaladhamme vimuttikkhandhasaṅgahato ‘‘vimuttī’’ti vuccamāne na koci virodho. Ettha sammāvimuttisaṅkhāte sallekhavatthumhi.<br/><br/>[03]Yadi ^b^nīvaraṇavasena vuttāni,^eb^ tasmā tīṇeva vuttānīti āha ^b^‘‘abhijjhālū’’^eb^tiādi. Pariyuṭṭhānappattā ^b^thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitā^eb^. Yassa dhammassa atthitāya uddhatā nāma honti, so dhammo uddhaccanti āha ^b^‘‘uddaccena samannāgatāti uddhatā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vicinantā^eb^ti dhammoti vā adhammoti vā ^a^V1.0259^ea^ ādinā yaṃ kiñci sabhāvaṃ vinicchinantā. ^b^Upanāhanasīlā^eb^ti parassa attano citte anubandhanasīlā. ^b^Issantī^eb^ti usūyanti. ^b^Saṭhayantīti saṭhā^eb^ aññathā attānaṃ aññathā pavedanakā. Te pana yasmā na yathābhūtavādino, tasmā āha ^b^‘‘na sammā bhāsantīti vuttaṃ hotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vuttapaccanīkanayenā^eb^ti ‘‘na kodhanā akkodhanā’’tiādinā vuttātthapaṭipakkhanayena.<br/><br/>[03]Dukkhaṃ vaco etesu vippaṭikūlaggāhitāya vipaccanīkagāhesūti ^b^dubbacā^eb^. Te pana vacanakkhamā na hontīti āha ^b^‘‘vattuṃ dukkhā’’^eb^tiādi. Hīnācāratāya dukkhassa vā sampāpakatāya ^b^pāpakā^eb^. ^b^Asaddhammavasenā^eb^ti asappurisadhammavasena. Attanā visesitabbavasena kāyaviññattiādīnaṃ kāyakammadvārādibhāvo viya assaddhiyādiasaddhammasamannāgamenāsataṃ asappurisānaṃ dhammānanti tāniyeva assaddhiyādīni asaddhammā nāma, tesaṃ vasenāha ^b^‘‘saddhā etesaṃ natthī’’^eb^ti yathā taṃ ‘‘duppaññā’’ti. Suttageyyādi ^b^appaṃ sutaṃ etesanti appassutā,^eb^ sutena anupapannā. ^b^Natthīti gahetabba^eb^nti iminā abhāvattho ayaṃ appa-saddo ‘‘appaḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassāna’’ntiādīsu (a. ni. 10.11) viyāti dasseti. Sammāpaṭipattiyā anārambhanato ^b^kucchitā^eb^ gārayhā ^b^sīdanti^eb^ osīdanti saṃkilesapakkheti ^b^kusītā^eb^ da-kārassa ta-kāraṃ katvā. Akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya ^b^āraddhaṃ^eb^ paggahitaṃ ^b^vīriyaṃ etesanti āraddhavīriyā^eb^. Anuppādanena ^a^M1.0292^ea^^b^muṭṭhā^eb^ naṭṭhā sati ^b^etesanti muṭṭhassatī^eb^. ^b^Duṭṭhā^eb^ti dūsitā. Duppaññā nāma dūsitabhāvo paṭipakkhena vināsitabhāvoti āha ^b^‘‘naṭṭhapaññāti vuttaṃ hotī’’^eb^ti. Heṭṭhā sammādiṭṭhiggahaṇena kammassakatāpaññāya maggasammādiṭṭhiyā ca gahitattā subbacakalyāṇamittatāparivārāhi idha saddhādīhi vipassanāsambhārassa uddhaṭattā ca vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘idha vipassanāpaññā veditabbā’’^eb^ti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vipassanāsambhāro hī’’^eb^tiādi. Yuttiṃ anapekkhitvāpi ayamattho gahetabboti dassento āha ^b^‘‘porāṇānaṃ āṇā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Lokuttaraguṇānaṃ antarāyakara^eb^nti lokuttaraguṇānaṃ adhigamassa antarāyakaraṃ. ^b^Sandiṭṭhi^eb^nti saṃ attano diṭṭhiṃ, yaṃ vā taṃ vā attanā yathāgahitadiṭṭhinti attho. Sabhāvaṃ atikkamitvā parato āmasanato ^b^parāmāsī. Daḷhaggāhī^eb^ti ‘‘idameva sacca’’nti thiraggāhaggāhī. ^b^Paṭinissaggī^eb^ti paṭinissajjanako. ^b^Kummovā^eb^ti yathā kacchapo attano pādādike aṅge kenaci ghaṭṭito sabbāni aṅgāni attano kapāleyeva samodahati, na bahi nīharati, evamayampi ‘‘na sundaro tava gāho, chaḍḍehi na’’nti vutto taṃ na vissajjeti. ^b^Antoyeva^eb^ attano hadaye eva ṭhapetvā taṃ vadati. ^b^Kumbhīlaggāha^eb^nti saṃsumāraggāhaṃ. ^b^Gaṇhantī^eb^ti yathā saṃsumārā gahitaṃ na vissajjenti, evaṃ gaṇhanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^84^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Evaṃ^eb^^a^V1.0260^ea^^b^catucattālīsāya ākārehī^eb^ti avihiṃsanādīhi catuadhikacattālīsappakārehi. Kasmā panettha avihiṃsā ādito vuttā? Sabbaguṇānaṃ mūlabhāvato. Avihiṃsāti hi karuṇāyetaṃ adhivacanaṃ, sā ca visesato sīlassa mūlakāraṇaṃ parūpaghātalakkhaṇā dussīlyā oramāpanato. Yathā hi pāṇātipāto parūpaghātalakkhaṇo, tathā paresaṃ sāpateyyāvaharaṇaṃ, sattippahāratopi dhanassāvahāro garutaroti. Tathā abrahmacariyaṃ gabbhadhāraṇādidukkhāvahanato, paradārātikkame pana vattabbameva natthi. Paresaṃ visaṃvādanabhedanamammaghaṭṭanānaṃ parūpaghātabhāvo pākaṭo eva, samphappalāpo atthaggāhāpanato anatthuppādanato, abhijjhā adinnādānādihetuto, byāpādo pāṇātipātādihetuto, micchādiṭṭhi sabbānatthahetuto ^a^M1.0293^ea^ parūpaghātalakkhaṇā, micchādiṭṭhi dhammikapaṭiññopi pāṇātipātādīni karoti, pare ca tattha niyojeti, kimaṅgaṃ pana itare. Vihiṃsalakkhaṇā dussīlyā oramā avihiṃsalakkhaṇā visesato sīlassa balavakāraṇaṃ. Sīlapadaṭṭhāno ca samādhi, samādhipadaṭṭhānā ca paññāti sabbaguṇānaṃ mūlabhūtā avihiṃsā. Apica uḷārajjhāsayānaṃ nisammakārīnaṃ dhīrānaṃ uttamapurisānaṃ sīlaṃ viya samādhipaññāpi paresaṃ hitasukhāvahāva sampajjantīti evampi karuṇā sabbaguṇānaṃ mūlanti sā ādito vuttā.<br/><br/>[03]Tato paraṃ visesato ‘‘avihiṃsāsamuṭṭhānā ime dhammā’’ti dassanatthaṃ kusalakammapathadhammā gahitā. Tato idaṃ guṇānaṃ mūlabhūtaṃ sīlaṃ, ettha patiṭṭhitena ime dhammā uppādetabbāti dassanatthaṃ aṭṭha sammattā gahitā. Tesaṃ visodhanāya paṭipannassa ādito evaṃ hotīti dassanatthaṃ nīvaraṇaviveko gahito, ādito nīvaraṇadvayassa aggahaṇe gahitāgahitakāraṇaṃ ^b^aṭṭhakathāya^eb^ vuttameva. Kodhassa pana byāpādato bhedo ^b^vatthasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ^eb^ (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.71) vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Kodhādippahānena cettha sallekhasiddhīti dassanatthaṃ tato upakkilesavisuddhi gahitā. Sā ca subbacakalyāṇamittāppamattatāhi sijjhatīti dassanatthaṃ pakiṇṇakā gahitā. Sampannasovacassatādiguṇassa ime dhammā pāripūriṃ gacchanti, vipassanaṃ paribrūhetvā ariyamaggādhigamāya saṃvattantīti dassanatthaṃ saddhammā gahitā. Evaṃbhūtassa ayaṃ micchāgāho lokuttaraguṇādhigamassa antarāyakaro, tasmā so dūrato vajjetabbo, evaṃ yathāvuttāya sammāpaṭipattiyā ariyamaggaṃ adhigacchanto sallekhaṃ matthakaṃ pāpetīti dassanatthaṃ ‘‘sandiṭṭhiparāmāsī’’tiādi vuttanti evametesaṃ catucattālīsāya sallekhākārānaṃ gahaṇapayojanaṃ anupubbī ca veditabbā. Payogato sallekhapaṭipadaṃ paṭipajjituṃ asakkontānaṃ cittuppādopi bahūpakāroti āha ^b^‘‘cittuppādassapi bahūpakārataṃ dassetu’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kusalesu^eb^^a^V1.0261^ea^^b^dhammesū^eb^ti avihiṃsādīsu yathāvuttānavajjadhammesu. ^b^Anuvidhiyanā^eb^ti cittuppādassa kāyavācāhi anuvidhānā. ^b^Tesaṃ dhammāna^eb^nti avihiṃsādidhammānaṃ, tesaṃ vā cittuppādavasena pavattadhammānaṃ. Idāni ^a^M1.0294^ea^ yathāvuttadhammaṃ vitthārato dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘kasmā panā’’^eb^tiādi āraddhaṃ. Saraṇagamanaṃ vācāya viññāpetuṃ asakkontassa vasena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘kāyena vā’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Sīlaṃ kāyena samādiyatī’’ti etthāpi eseva nayo. Ettha ca tathā tathā pavattasallahukakāmāvacarakusalacittuppattiṃ upādāya tathārūpakusalakāyavacīkammānaṃ bahūpakāratā vuttāti na sabhāvato cittuppādassa bahūpakārataṃ ñāyatīti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^85^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Hitādhigamāyā^eb^ti diṭṭhadhammikādihitasampattiyā, ariyamaggādhigamāya eva vā. Ariyamaggo hi ekantahitattā hito nāma. Parivajjanavasena kamanaṃ pavatti parikkamananti āha ^b^‘‘parikkamanāya parivajjanatthāyā’’^eb^ti. Sammādassanupāyasaṃvidhānena ^b^avihiṃsā paṭiyattā^eb^ sammāsambuddhena. ^b^Sukhenevā^eb^ti akiccheneva. Eteneva ^b^upāyenā^eb^ti eteneva avihiṃsāpade vuttena vidhinā. ^b^Sabbapadānī^eb^ti sesāni tecattālīsa padāni.<br/><br/>[03]^b^86^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Akusalā^eb^ paṭisandhiajanakā nāma uddhaccasahagatacittuppādadhammā aññepi pavattivipākamattadāyino, ^b^dinnāya paṭisandhiyā vipākajanakā,^eb^ paccayavekallena vipaccituṃ aladdhokāsā ahosikammādayo vā ^b^ajanakā^eb^. ^b^Jātivasenā^eb^ti akusalajātivasena. ^b^Adhobhāgaṅgamanīyā^eb^ti apāyagamanīyā. ^b^Evaṃnāmā^eb^ti nāmaggahaṇena sabhāvaṃ upalakkheti sati paccayasamavāye taṃsabhāvānativattanato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vipākakāle aniṭṭhākantavipākattā’’^eb^ti. Vuttanayeneva kusalapakkho veditabbo. Ayaṃ pana viseso, idha paṭisandhiajanakā abhiññāsahagatadhammā, sesaṃ vuttasadisameva. ^b^Sabbe akusalā^eb^ti ettha vihiṃsamekaṃ ṭhapetvā itare sabbe akusalā upamābhūtā. Vihiṃsā hi upameyyaṃ. ^b^Sabbe kusalā^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. ^b^Eteneva upāyenā^eb^ti yathā vihiṃsānaṃ upameyyatā, tadavasesānaṃ kusalākusalānaṃ upamābhāvo vutto, iminā nayena akusalaṃ pāṇātipātādiakusalena itarena, kusalañca pāṇātipātāpaṭiviratiādikusalena itarena upametabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^87^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Parinibbāpane^eb^ti kilesapariḷāhavūpasamane. Parito limpanaṭṭhena palipaṃ vuccati mahākaddamaṃ, taṃ pana ekantato gambhīrampi hotīti ^b^‘‘gambhīrakaddame^eb^^a^M1.0295^ea^^b^nimuggo’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Palipaṃ viya ^a^V1.0262^ea^^b^palipanti pañca kāmaguṇā vuccanti, tasmā evaṃ^eb^ idāni vuccamānena upamopameyyasaṃsandananayena ^b^ettha^eb^ imasmiṃ ṭhāne ^b^atthayojanā veditabbā^eb^. ^b^Na hi taṃ kāraṇa^eb^nti ettha kāraṇaṃ nāma hatthassa vā pādassa vā apalipannabhāvo, so pana natthi. Esa nayo upameyyepi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tattha siyā^eb^ kassaci parivitakko ‘‘bhagavato desanānubhāvena bhikkhuādayo kathentī’’ti. ^b^‘‘Bhagavāyeva hi tattha uddharatī’’^eb^ti vatvā upamāya tadatthaṃ vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘rañño’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Puthujjanā tāvatiṭṭhantu, sāvakasikhāppattavisesānampi ariyānaṃ desanā satthuyeva desanāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘kiñcāpī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tathā hi tehi desitasuttāni buddhavacanameva, tesaṃ desanāya laddhavisesāpi ariyā buddhaputtāyevāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anibbisatāyā^eb^ti anibbisevanatāya. ^b^Asikkhitavinayatāyā^eb^ti pañcannaṃ vinayānaṃ sādaraṃ asikkhitabhāvena. Te pana vinayā tissannaṃ sikkhānaṃ sikkhāpanena hotīti āha ^b^‘‘tisso sikkhā sikkhāpessatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kiṃ pana ta^eb^nti? ‘‘Ṭhānametaṃ vijjatī’’ti ettha vuttaṃ kiṃ pana ṭhānanti āha ^b^‘‘apalipapalipannatta’’^eb^ntiādi. Yasmā pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘so vata cundā’’tiādinā sāmaññatthaṃ upamābhāvena gahetvā visesattho upameyyabhāvena vutto, tasmā tamatthaṃ ^b^‘‘evamattho veditabbo’’^eb^tiādinā sādhāraṇato vatvā puna asādhāraṇato vivaranto ^b^‘‘kiṃ vuttaṃ hotī’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Parassa vihiṃsācetanaṃ nibbāpessatī^eb^ti idaṃ yo avihiṃsāsaṅkhātaṃ sammāpaṭipattiṃ disvā diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjanto dhammadesanāya paro avihiṃsako hoti, tādisaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Ādesanañhi tassa vacananti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ayaṃ yā esā vihiṃsakassā’’^eb^ti. Pubbe ^b^vihiṃsakassa^eb^ micchāpaṭipajjantassa. ^b^Vihiṃsāpahānāya maggaṃ bhāvayato^eb^tiādinā attano eva avihiṃsāya vihiṃsāparinibbānāya saṃvattanamāha. Tenāha ^b^‘‘parinibbuto viyā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Sabbapadesū^eb^ti ‘‘pāṇātipātissā’’tiādinā āgatesu tecattālīsāya padesu.<br/><br/>[03]^b^88^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Eva^eb^nti desitākāraparāmasanaṃ. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti sallekhassa. ‘‘Atthi khvesa brāhmaṇa, pariyāyo’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 8.11; pārā. 3-10) viya ^b^pariyāya^eb^-saddo kāraṇatthoti ^a^M1.0296^ea^ āha ^b^‘‘sallekhakāraṇa’’^eb^nti. ^b^Tesaṃ vasenā^eb^ti sallekhānaṃ vasena. Mettāya upasaṃharaṇavasena ^b^hitaṃ esantena^eb^. Karuṇāya vasena ^b^anukampamānena^eb^. ^b^Pariggahetvā^eb^ti parito gahetvā, paritvāti attho. ^b^Pariccā^eb^ti parito itvā, samantato pharitvā icceva attho. ^b^Mā pamajjitthā^eb^ti ‘‘jhāyathā’’ti vuttasamathavipassanānaṃ aññāṇena, aññena vā kenaci pamādakāraṇena ^a^V1.0263^ea^ mā pamādaṃ āpajjittha. Niyyānikasāsane hi akattabbakaraṇampi pamādoti. ^b^Vipattikāle^eb^ti sattāsappāyādivipattiyuttakāle. Yathāvuttā pañca pariyāyā aññepi sabbe sāsanaguṇā idheva saṅgahaṃ gacchantīti āha ^b^‘‘jhāyatha, mā pamādatthāti tumhākaṃ anusāsanī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Sallekhasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 64
title: sallekhasuttavaṇṇanā^sammādiṭṭhisuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^89^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kathetukamyatāpucchā^eb^^a^V1.0264^ea^^b^evā^eb^ti avadhāraṇena itarā catasso pucchā nivatteti itarāsaṃ asambhavato, tattha yathāpucchitassa atthassa vissajjanato ca ‘‘ayaṃ sammādiṭṭhī’’ti yāthāvato ajānantāpi puthujjanā bāhirakatāpasādayo attano samānasīle ṭhitaṃ ^b^sammādiṭṭhīti vadanti^eb^. ^b^Anussavādivasenāpī^eb^ti anussavākāraparivitakkadiṭṭhinijjhānakkhantivasenapi. Yathāsamaṅgitākārassa atthassa evametanti nijjhānakkhamāpanato ekantato yāthāvaggāho hotīti āha ^b^‘‘attapaccakkhenapī’’^eb^ti, yāthāvato lakkhaṇassa paṭividdhattā attano paccakkhabhāvenāti attho. ^b^Bahunnaṃ vacanaṃ upādāyā^eb^ti iminā sāsane loke ca niruḷhatāya ayaṃ āmeḍitapayogoti sāsanassa niruḷhatāya ca sampasādaṃ upādāyapi tadubhayiko āmeḍitapayogo daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Attha^eb^nti vacanatthaṃ. ^b^Lakkhaṇa^eb^nti sabhāvaṃ. ^b^Upādāyā^eb^ti gahetvā. ^b^Sobhanāyā^eb^ti sundarāya. ^b^Pasatthāyā^eb^ti pasaṃsāya. Tesu purimena dhammānaṃ yathāsabhāvāvabodhasaṅkhātaṃ sammādiṭṭhisabhāvaṃ dasseti. Tena hi sā sabbadhamme abhibhavitvā sobhati. Dutiyena sampayuttadhammesu pariṇāyikabhāvaṃ. Tena hi sā sampayuttadhamme ñāṇamaye viya taṃsamaṅginañca puggalaṃ ñāṇapiṇḍaṃ viya karoti, tassa ‘‘paṇḍito nipuṇo cheko viññū vibhāvī’’tiādinā disāsu pasaṃsā pattharati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kammassakatāñāṇa^eb^nti ^a^M1.0297^ea^ kammaṃ sako etassāti kammassako, tassa bhāvo kammassakatā, tattha ñāṇaṃ ‘‘idaṃ kammaṃ sattānaṃ sakaṃ, idaṃ no saka’’nti evaṃ jānanañāṇaṃ. ^b^Saccānulomikañāṇa^eb^nti ariyasaccānaṃ paṭivedhassa anulomato saccānulomikaṃ ñāṇaṃ, vipassanāñāṇaṃ. ^b^No saccānulomikāyā^eb^ti bāhirako saccānulomikāya sammādiṭṭhiyā no sammādiṭṭhi sabbena sabbaṃ tassa abhāvato. Tattha kāraṇamāha ^b^‘‘attadiṭṭhiparāmāsakattā’’^eb^ti. Kammassa katādiṭṭhi pana bāhirakassa attadiṭṭhiṃ anurujjhantī pavattati ‘‘atthi dinna’’ntiādinayappavattito. ^b^Sāsaniko dvīhipī^eb^ti sāsaniko puthujjano kammassakatāñāṇādīhi dvīhipi sammādiṭṭhi. Okkantasammattaniyāmattā ^b^‘‘sekkho niyatāyā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Asekkhāya sammādiṭṭhiyā sammādiṭṭhīti ānetvā sambandhitabbaṃ. Tīsupi puggalesu sekkho idha sammādiṭṭhīti adhippetoti dassento ^b^‘‘niyatāya niyyānikāyā’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni ^a^V1.0265^ea^ yathāvuttamatthaṃ pāḷiyā vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘tenevāhā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Antadvaya^eb^nti ‘‘sassataṃ, ucchedaṃ, kāmasukhaṃ, attakilamatha’’nti etaṃ antadvayaṃ. Līnuddhaccapatiṭṭhānāyūhanantadvayassa anupagamanaṃ atthasiddhameva. ^b^Ujubhāvenā^eb^ti ujusabhāvena maggena, majjhimāya paṭipattiyāti attho. Dhamme pasādaggahaṇena satthari saṅghe ca pasādopi gahitoyeva hotīti ^b^‘‘dhamme’’^eb^icceva vutto tadavinābhāvato. Yasmā esa niyatāya sammādiṭṭhiyā samannāgato sammādiṭṭhīti adhippeto, tañca vaṭṭato niyyānaṃ vivaṭṭādhigamena hotīti āha ^b^‘‘āgato imaṃ saddhamma’’^eb^nti. Nibbānañhi santo sadā vijjamāno dhammoti katvā saddhammoti imaṃ phalehi asādhāraṇena pariyāyena vattabbataṃ labhati. Tayidamassa āgamaṃ sacchikiriyābhisamayo, so ca pahānābhisamayādīhi saheva idha ijjhatīti dassento ^b^‘‘sabbadiṭṭhigahanānī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^sabbadiṭṭhigahanāni vinibbeṭhento sabbakilese pajahanto^eb^ti padadvayena pana pahānābhisamayamāha, ^b^jātisaṃsārā nikkhamanto^eb^ti iminā pariññābhisamayaṃ. Samatikkamattho hi pariññattho. ^b^Paṭipattiṃ pariniṭṭhapento^eb^ti iminā bhāvanābhisamayanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kālaparicchedavacana^eb^nti paricchijjatīti paricchedo, kālo eva paricchedo kālaparicchedo, yo so akusalapajānanādinā paricchinno ^a^M1.0298^ea^ maggavuṭṭhānakālo maggakkhaṇo, tassa vacananti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yasmiṃ kāle’’^eb^ti. ^b^Akusalañcā^eb^ti ^b^ca^eb^-saddo samuccayattho. Tena vakkhamānaṃ akusalamūlādiṃ samuccinoti. ^b^Dasākusalakammapatha^eb^nti kutoyaṃ viseso, yāvatā aniddhāritavisesaṃ akusalaṃ gahitanti? Na sāmaññajotanāya visese avaṭṭhānato. Kiṃ vā imāya yutticintāya, yasmā paṭhamavārena uddesavasena desitassa atthassa vitthāradesanā dutiyavāro. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘katamaṃ panāvuso’’^eb^tiādi. Yasmā lokuttarā sammādiṭṭhi idha adhippetā, tasmā nirodhārammaṇāya pajānanāya maggapaññāya kiccavasena sammohato ‘‘idaṃ dukkha’’nti dasākusalakammapathaṃ paṭivijjhanto ^b^‘‘akusalaṃ pajānātī’’^eb^ti vuccatīti attho. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti akusalakammapathasaṅkhātassa dukkhassa. ^b^Teneva pakārenā^eb^ti ‘‘nirodhārammaṇāya pajānanāya kiccavasenā’’ti vuttappakārena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kusala^eb^nti etthāyaṃ vacanattho – kucchite pāpadhamme salayati calayati kampetīti ^b^kusalaṃ,^eb^ kucchitena vā ākārena sayantīti kusā, pāpakā dhammā. Te kuse lunāti chindatīti ^b^kusalaṃ^eb^. Kucchitānaṃ vā sānato tanukaraṇato ñāṇaṃ kusaṃ nāma, tena lātabbaṃ gahetabbaṃ pavattetabbanti ^b^kusalaṃ^eb^. Yathā vā kuso ubhayabhāgagataṃ hatthapadesaṃ lunāti, evamidaṃ uppannānuppannavasena ubhayabhāgagataṃ saṃkilesapakkhaṃ lunāti chindati, tasmā kuso viya lunātīti ^a^V1.0266^ea^^b^kusalaṃ^eb^. Kucchitānaṃ vā sāvajjadhammānaṃ salanato saṃvaraṇato ^b^kusalaṃ^eb^. Kusaladhammavasena hi akusalā manacchaṭṭhesu dvāresu appavattiyā saṃvutā honti. Kucchite vā pāpadhamme salayati gameti apanetīti ^b^kusalaṃ^eb^. Kucchitānaṃ vā pāṇātipātādīnaṃ sānato nisānato tejanato kusā, dosalobhādayo. Sādīnavavasena cetanāya tikkhabhāvappattiyā pāṇātipātādīnaṃ mahāsāvajjatā. Te kuse lunāti chindatīti ^b^kusalaṃ^eb^. Kucchitānaṃ vā sānato antakaraṇato vināsanato kusāni, puññakiriyavasena pavattāni saddhādīni indriyāni. Tehi lātabbaṃ pavattetabbanti ^b^kusalaṃ^eb^. ‘‘Ku’’iti vā bhūmi vuccati, adhiṭṭhānabhāvena taṃsadisassa attano nissayabhūtassa rūpārūpapabandhassa sampati āyatiñca anudahena vināsanato kuṃ sasantīti kusā, rāgādayo. Te viya attano ^a^M1.0299^ea^ nissayassa lavanato chindanato ^b^kusalaṃ^eb^. Payogasampāditā hi kusaladhammā accantameva rūpārūpadhamme appavattikaraṇena samucchindanti. Kusalassa mūlanti ^b^kusalamūlaṃ,^eb^ suppatiṭṭhitabhāvasādhanena kusalassa patiṭṭhā nidānanti attho. ^b^Akusalamūla^eb^nti etthāpi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Akusala^eb^nti pana na kusalaṃ akusalaṃ, kusaladhammānaṃ paṭipakkhavasena akusalanti padassa attho veditabbo. Evañhi ārogyānavajjasukhavipākakosallasambhūtaṭṭhena kusalaṃ vuccatīti. Yathā yaṃ dhammajātaṃ na arogaṃ na avajjaṃ na sukhavipākaṃ na ca kosallasambhūtaṃ, taṃ akusalanti ayamattho dassito hoti. Evaṃ yaṃ na kucchitānaṃ salanasabhāvaṃ, na kusena, kusehi vā pavattetabbaṃ, na ca kuso viya lavanakaṃ, taṃ akusalaṃ nāmāti ayampi attho dassitoti veditabbo. ^b^Vatthupajānanā^eb^ti dukkhādivatthuno pajānanā paṭivedho. Tathā bujjhanakapuggalānaṃ ajjhāsayavasena desanā pavattāti āha ^b^‘‘akusalādipajānanenāpī’’^eb^ti. Teneva ca saṃkhittena desanā pavattā. Bhāvanāmanasikāro pana ‘‘sabbaṃ bhikkhave abhiññeyya’’nti (saṃ. ni. 4.46; paṭi. ma. 1.3) vacanato anavasesato rūpārūpadhammānaṃ pariggahavaseneva pavattati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘desanāyevā’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ^b^manasikārapaṭivedho^eb^ti pubbabhāge pavattavipassanāmanasikāro ariyamaggapaṭivedho ca. Kassaci akopanato vitthāravaseneva vuttaṃ vipassanaṃ anuyuñjantā maggaṃ paṭivijjhantāpi vitthāranayeneva paṭivijjhantīti attho visuddhikkamassa abhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bhikkhū^eb^ti mahāvihāre dhammasaṅgītivasena pañcanikāyamaṇḍale nisinnabhikkhū. ^b^Thero^eb^ti tattha saṅghattheroti vadanti. Vatthasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttanayena pana mahāsaṅgharakkhitattherassa antevāsikabhikkhū ^a^V1.0267^ea^ sandhāya ^b^‘‘āhaṃsū’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Thero^eb^ti pana mahāsaṅgharakkhitatthero. So hi imasmiṃ majjhimanikāye taṃ taṃ vinicchayaṃ kathesi. ^b^Rāsito^eb^ti piṇḍato, ekajjhanti attho.


volume: 30
item: 65
title: sammādiṭṭhisuttavaṇṇanā^^akusalakammapathavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^Akosallappavattiyā^eb^ti kosallapaṭipakkhato akosallaṃ vuccati aññāṇaṃ, tato pavattanato, akosallasambhūtattāti attho. Ñāṇapaṭipakkho ^a^M1.0300^ea^ aññāṇaṃ mittapaṭipakkho amitto viya kusalapaṭipakkho akusalaṃ kusalena pahātabbattā, na pana kusalānaṃ pahāyatattā. Kusalameva hi payogasampāditaṃ akusalaṃ pajahati. Saha avajjehi lobhādīhi vattatīti ^b^sāvajjaṃ^eb^. Dukkho aniṭṭho catukkhandha-saṅkhāto vipāko etassāti ^b^dukkhavipākaṃ^eb^. Tattha sāvajjavacanena akusalānaṃ pavattidukkhataṃ dasseti, dukkhavipākavacanena vipākadukkhataṃ. Purimañhi pavattisambhavavasena akusalassa lakkhaṇavacanaṃ, pacchimaṃ tālantare vipākuppādanasamatthatāvasena. Tathā purimena akusalassa avisuddhasabhāvataṃ dasseti, pacchimena avisuddhavipākataṃ. Purimena akusalaṃ kusalasabhāvato nivatteti, pacchimena abyākatasabhāvato savipākattadīpakattā pacchimassa. Purimena vā avajjavantatādassanato kiccaṭṭhena rasena anatthajananarasataṃ dasseti, pacchimena sampattiatthena aniṭṭhavipākarasataṃ. Purimena ca upaṭṭhānākāraṭṭhena paccupaṭṭhānena saṃkilesapaccupaṭṭhānataṃ, pacchimena phalaṭṭhena dukkhavipākapaccupaṭṭhānataṃ. Purimena ca ayonisomanasikāraṃ akusalassa padaṭṭhānaṃ pakāseti. Tato hi taṃ sāvajjaṃ jātaṃ, pacchimena akusalassa aññesaṃ padaṭṭhānabhāvaṃ vibhāveti. Tañhi dukkhavipākassa kāraṇanti. ^b^Saṃkiliṭṭha^eb^nti saṃkilesehi samannāgataṃ, dasahi kilesavatthūhi vibādhitaṃ, upatāpitaṃ vā tehi vidūsitaṃ malīnakatañcāti attho. Idañcassa dukkhavipākatañcāti atthe idañca dukkhavipākataṃ apaccakkhatāya asaddahantānaṃ paccakkhato ādīnavadassanena saṃvejanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^Sādhāraṇā^eb^ sabbassapi akusalassa.<br/><br/>[03]Saraseneva (dha. sa. mūlaṭī. 1) patanasabhāvassa antarā eva atīva pātanaṃ ^b^atipāto,^eb^ saṇikaṃ patituṃ adatvā sīghaṃ pātananti attho. Atikkammavā satthādīhi abhibhavitvā pātanaṃ ^b^atipāto^eb^. Payogavatthumahantatādīhi ^b^mahāsāvajjatā^eb^ tehi paccayehi uppajjamānāya cetanāya balavabhāvato. Ekassa hi payogassa sahasā nipphādanavasena sakiccasādhikāya bahukkhattuṃ pavattajavanehi laddhāsevanāya ca sanniṭṭhāpakacetanāya vasena payogassa mahantabhāvo. Satipi kadāci khuddake ceva mahante ca pāṇe payogassa samabhāve mahantaṃ ^a^V1.0268^ea^ hanantassa cetanā tibbākārā uppajjatīti vatthussa mahantabhāvo. Iti ubhayampetaṃ cetanāya ^a^M1.0301^ea^ balavabhāveneva hotīti. Yathāvuttapaccayapariyāyepi taṃtaṃpaccayehi cetanāya balavatāya eva mahāsāvajjabhāvo veditabbo. Payogavatthuādipaccayānañhi amahattepi hantabbassa guṇavantatāya mahāsāvajjatā, tabbipariyāyena appasāvajjatā ca vatthussa mahattāmahattesu viya daṭṭhabbā. Kilesānaṃ upakkamānaṃ dvinnañca mudutāya tibbatāya ca appasāvajjatā mahāsāvajjatāpi yojetabbā. Pāṇo pāṇasaññitā vadhakacittañca pubbabhāgiyāpi honti, upakkamo vadhakacetanāsamuṭṭhāpito. Pañca sambhārā hi pāṇātipātacetanāti sā pañcasambhāravinimuttā daṭṭhabbā. Ayañca vicāro adinnādānādīsupi yathārahaṃ vattabbo. Vijjhanapaharaṇādivasena sahatthenanibbatto ^b^sāhatthiko,^eb^ āṇāpanavasena pavatto ^b^āṇattiko,^eb^ ususattiyantapāsāṇādinissajjanavasena pavatto ^b^nissaggiyo,^eb^ aduhalasajjanādivasena pavatto ^b^thāvaro,^eb^ āthabbaṇikādīnaṃ viya mantaparijappanavasena pavatto ^b^vijjāmayo,^eb^ kammavipākajiddhimayo ^b^iddhimayo^eb^ dāṭhākoṭanādīni viya.<br/><br/>[03]Yadi ‘‘mama ida’’nti parena pariggahitaṃ adinnaṃ, uttānaseyyakadārakasantake kathaṃ tassa pariggahasaññāya eva abhāvatoti āha ^b^‘‘yattha paro’’^eb^tiādi. Paro nāma viññū vā aviññū vā atthi tassa vatthussa sāmiko. Aviññūpi hi viññukāle yathākāmaṃ karonto ^b^adaṇḍāraho^eb^ti. Mantaparijappanena parasantakaharaṇaṃ vijjāmayo, vinā mantena parasantakassa kāyavacīpayogehi parikaḍḍhanaṃ tādiseniddhivasena iddhimayo payogoti adinnādāne ^b^cha payogā^eb^^b^sāhatthikādayo^eb^ vuttā. ^b^Yathānurūpa^eb^nti ettha sāhatthiko tāva pañcannampi avahārānaṃ vasena pavattati, tathā āṇattiyo nissaggiyo ca. Thāvaro theyyāvahārapasayhāvahārapaṭicchannāvahāravasena. Tathā sesāpīti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Methunasamācāresū^eb^ti sadārāsantosa-paradāragamanavasena duvidhesu methunasamācāresu. Ayamevahi bhedo idhādhippeto. ^b^Gottarakkhitā^eb^ sagottehi rakkhitā. ^b^Dhammarakkhitā^eb^ sahadhammikehi rakkhitā. ^b^Sārakkhā^eb^ sasāmikā. Yassā gamane raññā daṇḍo ṭhapito, sā ^b^saparidaṇḍā^eb^. Bhariyabhāvatthaṃ dhanena kītā ^b^dhanakkītā^eb^. Chandena vasantī ^b^chandavāsinī^eb^. Bhogatthaṃ vasantī bhogavāsinī. Paṭatthaṃ vasantī ^b^paṭavāsinī^eb^. Udakapattaṃ āmasitvā gahitā ^b^odapattakinī^eb^. Cumbaṭakaṃ apanetvā gahitā ^a^M1.0302^ea^^b^obhaṭacumbaṭā^eb^. Karamarānītā ^b^dhajāhatā^eb^. Taṅkhaṇikā ^b^muhuttikā^eb^. Abhibhavitvā vītikkame micchācāro mahāsāvajjo, na tathā dvinnaṃ samānachandatāya. Abhibhavitvā vītikkamane satipi maggenamaggapaṭipattiadhivāsane purimuppannasevanābhisandhipayogābhāvato micchācāro ^a^V1.0269^ea^ na hoti abhibhuyyamānassāti vadanti. Sevanācitte sati payogābhāvo appamāṇaṃ yebhuyyena itthiyā sevanāpayogassa abhāvato. Tathā sati puretaraṃ sevanācittassa upaṭṭhānepi tassā micchācāro na siyā, tathā purisassapi sevanāpayogābhāveti, tasmā attano ruciyā pavattitassa vasena tayo, balakkārena pavattitassa vasena tayoti sabbepi aggahitaggahaṇena ^b^cattāro sambhārā^eb^ti vuttanti veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Atthabhañjako^eb^ti kammapathavasena vuttaṃ. Kammapathakathā hesāti. ^b^Assā^eb^ti visaṃvādakassa. Musā vadati etenāti ^b^cetanā musāvādo,^eb^ imasmiṃ pakkhe atathākārena vatthuno viññāpanapayogo musā, taṃsamuṭṭhāpikā cetanāmusāvādoti vuttattā tato aññathā vattuṃ ^b^‘‘aparo nayo’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Attano santakaṃ adātukāmatāyā^eb^tiādi musāvādasāmaññena vuttaṃ. Hasādhippāyenapi visaṃvādanapurakkhārassa musāvādo. ^b^Parassā^eb^ti visaṃvādanavasena viññāpetabbassa. ^b^So^eb^ti musāvādapayogo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Suññabhāva^eb^nti pītivirahitatāya rittabhāvaṃ. Pharusasaddatāya ^b^neva kaṇṇasukhā^eb^. Atthavipannatāya ^b^na hadayasukhā^eb^. ^b^Saṃkiliṭṭhacittassā^eb^ti dosena, lobhena vā dūsitacittassa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ekantapharusā cetanā^eb^ti etena duṭṭhacittataṃyeva vibhāveti, duṭṭhacittatā cassa amaraṇādhippāyavasena daṭṭhabbā. Sati hi maraṇādhippāye atthasiddhi, tadabhāve pāṇātipātabyāpādā siyunti. Yaṃ paṭicca pharusavācā payujjati, tassa sammukhāva sīsaṃ eti. Parammukhāpi sīsaṃ eti evāti apare. Tatthāyaṃ adhippāyo yutto siyā – sammukhā payoge agāravādīnaṃ balavabhāvato siyā cetanā balavatī, parassa ca tadatthaviññāpanaṃ, na tathā asammukhāti. Yathā ca akkosite mate āḷahane katā khamāpanā upavādantarāyaṃ nivatteti, evaṃ parammukhā payuttā pharusavācā hotiyevāti sakkā viññātuṃ. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti ekantapharusacetanāya eva ^a^M1.0303^ea^ pharusavācābhāvassa āvibhāvatthaṃ. ^b^Mammacchedako^eb^ savanapharusatāyāti adhippāyo. ^b^Cittasaṇhātāya pharusavācā na hoti^eb^ kammapathā’ppattattā, kammabhāvaṃ pana na sakkā vāretuṃ. Evaṃ anvayavasena cetanāpharusatāya pharusavācaṃ sādhetvā idāni tameva byatirekavasena sādhetuṃ ^b^‘‘vacanasaṇhatāyā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Esā^eb^ti pharusavācā. Kammapathabhāvaṃ appattā ^b^appasāvajjā,^eb^ itarā ^b^mahāsāvajjā^eb^. Tathā kilesānaṃ mudutibbatābhedehi sabbaṃ purimasadisaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Āsevanaṃ^eb^ bahulīkaraṇaṃ. Yaṃ uddissa pavattito, tena aggahite ^b^appasāvajjo,^eb^ gahite ^b^mahāsāvajjo^eb^^a^V1.0270^ea^ kammapathappattito. Yo koci pana samphappalāpo dvīhi sambhārehi sijjhati. Kilesānaṃ mudutibbatāvasenapi appasāvajjamahāsāvajjatā veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Attano pariṇāmanaṃ^eb^ cittenevāti veditabbaṃ. ^b^Hitasukhaṃ byāpādayatī^eb^ti yo taṃ uppādeti, tassa hitasukhaṃ vināseti. ^b^Aho vatā^eb^ti iminā accantavināsacintanaṃ dīpeti. Evaṃ hissa dāruṇapavattiyā kammapathappatti. ^b^Yathābhuccagahaṇābhāvenā^eb^ti yāthāvaggāhassa abhāvena aniccādisabhāvassa niccādito gahaṇena. ^b^Micchā passatī^eb^ti vitathaṃ passati. ^b^Samphappalāpo viyā^eb^ti iminā āsevanassa mandatāya appasāvajjataṃ, mahantatāya mahāsāvajjataṃ dasseti. ^b^Gahitākāraviparītatā^eb^ti micchādiṭṭhiyā gahitākārassa viparītabhāvo. ^b^Vatthuno^eb^ti tassā ayathābhūtasabhāvamāha. ^b^Tathābhāvenā^eb^ti gahitākāreneva ^b^tassa^eb^ diṭṭhigatikassa, ^b^tassa^eb^ vā vatthuno ^b^upaṭṭhānaṃ^eb^ evametaṃ, na ito aññathāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dhammato^eb^ti sabhāvato. ^b^Koṭṭhāsato^eb^ti phassapañcamakādīsu cittaṅgakoṭṭhāsesu yaṃ koṭṭhāsā honti, tatoti attho. ^b^Cetanādhammā^eb^ti cetanāsabhāvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paṭipāṭiyā sattā^eb^ti ettha nanu cetanā abhidhamme kammapathesu na vuttāti paṭipāṭiyā sattannaṃ kammapathabhāvo na yuttoti? Na, avacanassa aññahetukattā. Na hi tattha cetanāya akammapathattā kammapatharāsimhi avacanaṃ, kadāci pana kammapatho hoti, na sabbadāti kammapathabhāvassa aniyatattā ^a^M1.0304^ea^ avacanaṃ. Yadā pana kammapatho hoti, tadā kammapatharāsisaṅgaho na nivārito. Etthāha – yadi cetanāya sabbadā kammapathabhāvābhāvato aniyato kammapathabhāvoti kammapatharāsimhi avacanaṃ, nanu abhijjhādīnaṃ kammapathabhāvaṃ appattānaṃ atthitāya aniyato kammapathabhāvoti tesampi kammapatharāsimhi avacanaṃ āpajjatīti? Nāpajjati kammapathatātaṃsabhāgatāhi tesaṃ tattha vuttattā. Yadi evaṃ cetanāpi tattha vattabbā siyā? Saccametaṃ, sā pana pāṇātipātādikāti pākaṭo, tassā kammapathabhāvoti na vuttā siyā. Cetanāya hi – ‘‘cetanāhaṃ, bhikkhave, kammaṃ vadāmi (a. ni. 6.63; kathā. 539), tividhā, bhikkhave, kāyasañcetanā akusalaṃ kāyakamma’’ntiādivacanato (kathā. 539) kammabhāvo pākaṭo, kammaṃyeva ca sugatiduggatīnaṃ tattha uppajjanakasukhadukkhānañca pathabhāvena pavattaṃ kammapathoti vuccatīti pākaṭo tassā kammapathabhāvo, abhijjhādīnaṃ pana cetanāsamīhanabhāvena sucaritaduccaritabhāvo cetanājanitapiṭṭhivaṭṭakabhāvena sugatiduggatitaduppajjanakasukhadukkhānaṃ pathabhāvo cāti na tathā pākaṭo kammapathabhāvoti teyeva tena sabhāvena dassetuṃ ^b^abhidhamme^eb^ cetanā kammapatharāsibhāvena na vuttā ^a^V1.0271^ea^, atathājātiyakattā vā cetanā tehi saddhiṃ na vuttāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Mūlaṃ patvā^eb^ti mūladesanaṃ patvā, mūlasabhāvesu dhammesu vuccamānesūti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Adinnādānaṃ sattārammaṇa^eb^nti idaṃ ‘‘pañca sikkhāpadā parittārammaṇā eva vā’’ti imāya pañhapucchakapāḷiyā virujjhati. Yañhi pāṇātipātādidussīlyassa ārammaṇaṃ, tadeva taṃ veramaṇiyā ārammaṇaṃ. Vītikkamitabbavatthuto eva hi viratīti. ^b^Sattārammaṇa^eb^nti vā sattasaṅkhātaṃ saṅkhārārammaṇameva upādāya vuttanti nāyaṃ virodho. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ^b^sammohavinodaniyaṃ^eb^ (vibha. aṭṭha. 714) ‘‘yāni sikkhāpadāni ettha sattārammaṇānīti vuttāni, tāni yasmā sattoti saṅkhyaṃ gataṃ saṅkhārameva ārammaṇaṃ karontī’’ti. Visabhāgavatthuno ‘‘itthī, puriso’’ti gahetabbato ^b^sattārammaṇoti eke^eb^. ‘‘Eko diṭṭho, dve sutā’’tiādinā samphappalapane ^b^diṭṭhasutamutaviññātavasena^eb^. ^b^Tathā abhijjhā^eb^ti ettha ^b^tathā^eb^-saddo ‘‘diṭṭhasutamutaviññātavasenā’’ti idampi upasaṃharati, na sattasaṅkhārārammaṇataṃ eva dassanādivasena abhijjhāyanato. ‘‘Natthi sattā opapātikā’’ti pavattamānāpi ^b^micchādiṭṭhi^eb^^a^M1.0305^ea^ tebhūmakadhammavisayāvāti adhippāyenassā ^b^saṅkhārārammaṇatā^eb^ vuttā. Kathaṃ pana micchādiṭṭhiyā sabbe tebhūmakadhammā ārammaṇaṃ hontīti? Sādhāraṇato. ‘‘Natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’ti hi pavattamānāya atthato rūpārupāvacaradhammāpi gahitā eva hontīti.<br/><br/>[03]Sukhabahulatāya rājāno hasamānāpi ‘‘coraṃ ghātethā’’ti vadanti, hāso pana tesaṃ aññavisayoti āha ^b^‘‘sanniṭṭhāpaka…pe… hotī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kesañcī^eb^ti sahajātānaṃ adinnādānādīnaṃ. ^b^Sampayuttapabhāvakaṭṭhenā^eb^ti sampayutto hutvā uppādakaṭṭhena. ^b^Kesañcī^eb^ti asahajātānaṃ. ^b^Upanissayapaccayaṭṭhenā^eb^ti etena mūlaṭṭhena lobhassa upakārataṃ nivatteti. Suppatiṭṭhitabhāvasādhanaṭṭho hi mūlaṭṭho, so ca hetupaccayatāavinābhāvī, tena cettha mūlamiva mūlanti gahetabbaṃ, nippariyāyato pana pubbe ‘‘kesañcī’’ti vuttānaṃ sahajātānaṃ mūlabhāvo veditabbo. ^b^Ratto kho^eb^tiādinā suttapadenapi pāṇātipātādīnaṃ akusalānaṃ lobhassa mūlakāraṇataṃ vibhāveti, na mūlaṭṭhenupakāratthaṃ avisesato tesaṃ hetupaccayattābhāvato.<br/><br/>[06]Akusalakammapathavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 66
title: ^akusalakammapathavaṇṇanā^kusalakammapathavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^Vera^eb^nti ^a^V1.0272^ea^ pāṇātipātādipāpadhammaṃ. So hi verahetutāya ‘‘vera’’nti vuccati, taṃ ^b^maṇati^eb^ ‘‘mayi idha ṭhitāya kathamāgacchasī’’ti tajjentī viya nivāretīti ^b^veramaṇī^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pajahatī’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Viramaṇī’’ti vattabbe niruttinayena eva-kāraṃ katvā evaṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^Vibhaṅge^eb^ (vibha. 703, 704) eva niddisanavasena evaṃ vuttā. Asamādinnasīlassa sampattato yathāupaṭṭhitavītikkamitabbavatthuto virati ^b^sampattavirati,^eb^ samādānavasena uppannā virati ^b^samādānavirati,^eb^ samādānavasena uppannā virati ^b^samādānavirati,^eb^ kilesānaṃ samucchindanavasena pavattāvirati ^b^samucchedavirati^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Jīvamānasasassa ^a^M1.0306^ea^ maṃsarudhirasammissatāya ^b^allasasamaṃsaṃ^eb^. ^b^Muñci^eb^ sabbattha samakaruṇatāya. ^b^Saccaṃ vatvā^eb^ ‘‘etena saccavajjena mayhaṃ mātu rogo sammatū’’ti ^b^adhiṭṭhāsi^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Mahāsappo^eb^ti ajagaro. ^b^Muñcitvā agamāsi^eb^ sīlatejena.<br/><br/>[03]Kosallaṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ, kosallena, kosallato vā ^b^pavattiyā^eb^ upagamanato. ^b^Kucchitasayanato^eb^ti kucchitenākārena sayanato anusayanato, pavattanato vā. ‘‘Veramaṇikusalā’’ti vattabbāpi pucchānurūpaṃ vissajjananti ‘‘kusalā’’ti na vuttā, ‘‘kusala’’ntveva vuttā.<br/><br/>[03]Kāmañcettha pāḷiyaṃ viratiyova āgatā, sikkhāpadavibhaṅge (vibha. 704) pana cetanāpi āharitvā dīpitāti tadubhayampi gaṇhanto ^b^‘‘cetanāpi vaṭṭanti viratiyopī’’^eb^ti āha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anabhijjhā hi mūlaṃ patvā^eb^ kammapathakoṭṭhāsaṃ patvā anabhijjhāti vuttadhammo mūlato alobho kusalamūlaṃ hotīti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. Sesapadadvayepi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03]Dussīlyārammaṇā tadārammaṇā jīvitindriyādiārammaṇā kathaṃ dussīlyāni pajahantīti taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā panā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anabhijjhā^eb^^a^V1.0273^ea^^b^…pe… viramantassā^eb^ti abhijjhaṃ pajahantassāti attho. Na hi manoduccaritato virati atthi anabhijjhādīheva tappahānasiddhito. ^b^Tesu alobho^eb^tiādīsu yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ akusalamūlesu vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Appanāvāra^eb^nti nigamanavāraṃ. ^b^Ekena nayenā^eb^ti vedanādivasena arūpamukheneva anekavidhesu vipassanākammaṭṭhānesu ekena kammaṭṭhānanayena. ^b^‘‘Ṭhapetvā abhijjhaṃ nava akusalakammapathā’’^eb^ti vattabbaṃ. ^b^Dasā^eb^ti vā idaṃ ‘‘kusalakammapathā’’ti iminā sambandhitabbaṃ ‘‘akusalakammapathā ca dasa kusalakammapathā cā’’ti. ‘‘Ṭhapetvā abhijjha’’nti hi imināva akusalakammapathānaṃ navabhāvo vutto hoti. Atha vā ^b^dasā^eb^ti idaṃ ubhayathāpi sambandhitabbaṃ. Abhijjhā hi pahātabbāpi sati pariññeyyataṃ nātivattatīti. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ‘‘rūpataṇhā piyarūpaṃ sātarūpa’’ntiādi, tasmā ^a^M1.0307^ea^ sā tāya pariññeyyatāya dukkhasaccepi saṅgahaṃ labhateva, pahātabbaṃ pana upādāya ‘‘ṭhapetvā abhijjha’’nti vuttaṃ. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘pariyāyena pana sabbepi kammapathā dukkhasacca’’^eb^nti. Abhijjhālobhānaṃ pavattiākārasiddhabhedaṃ upādāya ^b^‘‘ime dve dhammā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Suttantanayena taṇhā ‘‘samudayasacca’’nti vuttāti āha ^b^‘‘nippariyāyena samudayasacca’’^eb^nti. ^b^Appavattī^eb^ti appavattinimittamāha yathā ‘‘rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo’’ti (saṃ. ni. 4.314). Sappaccayatāya saṅkhatasabhāve dukkhasacce gahite appaccayatāya asaṅkhataṃ nirodhasaccaṃ paṭipakkhato āvattati, ekantasāvajje ācayagāmilakkhaṇe samudayasacce gahite sāvajjā vigamanaṃ apacayagāmilakkhaṇaṃ maggasaccaṃpaṭipakkhato āvattatīti dve āvattahāravasena veditabbānīti vuttaṃ. Tenevāha ^b^nettiyaṃ^eb^ (netti. 4ṇiddesavāra) –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Ekamhi padaṭṭhāne, pariyesati sesakaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Āvattati paṭipakkhe, āvatto nāma so hāro’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sabbākārenā^eb^ti kāmarāgarūparāgādisabbappakārehi, sabbato vā apāyagamanīyādiākārato, tattha kiñcipi anavasesetvā vā. ^b^Sabbākārenevā^eb^ti sabbākārato. ^b^Nīharitvā^eb^ti apanetvā, samucchinditvāicceva attho. ^b^Kañci dhammaṃ anavakārīkaritvā^eb^ti rūpavedanādīsu kañci ekadhammampi avinibbhogaṃ katvā, ekekato aggahetvā samūhatova gahetvāti attho. ^b^Asmī^eb^ti ahamasmīti mānaggāhavasena. So pana yasmā pañcakkhandhe niravasesato gaṇhāti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘samūhaggahaṇākārenā’’^eb^ti. Yasmā cettha aggamaggacittaṃ vuccati, tasmā āha ^b^‘‘diṭṭhisadisaṃ mānānusaya’’^eb^nti. ‘‘Yaṃ rūpaṃ taṃ aha’’ntiādinā ^a^V1.0274^ea^ yathā diṭṭhi rūpādiṃ ‘‘ahamasmī’’ti gaṇhantī pavattati, evaṃ mānopi ‘‘seyyohamasmī’’tiādināti āha ^b^‘‘mānānusayo asmīti pavattattā diṭṭhisadiso’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paricchedakaro^eb^ti osānaparicchedakaro ito paraṃ dukkhassābhāvakaraṇato. ^b^Kammapathadesanāyā^eb^ti kammapathamukhena pavattacatusaccadesanāya. ^b^Manasikārappaṭivedhavasenā^eb^ti vipassanāmanasikāramaggappaṭivedhavasena.<br/><br/>[06]Kusalakammapathavāravaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 67
title: akusalakammapathavaṇṇanā^kusalakammapathavaṇṇanā^āhāravāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^90^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Āharatī^eb^ti ^a^M1.0308^ea^ (saṃ. ni. ṭī. 2.2.11) āneti, uppādeti upatthambheti cāti attho. ^b^Nibbattā^eb^ti pasutā. Tato paṭṭhāya hi loke jātavohāro. Paṭisandhiggahaṇato pana paṭṭhāya yāva mātukucchito nikkhamanaṃ, tāva sambhavesino. Esa tāva gabbhaseyyakesu bhūtasambhavesivibhāgo, itaresu pana paṭhamacittādivasena vutto. ^b^Sambhava^eb^-saddo cettha gabbhaseyyakānaṃ vasena pasūtipariyāyo, itaresaṃ vasena uppattipariyāyo. Paṭhamacittapaṭhamairiyāpathakkhaṇesu hi te sambhavaṃ uppattiṃ esanti upagacchanti nāma, na tāva bhūtā uppattiyā na suppatiṭṭhitattā. ^b^Bhūtāyeva^eb^ sabbaso bhavesanāya samucchinnattā. ^b^Na puna bhavissantīti^eb^ avadhāraṇena nivattitamatthaṃ dasseti, ‘‘yo ca kālaghaso bhūto’’tiādīsu (jā. 1.2.190) bhūta-saddassa khīṇāsavavācitā daṭṭhabbā. ^b^Vā-saddo cettha sampiṇḍanattho^eb^ ‘‘agginā vā udakena vā’’tiādīsu (udā. 76) viya.<br/><br/>[03]Yathāsakaṃ paccayabhāvena attabhāvassa paṭṭhapanamevetthāahārehi kātabbānuggahoti adhippāyenāha ^b^‘‘vacanabhedo…pe… ekoyevā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sattassa uppannadhammāna^eb^nti sattassasantāne uppannadhammānaṃ. Yathā ‘‘vassasataṃ tiṭṭhatī’’ti vutte anuppabandhavasena pavattatīti vuttaṃ hoti, evaṃ ^b^ṭhitiyā^eb^ti anuppabandhavasena pavattiyāti attho, sā pana avicchedoti āha ^b^‘‘avicchedāyā’’^eb^ti. Anuppabandhadhammuppattiyā sattasantāno anuggahito nāma hotīti āha ^b^‘‘anuppannānaṃ uppādāyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Etānī^eb^ti ṭhitianuggahapadāni. ^b^Ubhayattha daṭṭhabbāni,^eb^ na yathāsaṅkhyaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Vatthugatā ^a^V1.0275^ea^ ojā vatthu viya tena saddhiṃ āharitabbataṃ gacchatīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘ajjhoharitabbato āhāro’’^eb^ti. Nibbattitaojaṃ pana sandhāya ‘‘kabaḷīkārāhāro ojaṭṭhamakarūpāni āharatī’’ti vakkhati. ^b^Oḷārikatā^eb^ appojatāya, na vatthuno thūlatāya, kathinatāya vā, tasmā yasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ parittā ojā hoti, taṃ oḷārikaṃ. Sappādayo dukkhuppādakatāya oḷārikāveditabbā. Visāṇādīnaṃ tivassachaḍḍitānaṃ pūtibhūttatā mudukatāti vadanti, taracchakheḷatemikatāya pana tathābhūtānaṃ tesaṃ mudukatā. Dhammasabhāvo hesa. ^b^Sasānaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0309^ea^^b^āhāro sukhumo^eb^ taruṇatiṇasassakhādanato. ^b^Sakuṇānaṃ āhāro sukhumo^eb^ tiṇabījādikhādanato. ^b^Paccantavāsīnaṃ sukhumo,^eb^ tesañhi sākapaṇṇasukkhakurapadumapattampi āhāroti. ^b^Tesaṃ^eb^ paranimmitavasavattīnaṃ. ^b^Sukhumotvevā^eb^ti na kiñci upādāya, atha kho sukhumo icceva ^b^niṭṭhaṃ patto^eb^ tato paraṃ sukhumassa abhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]Vatthuvasena panettha āhārassa oḷārikasukhumatā vuttā, sā cassa appojamahojatāhi veditabbāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘ettha cā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Parissama^eb^nti khudāvasena uppannaṃ sarīrakhedaṃ. ^b^Vinodetī^eb^ti vatthu tassa vinodanamattaṃ karoti. ^b^Na pana sakkoti pāletu^eb^nti sarīraṃ yāpetuṃ nappahoti nissārattā. ^b^Na sakkoti parissamaṃ vinodetuṃ^eb^ āmāsayassa apūraṇato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Chabbidhopī^eb^ti iminā kassacipi phassassa anavasesitabbatamāha. Āhārassadesanākkamenevettha phassādīnaṃ dutiyāditā, na aññena kāraṇenāti āha ^b^‘‘desanānayo evā’’^eb^tiādi. Manaso sañcetanā, na sattassāti dassanatthaṃ manogahaṇaṃ yathā ‘‘cittassa ṭhiti (dha. sa. 11), cetovimutti cā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.69) āha ^b^‘‘manosañcetanāti cetanā evā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Citta^eb^nti yaṃ kiñci cittaṃ, na vipākaviññāṇameva.<br/><br/>[03]Pubbe ‘‘āhāranti paccaya’’nti vuttattā ^b^‘‘yadi paccayaṭṭho āhāraṭṭho’’^eb^tiādinā codeti. ^b^Atha kasmā imeyeva cattāro vuttā^eb^ti atha kasmā cattārova vuttā, ime eva ca vuttāti yojanā. ^b^Visesapaccayattā^eb^ti etena yathā aññe paccayadhammā attano paccayuppannassa paccayāva honti, ime pana tathā ca honti aññathā cāti samānepi paccayatte atirekapaccayā honti, tasmā āhārāti vuttāti imamatthaṃ dasseti. Idāni taṃ atirekapaccayataṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘visesapaccayo hī’’^eb^tiādi āraddhaṃ. ^b^Visesapaccayo rūpakāyassa kabaḷīkāro āhāro^eb^ upatthambhakabhāvato. Tenāha ^b^aṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ (visuddhi. 2.708; paṭṭhā. aṭṭha. paccayuddesavaṇṇanā) ‘‘rūpārūpānaṃ upatthambhakattena upakārakā cattāro āhārā āhārapaccayo’’ti. Upatthambhakattañhi ^a^V1.0276^ea^ satipi janakatte arūpīnaṃ āhārānaṃ āhārajarūpasamuṭṭhāpakarūpāhārassa ^a^M1.0310^ea^ ca hoti, asati pana upatthambhakatte āhārānaṃ janakattaṃ natthīti upatthambhakattaṃ padhānaṃ. Janayamānopi hi āhāro avicchedavasena upatthambhayamāno eva janetīti upattambhakabhāvo eva āhārabhāvo. ^b^Vedanāya phasso visesapaccayo^eb^. ‘‘Phassapaccayā vedanā’’ti hi vuttaṃ. ‘‘Saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇa’’nti (udā. 1; ma. ni. 3.126) vacanato ^b^viññāṇassamanosañcetanā^eb^. ‘‘Cetanā tividhaṃ bhavaṃ janetī’’ti hi vuttaṃ. ‘‘Viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpa’’nti pana vacanato ^b^nāmarūpassa viññāṇaṃ visesapaccayā^eb^. Na hi okkantiviññāṇābhāve nāmarūpassa attasambhavo. Yathāha ‘‘viññāṇañca hi, ānanda, mātukucchismiṃ na okkamissatha, api nu kho nāmarūpaṃ mātukucchismiṃ samuccissathā’’tiādi (dī. ni. 2.115). Vuttamevatthaṃ suttena sādhetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathāhā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Evaṃ yadipi paccayaṭṭho āhāraṭṭho, visesapaccayatāya pana ime eva āhārāti vuttāti taṃ nesaṃ visesapaccayataṃ avibhāgato dassetvā idāni vibhāgato dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘ko panetthā’’^eb^tiādi āraddhaṃ. ^b^Mukhe ṭhapitamattoyeva^eb^ asaṅkhādito, tattakenapi abbhantarassa āhārassa paccayo hoti eva. Tenāha ^b^‘‘aṭṭha rūpāni samuṭṭhāpetī’’^eb^ti. Sukhavedanāya hito ^b^sukhavedaniyo. Sabbathāpī^eb^ti cakkhusamphassādivasena. Yattakā phassassa pakārabhedā, tesaṃ vasena sabbappakāropi ^b^phassāhāro^eb^. Yathārahaṃ ^b^tisso vedanā āharati,^eb^ anāhārako natthi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sabbathāpī^eb^ti idhāpi phassāhāre vuttanayānusārena attho veditabbo. ^b^Tisantativasenā^eb^ti kāyadasakaṃ bhāvadasakaṃ vatthudasakanti tividhasantativasena. ^b^Sahajātādipaccayanayenā^eb^ti sahajātādipaccayavidhinā. Paṭisandhiviññāṇañhi attanā sahajātanāmassa sahajātāññamaññanissayavipākindriyasampayuttātthiavigatapaccayehi paccayo hontoyeva āhārapaccayatāya taṃ āhāretī vuttaṃ, sahajātarūpesu pana vatthuno sampayuttapaccayaṃ ṭhapetvā vippayuttapaccayena, sesarūpassa aññamaññapaccayañca ṭhapetvā vuttanayenevayojanā kātabbā. ^b^Tānī^eb^ti napuṃsakaniddeso anapuṃsakānampi napuṃsakehi saha vacanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sāsavā^eb^^a^M1.0311^ea^^b^kusalākusalacetanāva vuttā^eb^. Visesapaccayabhāvadassanaṃ hetanti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘avisesena panā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Paṭisandhiviññāṇameva vutta^eb^nti etthāpi eseva nayo. Yathā tassa tassa phalassa visesato paccayatāya etesaṃ āhāraṭṭho, evaṃ avisesatopīti dassantena ^b^‘‘avisesena panā’’^eb^tiādi ^a^V1.0277^ea^ vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^taṃsampayuttataṃsamuṭṭhānadhammāna^eb^nti tehi phassādīhi sampayuttadhammānañceva taṃsamuṭṭhānarūpadhammānañca. Tattha ^b^sampayutta^eb^ggahaṇaṃ yathārahato daṭṭhabbaṃ, ^b^samuṭṭhāna^eb^ggahaṇaṃ pana avisesato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Upatthambhento āhārakiccaṃ sādhetī^eb^ti upatthambhentoyeva rūpaṃ samuṭṭhāpeti, ojaṭṭhamakarūpasamuṭṭhāpaneneva panassa upatthambhanakiccasiddhi. ^b^Phusantoyevā^eb^ti phusanakiccaṃ karonto eva. ^b^Āyūhamānāvā^eb^ti cetayamānā eva abhisandahantī eva. ^b^Vijānantamevā^eb^ti upapattiparikappanavasena vijānantameva āhārakiccaṃ sādhetīti yojanā. Sesapadadvayepi eseva nayo. Āhārakiccasādhanañca tesaṃ vedanādiuppattihetutāya attabhāvassa pavattanameva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kāyaṭṭhapanenā^eb^ti kasmā vuttaṃ? Nanu kammajādirūpaṃ kammādināva pavattatīti codanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘kammajanitopī’’^eb^tiādi. Upādinnarūpasantatiyā upatthambhaneneva utucittajarūpasantatīnampi upatthambhanasiddhi hotīti ^b^‘‘dvinnaṃ rūpasantatīna’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Upatthambhanameva sandhāya ^b^‘‘anupālako hutvā’’^eb^ti ca vuttaṃ. Rūpakāyassa ṭhitihetutā hi yāpanā anupālanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sukhādivatthubhūta^eb^nti sukhādīnaṃ pavattiṭṭhānabhūtaṃ. Ārammaṇampi hi vasati ettha ārammaṇakaraṇavasena tadārammaṇā dhammāti vatthūti vuccati. ^b^Phusantoyevā^eb^ti idaṃ phassassa phusanasabhāvattā vuttaṃ. Na hi dhammānaṃ sabhāvena vinā pavatti atthi. Vedanāpavattiyā vinā sattānaṃ sandhāvanatā natthīti āha ^b^‘‘sukhādi…pe… hotī’’^eb^ti, na cettha saññībhavakathāyaṃ asaññībhavo dassetabbo, tassāpi vā kāraṇabhūtavedanāpavattivaseneva ṭhitiyā hetuno abyāpitā. Tathā hi ^b^‘‘manosañcetanā…pe… bhavamūlanipphādanato sattānaṃ ṭhitiyā hotī’’^eb^ti vuttā, tato eva ‘‘viññāṇaṃ vijānantamevāti upapattiparikappanavasena vijānantamevā’’ti vuttovāyamatthoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Cattāri^eb^^a^M1.0312^ea^^b^bhayāni daṭṭhabbāni^eb^ ādīnavavibhāvanato. ^b^Nikantī^eb^ti nikāmanā. Rasataṇhaṃ sandhāya vadati. Sā hi kabaḷīkāre āhāre balavatī. Teneva tattha avadhāraṇaṃ kataṃ. Bhāyati etasmāti ^b^bhayaṃ, nikantiyevabhayaṃ^eb^ mahānatthahetuto. ^b^Upagamanaṃ^eb^ visayindriyaviññāṇesu visayaviññāṇesu eva ca saṅgativasena pavatti, taṃ vedanādiuppattihetutāya ^b^‘‘bhaya’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Avadhāraṇe payojanaṃ vuttanayameva. Sesadvayepi esevanayo. ^b^Āyūhanaṃ^eb^ abhisandahanaṃ, saṃvidhānantipi ^a^V1.0278^ea^ vadanti. Taṃ bhavūpapattihetutāya ^b^‘‘bhaya’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Abhinipāto^eb^ tattha tattha bhave paṭisandhiggahaṇavasena nibbatti. So bhavūpapattihetukānaṃ sabbesaṃ anatthānaṃ mūlakāraṇattā ^b^‘‘bhaya’’^eb^nti vutto. Idāni nikantiādīnaṃ sappaṭibhayataṃ vitthārato dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘kiṃkāraṇā’’^eb^tiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha ^b^nikantiṃ katvā^eb^ti ālayaṃ janetvā, taṇhaṃ uppādetvāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Phassa upagacchantā^eb^ti cakkhusamphassādibhedaṃ phassaṃ pavattentā. ^b^Phassassādino^eb^ti kāyasamphassavasena phoṭṭabbasaṅkhātassa phassassa assādanasīlā. Kāyasamphassavasena hi sattānaṃ phoṭṭhabbataṇhā pavattatīti dassetuṃ phassāhārādīnavadassane phoṭṭhabbārammaṇaṃ uddhaṭaṃ ^b^‘‘paresaṃ rakkhitagopitesū’’^eb^tiādinā. ^b^Phassassādino^eb^ti vā phassāhārassādinoti attho. Sati hi phassāhāre sattānaṃ phassārammaṇe assādo, nāsatīti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘phassassādamūlaka’’^eb^ntiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Jātinimittassa bhayassa abhinipātasabhāvena gahitattā ^b^‘‘tammūlaka’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ, kammāyūhananimittanti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Abhinipatatī^eb^ti abhinibbattati. Paṭhamābhinibbatti hi sattānaṃ tattha tattha aṅgārakāsusadise bhave abhinipātasadisīti. ^b^Tammūlakattā^eb^ti nāmarūpanibbattimūlakattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tatrā^eb^ti tāsu upamāsu. ^b^Bhūtamatthaṃ katvā^eb^ti na parikappitamatthaṃ, atha kho bhūtaṃ bhūtapubbaṃ atthaṃ katvā. Pātheyyahatthesu gacchantesu pātheyyaṃ, gacchantaṃ viya hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘gantvā pātheyyaṃ niṭṭhāsī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Gantvā^eb^ti vāgamanahetūti attho. Khuppipāsāturatāya ghanacchāyaṃ rukkhaṃ upagantuṃ asamatthā ^b^viraḷhacchāyāyaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Na dāni sakkā taṃ mayā kātuṃ^eb^^a^M1.0313^ea^ atidubbalabhāvato. Parikkhalitagatitaruṇadārako khuppipāsābhibhūto ca, tasmā ^b^gacchantoyeva mato^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sajātimaṃsatāyā^eb^ti (saṃ. ni. ṭī. 2.2.63) samānajātimaṃsatāya, manussamaṃsatāyāti attho. Yaṃ manussamaṃsaṃ, tañhi loke jigucchanīyattā paṭikulaṃ. Tathā hi taṃ viññūhi vajjitaṃ, manussamaṃsesupi ñātimaṃsaṃ ayuttaparibhogatāya paṭikūlaṃ, tatthāpi puttamaṃsaṃ, tatthāpi piyaputtamaṃsaṃ, tatthāpi taruṇamaṃsaṃ, tatthāpi āmakamaṃsaṃ, tatthāpi agorasābhisaṅkhataṃ, tatthāpi aloṇaṃ, tatthāpi adhūpitanti evaṃ heṭṭhimato uttaruttarassa paṭikūlatarabhāvakāraṇatā ^a^V1.0279^ea^ daṭṭhabbā. ^b^Puttamaṃsasadisa^eb^nti paṭikūlatāupaṭṭhāpanena puttamaṃsasadisaṃ katvā passati. ^b^Tattha nikantiṃ pariyādiyatī^eb^ti ariyamaggena āhāre sāpekkhaṃ khepeti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sā gāvī^eb^ti ‘‘seyyathāpi bhikkhave gāvī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.63) evaṃ sutte vuttagāvī. ^b^Uddāletvā^eb^ti uppāṭetvā. ^b^Nissāya tiṭṭhatī^eb^ti paṭiccapaccayaṃ katvā pavattati. Dukkhadukkhatādivasena tiṇṇampi vedayitānaṃ dukkhabhāvaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘vedayitadukkhassā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Sādhusammatāpi gati vipariṇāmasaṅkhāradukkhatāvasena kilesadukkhavasena ca mahāpariḷāhāyevāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘mahāpariḷāhaṭṭhena tayo bhavā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Yathā upakaḍḍhakā dve purisā,^eb^ evaṃ kusalākusalavasena dve manosañcetanā. Yathā manosañcetanā na pavattati, tathā paṭipajjanto tattha nikantiṃ pariyādiyatīti veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Sattisatena hatā ^b^eva^eb^ upamā sattisatahatūpamā, tassaṃ ^b^sattisatahatūpamāyaṃ^eb^. ^b^Taṃ^eb^ sattisataṃ. ^b^Assa^eb^ purisassa. ^b^Patitokāse^eb^ti purimasattīhi patitappadese. ^b^Dukkhassa pamāṇaṃ natthi^eb^ anekassa aparāparaṃ uppajjanato. ^b^Khandhajanana^eb^nti khandhānaṃ aparāparuppādo, paṭhamābhinibbatti pana paṭisandhi eva. ^b^Āgucārī puriso viya paṭisandhiviññāṇaṃ^eb^ nānappakāradukkhuppādasannissayato, tehi ca dukkhehi upagantabbato. Sampayuttadhammānaṃ pamukhabhāvena pavattiyā ^b^‘‘viññāṇassa dukkhuppādo^eb^ti vuttā. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ‘‘manopubbaṅgamā dhammā’’ti (dha. pa. 1, 2) yathā viññāṇaṃ āyatiṃ paṭisandhivasena na pavattati, evaṃ karaṇaṃ tattha nikantipariyādānaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pariññātaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0314^ea^^b^vatthū^eb^ti dukkhasaccamāha. ^b^Pañcakāmaguṇiko rāgo^eb^ti pañcakāmaguṇārammaṇo rāgo. ^b^Pariññāto hotī^eb^ti paricchijja jānanena samatikkanto hoti. Rasataṇhāya hi sammadeva vigatāya rūpataṇhādayopi vigatāyeva honti. Tathā ca sati kāmarāgasaṃyojanaṃ samucchinnameva hoti, evaṃ karaṇaṃ tattha nikantipariyādānaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Pariññābhisamaye hi siddhe pahānābhisamayo siddho evāti. Pahīne ca kāmarāgasaṃyojane orambhāgiyasaṃyojanānaṃ lesopi nāvasissatīti dassento āha ^b^‘‘natthi taṃ saṃyojana’’^eb^ntiādi. Tena kabaḷīkārāhārapariññā anāgāmitaṃ pāpetīti dasseti. Sesāhārapariññā pana arahattaniṭṭhā evāti dassento ^b^‘‘phasse bhikkhave’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^tisso taṇhā^eb^ti kāmataṇhā rūpataṇhā arūpataṇhāti imā tisso taṇhā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Purimataṇhāsamudayā’’^eb^ti ^a^V1.0280^ea^ saṅkhepato vuttamatthaṃ vitthārato dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘katha’’^eb^ntiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha ^b^taṇhāpaccayanibbattā^eb^ti taṇhāpaccayā nibbattā. Paṭisandhikkhaṇe purimataṇhāsamudayā āhārānaṃ samudayadassaneneva pavattikkhaṇepi upādinnakāahārasamudayo dassito hotīti taṃ anāmasitvā anupādinnakānaṃ taṇhāsamudayaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yasmā panā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Idhā^eb^ti imasmiṃ sutte ^b^missitvā kathitā^eb^ avisesitattā. ^b^Sahajātataṇhāpaccayanibbatto^eb^ti ettha ^b^sahajāta^eb^ggahaṇaṃ asahajātataṇhāpaccayanibbattopi anupādinnakāahāro labbhatīti dassanatthaṃ. So pana asahajātataṇhāpaccayanibbattatāsāmaññenapi yathāvuttaupādinnakāhārena saṃsayaṃ janeyyāti na uddhaṭo, na ca etaṃ kāraṇaṃ ‘‘rāgaṃ upanissāya domanassaṃ uppajjatī’’ti vacanato, taṇhopanissayapaṭighacittasamuṭṭhānāya ca ojāya vasena anupādinnakāahārassa labbhanato. Kathaṃ pana taṇhā ojāya upanissayapaccayo; na hi ^b^paṭṭhāne^eb^ katthaci rūpassa upanissayapaccayo vutto atthīti. Nāyaṃ virodho ‘‘yasmiṃ sati yaṃ hoti, so tassa upanissayo’’ti suttantanayassa adhippetattā yathāvuttatthasambhavato. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘imissā…pe… taṇhāya nirodhenā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Kāraṇe sabbaso niruddhe phalampi sabbaso nirujjhatīti āha ^b^‘‘āhāranirodho paññāyatī’’^eb^ti. Āhārānaṃ dukkhasaccekadesattā āhāraggahaṇaṃ ^a^M1.0315^ea^ dukkhasaccaggahaṇameva hotīti āha ^b^‘‘idha cattāripi saccāni sarūpeneva vuttānī’’^eb^ti. Saccadesanā dukkhādīnaṃ yāvadeva pariññeyyādibhāvasandassanatthā, tasmā jarāmaraṇādīsu pariññeyyādibhāvo asammohato sallakkhetabboti dassento ^b^‘‘sabbattha asammuyhantena saccāni uddharitabbānī’’^eb^ti āha.<br/><br/>[06]Āhāravāravaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 68
title: kusalakammapathavaṇṇanā^āhāravāravaṇṇanā^saccavāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^91^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Yena yena pariyāyena byākarotī^eb^ti yena yena dukkhādijarāmaraṇādipariyāyena ariyasaccāni saṅkhepato ca vitthārato ca katheti. ^b^Dukkhanti dukkhasaccaṃ^eb^ dukkhaṃ, na dukkhamattaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Saccavāravaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 69
title: āhāravāravaṇṇanā^saccavāravaṇṇanā^jarāmaraṇavāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^92^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tesaṃ^eb^^a^V1.0281^ea^^b^tesa^eb^nti byāpanicchāvasenāyaṃ niddeso kato, tasmā yathā ‘‘gāmo gāmo ramaṇīyo’’ti vutte ramaṇīyatāya tādisā sabbepi gāmā saṅgahaṃ gacchanti, evaṃ ‘‘tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ jātī’’ti vutte jātisaṅkhātavikāravasena sabbepi sattā saṅgahaṃ gacchanti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘saṅkhepato anekesaṃ sattānaṃ sādhāraṇaniddeso’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Gatijātivasenā^eb^ti (saṃ. ni. ṭī. 2.1.2) pañcagativasena, tatthāpi ekekāya gatiyā khattiyādibhummadevādihatthiādijātivasena ca. Nikiyyanti sattā ettha, etena vāti ^b^nikāyo,^eb^ gottacaraṇādivibhāgo. Jarāya sabhāvo nāma vayohāni, tasmā ^b^jarā^eb^ti vayohānisaṅkhātassa sabhāvassa niddeso, pākaṭajarāvasena niddeso khaṇḍiccādivasena gahaṇato. Jīraṇameva ^b^jīraṇatā,^eb^ jīrantassa vā ākāro tā-saddena vutto. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ayaṃ ākāraniddeso’’^eb^ti. Dantādīnaṃ vasena khaṇḍaṃ jātaṃ etassāti ^a^M1.0316^ea^ khaṇḍito, puggalo. Tassa bhāvo ^b^khaṇḍiccaṃ^eb^. Palitaṃ etassa atthīti palito, tassa bhāvo ^b^pāliccaṃ^eb^. Vali taco etassāti valittaco, tassa bhāvo ^b^valittacatā^eb^. ^b^Ime^eb^ khaṇḍiccādayo jarā. ^b^Vikārānaṃ dassanavasenā^eb^ti vipattidassanavasena. ^b^Vātassā^eb^ti mahato vātakkhandhassa. ^b^Khaṇḍiccādivasena gatamaggo pākaṭo,^eb^ tasmā khaṇḍiccādiggahaṇaṃ jarāya kiccaniddesoti vuttanti dasseti. ^b^Na ca khaṇḍiccādīneva jarā^eb^ti kalalakālato pabhuti purimarūpānaṃ jarāpattakkhaṇe uppajjamānāni pacchimarūpāni paripakkarūpānurūpāni pariṇatapariṇatāni uppajjantīti anukkamena supariṇatarūpānaṃ paripākakāle uppajjamānāni khaṇḍiccādisabhāvāni uppajjanti, tāni udakādimaggesu tiṇarukkhasaṃbhaggatādayo viya paripākagatamaggasaṅkhātesu paripakkarūpesu uppannāni ‘‘jarāya gato maggo’’icceva vuttāni, na jarāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pakatiyā^eb^ti phalavipaccanapakatiyā, jarāya vā pāpuṇitabbaṃ phalamevapakati, tāya jarā dīpitā. ^b^Suppasannānī^eb^ti suṭṭhu pasannāni. Tameva suppasannataṃ kiccato dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sukhumampī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tikkhavisadatā hi tesaṃ indriyānaṃ suppasannatā. ^b^Āluḷitānī^eb^ti ākulāni. ^b^Avisadānī^eb^ti abyattāni.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kāmaṃ^eb^ rūpadhammesupi khaṇikajarā durupalakkhitā paṭicchannāva, sā pana yasmā santānavasena pavattiyā paribyattāva hotīti ^b^‘‘pākaṭajarā’’^eb^icceva vuttā. Avīci nirantarā jarā ^a^V1.0282^ea^^b^avīcijarā^eb^ sati santāne sattānaṃ anuppabandhato. ^b^Tato aññesū^eb^ti mandadasakādīsu pubbadasakādiparicchedato aññesu yathāvuttesu. ^b^Antarantarā^eb^ti tesu eva vuttappakāresu purimadasakādito pacchimadasakādīnaṃ antarantarā. ^b^Vaṇṇavisesādīna^eb^nti vaṇṇavisesasaṇṭhānavisesasamphassavisesādīnaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vacanakavasenā^eb^ti ka-kārena hi padaṃ vaḍḍhetvā vuttaṃ, tasmā cavanaṃ cutīti vuttaṃ hoti. Taṃ pana ekacatupañcavokārabhavesu cutiyā avisesato gahaṇanti āha ^b^‘‘ekacatupañcakkhandhānaṃ sāmaññavacana’’^eb^nti. ^b^Cavanakavasenā^eb^ti vā cavanakassa puggalassa vasenāti attho. Cavanameva ^b^cavanatā^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘bhāvavacanenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Lakkhaṇanidassana^eb^nti vayasaṅkhātassa lakkhaṇassa nidassanaṃ. Cavantassa vā ākāro tā-saddena vutto ^a^M1.0317^ea^^b^‘‘cavanatā’’^eb^ti. Bhijjanaṃ ^b^bhedo^eb^ti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘cutikkhandhānaṃ bhaṅguppattiparidīpana’’^eb^nti. Yathā bhinnassa ghaṭassa kenaci pariyāyena ghanaghaṭabhāvena ṭhānaṃ natthi, evaṃ bhinnānaṃ khandhānanti cavanaṃ antarahitaṃ nāmāti āha ^b^‘‘antaradhānanti…pe… paridīpana’’^eb^nti. Yo maccūti vuccati bhedo, yañca maraṇaṃ pāṇacāgo, tadubhayaṃ ekajjhaṃ katvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘maccu maraṇa’’^eb^nti evaṃ vā ettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Kālassa antakassa kiriyāti yā loke vuccati, sā cuti, maraṇanti attho. Cavanakālo eva vā anatikkamanīyattā visesena kāloti vuttoti tassa kiriyā atthato cutikkhandhānaṃ bhedappattiyeva. ‘‘Cuti cavanatā’’tiādinā pubbe vohāramissakena niddiṭṭhaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni nibbattitaparamatthanayeneva niddesoti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘paramatthena dīpetu’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Cavanakavasenā’’tiādinā hi puggalavasena ca vohārādhiṭṭhānā saṃvaṇṇanā katā. ^b^Na kiñci^eb^ kaḷevaraṃ ^b^nikkhipaki^eb^ opapātikānaṃ cutikkhandhānaṃ antaradhānamevahoti, tato paraṃ utusamuṭṭhānarūpasantati na pavattati. ‘‘Jātisamudayā’’tiādīsu yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ ‘‘taṇhāsamudayā’’tiādīsu vuttanayaneva sakkā viññātunti na vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Jarāmaraṇavāravaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 70
title: saccavāravaṇṇanā^jarāmaraṇavāravaṇṇanā^jātivāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^93^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Jāyanaṭṭhenā^eb^tiādi āyatanavasena yonivasena ca dvīhi dvīhi padehi sabbasatte pariyādiyitvā jātiṃ dassetuṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^Sammohavinodaniyaṃ^eb^ (vibha. aṭṭha. 191) pana ‘‘jāyamānakavasena ^a^V1.0283^ea^^b^jāti,^eb^ sañjāyanavasena sañjātī’’ti vuttattā tattha ekekeneva padena sabbasatte pariyādiyitvā jātiṃ dassetīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Sampuṇṇā jāti ^b^sañjātī^eb^ti katvā ^b^‘‘sā paripuṇṇāyatanavasena yuttā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Eteneva kevalaṃ jātisaddena vuttāya jātiyā aparipuṇṇāyatanatā daṭṭhabbā. Abhibyattā nibbatti ^b^abhinibbatti,^eb^ pākaṭā nibbattīti attho. ‘‘Tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ…pe… abhinibbattī’’ti sattavasena pavattattā ^b^vohāradesanā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tatra^eb^^a^M1.0318^ea^^b^tatrā^eb^ti ettha catuvokārabhave dvinnaṃ, ekavokārabhave dvinnaṃ, sesarūpadhātuyaṃ paṭisandhikkhaṇe uppajjamānānaṃ pañcannaṃ, kāmadhātuyaṃ vikalāvikalindriyavasena sattannaṃ navannaṃ dasannaṃ, puna dasannaṃ, ekādasannañca āyatanānaṃ vasena saṅgaho veditabbo. Yadipi cutikkhandhā anantarānaṃ paṭisandhikadhammānaṃ anantarādinā paccayā honti, ye pana samudayā ajanakā, te ettha upapattibhavoti adhippetā. Janako eva bhavoti adhippetoti dassento ^b^‘‘jātiyā paccayabhūto kammabhavo veditabbo’’^eb^ti āha.<br/><br/>[06]Jātivāravaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 71
title: jarāmaraṇavāravaṇṇanā^jātivāravaṇṇanā^bhavavāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^94^eb^^b^.^eb^ Bhāvanabhavanaṭṭhena bhavo duvidho. Tattha kammabhavo ‘‘bhavati etasmā upapattibhavo’’ti bhāvanaṭṭhena ^b^bhavo. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ pana upapattibhavaṃ ‘‘bhavatīti bhavo’’ti vatvā tassa kāraṇattā kammaṃ phalūpacārena bhavoti ayamattho vutto, ubhayatthāpi upapattibhavahetubhāvanettha kammassa kammabhavapariyāyoti dassitaṃ hoti. ^b^Sabbathāpī^eb^ti bhāvanabhavanakusalākusalaupapattisampattibhavahīnapaṇītādinā sabbappakārenapi. ^b^Kāmabhavoti vuttaṃ^eb^ kāmataṇhāhetukato kāmataṇhāya ārammaṇabhāvato ca. Rūpabhavūpagakammaṃ rūpabhavo, tathā arūpabhavūpagakammaṃ arūpabhavo, taṃtaṃnibbattakkhandhā rūpārūpupattibhavā, rūpārūpabhavabhāvo pana tesaṃ ‘‘kāmabhavo’’ti ettha vuttanayeneva veditabbo.<br/><br/>[06]Bhavavāravaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 72
title: jātivāravaṇṇanā^bhavavāravaṇṇanā^upādānavāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^95^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Upādāna^eb^nti ^a^V1.0284^ea^ catubbidhampi upādānaṃ. Yathā hi kāmassādavasena, bhavassādavasena vā taṃtaṃsugatibhavūpagaṃ kammaṃ karontassa kāmupādānaṃ, evaṃ ucchedādimicchābhinivesavasenāti cattāripi upādānāni yathārahaṃ tassa tassa kusalakammabhavassa upanissayavaseneva paccayā honti, akusalakammabhavassa asahajātassa anantarassa upanissayavasenapi ārammaṇavasenapi ^a^M1.0319^ea^. Sahajātassa kāmupādānaṃ sahajāta-aññamañña-nissaya-sampayutta-atthi-avigata-hetu-vasena sattadhā, sesaupādānāni tattha hetupaccayabhāvaṃ pahāya maggapaccayaṃ pakkhipitvā sattadhāva paccayā honti. Anantarassa pana anantarasamanantarānantarūpanissayanatthivigatāsevanavasena paccayā honti. Tassidampi ^b^sahajātādī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena saṅgahitanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Vatthukāmaṃ upādiyati^eb^ cittaṃ, puggalo vā ^b^etenā^eb^ti attho. ^b^Ta^eb^nti vatthukāmaṃ. Kāmetīti kāmo ca so upādiyatīti upādānañcāti yojanā. ^b^Vuttanayenā^eb^ti ^b^abhidhamme^eb^ vuttanayena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sassato attā^eb^ti idaṃ purimadiṭṭhiṃ upādiyamānaṃ uttaradiṭṭhiṃ nidassetuṃ vuttaṃ. Yathā esā diṭṭhi daḷhīkaraṇavasena purimaṃ purimaṃ uttarā uttarā upādiyati, evaṃ ‘‘natthi dinna’’ntiādikāpīti. ^b^Atta^eb^ggahaṇaṃ pana attavādupādānanti nayidaṃ diṭṭhupādānadassananti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Loko cā^eb^ti attaggahaṇavinimuttagahaṇaṃ diṭṭhupādānabhūtaṃ idha purimadiṭṭhiuttaradiṭṭhivacanehi vuttanti veditabbaṃ. ^b^Sabbadiṭṭhigatassa^eb^ ‘‘diṭṭhupādāna’’nti ^b^etaṃ adhivacanaṃ^eb^ ‘‘sabbāpi diṭṭhi diṭṭhupādāna’’nti vacanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sīlabbataṃ upādiyantī^eb^ti sīlabbataṃ ‘‘suddhimaggo’’ti upādiyanti. ^b^Etena^eb^ micchābhinivesena. ^b^Sayaṃ vā taṃ^eb^ micchābhinivesasahagataṃ. Sīlabbatasahacaraṇato ^b^sīlabbatañca taṃ^eb^ daḷhaggāhabhāvato ^b^upādānañcāti sīlabbatupādānaṃ^eb^. ^b^Evaṃ suddhīti abhinivesato^eb^ti evaṃ gosīlagovatādicaraṇena saṃsārasuddhīti abhinivesabhāvato. Etena taṃ sahacaraṇato abhinivesassa taṃsaddārahataṃ dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vadantī^eb^ti ‘‘atthi me attā’’tiādinā voharanti. ^b^Etena^eb^ diṭṭhigatena. ^b^Attavādamattamevā^eb^ti attāti vācāmattameva. Etena vācāvatthumattametaṃ, yadidaṃ bāhirakaparikappito attāti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Taṇhā^eb^^a^V1.0285^ea^^b^kāmupādānassā^eb^ti ettha ‘‘tattha katamaṃ kāmupādānaṃ? Yo kāmesu kāmacchando kāmarāgo kāmanandī kāmataṇhā kāmasneho kāmapariḷāho kāmamucchā kāmajjhosānaṃ. Idaṃ vuccati kāmupādāna’’nti vacanato taṇhādaḷhattaṃ kāmupādānaṃ. ^b^Taṇhādaḷhatta^eb^nti ca purimataṇhāupanissayapaccayato daḷhabhūtā uttarataṇhā eva. Keci panāhu –<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Appattavisayapatthanā ^a^M1.0320^ea^ taṇhā andhakāre corassahatthappasāraṇaṃ viya, sampattavisayaggahaṇaṃ upādānaṃ tasseva bhaṇḍaggahaṇaṃ viyā’’ti. Appicchasantuṭṭhipaṭipakkhā ete dhammā pariyesanārakkhadukkhamūlāni, tasmā vuttalakkhaṇā taṇhā vuttalakkhaṇasseva upādānassa anānantarassa upanissayavasena paccayo, ārammaṇādivasenapi paccayo hotiyeva, anantarādīnaṃ pana anantarādivasena paccayo. Sabbassapi hi lobhassa taṇhāpariyāyopi kāmupādānapariyāyopi labbhatevāti. ^b^Avasesāna^eb^nti diṭṭhupādānādīnaṃ. ^b^Sahajātādivasenā^eb^ti sahajātānaṃ sahajātādivasena, asahajātānaṃ anantaraupanissayādivasenāti sabbaṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Upādānavāravaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 73
title: bhavavāravaṇṇanā^upādānavāravaṇṇanā^taṇhāvāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^96^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Cakkhusamphasso’’tiādi phassassa mātito nāmaṃ viya puttassa vatthuto tassa nissayabhāvena uppattihetuttā, ārammaṇaṃ pana kevalaṃ uppattihetūti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘seṭṭhi…pe… nāma’’^eb^nti. ^b^Kāmarāgabhāvenā^eb^ti vatthukāmassa rajjanavasena. ^b^Rūpaṃ assādentī^eb^ti rupārammaṇaṃ taṇhābhinandanāvasena abhiramamānā eva assādentī. ^b^Nicca^eb^ntiādinā diṭṭhābhinandanāmukhena rūpaṃ abhiramantī. ^b^Pecca na bhavissatī^eb^ti bhijjitvā na hoti puna anuppajjanato. ^b^Tathā saddakaṇhādayopī^eb^ti yathā rūpataṇhā kāmarāgabhāvena sassatarāgavasena ucchedarāgavasenāti ca pavattiyā tisso taṇhā, tathā saddataṇhā gandharasaphoṭṭhabbadhammataṇhāpi. ^b^Taṇhāvicaritānī^eb^ti taṇhāsamudācārā, samudācāravasena pavattataṇhāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ajjhattikassupādāyā^eb^ti (vibha. aṭṭha. 973; saṃ. ni. ṭī. 2.2.2) ajjhattikaṃ khandhapañcakaṃ upādāya. Upayogatthe hi idaṃ sāmivacanaṃ. ^b^Asmīti hotī^eb^ti yadetaṃ ajjhattaṃ khandhapañcakaṃ ^a^V1.0286^ea^ upādāya taṇhāmānadiṭṭhivasena samūhagāhato asmīti evaṃ hoti, tasmiṃ satīti attho. ^b^Itthasmīti hotī^eb^ti khattiyādīsu ‘‘idaṃpakāro aha’’nti evaṃ ^a^M1.0321^ea^ taṇhāmānadiṭṭhivasena hotīti idamettha anupanidhāya gahaṇaṃ. ^b^Evamādinā^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena ‘‘evaṃsmīti, aññathāsmīti, bhavissanti, itthaṃ bhavissanti, evaṃ bhavissanti, aññathā bhavissanti, asasmīti, satasmīti, siyanti, itthaṃ siyanti, evaṃ siyanti, aññathā siyanti, apāhaṃ siyanti, apāhaṃ itthaṃ siyanti, apāhaṃ evaṃ siyanti, apāhaṃ aññathā siya’’nti (vibha. 973) imesaṃ taṇhāvicaritānaṃ gahaṇaṃ. Tattha ^b^evaṃsmī^eb^ti idaṃ samato upanidhāya gahaṇaṃ, yathā ayaṃ khattiyo, yathā ayaṃ brāhmaṇo, evaṃ ahampīti attho. ^b^Aññathāsmī^eb^ti idaṃ asamaṇo upanidhāya gahaṇaṃ, yathā ayaṃ khattiyo, yathā ayaṃ brāhmaṇo, tato aññathā ahaṃ hīno vā adhiko vāti attho. Iti imāni pubbe vuttāni dveti etāni paccuppannavasena cattāri taṇhāvicaritāni. ^b^Bhavissa^eb^ntiādīni pana cattāri anāgatavasena vuttāni. Tesaṃ purimacatukke vuttanayeneva attho veditabbo. ^b^Asasmī^eb^ti asatīti asaṃ. Niccassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ, tasmā sassato asmīti attho. ^b^Satasmī^eb^ti sīdatīti sataṃ. Aniccassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ, tasmā asassato asmīti attho. Iti imāni dve sassatucchedavasena vuttāni. Ito parāni ^b^siya^eb^ntiādīni cattāri saṃsayaparivitakkavasena vuttāni, tāni purimacatukke vuttanayena atthato veditabbāni. ^b^Apāhaṃ siya^eb^ntiādīni cattāri ‘‘api nāmāhaṃ bhaveyya’’nti evaṃ patthanākappanavasena vuttāni, tāni purimacatukke vuttanayeneva veditabbāni.<br/><br/>[03]Ettha ca sassatucchedavasena vuttā dve diṭṭhisīsā nāma, asmi, bhavissaṃ, siyaṃ, apāhaṃ siyanti ete pana cattāro suddhasīsā eva, ‘‘itthasmī’’tiādayo tayo tayoti dvādasa sīsamūlakā nāma. Evametāni dve diṭṭhisīsā, cattāro suddhasīsā, dvādasa sīsamūlakāti ajjhattikassupādāya aṭṭhārassa taṇhāvicaritāni veditabbāni.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bāhirassupādāyā^eb^ti bāhiraṃ khandhapañcakaṃ upādāya. Idampi hi upayogatthe sāmivacanaṃ. ^b^Iminā^eb^ti iminā rupena vā…pe… viññāṇena vāti evaṃ rūpādīsu ekameva ‘‘aha’’nti, itaraṃ kiñcanapalibodhabhāvena gahetvā taṇhādivasena ‘‘asmī’’ti abhinivisati, ‘‘iminā’’ti ayamettha viseso. ^b^Asmī^eb^ti iminā khaggena vā chattena vā abhisekena vā ‘‘khattiyohamasmī’’ti ^a^M1.0322^ea^ abhinivisati. ^b^Bāhirarūpādinissitānī^eb^ti bāhirāni parasantatipariyāpannāni rūpavedanādīni nissitāni. ^b^Aṭṭhārasā^eb^ti iminā ‘‘asmī’’tiādinayappavattāni aṭṭhārasa, tāni pubbe vuttanayeneva veditabbāni. ‘‘Iminā’’ti hi ^a^V1.0287^ea^ ayamevettha viseso, tasmā ‘‘dve diṭṭhisīsā’’tiādinā vuttanayeneva niddhāretvā veditabbā. Ubhayaṃ pana ekajjhaṃ katvā āha ^b^‘‘chattiṃsā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Niddesatthenā^eb^ti ‘‘chayime āvuso taṇhākāyā’’tiādiniddesapāḷiyā atthavacanena. ^b^Niddesavitthārā^eb^ti tassa ca niddesassa aṭṭhasatataṇhāvicaritavasena vitthārena. ^b^Vitthārassa ca puna saṅgahato^eb^ti dvīhi ākārehi vitthāritassa aṭṭhārasataṇhāvicaritapabhedassa chaḷeva tissoyevāti ca puna saṅgahaṇato ca.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vipākavedanā adhippetā^eb^ visesato attānaṃ assādetabbato. Tameva hissā assādetabbataṃ pakāsetuṃ ^b^‘‘katha’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Assādanenā^eb^ti abhiratiyā. ^b^Mamāyantā^eb^ti dhanāyantā. ^b^Cittakārādīna^eb^nti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena iṭṭhavaṇṇārammaṇadāyakānaṃ saṅgaho. ^b^Sippasandassanakādīna^eb^nti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena vejjādīnaṃ saṅgaho. Vejjā hi rasāyatanojāvasena tadupatthambhitavasena ca dhammārammaṇassa dāyakā. Svāyaṃ ^b^ādi^eb^-saddo ‘‘vīṇāvādakādī’’tiādinā paccekañca yojetabbo, ^b^puttaṃ mamāyantā^eb^ti puttaṃ sampiyāyantā. Putto viya cettha vedanā daṭṭhabbā, sappāyasappikhīrādīni viya vedanāya paccayabhūtāni iṭṭharūpādiārammaṇāni, dhāti viya rūpādichaḷārammaṇadāyakā cittakārādayo daṭṭhabbā.<br/><br/>[06]Taṇhāvāravaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 74
title: upādānavāravaṇṇanā^taṇhāvāravaṇṇanā^vedanāvāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^97^eb^^b^.^eb^ Cakkhusamphassajā eva vedanā atītādibhedabhinnā rāsivasena ekajjhaṃ gahetvā eko vedanākāyo yathā vedanākkhandho, evaṃ sotasamphassajādikāti pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘chayime āvuso vedanākāyā’’ti vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘vedanākāyāti vedanāsamūhā’’^eb^ti. Cakkhusamphassato jātā ^b^cakkhusamphassajā vedanā^eb^. Sā pana upādinnāpi anupādinnāpi, tadubhayassapi saṅgaṇhantena atthavaṇṇanāya katattā āha ^b^‘‘ayaṃ tāvettha sabbasaṅgāhikakathā’’^eb^ti. Idāni ‘‘vipākavidhi aya’’nti upādinnayeva ^a^M1.0323^ea^ gaṇhanto ^b^‘‘vipākavasenā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Manodvāre manoviññāṇadhātusampayuttā^eb^ti tadārammaṇamanoviññāṇadhātusampayuttā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Avasesāna^eb^nti ^a^V1.0288^ea^ sampaṭicchanādivedanānaṃ. ^b^Upanissayādī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena anantarādīnaṃ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. Anantarānañhi anantarādivasena, itaresaṃ upanissayavasena phasso paccayo hoti, manodvāre pana tadārammaṇavedanānaṃ manosamphasso upanissayavasena paccayo. ^b^Advārikāna^eb^nti dvārarahitānaṃ. Na hi paṭisandhiādivedanānaṃ kiñci dvāraṃ atthi. ^b^Sahajātamanosamphassasamudayā^eb^ti etenassa tāsaṃ sahajātakoṭiyā paccayabhāvamāha.<br/><br/>[06]Vedanāvāravaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 75
title: taṇhāvāravaṇṇanā^vedanāvāravaṇṇanā^phassavāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^98^eb^^b^.^eb^ Cakkhuṃ nissāya uppanno samphasso ^b^cakkhusamphasso^eb^. ^b^Pañcavatthukā^eb^ti cakkhādipañcavatthukā cakkhādipañcavatthusannissayā. ‘‘Upādinnakakathā esā’’ti ^b^bāvīsati^eb^ggahaṇaṃ, pavattikathābhāvato ^b^lokiya^eb^ggahaṇaṃ. ^b^Vipākamanasampayuttaphassā^eb^ti vipākamanoviññāṇasampayuttā phassā. Paccayuppannena viya paccayenapi upādinnakeneva bhavitabbanti ^b^‘‘channaṃ cakkhādīnaṃ āyatanāna’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Phassavāravaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 76
title: vedanāvāravaṇṇanā^phassavāravaṇṇanā^saḷāyatanavāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^99^eb^^b^.^eb^ Nidassanamattañcetaṃ, tasmā yathā ettha arūpalokāpekkhāya chaṭṭhāyatanañca saḷāyatanañca saḷāyatananti ekaseso icchitabbo, evaṃ yesaṃ paccayuppanno upādinno, paccayo pana anupādinnotipi icchitabbo. Tesaṃ matena bāhirāyatanavasenapi ekaseso veditabbo ‘‘chaṭṭhāyatanañca saḷāyatanañca saḷāyatanañca saḷāyatana’’nti. Visuddhimaggopi imassa āgamassa ^a^M1.0324^ea^ atthasaṃvaṇṇanāti āha ^b^‘‘visuddhimagge…pe… vuttanayamevā’’^eb^ti. Esa nayo aññatthāpi visuddhimaggaggahaṇe.<br/><br/>[06]Saḷāyatanavāravaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 77
title: phassavāravaṇṇanā^saḷāyatanavāravaṇṇanā^nāmarūpavāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^100^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Namanalakkhaṇa^eb^nti ^a^V1.0289^ea^ ārammaṇābhimukhaṃ namanasabhāvaṃ tena vinā apavattanato. ^b^Ruppanaṃ^eb^ sītādivirodhipaccayasannipāte visadisuppatti. Ime pana ^b^tayo^eb^tiādinā sabbacittuppādasādhāraṇavaseneva taṃsaṅkhārakkhandhaggahaṇaṃ, tasmā ye yattha asādhāraṇā, tepi atthato gahitāyevāti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Upādiyitvā^eb^ti paccaye katvā. Paccayakaraṇameva hi paccayuppannassa paccayabhūtadhammānaṃ upādiyanaṃ. Samūhasambandhe sāmivacanaṃ etanti ^b^‘‘samūhatthe etaṃ sāmivacana’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ tena vinā sambandhassa abhāvato. ^b^Tenā^eb^ti tasmā. ^b^Taṃ sabbampī^eb^ti taṃ bhūtupādāyapabhedaṃ sabbampi sattavīsatividhaṃ. ^b^Yassa nāmassā^eb^ti catuvokārabhave nāmassa. ^b^Viññāṇa^eb^mpi tappariyāpannameva veditabbaṃ. ^b^Rūpassā^eb^ti ekavokārabhave rūpassa. ^b^Viññāṇaṃ^eb^ pana pañcavokārabhave saṅkhāraviññāṇameva. ^b^Yassa^eb^ pañcavokārabhave nāmarūpassa. ^b^Tassa vasenā^eb^ti sahajātassa sahajātādivasena, anantarassa anantarādivasena, itarassa upanissayādivasena tassa nāmassa yathārahaṃ tassa tassa viññāṇassa paccayabhāvo veditabbo.<br/><br/>[06]Nāmarūpavāravaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 78
title: saḷāyatanavāravaṇṇanā^nāmarūpavāravaṇṇanā^viññāṇavāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^101^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tebhūmakavipāka^eb^ggahaṇe kāraṇaṃ heṭṭhā vuttameva. ^b^Saṅkhāro yassa viññāṇassā^eb^ti ettha aṭṭhavidhopi kāmāvacarapuññābhisaṅkhāro soḷasavidhassa kāmāvacaravipākaviññāṇassa, pañcavidhopi rūpāvacarapuññābhisaṅkhāro pañcavidhassa rūpāvacaravipākaviññāṇassa, dvādasavidhopi apuññābhisaṅkhāro sattavidhassa akusalavipākaviññāṇassa, catubbidhopi āneñjābhisaṅkāro ^a^M1.0325^ea^ catubbidhassa arūpāvacaravipākaviññāṇassa yathārahaṃ paṭisandhipavattīsu kammapaccayena ceva upanissayapaccayena ca paccayo hoti. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana ^b^visuddhimagge^eb^ (visuddhi. 2.620) vuttanayena veditabbo.<br/><br/>[06]Viññāṇavāravaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 79
title: nāmarūpavāravaṇṇanā^viññāṇavāravaṇṇanā^saṅkhāravāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^102^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Abhisaṅkharaṇalakkhaṇo^eb^ti ^a^V1.0290^ea^ abhisañcetayitasabhāvo, āyūhanalakkhaṇoti attho. ^b^Copanavasenā^eb^ti kāyaviññattisaṅkhātacopanavasena. Tena pañcadvārikacetanā paṭikkhipati. ^b^Vacanabhedavasenā^eb^ti vācānicchāraṇavasena. Vacīviññattisamuṭṭhāpanavasenāti attho. Yathāvuttā vīsati, nava mahaggatakusalacetanā cāti ^b^ekūnatiṃsa manosañcetanā^eb^. ^b^‘‘Kusalānaṃ upanissayavasenā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ, ekaccānaṃ ārammaṇavasenapīti vattabbaṃ. ^b^Sahajātādivasenā^eb^ti sahajāta-aññamañña-nissaya-sampayutta-atthi-avigatahetuvasena, anantarānaṃ anantarasamanantarānantarūpanissayanatthivigatāsevanasena paccayo. ^b^Api^eb^-saddena upanissayaṃ saṅgaṇhāti.<br/><br/>[06]Saṅkhāravāravaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 80
title: viññāṇavāravaṇṇanā^saṅkhāravāravaṇṇanā^avijjāvāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^103^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^‘‘Dukkhasacceaññāṇa’’^eb^nti saṅkhepato vuttamatthaṃ vivarituṃ ^b^‘‘tatthā’’^eb^tiādi āraddhaṃ. ^b^Ta^eb^nti aññāṇaṃ. Satipi pahātabbatte pariññeyyattavasena ^b^antogadhaṃ^eb^. ^b^Dukkhasaccañcassā^eb^ti vatthusaṅkhātaṃ sampayuttakhandhasaṅkhātañca dukkhasaccaṃ assa aññāṇassa. Taṃ hissa nissayapaccayo hoti. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti dukkhasaccassa. ^b^Yāthāvalakkhaṇapaṭivedhanivāraṇenā^eb^ti saṅkhatāviparītasabhāvapaṭivijjhanassa nivāraṇena. Etenassa pariññābhisamayasaṅkhātassa ariyamaggapaṭivedhassa vibandhakabhāvamāha. ^b^Ñāṇappavattiyā^eb^ti ‘‘idaṃ dukkhaṃ, ettakaṃ dukkha’’nti ^a^M1.0326^ea^ anubujjhanākārāya pubbabhāgañāṇappavattiyā. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti dukkhasacce. ^b^Appadānenā^eb^ti avissajjanena. Etenassā anubodhañāṇassapi vibandhakatamāha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tīhi kāraṇehi veditabbaṃ^eb^ antogadhābhāvato. Idha sampayuttakhandhavaseneva vatthuto samudaye aññāṇaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Ekenevā^eb^ti itaraṃ kāraṇattayaṃ paṭikkhipati. Yadipi aññāṇaṃ nirodhamagge ārammaṇaṃ na karoti, kuto tadantogadhatabbatthutā, te pana jānitukāmassa tappaṭicchādanavasena anirodhamaggesu nirodhamaggaggāhahetutāvasena ca pavattamānaṃ ^b^‘‘nirodhe paṭipadāyañca aññāṇa’’^eb^nti vuccati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘paṭicchādanato’’^eb^tiādi. Tassattho vuttoyeva. ^b^Gambhīrattā^eb^ti sabhāveneva gambhīrattā. Agādhāpatiṭṭhābhāvena taṃvisayassa ñāṇassa uppādetuṃ asakkuṇeyyattā ^b^duddasaṃ. Purimaṃ^eb^^a^V1.0291^ea^^b^pana^eb^ saccadvayaṃ. ^b^Vañcanīyaṭṭhenā^eb^ti vañcakabhāvena ayāthāvabhāvena upaṭṭhānato ^b^duddasattā gambhīraṃ,^eb^ na sabhāvato, tasmā taṃvisayaṃ aññāṇaṃ uppajjati. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti tasmiṃ purimasaccadvaye aniccādisabhāvalakkhaṇassa duddasattā eva niccādivipallāsavasena pavattati aññāṇanti ānetvā sambandhitabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni niddesavibhāgenapi avijjāya saccesu pavattivibhāgaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^dukkhe^eb^ti ettakena bhummaniddesena. ^b^Saṅgahato^eb^ti pariññeyyatāya dukkhena saṅgahetabbato. Tena niddhāraṇatthaṃ dasseti. Dukkhasmiñhi avijjā niddhārīyati, na aññasmiṃ. ^b^Vatthuto^eb^ti ādhāratthaṃ. Dukkhasannissayā hi avijjā. ^b^Ārammaṇato^eb^ti visayatthaṃ taṃ ārabbha pavattanato. ^b^Kiccato^eb^ti byāpanatthaṃ chādanavasena taṃ byāpetvā pavattanato. Iminā nayena sesesupi attho veditabbo. ^b^Avisesato^eb^ti visesābhāvato, vuttanayena dukkhādīsu pavattiākāravisesaṃ aggahetvāti attho. ^b^Sabhāvato^eb^ti sarasalakkhaṇato. Catunnampi saccānaṃ ajānanasabhāvā hi avijjā. Kāmarāgabhavarāgā kāmāsavabhavāsavāti āha ^b^‘‘sahajātādivasenā’’^eb^ti. Nanu avijjā eva avijjāsavo, so kathaṃ avijjāya paccayoti āha ^b^‘‘pubbuppannā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[06]Avijjāvāravaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 81
title: saṅkhāravāravaṇṇanā^avijjāvāravaṇṇanā^āsavavāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^104^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Āsavavāre^eb^^a^M1.0327^ea^ āsava-saddattho āsavavicāro ca heṭṭhā vuttoyeva. Kasmā panāyaṃ vāro vutto, nanu avijjādikāva paṭiccasamuppādadesanāti codanaṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘ayaṃ vāro’’^eb^tiādi āraddhaṃ. ^b^Paṭiccasamuppādapadesū^eb^ti paṭiccasamuppādakoṭṭhāsesu. Dvādasakoṭṭhāsā hi satthu paṭiccasamuppādadesanā. ^b^Tassāpi paccayadassanavasenā^eb^ti nāyaṃ kāpilānaṃ mūlapakati viya appaccayā, atha kho sappaccayāti avijjāyapi paccayadassanavasena. ^b^Āsavasamudayenā^eb^ti atītabhave āsavānaṃ samudayena etarahi avijjāya samudayo, etarahi avijjāya samudayena anāgate āsavasamudayoti evaṃ āsavāvijjānaṃ paccayapaccayuppannakabhāvena aparāparaṃ pavattamānaṃ ādikoṭiabhāveneva tannimittassa saṃsārassa ādikoṭiabhāvato anamataggatāsiddhi veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dvattiṃsa^eb^^a^V1.0292^ea^^b^ṭhānānī^eb^ti dvattiṃsa saccappaṭivedhakāraṇāni, dvattiṃsa vā catusaccakammaṭṭhānāni. ^b^Imamhā sammādiṭṭhisuttā^eb^ti yāya ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi nāma hoti, sā ariyā sammādiṭṭhi ettha vuttāti sammādiṭṭhisuttaṃ, ito sammādiṭṭhisuttato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Catusaccapariyāyehī^eb^ti catusaccādhigamakāraṇehi. ^b^Arahattapariyāyehī^eb^ti ‘‘so sabbaso rāgānusayaṃ pahāyā’’tiādinā arahattādhigamakāraṇehi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘catusaṭṭhiyā kāraṇehī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Āsavavāravaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Sammādiṭṭhisuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 82
title: avijjāvāravaṇṇanā^satipaṭṭhānasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^105^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Jānapadino^eb^ti ^a^V1.0293^ea^ (dī. ni. ṭī. 2.95) janapadavanto, janapadassa vā issarā ^b^rājakumārā^eb^. Gottavasena ^b^kurū^eb^ nāma. Tesaṃ nivāso yadi eko janapado, kathaṃ bahuvacananti āha ^b^‘‘ruḷhīsaddenā’’^eb^ti. Akkharacintakā hi īdisesu ṭhānesu yutte viya saliṅgavacanāni (pāṇini 1.251) icchanti, ayamettha ruḷhī yathā ^a^M1.0328^ea^ aññatthāpi ‘‘aṅgesu viharati, mallesu viharatī’’ti ca. Tabbisesane pana janapada-sadde jāti-sadde ekavacanameva. ^b^Aṭṭhakathācariyā panā^eb^ti ^b^pana^eb^-saddo visesatthajotano. Tena puthuatthavisayatāya evaṃ taṃ bahuvacananti ‘‘bahuke panā’’tiādinā vakkhamānaṃ visesaṃ dīpeti. ^b^Sutvā^eb^ti mandhātumahārājassa ānubhāvadassanānusārena paramparāgataṃ kathaṃ sutvā. ^b^Anusaṃyāyantenā^eb^ti anuvicarantena. ^b^Etesaṃ ṭhānanti^eb^ candimasūriyamukhena cātumahārājikabhavanamāha. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tattha agamāsī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Soti^eb^ mandhātumahārājā. ^b^Ta^eb^nti cātumahārājikarajjaṃ. ^b^Gahetvā^eb^ti sampaṭicchitvā. ^b^Puna pucchi^eb^ pariṇāyakaratanaṃ. ^b^Dovārikabhūmiyaṃ tiṭṭhanti^eb^ sudhammāya devasabhāya devapurassa ca catūsu dvāresu ārakkhāya adhikatattā. ^b^Dibbarukkhasahassapaṭimaṇḍita^eb^nti idaṃ ‘‘cittalatāvana’’ntiādīsupi yojetabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāsī^eb^ti bhassitvā pathaviyā āsanne ṭhāne aṭṭhāsi, ṭhatvā ca nacirasseva antaradhāyi tenattabhāvena rañño cakkavattissariyassa abhāvato. ‘‘Cirataraṃ kālaṃ ṭhatvā’’ti apare. ^b^Devabhāvo pāturahosi^eb^ devaloke pavattivipākadāyino aparāpariyāyavedanīyassa kammassa katokāsattā. Avayave siddho viseso samudāyassa visesako hotīti ^b^ekampi raṭṭhaṃ bahuvacanena voharīyati^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Da-kārena atthaṃ vaṇṇaya^eb^nti niruttinayena. ^b^Kammāso^eb^ti kammāsapādo vuccati uttarapadalopena yathā ‘‘rūpabhavo rūpa’’nti. Kathaṃ pana so kammāsapādoti āha ^b^‘‘tassa kirā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Damito^eb^ti ettha kīdisaṃ damanaṃ adhippetanti āha ^b^‘‘porisādabhāvato paṭisedhito’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ime pana therā^eb^ti majjhimabhāṇake vadati, te pana cūḷakammāsadammaṃ sandhāya tathā vadanti. Yakkhiniputto hi kammāsapādo alīnasattukumārakāle bodhisattena tattha damito, sutasomakāle ^a^V1.0294^ea^ pana bārāṇasirājā porisādabhāvapaṭisedhanena yattha damito, taṃ mahākammāsadammaṃ nāma. ^b^Putto^eb^ti vatvā ^b^atrajo^eb^ti vacanaṃ orasaputtabhāvadassanatthaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Yehi āvasitapadeso kururaṭṭhanti nāmaṃ labhi, te uttarakuruto āgatā manussā tattha rakkhitaniyāmeneva pañca sīlāni rakkhiṃsu, tesaṃ diṭṭhānugatiyā ^a^M1.0329^ea^ pacchimā janatāti, so desadhammavasena avicchedato vattamāno ^b^kuruvattadhammo^eb^ti paññāyittha, ayañca attho ^b^kurudhammajātakena^eb^ (jā. 1.3.76-78) dīpetabbo. So aparabhāge yattha paṭhamaṃ saṃkiliṭṭho jāto, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘kururaṭṭhavāsīna’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. Yattha bhagavato vasanokāso koci vihāro na hoti, tattha kevalaṃ gocaragāmakittanaṃ nidānakathāya pakati, yathā taṃsakkesu viharati devadahaṃ nāma sakkānaṃ nigamoti imamatthaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘avasanokāsato’’^eb^tiādimāha.


volume: 30
item: 83
title: satipaṭṭhānasuttavaṇṇanā^^uddesavārakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^106^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kasmā bhagavā imaṃ suttamabhāsī^eb^ti asādhāraṇasamuṭṭhānaṃ pucchati, sādhāraṇaṃ pana pākaṭanti anāmaṭṭhaṃ, tena suttanikkhepo pucchitoti katvā itaro ^b^‘‘kururaṭṭhavāsīna’’^eb^ntiādinā aparajjhāsayoyaṃ suttanikkhepoti dasseti. Etena bāhirasamuṭṭhānaṃ vibhāvitanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ajjhattikaṃ pana asādhāraṇañca ^b^mūlapariyāyasuttādiṭīkāyaṃ^eb^ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Kururaṭṭhaṃ kira (dī. ni. ṭī. 2.373) tadā tannivāsīnaṃ sattānaṃ yebhuyyena yonisomanasikāravantatāya pubbe ca katapuññatābalena utuādisampannameva ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘utupaccayādisampannattā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena bhojanādisampattiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Keci pana ‘‘pubbe kuruvattadhammānuṭṭhānavāsanāya uttarakuru viya yebhuyyena utuādisampannameva hontaṃ bhagavato kāle sātisayaṃ utusappāyādiyuttaṃ taṃ raṭṭhaṃ ahosī’’ti vadanti. ^b^Cittasarīrakallatāyā^eb^ti cittassa sarīrassa ca arogatāya. ^b^Anuggahitapaññābalā^eb^ti laddhupakārañāṇānubhāvā, anu anu vā āciṇṇapaññātejā. ^b^Ekavīsatiyā ṭhānesū^eb^ti kāyānupassanāvasena cuddasasuṭhānesu, vedanānupassanāvasena ekasmiṃ ṭhāne, tathā cittānupassanāvasena, dhammānupassanāvasena pañcasu ṭhānesūti evaṃ ekavīsatiyā ṭhānesu. ^b^Kammaṭṭhānaṃ arahatte pakkhipitvā^eb^ti catusaccakammaṭṭhānaṃ yathā arahattaṃ pāpeti, evaṃ desanāvasena arahatte pakkhipitvā. Suvaṇṇacaṅkoṭakasuvaṇṇamañjūsāsu pakkhittāni sumanacampakādinānāpupphāni maṇiputtādisattaratanāni ca yathā bhājanasampattiyā savisesaṃ sobhanti, kiccakarāni ^a^M1.0330^ea^ ca honti manuññābhāvato, evaṃ sīladassanādisampattiyā bhājanavisesabhūtāya kururaṭṭhavāsiparisāya desitā ^a^V1.0295^ea^ ca bhagavato ayaṃ desanā bhiyyosomattāya sobhati, kiccakārī ca hotīti imamatthaṃ dasseti ^b^‘‘yathā hi puriso’’^eb^tiādinā. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti kururaṭṭhe.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pakatiyā^eb^ti sarasato, imissā satipaṭṭhānasuttadesanāya pubbepīti adhippāyo. ^b^Anuyuttā viharanti^eb^ satthu desanānusāratoti adhippāyo. ^b^Vissaṭṭhāttabhāvanā^eb^ti aniccādivasena kismiñci yonisomanasikāre cittaṃ aniyojetvā rūpādiārammaṇe abhirativasena vissaṭṭhacittena ^b^bhavituṃ na vaṭṭati,^eb^ pamādavihāraṃ pahāya appamattena bhavitabbanti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ekāyano^eb^ti ettha ^b^ayana^eb^-saddo maggapariyāyo. Na kevalamayanameva, atha kho aññepi bahū maggapariyāyāti paduddhāraṃ karonto ^b^‘‘maggassa hī’’^eb^tiādi vatvā yadi maggapariyāyo ayana-saddo, kasmā puna maggoti vuttanti codanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘tasmā’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ekamaggoti eko eva maggo. Na hi nibbānagāmī maggo añño atthīti. Nanu satipaṭṭhānaṃ idha ‘‘maggo’’ti adhippetaṃ, tadaññe ca bahū maggadhammā atthīti? Saccaṃ atthi, te pana satipaṭṭhānaggahaṇeneva gahitā tadavinābhāvato. Tathā hi ñāṇavīriyādayo niddese gahitā. Uddese pana satiyā eva gahaṇaṃ veneyyajjhāsayavasenāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Na dvedhāpathabhūto^eb^ti iminā imassa maggassa anekamaggatābhāvaṃ viya anibbānagāmibhāvābhāvañca dasseti. ^b^Ekenā^eb^ti asahāyena. Asahāyatā ca duvidhā attadutiyatābhāvena vā, yā ‘‘vūpakaṭṭhakāyatā’’ti vuccati, taṇhādutiyatābhāvena vā, yā ‘‘pavivittacittatā’’ti vuccati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vūpakaṭṭhena pavivittacittenā’’^eb^ti. Seṭṭhopi loke ‘‘eko’’ti vuccati ‘‘yāva pare ekato karosī’’tiādīsūti āha ^b^‘‘ekassāti seṭṭhassā’’^eb^ti. Yadi saṃsārato nissaraṇaṭṭho ayanaṭṭho aññesampi upanissayasampannānaṃ sādhāraṇo kathaṃ bhagavatoti āha ^b^‘‘kiñcāpī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Imasmiṃ kho^eb^ti ettha ^b^kho^eb^-saddo avadhāraṇe, tasmā imasmiṃ yevāti attho. ^b^Desanābhedoyeva heso,^eb^ yadidaṃ maggoti vā ayanoti vā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘attho paneko’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nānāmukhabhāvanānayappavatto^eb^ti ^a^M1.0331^ea^ kāyānupassanādimukhena tatthāpi ānāpānādimukhena bhāvanānayena pavatto. ^b^Ekāyana^eb^nti ekagāminaṃ, nibbānagāminanti attho. Nibbānañhi adutiyattā seṭṭhattā ca ‘‘eka’’nti vuccati. Yathāha ‘‘ekañhi saccaṃ na dutīyamatthī’’ti (su. ni. 890) ‘‘yāvatā, bhikkhave, dhammā saṅkhatā vā asaṅkhatā vā, virāgo tesaṃ aggamakkhāyatī’’ti (a. ni. 4.34; itivu. 90) ca. Khayo eva antoti khayanto ^a^V1.0296^ea^, jātiyā khayantaṃ diṭṭhavāti ^b^jātikhayantadassī^eb^. Avibhāgena sabbepi satte hitena anukampatīti ^b^hitānukampī^eb^. ^b^Atariṃsū^eb^ti tariṃsu. ^b^Pubbe^eb^ti purimakā buddhā, ^b^pubbe^eb^ vā atītakāle.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ta^eb^nti taṃ tesaṃ vacanaṃ, ^b^taṃ^eb^ vā kiriyāvuttivācakattaṃ na yujjati. Na hi saṅkheyyappadhānatāya sattavācino eka-saddassa kiriyāvuttivācakatā atthi. ‘‘Sakimpi uddhaṃ gaccheyyā’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 7.72) viya ^b^‘‘sakiṃ ayano’’ti iminā byañjanena bhavitabbaṃ^eb^. ^b^Evaṃ atthaṃ yojetvā^eb^ti evaṃ padatthaṃ yojetvā. ^b^Ubhayathāpī^eb^ti purimanayena pacchimanayena ca. ^b^Na yujjati^eb^ idhādhippetamaggassa anekavāraṃ pavattisabbhāvato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kasmā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Anekavārampi ayatī^eb^ti purimanayassa, anekañcassa ayanaṃ ^b^hotī^eb^ti pacchimanayassa ca paṭikkhepo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Imasmiṃ pade^eb^ti ‘‘ekāyano ayaṃ bhikkhave maggo’’ti imasmiṃ vākye, imasmiṃ vā ‘‘pubbabhāgamaggo lokuttaramaggo’’ti saṃsayaṭṭhāne. ^b^Missakamaggo^eb^ti lokiyena missako lokuttaramaggo. Visuddhiādīnaṃ nippariyāyahetuṃ saṅgaṇhanto ācariyatthero ‘‘missakamaggo’’ti āha, itaro pariyāyahetu idhādhippetoti ^b^‘‘pubbabhāgamaggo’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saddaṃ sutvāvā^eb^ti ‘‘kālo, bhante, dhammassavanāyā’’ti kālārocanasaddaṃ sutvā. ^b^Evaṃ ukkhipitvā^eb^ti. Evaṃ ‘‘madhuraṃ imaṃ kuhiṃ chaḍḍemā’’ti achaḍḍentā ucchubhāraṃ viya paggahetvā na vicaranti. ^b^Āluḷetī^eb^ti viluḷito ākulo hotīti attho. ^b^Ekāyanamaggo vuccati pubbabhāgasatipaṭṭhānamaggo^eb^ti. Ettāvatā idhādhippetatthe siddhe tasseva alaṅkāratthaṃ so pana yassa pubbabhāgamaggo, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘maggānaṭṭhaṅgiko’’^eb^tiādikā ^a^M1.0332^ea^ gāthāpi paṭisambhidāmaggatova ānetvā ṭhapitā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nibbānagamanaṭṭhenā^eb^ti nibbānaṃ gacchati adhigacchati etenāti nibbānagamanaṃ, so eva aviparītasabhāvatāya attho, tena nibbānagamanaṭṭhena, nibbānādhigamupāyatāyāti attho. ^b^Magganīyaṭṭhenā^eb^ti gavesitabbatāya, ^b^‘‘gamanīyaṭṭhenā’’^eb^ti vā pāṭho, upagantabbattāti attho. ^b^Rāgādīhīti^eb^. Iminā rāgadosamohānaṃyeva gahaṇaṃ ‘‘rāgo malaṃ, doso malaṃ, moho mala’’nti (vibha. 924) vacanato. ‘‘Abhijjhāvisamalobhādīhī’’ti pana iminā sabbesampi upakkilesānaṃ saṅgaṇhanatthaṃ te visuṃ uddhaṭā. ^b^Sattānaṃ visuddhiyā^eb^ti vuttassa atthassa ekantikataṃ ^a^V1.0297^ea^ dassento ^b^‘‘tathā hī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Kāmaṃ ‘‘visuddhiyā’’ti sāmaññajotanā, cittavisuddhi eva panettha adhippetāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘rūpamalavasena panā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Na kevalaṃ ^b^aṭṭhakathā^eb^vacanameva, atha kho idamettha āhaccabhāsitanti dassento ^b^‘‘tathā hī’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]Sā panāyaṃ cittavisuddhi sijjhamānā yasmā sokādīnaṃ anuppādāya saṃvattati, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sokaparidevānaṃ samatikkamāyā’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha socanaṃ ñātibyasanādinimittaṃ cetaso santāpo antonijjhānaṃ ^b^soko^eb^. Ñātibyasanādinimittameva sokādhikatāya ‘‘kahaṃ, ekaputtaka, kahaṃ, ekaputtakā’’ti paridevavasena lapanaṃ ^b^paridevo,^eb^ āyatiṃ anuppajjanaṃ idha ^b^samatikkamo^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘pahānāyā’’^eb^ti. Taṃ panassa samatikkamāvahataṃ nidassanavasena dassento ^b^‘‘ayaṃ hī’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha ^b^yaṃ pubbe taṃ visodhehī^eb^ti atītesu khandhesu taṇhāsaṃkilesavisodhanaṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^Pacchā^eb^ti parato. ^b^Te^eb^ti tuyhaṃ. ^b^Māhū^eb^ti mā ahu. ^b^Kiñcana^eb^nti rāgādikiñcanaṃ. Etena anāgatesu khandhesu saṃkilesavisodhanaṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^Majjhe^eb^ti tadubhayavemajjhe. ^b^No ce gahessasī^eb^ti na upādiyissasi ce. Etena paccuppanne khandhapabandhe upādānappavatti vuttā. ^b^Upasanto carissasī^eb^ti evaṃ addhattayagatasaṃkilesavisodhane sati nibbutasabbapariḷāhatāya upasanto hutvā viharissasīti arahattanikūṭena gāthaṃ niṭṭhapesi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘imaṃ gātha’’^eb^ntiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Puttā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0333^ea^ orasā, aññepi vā ye keci. ^b^Pitā^eb^ti janako. ^b^Bandhavā^eb^ti ñātakā. Ayañhettha attho – puttā vā pitā vā bandhavā vā ^b^antakena^eb^ maccunā ^b^adhipannassa^eb^ abhibhūtassa maraṇato tāṇāya na honti, tasmā ^b^natthi ñātīsu tāṇatā^eb^ti. Na hi ñātīnaṃ vasena maraṇato ārakkhā atthi, tasmā paṭācāre ‘‘ubho puttā kālakatā’’tiādinā (apa. therī 2.2.498) mā niratthakaṃ paridevi, dhammaṃyeva pana yāthāvato passāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhitā^eb^ti yathānulomaṃ pavattitāya sāmukkaṃsikāya dhammadesanāya pariyosāne sahassanayapaṭimaṇḍite sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahi. Kathaṃ panāyaṃ satipaṭṭhānamaggavasena sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāsīti āha ^b^‘‘yasmā panā’’^eb^tiādi. Na hi catusaccakammaṭṭhānakathāya vinā sāvakānaṃ ariyamaggādhigamo atthi. ^b^‘‘Imaṃ gāthaṃ sutvā’’^eb^ti pana idaṃ sokavinodanavasena pavattitāya gāthāya paṭhamaṃ sutattā vuttaṃ. Esa nayo itaragāthāyapi. ^b^Bhāvanā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0298^ea^ paññābhāvanā. Sā hi idhādhippetā. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti yasmā rūpādīnaṃ aniccādito anupassanāpi satipaṭṭhānabhāvanā, tasmā. ^b^Tepī^eb^ti santatimahāmattapaṭācārā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pañcasate core^eb^ti satasatacoraparivāre pañca core paṭipāṭiyā pesesi. Te araññaṃ pavisitvā theraṃ pariyesantā anukkamena therassa samīpe samāgacchiṃsu. Tenāha ^b^‘‘te gantvā theraṃ parivāretvā nisīdiṃsū’’^eb^ti. Vedanaṃ vikkhambhetvā pītipāmojjaṃ uppajjīti sambandho. Therassa hi sīlaṃ paccavekkhato suparisuddhaṃ sīlaṃ nissāya uḷāraṃ pītipāmojjaṃ uppajjamānaṃ ūruṭṭhibhedajanitaṃ dukkhavedanaṃ vikkhambhesi. ^b^Pādānī^eb^ti pāde. ^b^Saññapessāmī^eb^ti saññattiṃ karissāmi. ^b^Aḍḍiyāmī^eb^ti jigucchāmi. ^b^Harāyāmī^eb^ti lajjāmi. ^b^Vipassisa^eb^nti sammasiṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pacalāyantāna^eb^nti pacalāyanaṃ niddaṃ upagatānaṃ. ^b^Vatasampanno^eb^ti dhutacaraṇasampanno. ^b^Pamāda^eb^nti pacalāyanaṃ sandhāyāha. ^b^Oruddhamānaso^eb^ti uparuddhādhicitto. ^b^Pañjarasmi^eb^nti sarīre. Sarīrañhi nhārusambandhāṭṭhisaṅghātatāya idha ‘‘pañjara’’nti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Pītavaṇṇāya paṭākāya pariharaṇato mallayuddhacittakatāya ca ^b^pītamallo. Tīsu rajjesū^eb^ti paṇḍucoḷagoḷarajjesu. Mallā sīhaḷadīpe sakkārasammānaṃ ^a^M1.0334^ea^ labhantīti ^b^tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ āgamma^eb^. ^b^Taṃyeva aṅkusaṃ katvā^eb^ti ‘‘rūpādayo ‘mamā’ti na gahetabbā’’ti na tumhākavaggena (saṃ. ni. 3.33-34) pakāsitamatthaṃ attano cittamattahatthino aṅkusaṃ katvā. ^b^Jaṇṇukehi caṅkamati^eb^ ‘‘nisinne niddāya avasaro hotī’’ti. ^b^Byākaritvā^eb^ti attano vīriyārambhassa saphalatāpavedanamukhena sabrahmacārīnaṃ ussāhaṃ janento aññaṃ byākaritvā. ^b^Bhāsita^eb^nti vacanaṃ. Kassa pana tanti āha ^b^‘‘buddhaseṭṭhassa,^eb^^b^sabbalokaggavādino’’^eb^ti. ^b^Na tumhāka^eb^ntiādi tassa pavattiākāradassanaṃ. Tayidaṃ me saṅkhārānaṃ accantavūpasamakāraṇanti dassento ^b^‘‘aniccā vatā’’^eb^ti gāthaṃ āhari. Tena idānāhaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ khaṇe khaṇe bhaṅgasaṅkhātassa rogassa abhāvena arogo parinibbutoti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Assā^eb^ti sakkassa. ^b^Upapattī^eb^ti devūpapatti. ^b^Punapākatikāva ahosi^eb^ sakkabhāveneva upapannattā. ^b^Subrahmā^eb^ti evaṃ nāmo. Accharānaṃ nirayūpapattiṃ disvā tato pabhuti satataṃ pavattamānaṃ attano cittutrāsaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘niccaṃ utrastamidaṃ citta’’^eb^ntiādi. Tattha ^b^utrasta^eb^nti santastaṃ bhītaṃ. ^b^Ubbigga^eb^nti saṃviggaṃ. ^b^Utrasta^eb^nti vā saṃviggaṃ. ^b^Ubbigga^eb^nti bhayavasena saha kāyena sañcalitaṃ. ^b^Anuppannesū^eb^ti anāgatesu. ^b^Kicchesū^eb^ti dukkhesu. Nimittatthe bhummavacanaṃ, bhāvīdukkhapavattinimittanti ^a^V1.0299^ea^ attho. ^b^Uppatitesū^eb^ti uppannesu kicchesūti yojanā, tadā attano parivārassa uppannadukkhanimittanti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bojjhā^eb^ti bodhito, ariyamaggatoti attho. ^b^Aññatrā^eb^ti ca padaṃ apekkhitvā nissakkavacanaṃ, tasmā bodhiṃ ṭhapetvāti attho. Esa nayo sesesupi. ^b^Tapasā^eb^ti tapokammato. Tena maggādhigamassa upāyabhūtaṃ dhutaṅgasevanādisallekhapaṭipadaṃ dasseti. ^b^Indriyasaṃvarā^eb^ti manacchaṭṭhānaṃ indriyānaṃ saṃvaraṇato. Etena satisaṃvarasīsena sabbampi saṃvarasīlaṃ, lakkhaṇahāranayena vā sabbampi catupārisuddhisīlaṃ dasseti. ^b^Sabbanissaggā^eb^ti sabbupadhinissajjanato sabbakilesappahānato. Kilesesu hi nissaṭṭhesu kammavaṭṭaṃ vipākavaṭṭañca nissaṭṭhameva hotīti. ^b^Sotthi^eb^nti khemaṃ anupaddavataṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Ñāyati nicchayena kamati nibbānaṃ, taṃ vā ñāyati paṭivijjhīyati etenāti ^b^ñāyo,^eb^ ariyamaggoti āha ^b^‘‘ñāyo vuccati ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo’’^eb^ti ^a^M1.0335^ea^. ^b^Taṇhāvānavirahitattā^eb^ti taṇhāsaṅkhātavānavivittattā. Taṇhā hi khandhehi khandhaṃ, kammunā vā phalaṃ, sattehi vā dukkhaṃ vinati saṃsibbatīti vānanti vuccati. Tayidaṃ natthi ettha vānaṃ, na vā etasmiṃ adhigate puggalassa vānanti ^b^nibbānaṃ,^eb^ asaṅkhatā dhātu. Parapaccayena vinā paccakkhakaraṇaṃ sacchikiriyāti āha ^b^‘‘attapaccakkhatāyā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Nanu ‘‘visuddhiyā’’ti cittavisuddhiyā adhippetattā visuddhiggahaṇenevettha sokasamatikkamādayopi gahitā eva honti, te puna kasmā gahitāti anuyogaṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘tattha kiñcāpī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Sāsanayuttikovide^eb^ti saccapaṭiccasamuppādādilakkhaṇāyaṃ dhammanītiyaṃ cheke. ^b^Taṃ taṃ atthaṃ ñāpetī^eb^ti ye ye bodhaneyyapuggalā saṅkhepavitthārādivasena yathā yathā bodhetabbā, attano desanāvilāsena bhagavā te te tathā tathā bodhento taṃ tamatthaṃ ñāpeti. ^b^Taṃ taṃ pākaṭaṃ katvā dassento^eb^ti atthāpattiṃ agaṇento taṃ taṃ atthaṃ pākaṭaṃ katvā dassento. Na hi sammāsambuddhā atthāpattiñāpakādisādhanīyavacanāti. ^b^Saṃvattatī^eb^ti jāyati, hotīti attho. Yasmā anatikkantasokaparidevassa na kadāci cittavisuddhi atthi sokaparidevasamatikkamamukheneva cittavisuddhiyā ijjhanato, tasmā āha ^b^‘‘sokaparidevānaṃ samatikkamena hotī’’^eb^ti. Yasmā pana domanassapaccayehi dukkhadhammehi puṭṭhaṃ puthujjanaṃ sokādayo abhibhavanti, pariññātesu ca tesu te na honti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sokaparidevānaṃ samatikkamo dukkhadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ñāyassā^eb^ti aggamaggassa tatiyamaggassa ca. Tadadhigamena hi yathākkamaṃ ^a^V1.0300^ea^ dukkhadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamo. Sacchikiriyābhisamayasahabhāvīpi itarābhisamayo tadavinābhāvato sacchikiriyābhisamayahetuko viya vutto ^b^‘‘ñāyassādhigamo nibbānassa sacchikiriyāyā’’^eb^ti. Phalañāṇena vā paccakkhakaraṇaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘nibbānassa sacchikiriyāyā’’^eb^ti. Sampadānavacanañcetaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vaṇṇabhaṇana^eb^nti pasaṃsāvacanaṃ. Tayidaṃ na idheva, atha kho aññatthāpi satthā akāsiyevāti dassento ^b^‘‘yatheva hī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tatthāadimhi kalyāṇaṃ, ādi vā kalyāṇaṃ etassāti ^b^ādikalyāṇaṃ^eb^. Sesapadadvayepi eseva nayo. Atthasampattiyā ^b^sātthaṃ^eb^. Byañjanasampattiyā ^b^sabyañjanaṃ^eb^. Sīlādipañcadhammakkhandhapāripūrito upanetabbassa abhāvā ca ^b^kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ^eb^. Nirupakkilesato apanetabbassa abhāvā ^a^M1.0336^ea^ ca ^b^parisuddhaṃ^eb^. Seṭṭhacariyabhāvato sāsana ^b^brahmacariyaṃ maggabrahmacariyañca^eb^ vo ^b^pakāsessāmī^eb^ti ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana ^b^visuddhimagge^eb^ (visuddhi. 1.147) vuttanayena veditabbo. ^b^Ariyavaṃsā^eb^ti ariyānaṃ buddhādīnaṃ vaṃsā paveṇiyo. ^b^Aggaññā^eb^ti ‘‘aggā’’ti jānitabbā sabbavaṃsehi seṭṭhabhāvato. ^b^Rattaññā^eb^ti ‘‘cirarattā’’ti jānitabbā. ^b^Vaṃsaññā^eb^ti ‘‘buddhādīnaṃ vaṃsā’’ti jānitabbā. ^b^Porāṇā^eb^ti purātanā anadhunātanattā. ^b^Asaṃkiṇṇā^eb^ti avikiṇṇā anapanītā. ^b^Asaṃkiṇṇapubbā^eb^ti ‘‘kiṃ imehī’’ti ariyehi na apanītapubbā. ^b^Na saṃkīyantī^eb^ti idānipi tehi na apanīyanti. ^b^Na saṃkīyissantī^eb^ti anāgatepi tehi na apanīyissanti. ^b^Appaṭikuṭṭhā…pe… viññūhī^eb^ti ye loke viññū samaṇabrāhmaṇā, tehi apaccakkhatā aninditā, agarahitāti attho. ^b^Visuddhiyātiādīhī^eb^ti visuddhiādidīpanehi. ^b^Padehī^eb^ti vākyehi, visuddhiatthatādibhedabhinnehi vā dhammakoṭṭhāsehi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Upaddave^eb^ti anatthe. ^b^Visuddhi^eb^nti visujjhanaṃ saṃkilesappahānaṃ. Vācuggatakaraṇaṃ ^b^uggaho^eb^. ^b^Pariyāpuṇanaṃ^eb^ paricayo. Atthassa hadaye ṭhapanaṃ ^b^dhāraṇaṃ^eb^. Parivattanaṃ ^b^vācanaṃ^eb^. ^b^Gandhārako^eb^ti gandhāradese uppanno. ^b^Pahontī^eb^ti sakkonti aniyyānamaggāti micchāmaggā, micchattaniyatāniyatamaggāpi vā. Suvaṇṇanti kūṭasuvaṇṇampi vuccati. ^b^Paṇī^eb^ti kācamaṇipi. ^b^Muttā^eb^ti veḷujāpi. ^b^Pavāḷa^eb^nti pallavopi vuccatīti^b^ rattajambunadā^eb^dipadehi te visesitā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Na tato heṭṭhā^eb^ti (saṃ. ni. ṭī. 2.5.367; dī. ni. ṭī. 2.373) idhādhippetakāyādīnaṃ vedanādisabhāvattābhāvā, kāyavedanācittavimuttassa tebhūmakadhammassa visuṃ vipallāsavatthantarabhāvena gahitattā ca heṭṭhāgahaṇesu vipallāsavatthūnaṃ aniṭṭhānaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, pañcamassa ^a^V1.0301^ea^ pana vipallāsavatthuno abhāvā ^b^‘‘na uddha’’^eb^nti āha. Ārammaṇavibhāgena hettha satipaṭṭhānavibhāgoti. ^b^Tayo satipaṭṭhānā^eb^ti satipaṭṭhānasaddassa atthuddhāradassanaṃ, na idha pāḷiyaṃ vuttassa satipaṭṭhānasaddassa atthadassananti. ^b^Ādīsu hi satigocaro^eb^ti ettha ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena ‘‘phassasamudayā vedanānaṃ samudayo, nāmarūpasamudayā cittassa samudayo, manasikārasamudayā dhammānaṃ samudayo’’ti satipaṭṭhānāti vuttānaṃ ^a^M1.0337^ea^ satigocarānaṃ pakāsake suttapadese saṅgaṇhāti. Evaṃ paṭisambhidāpāḷiyampi (paṭi. ma. 3.34) avasesapāḷippadesadassanattho ^b^ādi^eb^-saddo daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Satiyā paṭṭhāna^eb^nti satiyā patiṭṭhātabbaṭṭhānaṃ. Dānādīni satiyā karontassa rūpādīni kasiṇādīni ca satiyā ṭhānaṃ hontīti taṃnivāraṇatthamāha ^b^‘‘padhānaṃ ṭhāna’’^eb^nti. Pa-saddo hi idha ‘‘paṇītā dhammā’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 14 tikamātikā) viya padhānatthadīpakoti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ariyo^eb^ti ariyaṃ sabbasattaseṭṭhaṃ sammāsambuddhamāha. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti etasmiṃ saḷāyatanavibhaṅgasutte (ma. ni. 3.311). Suttekadesena hi suttaṃ dasseti. Tattha hi –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Tayo satipaṭṭhānā yadariyo…pe… marahatīti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ. Idha, bhikkhave, satthā sāvakānaṃ dhammaṃ deseti anukampako hitesī anukampaṃ upādāya ‘‘idaṃ vo hitāya idaṃ vo sukhāyā’ti. Tassa sāvakā na sussūsanti, na sotaṃ odahanti, na aññā cittaṃ upaṭṭhapenti, vokkamma ca satthusāsanā vattanti. Tatra, bhikkhave, tathāgato na ceva anattamano hoti, na ca anattamanataṃ paṭisaṃvedeti, anavassuto ca viharati sato sampajāno. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ, yadariyo…pe… arahati.<br/><br/>[08]Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, satthā…pe… idaṃ vo sukhāyāti. Tassa ekacce sāvakā na sussūsanti…pe… vattanti. Ekacce sāvakā sussūsanti…pe… na ca vokkamma satthusāsanā vattanti. Tatra, bhikkhave, tathāgato na ceva anattamano hoti, na ca anattamanataṃ paṭisaṃvedeti, na ceva attamano hoti, na ca attamanataṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. Anattamanatañca attamanatañca tadubhayaṃ abhinivajjetvā upekkhato viharati sato sampajāno. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, dutiyaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ…pe… arahati.<br/><br/>[08]Puna caparaṃ…pe… sukhāyāti. Tassa sāvakā sussūsanti…pe… vattanti. Tatra, bhikkhave, tathāgato attamano ceva hoti, attamanatañca paṭisaṃvedeti, anavassuto ca viharati ^a^V1.0302^ea^ sato sampajāno ^a^M1.0338^ea^. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, tatiyaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ…pe… arahatī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.311) –<br/><br/>[03]Evaṃ paṭighānunayehi anavassutatā, niccaṃ upaṭṭhitassatitāya tadubhayavītivattatā ‘‘satipaṭṭhāna’’nti vuttā. Buddhānaṃyeva hi niccaṃ upaṭṭhitassatitā hoti āveṇikadhammabhāvato, na paccekabuddhādīnaṃ. ^b^Pa^eb^-saddo ārambhaṃ joteti, ārambho ca pavattīti katvā āha ^b^‘‘pavattayitabbatoti attho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Satiyā^eb^ karaṇabhūtāya ^b^paṭṭhānaṃ^eb^ paṭṭhapetabbaṃ ^b^satipaṭṭhānaṃ^eb^. Ana-saddo hi bahulavacanena kammatthopi hotīti.<br/><br/>[03]Tathāssa kattuatthopi labbhatīti ^b^‘‘patiṭṭhātīti paṭṭhāna’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^pa^eb^-saddo bhūsatthavisiṭṭhaṃ pakkhandhanaṃ dīpetīti ^b^‘‘okkantitvā pakkhanditvā pavattatīti attho’’^eb^ti āha. Puna bhāvatthaṃ sati-saddaṃ paṭṭhāna-saddañca vaṇṇento ^b^‘‘atha vā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tena purimavikappe sati-saddo paṭṭhāna-saddo ca katthuatthoti viññāyati. ^b^Saraṇaṭṭhenā^eb^ti cirakatassa cirabhāsitassa ca anussaraṇaṭṭhena. ^b^Ida^eb^nti yaṃ ‘‘satiyeva satipaṭṭhāna’’nti vuttaṃ, idaṃ ^b^idha^eb^ imasmiṃ suttapadese adhippetaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yadi eva^eb^nti yadi sati eva satipaṭṭhānaṃ, sati nāma eko dhammo, evaṃ sante kasmā ^b^‘‘satipaṭṭhānā’’^eb^ti bahuvacananti āha ^b^‘‘satibahuttā’’^eb^tiādi. Yadi bahukā etā satiyo, atha kasmā ‘‘maggo’’ti ekavacananti yojanā. ^b^Maggaṭṭhenā^eb^ti niyyānaṭṭhena. Niyyāniko hi maggadhammo, teneva niyyānikabhāvena ekattupagato ekantato nibbānaṃ gacchati, atthikehi ca tadatthaṃ maggīyatīti attanāva pubbe vuttaṃ paccāharati ^b^‘‘vuttañceta’’^eb^nti. Tattha ^b^catassopi cetā^eb^ti kāyānupassanādivasena catubbidhāpi ca etā satiyo. ^b^Aparabhāge^eb^ti ariyamaggakkhaṇe. ^b^Kiccaṃ sādhayamānā^eb^ti pubbabhāge kāyādīsu ārammaṇesu subhasaññādividhamanena visuṃ visuṃ pavattitvā maggakkhaṇe sakiṃyeva tattha catubbidhassapi vipallāsassa samucchedavasena pahānakiccaṃ sādhayamānā ārammaṇakaraṇavasena nibbānaṃ gacchanti. Catubbidhakiccasādhaneneva hettha bahuvacananiddeso. ^b^Evañca satī^eb^ti maggaṭṭhena ekattaṃ upādāya ‘‘maggo’’ti ekavacanena ārammaṇabhedena ^a^M1.0339^ea^ catubbidhataṃ upādāya ‘‘cattāro’’ti ca vattabbatāya sativijjamānattā. ^b^Vacanānusandhinā^eb^ ‘‘ekāyano aya’’ntiādikā desanā ^b^sānusandhikāva,^eb^ na ananusandhikāti adhippāyo. Vuttamevatthaṃ nidassanena paṭipādetuṃ ^b^‘‘mārasenappamaddana’’^eb^nti suttapadaṃ (saṃ. ni. 5.224) ānetvā ^a^V1.0303^ea^^b^‘‘yathā’’^eb^tiādinā nidassanaṃ saṃsandeti. ^b^Tasmā^eb^tiādi nigamanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Visesato kāyo ca vedanā ca assādassakāraṇanti tappahānatthaṃ tesu taṇhāvatthūsu oḷārikasukhumesu asubhadukkhabhāvadassanāni mandatikkhapaññehi taṇhācaritehi sukarānīti tāni tesaṃ ‘‘visuddhimaggo’’ti vuttāni tathā ‘‘niccaṃ attā’’ti abhinivesavatthutāya diṭṭhiyā visesakāraṇesu cittadhammesu aniccānattatādassanāni sarāgādivasena saññāphassādivasena nīvaraṇādivasena ca nātippabhedātippabhedagatesu tesu tappahānatthaṃ mandatikkhapaññānaṃ diṭṭhicaritānaṃ sukarānīti tesaṃ tāni ‘‘visuddhimaggo’’ti vuttāni. Ettha ca yathā cittadhammānampi taṇhāya vatthubhāvo sambhavati, tathā kāyavedanānampi diṭṭhiyāti satipi nesaṃ catunnampi taṇhādiṭṭhiyā vatthubhāve yo yassa sātisayapaccayo, taṃdassanatthaṃ visesaggahaṇaṃ katanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tikkhapaññasamathayāniko oḷārikārammaṇaṃ pariggaṇhanto tattha aṭṭhatvā jhānaṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya vedanaṃ pariggaṇhātīti vuttaṃ. ^b^‘‘Oḷārikārammaṇe asaṇṭhahanato’’^eb^ti. Vipassanāyānikassa pana sukhume citte dhammesu ca cittaṃ pakkhandatīti cittadhammānupassanānaṃ mandatikkhapaññāvipassanāyānikānaṃ visuddhimaggatā vuttā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tesaṃ tatthā^eb^ti ettha tattha-saddassa ‘‘pahānattha’’nti etena yojanā. Parato ^b^tesaṃ tatthā^eb^ti etthāpi esevanayo. Pañca kāmaguṇā savisesā kāye labbhantīti visesena kāyo kāmoghassa vatthu, bhavesu sukhaggahaṇavasena bhavassādo hoti bhavoghassa vedanā vatthu, santatighanagahaṇavasena visesato citte attābhiniveso hotīti diṭṭhoghassa cittaṃ vatthu, dhammesu vinibbhogassa dukkarattā dhammānaṃ dhammamattatāya duppaṭivijjhattā sammoho hotīti avijjoghassa dhammā vatthu, tasmā tesaṃ pahānatthaṃ ^b^cattārova vuttā.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]Yadaggena ^a^M1.0340^ea^ ca kāyo kāmoghassa vatthu, tadaggena abhijjhākāyaganthassa vatthu, dukkhāya vedanāya paṭighānusayo anusetīti dukkhadukkhavipariṇāmadukkhasaṅkhāradukkhabhūtā vedanā visesena byāpādakāyaganthassa vatthu, citte niccaggahaṇavasena sassatassa attano sīlena suddhītiādi parāmasanaṃ hotīti sīlabbataparāmāsassa cittaṃ vatthu, nāmarūpaparicchedena bhūtaṃ bhūtato apassantassa bhavavibhavadiṭṭhisaṅkhāto idaṃsaccābhiniveso hotīti tassa dhammā vatthu, sukhavedanāssādavasena paralokanirapekkho ‘‘natthi dinna’’ntiādikaṃ parāmāsaṃ uppādetīti diṭṭhupādānassa vedanā vatthu santatighanagahaṇavasena sarāgādicitte sammoho hotīti mohāgatiyā cittaṃ ^a^V1.0304^ea^ vatthu, dhammasabhāvānavabodhena bhayaṃ hotīti bhayāgatiyā dhammā vatthu. Ye panettha avuttā, tesaṃ vuttanayena vatthubhāvo yojetabbo. Tathā hi oghesu vuttanayā eva yogāsavesupi yojanā atthato abhinnattā. Tathā paṭhamoghatatiyacatutthaganthayojanāya vuttanayā eva kāyacittadhammānaṃ itarūpādānavatthutā yojanā, tathā kāmoghabyāpādakāyaganthayojanāya vuttanayā eva kāyavedanānaṃ chandadosāgati vatthutā yojanā vā.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Āhārasamudayā kāyasamudayo, phassasamudayā vedanāsamudayo, (saṃ. ni. 5.408) saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpa’’nti (ma. ni. 3.126; udā. 1; vibha. 225) vacanato kāyādīnaṃ samudayabhūtā kabaḷīkārāhāraphassamanosañcetanāviññāṇāhārā kāyādiparijānanena pariññātā hontīti āha ^b^‘‘catubbidhāhārapariññattha’’^eb^nti ^b^pakaraṇanayo^eb^ti ^b^nettipakaraṇavasena^eb^ suttantasaṃvaṇṇanānayo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saraṇavasenā^eb^ti kāyādīnaṃ kusalādidhammānañca upadhāraṇavasena. Saranti gacchanti nibbānaṃ etāyāti satīti imasmiṃ atthe ekatte ekasabhāve nibbāne samosaraṇaṃ samāgamo ^b^ekattasamosaraṇaṃ^eb^. Etadeva hi dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Ekanibbānapavesahetubhūtā vā samānatā eko satipaṭṭhānassa bhāvo ekattaṃ, tattha samosaraṇaṃ ^a^M1.0341^ea^ taṃsabhāgatā ^b^ekattasamosaraṇaṃ^eb^. Ekanibbānapavesahetubhāvaṃ pana dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā hī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Etasmiṃ atthe saraṇekattasamosaraṇāni saheva satipaṭṭhānekabhāvassa kāraṇatthena vuttānīti daṭṭhabbāni, purimasmiṃ visuṃ. ^b^Saraṇavasenā^eb^ti vā ‘‘gamanavasenā’’ti atthe sati tadeva gamanaṃ samosaraṇanti, samosaraṇe vā satisaddatthavasena avuccamāne dhāraṇatāva satīti satisaddatthantarābhāvā purimaṃ satibhāvassa kāraṇaṃ, pacchimaṃ ekabhāvassāti nibbānasamosaraṇepi sahitāneva tāni satipaṭṭhānekabhāvassa kāraṇāni vuttāni honti. ^b^Cuddasavidhena,^eb^^b^navavidhena, soḷasavidhena, pañcavidhenā^eb^ti idaṃ upari pāḷiyaṃ (ma. ni. 1.107) āgatānaṃ ānāpānapabbādīnaṃ vasena vuttaṃ, tesaṃ pana antarabhedavasena tadanugatabhedavasena ca bhāvanāya anekavidhatā labbhatiyeva. Catūsu disāsu uṭṭhānakabhaṇḍasadisatā kāyānupassanāditaṃtaṃsatipaṭṭhānabhāvanānubhāvassa daṭṭhabbā.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Gocare, bhikkhave, caratha sake pettike visaye’’tiādivacanato (dī. ni. 3.80; saṃ. ni. 5.372) bhikkhugocarā ete dhammā, yadidaṃ kāyānupassanādayo. Tattha yasmā kāyānupassanādipaṭipattiyā bhikkhu hoti, tasmā ‘‘kāyānupassī viharatī’’tiādinā bhikkhuṃ dasseti, bhikkhumhi taṃ niyamatoti āha ^b^‘‘paṭipattiyā bhikkhubhāvadassanato’’^eb^ti. Satthu cariyānuvidhāyakattā ^a^V1.0305^ea^ sakalasāsanasampaṭiggāhakattā ca ^b^sabbappakārāya anusāsaniyā bhājanabhāvo^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samaṃ careyyā^eb^ti kāyādivisamacariyaṃ pahāya kāyādīhi samaṃ careyya. Rāgādivūpasamena ^b^santo^eb^. Indriyadamena ^b^danto^eb^. Catumagganiyāmena ^b^niyato^eb^. Seṭṭhacaritāya ^b^brahmacārī^eb^. Kāyadaṇḍādioropanena ^b^nidhāya daṇḍaṃ^eb^. Ariyabhāve ṭhito ^b^so^eb^ evarūpo bāhitapāpasamitapāpabhinnakilesatāhi ^b^brāhmaṇo samaṇo bhikkhū^eb^ti veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Ayañceva kāyo bahiddho ca nāmarūpa’’ntiādīsu (dī. ni. ṭī. 2.373) khandhapañcakaṃ, ‘‘sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedetī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.271, 287; pārā. 11) nāmakāyo kāyoti vuccatīti tato visesanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘kāyeti rūpakāye’’^eb^ti āha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Asammissato^eb^ti ^a^M1.0342^ea^ ‘‘vedanādayopi ettha sitā ettha paṭibaddhā’’ti kāye vedanādianupassanāpasaṅgepi āpanne tato asammissatoti attho. Samūhavisayatāya cassa kāya-saddassa samudāyupādānatāya ca asubhākārassa ‘‘kāye’’ti ekavacanaṃ, tathā ārammaṇādivibhāgena anekabhedabhinnampi cittaṃ cittabhāvasāmaññena ekajjhaṃ gahetvā ‘‘citte’’ti ekavacanaṃ, vedanā pana sukhādibhedabhinnā visuṃ visuṃ anupassitabbāti dassentena ‘‘vedanāsū’’ti bahuvacanena vuttā, tatheva ca niddeso pavattito, dhammā ca paropaṇṇāsabhedā anupassitabbākārena ca anekabhedā evāti tepi bahuvacanavaseneva vuttā. Avayavīgāha-samaññātidhāvana-sārādānābhinivesanisedhanatthaṃ kāyaṃ aṅgapaccaṅgehi, tāni ca kesādīhi, kesādike ca bhūtupādāyarūpehi vinibbhujjanto ^b^‘‘tathā na kāye’’^eb^tiādimāha. Pāsādādinagarāvayavasamūhe avayavīvādinopi avayavīgāhaṃ na karonti, nagaraṃ nāma koci attho atthīti pana kesañci samaññātidhāvanaṃ siyāti itthipurisādisamaññātidhāvane nagaranidassanaṃ vuttaṃ. Aṅgapaccaṅgasamūho, kesalomādisamūho bhūtupādāyasamūho ca yathāvuttasamūhe tabbinimutto kāyopi nāma koci natthi, pageva itthiādayoti āha ^b^‘‘kāyo vā…pe… dissatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Koci dhammo^eb^ti iminā sattajīvādiṃ paṭikkhipati, avayavī pana kāyapaṭikkhepeneva paṭikkhittoti. Yadi evaṃ kathaṃ kāyādisaññābhidhānānītiāha ^b^‘‘yathāvutta…pe… karontī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yaṃ passati^eb^ itthiṃ purisaṃ vā. Nanu cakkhunā itthipurisadassanaṃ natthīti? Saccametaṃ, ‘‘itthiṃ ^a^V1.0306^ea^ passāmi, purisaṃ passāmī’’ti pana pavattasaññāya vasena ‘‘yaṃ passatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Micchādassanena vā diṭṭhiyā ^b^yaṃ passati, na taṃ diṭṭhaṃ, taṃ^eb^ rūpāyatanaṃ na hotīti attho viparītaggāhavasena micchāparikappitarūpattā. Atha vā taṃ kesādibhūtupādāyasamūhasaṅkhātaṃ diṭṭhaṃ na hoti acakkhuviññāṇaviññeyyattā, diṭṭhaṃ vā taṃ na hoti. ^b^Yaṃ diṭṭhaṃ taṃ na passatī^eb^ti yaṃ rūpāyatanaṃ kesādibhūtupādāyasamūhasaṅkhātaṃ diṭṭhaṃ, taṃ paññācakkhunā bhūtato na passatīti attho. ^b^Apassaṃ bajjhate^eb^ti imaṃ attabhāvaṃ yathābhūtaṃ paññācakkhunā apassanto ‘‘etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me atto’’ti kilesabandhanena bajjhati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Na^eb^^a^M1.0343^ea^^b^aññadhammānupassī^eb^ti na aññasabhāvānupassī, asubhādito aññākārānupassī na hotīti attho. ^b^Kiṃ vuttaṃ hotī^eb^tiādinā tamevatthaṃ pākaṭaṃ karoti. ^b^Pathavīkāya^eb^nti kesādikoṭṭhāsapathaviṃ dhammasamūhattā ‘‘kāyo’’ti vadati, lakkhaṇapathavimeva vā anekappabhedaṃ sakalasarīragataṃ pubbāpariyabhāvena ca pavattamānaṃ samūhavasena gahetvā ‘‘kāyo’’ti vadati. ^b^Āpokāya^eb^ntiādīsupi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Evaṃ gahetabbassā^eb^ti ‘‘ahaṃ mama’’nti evaṃ attattaniyabhāvena andhabālehi gahetabbassa. Idāni sattannaṃ anupassanākārānampi vasena kāyānupassanaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha ^b^aniccato anupassatī^eb^ti catusamuṭṭhānikakāyaṃ ‘‘anicca’’nti anupassati, evaṃ passanto evaṃ cassa aniccākārampi anupassatīti vuccati. Tathābhūtassa cassa niccaggāhassa lesopi na hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘no niccato’’^eb^ti tathāhesa ‘‘niccasaññaṃ pajahatī’’ti (paṭi. ma. 3.35) vutto. Ettha ca ‘‘aniccato eva anupassatī’’ti eva-kāro luttaniddiṭṭhoti tena nivattitamatthaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘no niccato’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Na cettha dukkhato anupassanādinivattanamāsaṅkitabbaṃ paṭiyogīnivattanaparattā eva-kārassa, uparidesanāruḷhattā ca tāsaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dukkhato anupassatī^eb^tiādīsupi eseva nayo. Ayaṃ pana viseso – aniccassa dukkhattā tameva kāyaṃ dukkhato anupassati, dukkhassa anattattā ^b^anattato anupassati^eb^. Yasmā pana yaṃ aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ anattā, taṃ anabhinanditabbaṃ, na tattha rajjitabbaṃ, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘nibbindati no nandati,^eb^^b^virajjati no rajjatī’’^eb^ti. So evaṃ arajjanto rāgaṃ ^b^nirodheti no samudeti,^eb^ samudayaṃ na karotīti attho. Evaṃ paṭipanno ca ^b^paṭinissajjati no ādiyati^eb^. Ayañhi aniccādianupassanā tadaṅgavasena saddhiṃ kāyatannissayakhandhābhisaṅkhārehi kilesānaṃ ^a^V1.0307^ea^ pariccajanato, saṅkhatadosadassanena tabbiparīte nibbāne tanninnatāya pakkhandanato ‘‘pariccāgapaṭinissaggo ceva pakkhandanapaṭinissaggo cā’’ti vuccati, tasmā tāya samannāgato bhikkhu vuttanayena kilese ca pariccajati, nibbāne ca pakkhandati ^a^M1.0344^ea^, tathābhūto ca nibbattanavasena kilese na ādiyati, nāpi adosadassitāvasena saṅkhatārammaṇaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘paṭinissajjati no ādiyatī’’^eb^ti. Idānissa tāhi anupassanāhi yesaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānaṃ hoti, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘so taṃ aniccato anupassanto niccasaññaṃ pajahatī’’^eb^ti. Tattha ^b^niccasañña^eb^nti ‘‘saṅkhārā niccā’’ti evaṃ pavattaviparītasaññaṃ. Diṭṭhicittavipallāsapahānamukheneva saññāvipallāsappahānanti saññāgahaṇaṃ, saññāsīsena vā tesampi gahaṇaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Nandi^eb^nti sappītikataṇhaṃ. Sesaṃ vuttanayemeva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Viharatī^eb^ti iminā kāyānupassanāsamaṅgino iriyāpathavihāro vuttoti āha ^b^‘‘iriyatī’’^eb^ti iriyāpathaṃ pavattetīti attho. Ārammaṇakaraṇavasena abhibyāpanato ^b^‘‘tīsu bhavesū’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ, uppajjanavasena pana kilesā parittabhūmakā evāti. Yadipi kilesānaṃ pahānaṃ ātāpananti taṃ sammādiṭṭhiādīnampi attheva, ātāpa-saddo pana vīriyeyeva niruḷhoti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘vīriyassetaṃ nāma’’^eb^nti. Atha vā paṭipakkhapahāne sampayuttadhammānaṃ abbhussahanavasena pavattamānassa vīriyassa sātisayaṃ tadātāpananti vīriyameva tathā vuccati, na aññe dhammā. ^b^Ātāpī^eb^ti cāyamīkāro pasaṃsāya, atisayassa vā dīpakoti ātāpīgahaṇena sammappadhānasamaṅgitaṃ dasseti. Sammā, samantato, sāmañca pajānanto ^b^sampajāno,^eb^ asammissato vavatthāne aññadhammānupassitābhāvena sammā aviparītaṃ, sabbākārapajānanena samantato, uparūpari visesāvahabhāvena pavattiyā sayaṃ pajānantoti attho. Yadi paññāya anupassati, kathaṃ satipaṭṭhānatāti āha ^b^‘‘na hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Sabbatthika^eb^nti sabbattha bhavaṃ sabbattha līne uddhate ca citte icchitabbattā, sabbe vā līne uddhate ca bhāvetabbā bojjhaṅgā atthikā etāyāti ^b^sabbatthikā^eb^. Satiyā laddhūpakārāya eva paññāya ettha yathāvutte ^b^kāye^eb^ kammaṭṭhāniko bhikkhu ^b^kāyānupassī viharati. Antosaṅkhepo^eb^ anto olīyano, kosajjanti attho. ^b^Upāyapariggaheti^eb^ ettha sīlavisodhanādi gaṇanādi uggahakosallādi ca ^b^upāyo,^eb^ tabbipariyāyato ^b^anupāyo^eb^ veditabbo. Yasmā ca upaṭṭhitassati yathāvuttaupāyaṃ na pariccajati, anupāyañca na upādiyati, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘muṭṭhassati…pe… asamattho^eb^^a^M1.0345^ea^^b^hotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tenā^eb^ti upāyānupāyānaṃ pariggahaparivajjanesu apariccāgāpariggahesu ca asamatthabhāvena ^b^assa^eb^ yogino.<br/><br/>[03]Yasmā ^a^V1.0308^ea^ satiyevettha satipaṭṭhānaṃ vuttā, tasmāssa sampayuttā dhammā vīriyādayo aṅganti āha ^b^‘‘sampayogaṅgañcassa dassetvā’’^eb^ti. Aṅga-saddo cettha kāraṇapariyāyo daṭṭhabbo, satiggahaṇeneva cettha samādhissati gahaṇaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ tassā samādhikkhandhe saṅgahitattā. Yasmā vā satisīsenāyaṃ desanā. Na hi kevalāya satiyā kilesappahānaṃ hoti, nibbānādhigamo vā, na ca kevalā sati pavattati, tasmāssa jhānadesanāyaṃ savitakkādivacanassa viya sampayogaṅgadassanatāti aṅga-saddassa avayavapariyāyatā daṭṭhabbā. ^b^Pahānaṅga^eb^nti ‘‘vivicceva kāmehī’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.226; ma. ni. 1.271, 287; saṃ. ni. 2.152; a. ni. 4.123; pārā. 11) viya pahātabbaṅgaṃ dassetuṃ. Yasmā ettha lokiyamaggo adhippeto, na lokuttaramaggo, tasmā pubbabhāgiyameva vinayaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘tadaṅgavinayena vā vikkhambhanavinayena vā’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Tesaṃ dhammāna^eb^nti vedanādidhammānaṃ. Tesañhi tattha anadhippetattā ^b^‘‘atthuddhāranayenetaṃ vutta’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Avisesena dvīhipi nīvaraṇappahānaṃ vuttanti katvā puna ekekena vuttaṃ pahānavisesaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘visesenā’’^eb^ti āha. Atha vā ‘‘vineyya nīvaraṇānī’’ti avatvā abhijjhādomanassavacanassa payojanaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘visesenā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Kāyānupassanābhāvanāya hi ujuvipaccanīkānaṃ anurodhādīnaṃ pahānaṃ dassanaṃ etassa payojananti. ^b^Kāyasampattimūlakassā^eb^ti rūpa-bala-yobbanārogyādi-sarīrasampadā-nimittassa. Vuttavipariyāyato ^b^kāyavipattimūlako virodho^eb^ veditabbo. ^b^Kāyabhāvanāyā^eb^ti kāyānupassanābhāvanāya. Sā hi idha ‘‘kāyabhāvanā’’ti adhippetā. ^b^Tenā^eb^ti anurodhādippahānavacanena. ^b^Yogānubhāvo hī^eb^tiādi vuttassevatthassa pākaṭakaraṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Satisampajaññenā^eb^ti atisampajaññaggahaṇena. ^b^Sabbatthikakammaṭṭhāna^eb^nti buddhānussati mettā maraṇassati asubhabhāvanā ca. Idañhi catukkaṃ yoginā parihariyamānaṃ ‘‘sabbatthikakammaṭṭhāna’’nti vuccati atisampajaññabalena avicchinnassa tassa pariharitabbattā, ^b^satiyā vā samatho vutto^eb^ tassā samāddhikkhandhena saṅgahitattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tenā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0346^ea^ saddatthaṃ anādiyitvā bhāvatthasseva vibhajanavasena pavattena vibhaṅgapāṭhena saha. ^b^Aṭṭhakathānayo^eb^ti saddatthassapi vivaraṇavasena yathārahaṃ vutto atthasaṃvaṇṇanānayo. ^b^Yathā saṃsandatī^eb^ti yathā atthato adhippāyato ca avilomento aññadatthu saṃsandati sameti, evaṃ veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vedanādīnaṃ^eb^^a^V1.0309^ea^^b^puna vacane^eb^ti ettha nissayapaccayabhāvavasena cittadhammānaṃ vedanāsannissitattā pañcavokārabhave arūpadhammānaṃ rūpapaṭibaddhavuttito ca vedanāya kāyādianupassanāpasaṅgepi āpanne tadasammissato vavatthānadassanatthaṃ ghanavinibbhogādidassanatthañca dutiyavedanāgahaṇaṃ. Tena na vedanāyaṃ kāyānupassī, cittadhammānupassī vā, atha kho vedanānupassīyevāti vedanāsaṅkhāte vatthusmiṃ vedanānupassanākārasseva dassanena asammissato vavatthānaṃ dassitaṃ hoti. Tathā ‘‘yasmiṃ samaye sukhā vedanā, na tasmiṃ samaye dukkhā adukkhamasukhā vā vedanā. Yasmiṃ vā pana samaye dukkhā adukkhamasukhā vā vedanā, na tasmiṃ samaye itarā vedanā’’ti vedanābhāvasāmaññe aṭṭhatvā taṃ taṃ vedanaṃ vinibbhujitvā dassanena ghanavinibbhogo dhuvabhāvaviveko dassito hoti. Tena tāsaṃ khaṇamattāvaṭṭhānadassanena aniccatāya tato eva dukkhatāya anattatāya ca dassanaṃ vibhāvitaṃ hoti. ^b^Ghanavinibbhogādī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena ayampi attho veditabbo. Ayañhi vedanāyaṃ vedanānupassīyeva, na aññadhammānupassī. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yathā nāma bālo amaṇisabhāvepi udakabubbuḷake maṇiākārānupassī hoti, na evamayaṃ ṭhitiramaṇīyepi vedayite, pageva itarasmiṃ manuññākārānupassī, atha kho khaṇabhaṅguratāya avasavattitāya kilesāsucipaggharaṇatāya ca aniccānattāsubhākārānupassī, vipariṇāmadukkhatāya saṅkhāradukkhatāya ca visesato dukkhānupassīyevāti vuttaṃ hoti. Evaṃ cittadhammesupi yathārahaṃ puna vacane payojanaṃ vattabbaṃ. ^b^‘‘Kevalaṃ panidhā’’^eb^tiādinā idha ‘ettakaṃ veditabba’’nti veditabbaparicchedaṃ dasseti. ^b^Esa nayo^eb^ti iminā yathā cittaṃ dhammā ca anupassitabbā, tathā tāni anupassanto ‘‘citte cittānupassī, dhammesu dhammānupassī’’ti veditabboti imamatthaṃ atidisati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yo^eb^^a^M1.0347^ea^^b^sukhaṃ dukkhato addā^eb^ti yo bhikkhu sukhavedanaṃ vipariṇāmadukkhatāya ‘‘dukkha’’nti paññācakkhunā addakkhi. ^b^Dukkhamaddakkhi sallato^eb^ti dukkhavedanaṃ pīḷājananato antotudanato dunnīharaṇato ca sallanti addakkhi passi. ^b^Adukkhamasukha^eb^nti upekkhāvedanaṃ. ^b^Santa^eb^nti sukhadukkhāni viya anoḷārikatāya paccayavasena vūpasantasabhāvatāya ca santaṃ. ^b^Aniccato^eb^ti hutvā abhāvato udayabbayavantato tāvakālikatoniccapaṭikkhepato ca ‘‘anicca’’nti yo addakkhi. ^b^Sa ve sammaddaso bhikkhu^eb^ ekaṃsena paribyattaṃ vā vedanāya sammā passanakoti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dukkhātipī^eb^ti saṅkhāradukkhatāya dukkhā itipi. ^b^Sabbaṃ taṃ dukkhasmi^eb^nti sabbaṃ taṃ vedayitaṃ dukkhasmiṃ antogadhaṃ pariyāpannaṃ vadāmi saṅkhāradukkhatānativattanato. ^b^Sukhadukkhatopi cā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0310^ea^ sukhādīnaṃ ṭhitivipariṇāmaññāṇasukhatāya vipariṇāmaṭhitiaññāṇadukkhatāya ca vuttattā tissopi sukhato, tissopi ca dukkhato anupassitabbāti attho. Rūpādi^b^-ārammaṇa^eb^chandādi-^b^adhipati-^eb^ñāṇādi-^b^sahajāta-^eb^ kāmāvacarādi-^b^bhūmi^eb^nānattabhedānaṃ kusalākusala-taṃvipākakiriyā-nānattādibhedānañca, ādi-saddena saṅkhārikāsaṅkhārikasa-vatthukāvatthukādi-nānattabhedānañca vasenāti yojetabbaṃ. ^b^Suññatadhammassā^eb^ti ‘‘dhammā hontī’’tiādinā (dha. sa. 121) suññatavāre āgatasuññatasabhāvassa vasena. ^b^‘‘Kāmañcetthā’’^eb^tiādinā pubbe pahīnattā puna pahānaṃ na vattabbanti codanaṃ dasseti, maggacittakkhaṇe vā ekattha pahīnaṃ sabbattha pahīnameva hotīti visuṃ visuṃ na vattabbanti. Tattha purimāya codanāya nānāpuggalaparihāro, pacchimāya nānācittakkhaṇikaparihāro. Lokiyabhāvanāya hi kāye pahīnaṃ na vedanādīsu pahīnaṃ hoti yadipi na pavatteyya, na paṭipakkhabhāvanāya tattha sā abhijjhādomanassassa appavatti hotīti puna tappahānaṃ vattabbamevāti. ^b^Ekattha pahīnaṃ sesesupi pahīnaṃ hotī^eb^ti maggasatipaṭṭhānabhāvanaṃ, lokiyabhāvanāya vā sabbattha appavattimattaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. ‘‘Pañcapi khandhā loko’’ti hi vibhaṅge (vibha. 362, 364, 366, 373) catūsupi ṭhānesu vuttanti.<br/><br/>[06]Uddesavāravaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 84
title: ^uddesavārakathāvaṇṇanā^kāyānupassanāvaṇṇanā^ānāpānapabbavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03]^b^107^eb^^b^.^eb^ Bāhirakesupi ^a^M1.0348^ea^ ito ekadesassa sambhavato sabbappakāraggahaṇaṃ kataṃ ^b^‘‘sabbappakārakāyānupassanānibbattakassā’’^eb^ti. Tena ye ime ānāpānapabbādivasena āgatā cuddasappakārā, tadantogadhā ca ajjhattādianupassanā pakārā, tathā ^b^kāyagatāsatisutte^eb^ (ma. ni. 3.154) vuttā kesādivaṇṇasaṇṭhānakasiṇārammaṇacatukkajjhānappakārā, lokiyādippakārā ca, te sabbepi anavasesato saṅgaṇhāti. Ime ca pakārā imasmiṃyeva sāsane, na ito bahiddhāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sabbappakāra…pe… paṭisedhano cā’’^eb^ti. Tattha ^b^tathābhāvapaṭisedhano^eb^ti sabbappakārakāyānupassanānibbattakassa puggalassa aññasāsanassa nissayabhāvapaṭisedhano. Etena ‘‘idha, bhikkhave’’ti ettha idha-saddo antogadhaevasaddatthoti dasseti ^a^V1.0311^ea^. Santi hi ekapadānipi sāvadhāraṇāni yathā ‘‘vāyubhakkho’’ti (dī. ni. ṭī. 2.374). Tenāha ^b^‘‘idheva samaṇo’’^eb^tiādi. Paripuṇṇasamaṇakaraṇadhammo hi so, yo sabbappakārakāyānupassanānibbattako. ^b^Parappavādā^eb^ti paresaṃ aññatitthiyānaṃ nānappakārā vādā titthāyatanāni.<br/><br/>[03]Araññādikasseva bhāvanānurūpasenāsanataṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘imassa hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Duddamo damathaṃ anupagato goṇo ^b^kūṭagoṇo^eb^. Dohanakāle yathā thanehi anavasesato khīraṃ na paggharati, evaṃ dohapaṭibandhinī ^b^kūṭadhenu^eb^. Rūpasaddādike paṭicca uppajjanakāssādo ^b^rūpārammaṇādiraso. Pubbe āciṇṇārammaṇa^eb^nti pabbajjāto pubbe, anādimati vā saṃsāre paricitārammaṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nibandheyyā^eb^ti bandheyya. ^b^Satiyā^eb^ti sammadeva kammaṭṭhānassa sallakkhaṇavasena pavattāya satiyā. ^b^Ārammaṇe^eb^ti kammaṭṭhānārammaṇe. Daḷhanti thiraṃ, yathā satokārissa upacārappanābhedo samādhi ijjhati, tathā thāmagataṃ katvāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Visesādhigamadiṭṭhadhammasukhavihārapadaṭṭhāna^eb^nti sabbesaṃ buddhānaṃ, ekaccānaṃ paccekabuddhānaṃ, buddhasāvakānañca visesādhigamassa, aññena kammaṭṭhānena adhigatavisesānaṃ ^a^M1.0349^ea^ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārassa ca padaṭṭhānabhūtaṃ. ^b^Vatthuvijjācariyo viya bhagavā^eb^ yogīnaṃ anurūpanivāsaṭṭhānupadisanato. ^b^Bhikkhu dīpisadiso^eb^ araññe ekākī viharitvā paṭipakkhanimmathanena icchitatthasādhanato. ^b^Phalamuttama^eb^nti sāmaññaphalaṃ sandhāyāha. ^b^Parakkamajavayoggabhūmi^eb^nti bhāvanussāhajavassa yoggakaraṇabhūmibhūtaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Assāsapassāsānaṃ vasena sikkhato^eb^ti assāsapassāsānaṃ dīgharassatāpajānana-sabbakāyapaṭisaṃvedana-oḷārikoḷārikapaṭippassambhanavasena bhāvanānuyogaṃ sikkhato, tathābhūto vā hutvā tisso sikkhā pavattayato. ^b^Assāsapassāsanimitte^eb^ti assāsapassāsasannissayena upaṭṭhitapaṭibhāganimitte. ^b^Assāsapassāse pariggaṇhāti^eb^ rūpamukhena vipassanaṃ abhinivisanto, yo ‘‘assāsapassāsakammiko’’ti vutto. ^b^Jhānaṅgāni pariggaṇhāti^eb^ arūpamukhena vipassanaṃ abhinivisanto. ^b^Vatthu nāma karajakāyo^eb^ cittacetasikānaṃ pavattiṭṭhānabhāvato. ^b^Añño satto vā puggalo vā natthī^eb^ti visuddhadiṭṭhi ‘‘tayidaṃ dhammamattaṃ na ahetukaṃ, nāpi issarādivisamahetukaṃ, atha kho avijjādīhi eva sahetuka’’nti addhattayepi kaṅkhāvitaraṇena ^b^vitiṇṇakaṅkho^eb^ ‘‘yaṃ kiñci rūpa’’ntiādinā (ma. ni. 1.361; ma. ni. 2.113; ma. ni. 3.86; a. ni. 4.181; paṭi. ma. 1.48) kalāpasammasanavasena ^a^V1.0312^ea^^b^tilakkhaṇaṃ āropetvā^eb^ udayabbayānupassanādivasena ^b^vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhento anukkamena^eb^ maggapaṭipāṭiyā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Parassa vā assāsapassāsakāye^eb^ti idaṃ sammasanacāravasenāyaṃ pāḷi pavattāti katvā vuttaṃ, samathavasena pana parassa assāsapassāsakāye appanānimittuppatti eva natthīti. ^b^Idaṃ ubhayaṃ na labbhatī^eb^ti ‘‘ajjhattaṃ, bahiddhā’’ti ca vuttaṃ idaṃ dhammadvayaghaṭitaṃ ekato ārammaṇabhāvena na labbhati.<br/><br/>[03]Samudeti etasmāti samudayo, so eva kāraṇaṭṭhena dhammoti samudayadhammo, assāsapassāsānaṃ pavattihetukarajakāyādi. Tassa anupassanasīlo ^b^samudayadhammānupassī^eb^. Taṃ pana samudayadhammaṃ upamāmukhena dassento ^b^‘‘yathā nāmā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^bhasta^eb^nti ruttiṃ. ^b^Gaggaranāḷi^eb^nti ukkāpanāḷiṃ. ^b^Te^eb^ti karajakāyādike. Yathā assāsapassāsakāyo karajakāyādisambandhī phalabhāvena, evaṃ tepi assāsapassāsakāyasambandhino hetubhāvenāti ‘‘samudayadhammā kāyasmi’’nti vattabbataṃ ^a^M1.0350^ea^ labhantīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘samudaya…pe… vuccatī’’^eb^ti. Pakativācī vā ^b^dhamma^eb^-saddo ‘‘jātidhammāna’’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.131; ma. ni. 3.373; paṭi. ma. 1.33) viyāti kāyassa paccayasamavāye uppajjanapakatikānupassī ^b^‘‘samudayadhammānupassī’’^eb^ti vutto. Tenāha – ‘‘karajakāyañcā’’tiādi. Evañca katvā ^b^kāyasmi^eb^nti bhummavacanañca samatthitaṃ hoti. ^b^Vayadhammānupassī^eb^ti ettha ahetukattepi vināsassa yesaṃ hetudhammānaṃ abhāve yaṃ na hoti, tadabhāvo tassa abhāvassa hotu viya voharīyatīti upacārato karajakāyādiabhāvo assāsapassāsakāyassa vayakāraṇaṃ vutto. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yathā bhastāyā’’^eb^tiādi. Ayaṃ tāvettha paṭhamavikappavasena atthavibhāvanā. Dutiyavikappavasena pana upacārena vināyeva attho veditabbo. Ajjhattabahiddhānupassanā viya bhinnavatthuvisayatāya samudayavayadhammānupassanāpi ekakāle na labbhatīti āha ^b^‘‘kālena samudayaṃ kālena vayaṃ anupassanto’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Atthi kāyo^eb^ti eva-saddo luttaniddiṭṭhoti ^b^‘‘kāyova atthī’’^eb^ti vatvā avadhāraṇena nivatthitaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘na satto’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tassattho – yo rūpādīsu sattavisattatāya paresañca sajjāpanaṭṭhena, satvaguṇayogato vā ^b^‘‘satto’’^eb^ti parehi parikappito. Tassa sattanikāyassa pūraṇato ca cavanupapajjanadhammatāya galanato ca ^b^‘‘puggalo’’^eb^ti. Thīyati saṃhaññati ettha gabbhoti ^b^‘‘itthī’’^eb^ti. Puri pure bhāge seti pavattatīti ^b^‘‘puriso’’^eb^ti. Āhito ^a^V1.0313^ea^ ahaṃmāno etthāti ^b^‘‘attā’’^eb^ti, attano santakabhāvena ^b^‘‘attaniya’’^eb^nti. Paro na hotīti katvā ^b^‘‘aha’’^eb^nti, mama santakanti katvā ^b^‘‘mama’’^eb^nti. Vuttappakāravinimutto aññoti katvā ^b^‘‘kocī’’^eb^ti, tassa santakabhāvena ^b^‘‘kassacī’’^eb^ti parikappetabbo koci natthi, kevalaṃ kāyo eva atthīti attattaniyasuññatameva kāyassa vibhāveti. ^b^Eva^eb^nti ‘‘kāyova atthī’’tiādinā vuttappakārena. ^b^Ñāṇapamāṇatthāyā^eb^ti kāyānupassanāñāṇaparaṃ pamāṇaṃ pāpanatthāya. ^b^Satipamāṇatthāyā^eb^ti kāyapariggāhikasatipavattaṃ satiparaṃ pamāṇaṃ pāpanatthāya. Imassa hi vuttanayena ‘‘atthi kāyo’’ti aparāparuppattivasena paccupaṭṭhitā sati bhiyyoso mattāya tattha ñāṇassa satiyā ca paribrūhanāya hoti. Tenāha^b^ ‘‘satisampajaññānaṃ vaḍḍhatthāyā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Imissā ^a^M1.0351^ea^ bhāvanāya taṇhādiṭṭhigāhānaṃ ujupaṭipakkhattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘taṇhā…pe… viharatī’’^eb^ti. Tathābhūto ca loke kiñci ‘‘aha’’nti vā ‘‘mama’’nti vā gahetabbaṃ na passati, kuto gaṇheyya. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na ca kiñcī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Evampī^eb^ti ettha ^b^pi^eb^-saddo heṭṭhā niddiṭṭhassa tādisassa atthassa abhāvato avuttasamuccayatthoti dassento ^b^‘‘upari atthaṃ upādāyā’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^‘‘Eva’’^eb^nti pana niddiṭṭhākārassa paccāmasanaṃ nigamanavasena katanti āha ^b^‘‘iminā pana…pe… dassetī’’^eb^ti. Pubbabhāgasatipaṭṭhānassa idhādhippetattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sati dukkhasacca’’^eb^nti. Sā pana sati yasmiṃ attabhāve, tassa samuṭṭhāpikā taṇhā tassāpi samuṭṭhāpikā eva nāma hoti tadabhāve abhāvatoti āha ^b^‘‘tassā samuṭṭhāpikā purimataṇhā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Appavattī^eb^ti appavattinimittaṃ, na pavattati etthāti vā ^b^appavatti^eb^. ^b^Catusaccavasenā^eb^ti catusaccakammaṭṭhānavasena. ^b^Ussakkitvā^eb^ti visuddhiparamparāya āruhitvā, bhāvanaṃ upari netvāti attho. ^b^Niyyānamukha^eb^nti vaṭṭadukkhato nissaraṇūpāyo.<br/><br/>[06]Ānāpānapabbavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 85
title: uddesavārakathāvaṇṇanā^kāyānupassanāvaṇṇanā^ānāpānapabbavaṇṇanā^iriyāpathapabbavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03]^b^108^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Iriyāpathavasenā^eb^ti iriyanaṃ iriyā, kiriyā, idha pana kāyikapayogo veditabbo. Iriyānaṃ patho pavattimaggoti iriyāpatho, gamanādisarīrāvatthā. Gacchanto vā hi satto kāyena kattabbakiriyaṃ kareyya ṭhito vā nisinno vā nipanno vāti. Tesaṃ vasena, iriyāpathavibhāgenāti ^a^V1.0314^ea^ attho. ^b^Puna capara^eb^nti puna ca aparaṃ, yathāvuttāanāpānakammaṭṭhānato bhiyyopi aññaṃ kāyānupassanākammaṭṭhānaṃ kathemi, suṇāthāti vā adhippāyo. ^b^Gacchanto vā^eb^tiādi gamanādimattajānanassa gamanādigatavisesajānanassa ca sādhāraṇavacanaṃ. Tattha gamanādimattajānanaṃ idha nādhippetaṃ, gamanādigatavisesajānanaṃ pana adhippetanti taṃ vibhajitvā dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tattha kāma’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Sattūpaladdhi^eb^nti satto atthīti upaladdhiṃ sattaggāhaṃ ^b^na jahati^eb^ na pariccajati ‘‘ahaṃ gacchāmi, mama gamana’’nti gāhasabbhāvato. Tato eva ^b^attasaññaṃ^eb^ ‘‘atthi attā kārako vedako’’ti evaṃ pavattaṃ viparītasaññaṃ na ^b^ugghāṭeti^eb^^a^M1.0352^ea^ nāpaneti apaṭipakkhabhāvato, ananabrūhanato vā. Evaṃ bhūtassa cassa kuto kammaṭṭhānādibhāvoti āha ^b^‘‘kammaṭṭhānaṃ vā satipaṭṭhānabhāvanā vā na hotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Imassa panā^eb^tiādisukkapakkhassa vuttavipariyāyena attho veditabbo. Tameva hi atthaṃ vivarituṃ ^b^‘‘idaṃ hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^ko gacchatī^eb^ti gamanakiriyāya kattupucchā, sā kattubhāvavisiṭṭhāttapaṭikkhepatthā dhammamattasseva gamanasiddhidassanato. ^b^Kassa gamana^eb^nti akattutāvisiṭṭhāttaggāhapaṭikkhepatthā. ^b^Kiṃkāraṇā^eb^ti pana paṭikkhittakattukāya gamanakiriyāya aviparītakāraṇapucchā ‘‘gamananti attā manasā saṃyujjati, mano indriyehi, indriyāni attehī’’ti evamādigamanakāraṇapaṭikkhepanato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tatthā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Na koci satto vā puggalo vā gacchati^eb^ dhammamattasseva gamanasiddhito tabbinimuttassa ca kassaci abhāvato. Idāni dhammamattasseva gamanasiddhiṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘cittakiriyavāyodhātuvipphārenā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha cittakiriyā ca sā vāyodhātuyā vipphāro vipphandanañcāti ^b^cittakiriyavāyodhātuvipphāro,^eb^ tena. Ettha ca cittakiriyaggahaṇena anindriyabaddhavāyodhātuvipphāraṃ nivatteti, vāyodhātuvipphāraggahaṇena cetanāvacīviññattibhedaṃ cittakiriyaṃ nivatteti, ubhayena pana kāyaviññattiṃ vibhāveti. ^b^‘‘Gacchatī’’^eb^ti vatvā yathā pavattamāne kāye ‘‘gacchatī’’ti vohāro hoti, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tasmā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Ta^eb^nti gantukāmatāvasena pavattacittaṃ. ^b^Vāyaṃ janetī^eb^ti vāyodhātuadhikaṃ rūpakalāpaṃ janeti, adhikatā cettha sāmatthiyato, na pamāṇato. Gamanacittasamuṭṭhitaṃ sahajātarūpakāyassa thambhanasandhāraṇacalanānaṃ paccayabhūtena ākāravisesena pavattamānaṃ vāyodhātuṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘vāyo viññattiṃ janetī’’^eb^ti. Adhippāyasahabhāvī hi vikāro viññatti, yathāvuttādhikabhāveneva ca vāyogahaṇaṃ, na vāyodhātuyā eva janakabhāvato, aññathā viññattiyā upādāyarūpabhāvo durupapādo siyā. ^b^Purato abhinīhāro^eb^ puratobhāgena kāyassa pavattanaṃ, yo ‘‘abhikkamo’’ti vuccati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Eseva^eb^^a^V1.0315^ea^^b^nayo’’^eb^ti atidesavasena saṅkhepato vatvā tamevatthaṃ vivarituṃ ^b^‘‘tatrāpi hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Koṭito paṭṭhāyā^eb^ti heṭṭhimakoṭito paṭṭhāya. ^b^Ussitabhāvo^eb^ti ubbiddhabhāvo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Evaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0353^ea^^b^pajānato^eb^ti evaṃ cittakiriyavāyodhātuvipphāreneva gamanādibhāvo hotīti pajānato tassa evaṃ pajānanāya nicchayagamanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘evaṃ hotī’’^eb^ti vicāraṇā ^b^vucca^eb^ti loke yathābhūtaṃ ajānantehi micchābhinivesavasena, lokavohāravasena vā. ^b^Atthi panā^eb^ti attano eva vīmaṃsanavasena pucchāvacanaṃ. ^b^Natthī^eb^ti nicchayavasena sattassa paṭikkhepavacanaṃ. ^b^Yathā panā^eb^tiādi tassevatthassa upamāya vibhāvanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nāvā mālutavegenā^eb^ti ^b^yathā^eb^ acetanā nāvā vātavegena desantaraṃ ^b^yāti, yathā^eb^ ca acetano ^b^tejanaṃ^eb^ kaṇḍo ^b^jiyāvegena^eb^ desantaraṃ ^b^yāti,^eb^ tathā acetano ^b^kāyo vātāhato^eb^ yathāvuttavāyunā nīto desantaraṃ ^b^yātī^eb^ti evaṃ upamāsaṃsandanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Sace pana koci vadeyya ‘‘yathā nāvāya tejanassa ca pellakassa purisassa vasena desantaragamanaṃ, evaṃ kāyassāpī’’ti, hotu, evaṃ icchitovāyamattho. Yathā hi nāvā tejanānaṃ saṃhatalakkhaṇasseva purisassa vasena gamanaṃ, na asaṃhatalakkhaṇassa, evaṃ kāyassāpīti kā no hāni, bhiyyopi dhammamattatāva patiṭṭhaṃ labhati, na purisavādo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yantaṃ suttavasenā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha ^b^payutta^eb^nti heṭṭhā vuttanayena gamanādikiriyāvasena payojitaṃ. ^b^Ṭhātī^eb^ti tiṭṭhati. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti imasmiṃ loke. ^b^Vinā hetupaccaye^eb^ti gantukāmatācitta-taṃsamuṭṭhāna-vāyodhātu-ādihetupaccayehi vinā. ^b^Tiṭṭhe^eb^ti tiṭṭheyya. ^b^Vaje^eb^ti vajeyya gaccheyya ko nāmāti sambandho. Paṭikkhepattho cettha ^b^kiṃ^eb^-saddoti hetupaccayavirahena ṭhānagamanapaṭikkhepamukhena sabbāyapi dhammappavattiyā paccayādhīnavuttitāvibhāvanena attasuññatā viya aniccadukkhatāpi vibhāvitāti daṭṭhabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paṇihito^eb^ti yathā yathā paccayehi pakārato nihito ṭhapito. ^b^Sabbasaṅgāhikavacana^eb^nti sabbesaṃ catunnampi iriyāpathānaṃ saṅgaṇhanavacanaṃ, pubbe visuṃ visuṃ iriyāpathānaṃ vuttattā idaṃ tesaṃ ekajjhaṃ gahetvā vacananti attho. Purimanayo vā iriyāpathappadhāno vuttoti tattha kāyo appadhāno anunipphādīti idha kāyaṃ padhānaṃ appadhānañca iriyāpathaṃ anunipphādaṃ katvā dassetuṃ dutiyanayo vuttoti evampettha dvinnaṃ nayānaṃ viseso veditabbo. ^b^Ṭhito^eb^ti pavatto.<br/><br/>[03]Iriyāpathapariggaṇhanampi ^a^V1.0316^ea^^a^M1.0354^ea^ iriyāpathavato kāyasseva pariggaṇhanaṃ tassa avatthāvisesabhāvatoti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘iriyāpathapariggahaṇena kāye kāyānupassī viharatī’’^eb^ti. Tenevettha rūpakkhandhavaseneva samudayādayo uddhaṭā. Esa nayo sesavāresupi. ^b^Ādinā^eb^ti ettha ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena yathā ‘‘taṇhāsamudayā kammasamudayā āhārasamudayā’’ti nibbattilakkhaṇaṃ passantopi rupakkhandhassa udayaṃ passatīti ime cattāro āhārā saṅgayhanti, evaṃ ‘‘avijjānirodhā rūpanirodhā’’tiādayopi pañca ākārā saṅgahitāti daṭṭhabbo. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.<br/><br/>[06]Iriyāpathapabbavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 86
title: kāyānupassanāvaṇṇanā^ānāpānapabbavaṇṇanā^iriyāpathapabbavaṇṇanā^catusampajaññapabbavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03]^b^109^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Catusampajaññavasenā^eb^ti (dī. ni. ṭī. 1.284; saṃ. ni. 5.368; dī. ni. abhi. ṭī. 2.214) samantato pakārehi, pakaṭṭhaṃ vā savisesaṃ jānātīti sampajāno, sampajānassa bhāvo ^b^sampajaññaṃ,^eb^ tathāpavattaṃ ñāṇaṃ. Cattāri sampajaññāni samāhaṭāni ^b^catusampajaññaṃ,^eb^ tassa vasena. Abhikkamanaṃ ^b^abhikkanta^eb^nti āha ^b^‘‘abhikkantaṃ vuccati gamana’’^eb^nti. Tathā paṭikkamanaṃ ^b^paṭikkanta^eb^nti āha ^b^‘‘paṭikkantaṃ vuccati nivattana’’^eb^nti. ^b^Nivattana^eb^nti ca nivattimattaṃ, nivattitvā pana gamanaṃ gamanameva. ^b^Abhiharanto^eb^ti gamanavasena kāyaṃ upanento.<br/><br/>[03]Sammā pajānanaṃ sampajānaṃ, tena attanā kātabbassa karaṇasīlo ^b^sampajānakārī^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘sampajaññena sabbakiccakārī’’^eb^ti. Sampajānasaddassa sampajaññapariyāyatā pubbe vuttāyeva. ^b^Sampajaññaṃ karotevā^eb^ti abhikkantādīsu asammohaṃ uppādeti eva. Sampajānassa vā kāro etassa atthīti ^b^sampajānakārī^eb^. Dhammato vaḍḍhisaṅkhātena saha atthena pavattatīti sātthakaṃ, abhikkantādi. Sātthakassa sampajānanaṃ ^b^sātthakasampajaññaṃ^eb^. Sappāyassa attano upakārāvahassa hitassa sampajānanaṃ ^b^sappāyasampajaññaṃ^eb^ abhikkamādīsu bhikkhācāragocare, aññatthāpi ca pavattesu avijahite kammaṭṭhānasaṅkhāte gocare sampajaññaṃ ^b^gocarasampajaññaṃ^eb^. Abhikkamādīsu asammuyhanameva sampajaññaṃ ^b^asammohasampajaññaṃ^eb^. ^b^Pariggaṇhitvā^eb^ti paṭisaṅkhāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tasmi^eb^nti ^a^V1.0317^ea^^a^M1.0355^ea^ sātthakasampajaññavasena pariggahitātthe. Attho nāma dhammato vaḍḍhīti yaṃ sātthakanti adhippetaṃ gamanaṃ, taṃ sappāyamevāti siyā kassaci āsaṅkāti tannivattanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘cetiyadassanaṃ tāvā’’^eb^tiādi āraddhaṃ. ^b^Cittakammarūpakāni viyā^eb^ti cittakammakatapaṭimāyo viya, yantapayogena vā vicittakammapaṭimāyo viya. ^b^Asamapekkhanaṃ^eb^ gehasitāññāṇupekkhāvasena ārammaṇassa ayoniso gahaṇaṃ. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā uppajjati upekkhā bālassa mūḷhassa puthujjanassā’’tiādi (ma. ni. 3.308). Hatthiādisammaddena ^b^jīvitantarāyo,^eb^ visabhāgarūpadassanādinā ^b^brahmacariyantarāyo^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Pabbajitadivasato paṭṭhāya bhikkhūnaṃ anuvattanakathā āciṇṇā, ananuvattanakathā pana tassā dutiyā nāma hotīti āha ^b^‘‘dve kathā nāma na kathitapubbā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Eva^eb^nti ‘‘sace panā’’tiādikaṃ sabbampi vuttākāraṃ paccāmasati, na ‘‘purisassa mātugāmāsubha’’ntiādikaṃ vuccamānaṃ. Yogakammassa pavattiṭṭhānatāya bhāvanāya ārammaṇaṃ kammaṭṭhānanti vuccatīti āha ^b^‘‘kammaṭṭhānasaṅkhātaṃ gocara’’^eb^nti. ^b^Uggahetvā^eb^ti yathā uggahanimittaṃ uppajjati, evaṃ uggahakosallassa sampādanavasena uggahetvā. ^b^Haratī^eb^ti kammaṭṭhānaṃ pavatteti, yāva piṇḍapātapaṭikkamā anuyuñjatīti attho. ^b^Na^eb^^b^paccāharatī^eb^ti āhārūpabhogato yāva divāṭṭhānupasaṅkamanā kammaṭṭhānaṃ na paṭineti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sarīraparikamma^eb^nti mukhadhovanādisarīrapaṭijagganaṃ. ^b^Dve tayo pallaṅke^eb^ti dve tayo nisajjāvāre, dve tīṇi uṇhāsanāni. Tenāha ^b^‘‘usumaṃ gāhāpento’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kammaṭṭhānasīsenevā^eb^ti kammaṭṭhānaggeneva, kammaṭṭhānaṃ padhānaṃ katvā evāti attho. Tena ‘‘pattopi acetano’’tiādinā (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.109) vakkhamānaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ, yathāparihariyamānaṃ vā avijahitvāti dasseti. ‘‘Paribhogacetiyato sarīracetiyaṃ garutara’’nti katvā ^b^‘‘cetiyaṃ vanditvā’’^eb^ti pubbakālakiriyāvasena vuttaṃ. Tathā hi ^b^aṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ (vibha. aṭṭha. 809; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 3.128; a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.275) ‘‘cetiyaṃ bādhayamānā bodhisākhā haritabbā’’ti vuttā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Janasaṅgahattha^eb^nti ^a^M1.0356^ea^ ‘‘mayi akathente etesaṃ ko kathessatī’’ti dhammānuggahena janasaṅgahatthaṃ. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti. Yasmā ‘‘dhammakathā nāma kathetabbāyevā’’ti ^b^aṭṭhakathācariyā^eb^ vadanti, yasmā ca dhammakathā kammaṭṭhānavinimuttā nāma natthi, tasmā. ^b^Anumodanaṃ katvā^eb^ti etthāpi ‘‘kammaṭṭhānasīsenevā’’ti ^a^V1.0318^ea^ ānetvā sambandho. ^b^Sampattaparicchedenevā^eb^ti ‘‘paricito aparicito’’tiādivibhāgaṃ akatvā sampattakoṭiyāva. ^b^Bhaye^eb^ti paracakkādibhaye.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kammajatejo^eb^ti gahaṇiṃ sandhāyāha. ^b^Kammaṭṭhānavīthiṃ nārohati^eb^ khudāparissamena kilantakāyattā samādhānābhāvato. ^b^Avasesaṭṭhāne^eb^ti yāguyā aggahitaṭṭhāne. ^b^Poṅkhānupoṅkha^eb^nti kammaṭṭhānupaṭṭhānassa avicchedadassanavacanametaṃ, yathā poṅkhānupoṅkhapavattāya sarapaṭipāṭiyā avicchedo, evametassāpīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nikkhittadhuro^eb^ bhāvanānuyoge. Vattapaṭipattiyā apūraṇena ^b^sabbavatthāni bhinditvā^eb^. ‘‘Kāme avītarāgo hoti, kāye avītarāgo, rūpe avītarāgo, yāvadatthaṃ udarāvadehakaṃ bhuñjitvā seyyasukhaṃ passasukhaṃ middhasukhaṃ anuyutto viharati, aññataraṃ devanikāyaṃ paṇidhāya brahmacariyaṃ caratī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.320; ma. ni. 1.186) evaṃ vutta ^b^pañcavidhacetokhilavinibandhacitto. Caritvā^eb^ti pavattitvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Attakāmā^eb^ti attano hitasukhaṃ icchantā, dhammacchandavantoti attho. Dhammoti hi hitaṃ, tannimittakañca sukhanti. Atha vā viññūnaṃ nibbisesattā attabhāvapariyāpannattā ca attā nāma dhammo, taṃ kāmenti icchantīti attakāmā. ^b^Usabhaṃ^eb^ nāma vīsati yaṭṭhiyo. ^b^Tāya saññāyā^eb^ti tāya pāsāṇasaññāya, ettakaṃ ṭhānaṃ āgatāti jānantāti adhippāyo. ^b^Soyeva nayo^eb^ti ‘‘ayaṃ bhikkhū’’tiādiko yo ṭhāne vutto, so eva nisajjāyapi nayo. Pacchato āgacchantānaṃ chinnabhattabhāvabhayenapi yonisomanasikāraṃ paribrūheti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bahāpadhānaṃ pūjessāmī^eb^ti amhākaṃ atthāya lokanāthena cha vassāni kataṃ dukkaracariyaṃ evāhaṃ yathāsatti pūjessāmīti. Paṭipattipūjā hi ^a^M1.0357^ea^ satthupūjā, na āmisapūjā. ^b^Ṭhānacaṅkamanamevā^eb^ti adhiṭṭhātabbairiyāpathavasena vuttaṃ, na bhojanādikālesu avassaṃ kattabbanisajjāya paṭikkhepavasena.<br/><br/>[03]Vīthiṃ otaritvā ito cito ca anoloketvā paṭhamameva vīthiyo sallakkhetabbāti āha ^b^‘‘vīthiyo sallakkhetvā’’^eb^ti. Yaṃ sandhāya vuccati ‘‘pāsādikena abhikkantenā’’ti, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tattha cā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Paccekabodhiṃ ^a^V1.0319^ea^ sacchikaroti, yadi upanissayasampanno hotīti sambandho. Evaṃ sabbattha ito paresupi. Tattha paccekabodhiyā upanissayasampadā kappānaṃ dve asaṅkhyeyyāni satasahassañca tajjaṃ puññañāṇasambharaṇaṃ, sāvakabodhiyaṃ aggasāvakānaṃ ekaṃ asaṅkhyeyyaṃ kappasatasahassañca, mahāsāvakānaṃ kappasatasahassameva, itaresaṃ atītāsu jātīsu vivaṭṭasannissayavasena nibbattitaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ kusalaṃ. ^b^Bāhiyo dārucīriyo^eb^ti bahi visaye sañjātasaṃvaḍḍhatāya bāhiyo, dārucīrapariharaṇena dārucīriyoti ca samaññāto. So hi āyasmā –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Tasmā tiha te, bāhiya, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ ‘diṭṭhe diṭṭhamattaṃ bhavissati, sute… mute… viññāte viññātamattaṃ bhavissatī’ti. Yato kho te, bāhiya, diṭṭhe diṭṭhamattaṃ bhavissati, sute… mute… viññāte viññātamattaṃ bhavissati, tato tvaṃ, bāhiya, na tena. Yato tvaṃ, bāhiya, na tena, tato tvaṃ, bāhiya, na tattha. Yato tvaṃ, bāhiya, na tattha, tato tvaṃ, bāhiya, nevidha na huraṃ na ubhayamantarena, esevanto dukkhassā’’ti (udā. 10) – ettakāya desanāya arahattaṃ sacchākāsi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ta^eb^nti asammuyhanaṃ. ^b^Eva^eb^nti idāni vuccamānākārena veditabbaṃ. ^b^Attā abhikkamatī^eb^ti iminā andhaputhujjanassa diṭṭhiggāhavasena abhikkame sammuyhanaṃ dasseti, ahaṃ ^b^abhikkamāmī^eb^ti pana iminā mānaggāhavasena, tadubhayaṃ pana taṇhāya vinā na hotīti taṇhāggāhavasenapi sammuyhanaṃ dassitameva hoti. ^b^‘‘Tathā asammuyhanto’’^eb^ti vatvā taṃ asammuyhanaṃ ^a^M1.0358^ea^ yena ghanavinibbhogena hoti, taṃ dassento ^b^‘‘abhikkamāmī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha yasmā vāyodhātuyā anugatā tejodhātu uddharaṇassa paccayo. Uddharaṇagatikā hi tejodhātūti uddharaṇe vāyodhātuyā tassā anugatabhāvo, tasmā imāsaṃ dvinnamettha sāmatthiyato adhimattatā, itarāsañca omattatāti dassento ^b^‘‘ekeka…pe… balavatiyo’’^eb^ti āha. Yasmā pana tejodhātuyā anugatā vāyodhātu atiharaṇavītiharaṇānaṃ paccayo. Tiriyagatikāya hi vāyodhātuyā atiharaṇavītiharaṇesu sātisayo byāpāroti tejodhātuyā tassā anugatabhāvo, tasmā imāsaṃ dvinnamettha sāmatthiyato adhimattatā, itarāsañca omattatāti dassento ^b^‘‘tathā atiharaṇavītiharaṇesū’’^eb^ti āha. Satipi anugamanānugantabbatāvisese tejodhātu-vāyodhātu-bhāvamattaṃ sandhāya ^b^tathā^eb^-saddaggahaṇaṃ. Tattha akkantaṭṭhānato pādassa ukkhipanaṃ ^b^uddharaṇaṃ,^eb^ ṭhitaṭṭhānaṃ atikkamitvā purato haraṇaṃ ^b^atiharaṇaṃ^eb^ khāṇuādipariharaṇatthaṃ, patiṭṭhitapādaghaṭṭanapariharaṇatthaṃ vā passena ^a^V1.0320^ea^ haraṇaṃ ^b^vītiharaṇaṃ,^eb^ yāva patiṭṭhitapādo, tāva āharaṇaṃ ^b^atiharaṇaṃ,^eb^ tato paraṃ haraṇaṃ ^b^vītiharaṇa^eb^nti ayaṃ vā etesaṃ viseso.<br/><br/>[03]Yasmā pathavīdhātuyā anugatā āpodhātu vossajjanassa paccayo. Garutarasabhāvā hi āpodhātūti vossajjane pathavīdhātuyā tassā anugatabhāvo, tasmā tāsaṃ dvinnamettha sāmatthiyato adhimattatā, itarāsañca omattatāti dassento āha ^b^‘‘vossajjane…pe… balavatiyo’’^eb^ti. Yasmā pana āpodhātuyā anugatā pathavīdhātu sannikkhepanassa paccayo, patiṭṭhābhāve viya patiṭṭhāpanepi tassā sātisayakiccattā āpodhātuyā tassā anugatabhāvo, tathā ghaṭṭanakiriyāya pathavīdhātuyā vasena sannirumbhanassa sijjhanato tatthāpi pathavīdhātuyā āpodhātuanugatabhāvo, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘tathā sannikkhepanasannirumbhanesū’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti tasmiṃ abhikkamane, tesu vā vuttesu uddharaṇādīsu chasu koṭṭhāsesu. ^b^Uddharaṇe^eb^ti uddharaṇakkhaṇe. ^b^Rūpārūpadhammā^eb^ti uddharaṇākārena pavattā rūpadhammā, taṃsamuṭṭhāpakā arūpadhammā ca ^b^atiharaṇaṃ na pāpuṇanti^eb^ khaṇamattāvaṭṭhānato. ^b^Tattha tatthevā^eb^ti yattha yattha uppannā, tattha tattheva. Na hi dhammānaṃ ^a^M1.0359^ea^ desantarasaṅkamanaṃ atthi. ^b^Pabbaṃ pabba^eb^ntiādi uddharaṇādikoṭṭhāse sandhāya vuttaṃ, taṃ sabhāgasantativasena vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Atīttaro hi rūpadhammānampi pavattikkhaṇo gamanassādānaṃ devaputtānaṃ heṭṭhupariyena paṭimukhaṃ dhāvantānaṃ sirasi pāde ca baddhadhuradhārāsamāgamatopi sīghataro. Yathā tilānaṃ bhajjiyamānānaṃ paṭapaṭāyanena bhedo lakkhīyati, evaṃ saṅkhatadhammānaṃ uppādenāti dassanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘paṭapaṭāyantā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Uppannā hi ekantato bhijjantīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saddhiṃ rūpenā^eb^ti idaṃ tassa tassa cittassa nirodhena saddhiṃ nirujjhanakarūpadhammānaṃ vasena vuttaṃ, yaṃ tato sattarasamacittassa uppādakkhaṇe uppannaṃ. Aññathā yadi rūpārūpadhammā samānakkhaṇā siyuṃ, ‘‘rūpaṃ garupariṇāmaṃ dandhanirodha’’ntiādivacanehi (vibha. aṭṭha. 26) virodho siyā, tathā ‘‘nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi, yaṃ evaṃ lahuparivattaṃ, yathayidaṃ citta’’nti evamādipāḷiyā (a. ni. 1.48). Cittacetasikā hi sārammaṇasabhāvā yathābalaṃ attano ārammaṇapaccayabhūtamatthaṃ vibhāvento eva uppajjantīti tesaṃ taṃsabhāvanipphattianantaraṃ nirodho, rūpadhammā pana anārammaṇā pakāsetabbā, evaṃ tesaṃ pakāsetabbabhāvanivatti soḷasahi cittehi hotīti taṅkhaṇāyukatā tesaṃ icchitā, lahuviññāṇavisayasaṅgatimattapaccayatāya tiṇṇaṃ khandhānaṃ, visayasaṅgatimattatāya ca viññāṇassa lahuparivattitā, dandhamahābhūtapaccayatāya rūpadhammānaṃ dandhaparivattitā, nānādhātuyā yathābhūtañāṇaṃ kho ^a^V1.0321^ea^ pana tathāgatasseva, tena ca purejātapaccayo rūpadhammova vutto, pacchājātapaccayo ca tassevāti rūpārūpadhammānaṃ samānakkhaṇatā na yujjateva, tasmā vuttanayenevettha attho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aññaṃ uppajjate cittaṃ,^eb^^b^aññaṃ cittaṃ nirujjhatī^eb^ti yaṃ purimuppannaṃ cittaṃ, taṃ aññaṃ, taṃ pana nirujjhantaṃ aparassa anantarādipaccayabhāveneva nirujjhatīti tato laddhapaccayaṃ aññaṃ uppajjate cittaṃ. Yadi evaṃ tesaṃ antaro labbheyyāti noti āha ^b^‘‘avīcimanusambandho’’^eb^ti, yathā vīci antaro na labbhati, tadevetanti avisesavidu maññanti, evaṃ anu anu sambandho cittasantāno rūpasantāno ca ^b^nadīsotova^eb^ nadiyaṃ udakappavāho viya vattati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Abhimukhaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0360^ea^^b^lokitaṃ ālokita^eb^nti āha ^b^‘‘puratopekkhana’’^eb^nti. Yasmā yaṃdisābhimukho gacchati tiṭṭhati nisīdati vā, tadabhimukhaṃ pekkhanaṃ ālokitaṃ, tasmā tadanugataṃ vidisālokanaṃ vilokitanti āha ^b^‘‘vilokitaṃ nāma anudisāpekkhana’’^eb^nti. Sammajjanaparibhaṇḍādikaraṇe olokitassa, ullokaharaṇādīsu ullokitassa, pacchato āgacchantaparissayassa parivajjanādīsu apalokitassa siyā sambhavoti āha ^b^‘‘iminā vā mukhena sabbānipi tāni gahitānevā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kāyasakkhi^eb^nti kāyena sacchikatavantaṃ, paccakkhakārinanti attho. So hi āyasmā vipassanākāle eva ‘‘yamevāhaṃ indriyesu aguttadvārataṃ nissāya sāsane anabhiratiādivippakāraṃ patto, tameva suṭṭhu niggaṇhissāmī’’ti ussāhajāto balavahirottappo, tattha ca katādhikārattā indriyasaṃvare ukkaṃsapāramippatto, teneva naṃ satthā ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ indriyesu guttadvārānaṃ yadidaṃ nando’’ti (a. ni. 1.235) etadagge ṭhapesi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sātthakatā ca sappāyatā ca^eb^ ālokitavilokitassa ^b^veditabbā. Tasmā^eb^ti ‘‘kammaṭṭhānāvijahanasseva gocarasampajaññabhāvato’’ti vuttamevatthaṃ hetubhāvena paccāmasati. ^b^Attano kammaṭṭhānavaseneva ālokanavilokanaṃ kātabbaṃ,^eb^ khandhādikammaṭṭhānā añño upāyo na gavesitabboti adhippāyo. Ālokitādisamaññāpi yasmā dhammamattasseva pavattiviseso, tasmā tassa yāthāvato jānanaṃ asammohasampajaññanti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘abbhantare’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Paṭhamajavanepi^eb^^a^V1.0322^ea^^b^…pe… na hotī’’^eb^ti idaṃ pañcadvāraviññāṇavīthiyaṃ ‘‘itthī puriso’’ti rajjanādīnaṃ abhāvaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Tattha hi āvajjanavoṭṭhabbanānaṃ ayoniso āvajjanavoṭṭhabbanavasena iṭṭhe itthirūpādimhi lobho, aniṭṭhe ca paṭigho uppajjati, manodvāre pana ‘‘itthī puriso’’ti rajjanādi hoti, tassa pañcadvārajavanaṃ mūlaṃ, yathāvuttaṃ vā sabbaṃ bhavaṅgādi, evaṃ manodvārajavanassa mūlavasena mūlapariññā vuttā. Āgantukatāvakālikatā pana pañcadvārajavanasseva apubbabhāvavasena ittarabhāvavasena ca vuttā. ^b^Heṭṭhupariyavasena bhijjitvā patitesū^eb^ti heṭṭhimassa uparimassa ^a^M1.0361^ea^ ca aparāparaṃ bhaṅgappattimāha. ^b^Ta^eb^nti javanaṃ. Tassa na yuttanti sambandho. ^b^Āgantuko^eb^ abbhāgato. Udayabbayaparicchinno tāvatako kālo etesanti ^b^tāvakālikāni^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Etaṃ^eb^ asammohasampajaññaṃ. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti pañcakkhandhavasena ālokanavilokane paññāyamāne tabbinimutto ^b^ko eko āloketi, ko viloketi. Upanissayapaccayo^eb^ti idaṃ suttantanayena pariyāyato vuttaṃ. ^b^Sahajātapaccayo^eb^ti nidassanamattametaṃ aññamañña-sampayutta-atthiavigatādipaccayānampi labbhanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Maṇisappo nāma^eb^ ekā sappajātīti vadanti. ^b^Laḷana^eb^nti kampananti vadanti, līḷākaraṇaṃ vā laḷanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Uṇhapakatiko^eb^ pariḷāhabahulo. Sīlassa vidūsanena ahitāvahattā ^b^micchājīvavasena uppannaṃ asappāyaṃ^eb^. ^b^Cīvarampi acetana^eb^ntiādinā cīvarassa viya ^b^‘‘kāyopi acetano’’^eb^ti kāyassa attasuññatāvibhāvanena ^b^‘‘abbhantare’’^eb^tiādinā vuttamevatthaṃ vibhāvento itarītarasantosassa kāraṇaṃ dasseti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tasmā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Catupañcagaṇṭhikāhato^eb^ti āhatacatupañcagaṇṭhiko, catupañcagaṇṭhikāhi vā hatasobho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aṭṭhavidhopi attho^eb^ti aṭṭhavidhopi payojanaviseso. Pathavīsandhārakajalassa taṃsandhārakavāyunā viya paribhuttassa āhārassa vāyodhātunāva āsaye avaṭṭhānanti āha ^b^‘‘vāyodhātuvaseneva tiṭṭhatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Atiharatī^eb^ti yāva mukhā abhiharati. ^b^Vītiharatī^eb^ti tato yāva kucchi, tāva harati. ^b^Atiharatī^eb^ti vā mukhadvāraṃ atikkāmento harati. ^b^Vītiharatī^eb^ti kucchigataṃ passato harati. ^b^Parivattetī^eb^ti aparāparaṃ cāreti. Ettha ca āhārassa dhāraṇaparivattanasaṃcuṇṇanavisosanāni pathavīdhātusahitā eva vāyodhātu karoti, na kevalāti tāni ^a^V1.0323^ea^ pathavīdhātuyāpi kiccabhāvena vuttāni. ^b^Allattañca anupāletī^eb^ti vāyuādīhi atisosanaṃ yathā na hoti, tathā anupāleti allāadīhi atisosanaṃ yathā na hoti, tathā anupāleti allabhāvaṃ. ^b^Tejodhātū^eb^ti gahaṇīsaṅkhātā tejodhātu. Sā hi anto paviṭṭhaṃ āhāraṃ paripāceti. ^b^Añjaso hotī^eb^ti āhārassa pavesanādīnaṃ maggo hoti. ^b^Ābhujatī^eb^ti pariyesanajjhoharaṇajiṇṇājiṇṇatādiṃ āvajjeti, vijānātīti attho. Taṃtaṃvijānananipphādakoyeva hi ^a^M1.0362^ea^ payogo ‘‘sammāpayogo’’ti vutto. Yena hi payogena pariyesanādi nipphajjati, so tabbisayavijānanampi nipphādeti nāma tadavinābhāvato. Atha vā ^b^sammāpayogaṃ^eb^ sammāpaṭipattiṃ ^b^anvāya^eb^ āgamma ^b^ābhuja^eb^ti samannāharati. Ābhogapubbako hi sabbopi viññāṇabyāpāroti tathā vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Gamanato^eb^ti bhikkhācāravasena gocaragāmaṃ uddissa gamanato. ^b^Pariyesanato^eb^ti gocaragāme bhikkhatthaṃ āhiṇḍanato. ^b^Paribhogato^eb^ti āhārassa paribhuñjanato. ^b^Āsayato^eb^ti pittādiāsayato. Āsayati ettha ekajjhaṃ pavattamānopi kammabalavatthito hutvā mariyādavasena aññamaññaṃ asaṅkarato sayati tiṭṭhati pavattatīti ^b^āsayo,^eb^ āmāsayassa upari tiṭṭhanako pittādiko. Mariyādattho hi ayamākāro. Nidheti yathābhutto āhāro nicito hutvā tiṭṭhati etthāti nidhānaṃ, āmāsayo. Tato ^b^nidhānato^eb^. ^b^Aparipakkato^eb^ti gahaṇīsaṅkhātena kammajatejena avipakkato. ^b^Paripakkato^eb^ti yathābhuttassa āhārassa vipakkabhāvato. ^b^Phalato^eb^ti nipphattito. ^b^Nissandato^eb^ti ito cito ca vissandanato. ^b^Sammakkhanato^eb^ti sabbaso makkhanato. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana ^b^visuddhimaggasaṃvaṇṇanāya^eb^ (visuddhi. mahāṭī. 1.294) gahetabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aññe ca rogā^eb^ kaṇṇasūlabhagandarādayo. ^b^Aṭṭhāne^eb^ti manussāmanussapariggahite ayutte ṭhāne khettadevāyatanādike. Nissaṭṭhattā ^b^neva attano^eb^ kassaci anissajjitattā jigucchanīyattā ca ^b^na parassa^eb^. ^b^Udakatumbato^eb^ti veḷunāḷiādiudakabhājanato. ^b^Ta^eb^nti chaḍḍitaudakaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Addhānairiyāpathā^eb^ cirappavattikā dīghakālikā iriyāpathā. ^b^Majjhimā^eb^ bhikkhācaraṇādivasena pavattā. ^b^Cuṇṇikairiyāpathā^eb^ vihāre aññatthāpi ito cito ca parivattanādivasena pavattāti vadanti. ‘‘Gateti gamane’’ti pubbe abhikkamapaṭikkamaggahaṇena gamanenapi purato pacchato ca kāyassa atiharaṇaṃ vuttanti idha gamanameva gahitanti keci.<br/><br/>[03]Yasmā ^a^V1.0324^ea^^a^M1.0363^ea^ mahāsīvattheravāde anantare anantare iriyāpathe pavattarūpārūpadhammānaṃ tattha tattheva nirodhadassanavasena sampajānakāritā gahitā, idañcettha sampajaññavipassanācāravasena āgataṃ, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘tayidaṃ mahāsīvattherena vuttaṃ asammohadhuraṃ imasmiṃ satipaṭṭhānabhutte adhippeta’’^eb^nti. ^b^Sāmaññaphale^eb^ (dī. ni. 1.214; dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.214; dī. ni. ṭī. 1.214) ^b^pana sabbampi catubbidhaṃ sampajaññaṃ labbhati^eb^ yāvadeva sāmaññaphalavisesadassanaparattā tassā desanāya. ^b^Satisampayuttassevā^eb^ti idaṃ yathā sampajaññakiccassa padhānatā, evaṃ satikiccassāpīti dassanatthaṃ, na satiyā sabbhāvamattadassanatthaṃ. Na hi kadāci satirahitā ñāṇappavatti atthi. ^b^Etāni padānī^eb^ti sampajaññapadāni. ^b^Vibhattānevā^eb^ti visuṃ vibhattāneva. Imināpi sampajaññassa viya satiyāpi padhānataṃyeva vibhāveti.<br/><br/>[03]Aparo nayo – eko bhikkhu gacchanto aññaṃ cintento aññaṃ vitakkento gacchati, eko kammaṭṭhānaṃ avissajjetvāva gacchati, tathā eko tiṭṭhanto nisīdanto sayanto aññaṃ cintento aññaṃ vitakkento sayati, eko kammaṭṭhānaṃ avissajjetvāva sayati, etthakena pana na pākaṭaṃ hotīti caṅkamanena dīpenti. Yo hi bhikkhu caṅkamanaṃ otaritvā caṅkamanakoṭiyaṃ ṭhito pariggaṇhāti ‘‘pācīnacaṅkamanakoṭiyaṃ pavattā rūpārūpadhammā pacchimacaṅkamanakoṭiṃ appatvā ettheva niruddhā, pacchimacaṅkamanakoṭiyaṃ pavattāpi pācīnacaṅkamanakoṭiṃ appatvā ettheva niruddā, caṅkamanamajjhe pavattā ubho koṭiyo appatvā ettheva niruddhā, caṅkame pavattā rūpārūpadhammā ṭhānaṃ appatvā ettheva niruddhā, ṭhāne pavattā nisajjaṃ, nisajjāya pavattā sayanaṃ appatvā etthevaniruddhā’’ti, evaṃ pariggaṇhanto pariggaṇhantoyeva cittaṃ bhavaṅgaṃ otāreti, uṭṭhahanto kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvāva uṭṭhahati, ayaṃ bhikkhu ^b^gatādīsu sampajānakārī^eb^ nāma hoti, evampi sutte kammaṭṭhānaṃ avibhūtaṃ hoti, tasmā yo bhikkhu yāva sakkoti, tāva caṅkamitvā ṭhatvā nisīditvā sayamāno evaṃ pariggahetvā sayati ‘‘kāyo acetano, mañco acetano, kāyo na jānāti ‘‘ahaṃ mañce sayito’ti, mañco na jānāti ‘‘mayi kāyo sayito’’ti, acetano kāyo acetane mañce sayito’’ti, evaṃ pariggaṇhantoyeva cittaṃ bhavaṅgaṃ otāreti, pabujjhanto kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvāva pabujjhati, ayaṃ ^b^sutte sampajānakārī^eb^ nāma hotīti.<br/><br/>[03]Kāyādikiriyānibbattanena ^a^M1.0364^ea^ tammayattā āvajjanakiriyāsamuṭṭhitattā ca javanaṃ, sabbampi vā chadvārappavattaṃ kiriyāmayapavattaṃ nāma, tasmiṃ sati jāgaritaṃ nāma hotīti pariggaṇhanto ^b^jāgarite sampajānakārī^eb^ nāma. Apica rattindivaṃ cha koṭṭhāse katvā pañca koṭṭhāse jaggantopi ^b^jāgarite sampajānakārī^eb^ nāma hoti. Vimuttāyatanasīsena dhammaṃ desentopi bāttiṃsatiracchānakathaṃ ^a^V1.0325^ea^ pahāya dasakathāvatthunissitaṃ sappāyakathaṃ kathentopi ^b^bhāsite sampajānakārī^eb^ nāma. Aṭṭhatiṃsāya ārammaṇesu cittaruciyaṃ manasikāraṃ pavattentopi dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannopi ^b^tuṇhībhāve sampajānakārī^eb^ nāma. Dutiyañhi jhānaṃ vacīsaṅkhāravirahato visesato tuṇhībhāvo nāma. Rūpadhammasseva pavattiākāravisesā abhikkamādayoti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘rūpakkhandhasseva samudayo ca vayo ca nīharitabbo’’^eb^ti. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.<br/><br/>[06]Catusampajaññapabbavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 87
title:
  ānāpānapabbavaṇṇanā^iriyāpathapabbavaṇṇanā^catusampajaññapabbavaṇṇanā^paṭikūlamanasikārapabbavaṇṇanā^

content:
  [03]^b^110^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Paṭikūlamanasikāravasenā^eb^ti (dī. ni. ṭī. 2.377) jigucchanīyatāya. Paṭikūlameva paṭikūlaṃ yo paṭikūlasabhāvo paṭikūlākāro, tassa manasikaraṇavasena. Antarenapi hi bhāvavācinaṃ saddaṃ bhāvattho viññāyati yathā ‘‘paṭassa sukka’’nti. Yasmā ^b^visuddhimagge^eb^ (visuddhi. 1.182-183) vuttaṃ, tasmā tattha taṃsaṃvaṇṇanāyañca vuttanayena veditabbaṃ. Vatthādīhi pasibbakākārena bandhitvā kataṃ āvaṭanaṃ ^b^putoḷi. Vibhūtākāro^eb^ti paṇṇattiṃ samatikkamitvā asubhabhāvassa upaṭṭhitākāro. Iti-saddassa ākāratthataṃ dassento ^b^‘‘eva’’^eb^nti vatvā taṃ kāraṇaṃ sarūpato dassento ^b^‘‘kesādipariggahaṇenā’’^eb^ti āha.<br/><br/>[06]Paṭikūlamanasikārapabbavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 88
title:
  iriyāpathapabbavaṇṇanā^catusampajaññapabbavaṇṇanā^paṭikūlamanasikārapabbavaṇṇanā^dhātumanasikārapabbavaṇṇanā^

content:
  [03]^b^111^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dhātumanasikāravasenā^eb^ti pathavīdhātuādikā catasso dhātuyo ārabbha pavattabhāvanāmanasikāravasena, catudhātuvavatthānavasenāti attho. Dhātumanasikāro dhātukammaṭṭhānaṃ catudhātuvavatthānanti hi atthato ekaṃ. ^b^Goghātako^eb^ti jīvikatthāya gunnaṃ ghātako. ^b^Antevāsiko^eb^ti ^a^M1.0365^ea^ kammakaraṇavasena tassa samīpavāsī. ^b^Ṭhita^eb^-saddo ‘‘ṭhito vā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.263; a. ni. 5.28) ṭhānasaṅkhātairiyāpathasamaṅgitāya, ^b^ṭhā^eb^-saddassa vā gativinivattiatthatāya aññattha ṭhapetvā gamanaṃ sesairiyāpathasamaṅgitāya bodhako, idha pana yathā tathā rūpakāyassa pavattiākārabodhako adhippetoti āha ^b^‘‘catunnaṃ iriyāpathānaṃ yena kenaci ākārena ṭhitattā yathāṭhita’’^eb^nti. Tattha ^b^ākārenā^eb^ti ṭhānādinā rūpakāyassa pavattiākārena. Ṭhānādayo ^a^V1.0326^ea^ hi iriyāpathasaṅkhātāya kāyikakiriyāya patho pavattimaggoti ‘‘iriyāpatho’’ti vuccanti. ^b^Yathāṭhita^eb^nti yathāpavattaṃ. Yathāvuttaṭṭhānamevettha ‘‘paṇidhāna’’nti adhippetanti āha ^b^‘‘yathāṭhitattā ca yathāpaṇihita’’^eb^nti. ^b^Ṭhita^eb^nti vā kāyassa ṭhānasaṅkhātairiyāpathasamāyogaparidīpanaṃ. ^b^Paṇihita^eb^nti tadaññairiyāpathasamāyogaparidīpanaṃ. ^b^Ṭhita^eb^nti vā kāyasaṅkhātānaṃ rūpadhammānaṃ tasmiṃ tasmiṃ khaṇe sakiccavasena avaṭṭhānaparidīpanaṃ. ^b^Paṇihita^eb^nti paccayakiccavasena tehi tehi paccayehi pakārato nihitaṃ paṇihitanti evampettha attho veditabbo. ^b^Paccavekkhatī^eb^ti pati pati avekkhati, ñāṇacakkhunā vinibbhujitvā visuṃ visuṃ passati.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni vuttamevatthaṃ bhāvatthavibhāvanavasena dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā goghātakassā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^posentassā^eb^ti maṃsūpacayaparibrūhanāya kuṇḍakabhattakappāsaṭṭhiādīhi saṃvaḍḍhentassa. ^b^Vadhitaṃ mata^eb^nti hiṃsitaṃ hutvā mataṃ. ^b^Mata^eb^nti ca matamattaṃ. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘tāvadevā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Gāvīti saññā na antaradhāyati^eb^ yāni aṅgapaccaṅgāni yathāsanniviṭṭhāni upādāya gāvīsamaññā matamattāyapi gāviyā, tesaṃ taṃsannivesassa avinaṭṭhattā. Vilīyanti bhijjanti vibhujjantīti ^b^bīlā^eb^ bhāgā va-kārassa ba-kāraṃ, i-kārassa ī-kāraṃ katvā. ^b^Bīlaso^eb^ti bīlaṃ bīlaṃ katvā. ^b^Vibhajitvā^eb^ti aṭṭhisaṅghāṭato maṃsaṃ vivecetvā, tato vā vivecitamaṃsaṃ bhāgaso katvā. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘maṃsasaññā pavattatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pabbajitassa^eb^pi apariggahitakammaṭṭhānassa. ^b^Ghanavinibbhoga^eb^nti santatisamūhakiccaghanānaṃ vinibbhujanaṃ vivecanaṃ. ^b^Dhātuso paccavekkhato^eb^ti ghanavinibbhogakaraṇena dhātuṃ dhātuṃ pathavīādidhātuṃ visuṃ visuṃ katvā paccavekkhantassa. ^b^Sattasaññā^eb^ti attānudiṭṭhivasena pavattā saññāti vadanti, vohāravasena pavattasattasaññāyapi ^a^M1.0366^ea^ tadā antaradhānaṃ yuttameva yāthāvato ghanavinibbhogassa sampādanato. Evañhi sati yathāvuttaopammatthena upameyyattho aññadatthu saṃsandati sameti. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘dhātuvaseneva cittaṃ santiṭṭhatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dakkho^eb^ti cheko taṃtaṃsamaññāya kusalo, yathājāte sūnasmiṃ naṅguṭṭhakhuravisāṇādivante aṭṭhimaṃsādiavayavasamudāye avibhatte gāvīsamaññā, na vibhatte, vibhatte pana aṭṭiṃmaṃsādiavayavasamaññāti jānanako. ^b^Catumahāpatho viya catuiriyāpatho^eb^ti gāviyā ṭhitacatumahāpatho viya kāyassa pavattimaggabhūto catubbidho iriyāpatho. Yasmā ^b^visuddhimagge^eb^ (visuddhi. 1.306) ^b^vitthāritā,^eb^ tasmā tattha ^b^taṃsaṃvaṇṇanāya^eb^ñca (visuddhi. mahāṭī. 1.306) vuttanayeneva veditabbā.<br/><br/>[06]Dhātumanasikārapabbavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 89
title:
  catusampajaññapabbavaṇṇanā^paṭikūlamanasikārapabbavaṇṇanā^dhātumanasikārapabbavaṇṇanā^navasivathikapabbavaṇṇanā^

content:
  [03]^b^112^eb^^b^.^eb^ Sivathikāya ^a^V1.0327^ea^ apaviddhauddhumātakādipaṭisaṃyuttānaṃ odhiso pavattānaṃ kathānaṃ tadabhidheyyānañca uddhumātakādiasubhabhāgānaṃ sivathikapabbānīti saṅgītikārehi gahitasamaññā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sivathikapabbehi vibhajitu’’^eb^nti. ^b^Uddhaṃ jīvitapariyādānā^eb^ti jīvitakkhayato upari maraṇato paraṃ. ^b^Samuggatenā^eb^ti uṭṭhitena. ^b^Uddhumātattā^eb^ti uddhaṃ uddhaṃ dhumātattā sūnattā. Setarattehi viparibhinnaṃ vimissitaṃ nīlaṃ vinīlaṃ, purimavaṇṇavipariṇāmabhūtaṃ vā nīlaṃvinīlaṃ, vinīlameva ^b^vinīlaka^eb^nti ka-kārena padavaḍḍhanamāha anatthantarato yathā ‘‘pītakaṃ lohitaka’’nti (dha. sa. 616). ^b^Paṭikūlakattā^eb^ti jigucchanīyattā. ^b^Kucchitaṃ vinīlaṃ vinīlaka^eb^nti kucchanattho vā ayaṃ ka-kāroti dassetuṃ vuttaṃ yathā ‘‘pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchatī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.316; a. ni. 5.213; mahāva. 285). ^b^Paribhinnaṭṭhānehi^eb^ kākakaṅkādīhi. ^b^Vissandamānaṃ pubba^eb^nti vissavantaṃ pubbaṃ, tahaṃ tahaṃ paggharantapubbanti attho. ^b^Tathābhāva^eb^nti vissandamānapubbabhāvaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^So bhikkhū^eb^ti yo ‘‘passeyya sarīraṃ sivathikāya chaḍḍita’’nti vutto, so bhikkhu. ^b^Upasaṃharati^eb^ sadisataṃ. ^b^Ayampi kho^eb^tiādi upasaṃharaṇākāradassanaṃ ^a^M1.0367^ea^. ^b^Āyū^eb^ti rūpajīvitindriyaṃ, arūpajīvitindriyaṃ panettha viññāṇagatikameva. ^b^Usmā^eb^ti kammajatejo. ^b^Evaṃpūtikasabhāvo^eb^ti evaṃ ativiya pūtikasabhāvo, na āyuādīnaṃ avigame viya mattasoti adhippāyo. Ediso bhavissatīti ^b^evaṃbhāvī^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘evaṃuddhumātādibhedo bhavissatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Luñcitvā luñcitvā^eb^ti uppāṭetvā uppāṭetvā. ^b^Sesāvasesamaṃsalohitayutta^eb^nti sabbaso akhāditattā tahaṃ tahaṃ sesena appāvasesena maṃsalohitena yuttaṃ. ^b^Aññena hatthaṭṭhika^eb^nti avisesena hatthaṭṭhikānaṃ vippakiṇṇatā jotitāti anavasesato tesaṃ vippakiṇṇataṃ dassento ^b^‘‘catusaṭṭhibhedampī’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Terovassikānī^eb^ti tirovassaṃ gatāni. Tāni pana saṃvaccharaṃ vītivattāni hontīti āha ^b^‘‘atikkantasaṃvaccharānī’’^eb^ti. Purāṇatāya ghanabhāvavigamena vicuṇṇatā idha pūtibhāvoti so yathā hoti, taṃ dassento ^b^‘‘abbhokāse’’^eb^tiādimāha. Khajjamānatādivasena dutiyasivathikapabbādīnaṃ vavatthitatthā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘khajjamānādīnaṃ vasena yojanā kātabbā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Navasivathikapabbavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Imāneva^eb^^a^V1.0328^ea^^b^dve^eb^ti avadhāraṇena appanākammaṭṭhānaṃ tattha niyameti aññapabbesu tadabhāvato. Yato hi eva-kāro, tato aññattha niyameti, tena pabbadvayassa vipassanākammaṭṭhānatāpi appaṭisiddhāti daṭṭhabbā aniccādidassanato. Saṅkhāresu ādīnavavibhāvanāni sivathikapabbānīti āha ^b^‘‘sivathikānaṃ ādīnavānupassanāvasena vuttattā’’^eb^ti. Iriyāpathapabbādīnaṃ anappanāvahatā pākaṭā evāti ^b^‘‘sesāni dvādasāpī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Yaṃ panettha atthato avibhattaṃ, taṃ suviññeyyamevāti.<br/><br/>[06]Kāyānupassanāvaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 90
title: paṭikūlamanasikārapabbavaṇṇanā^dhātumanasikārapabbavaṇṇanā^vedanānupassanāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^113^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sukhaṃ vedana^eb^nti ettha sukhayatīti ^b^sukhā,^eb^ sampayuttadhamme kāyañca laddhassāde karotīti attho. Suṭṭhu vā khādati, khanati vā kāyikaṃ cetasikañca ^a^M1.0368^ea^ ābādhanti ^b^sukhā^eb^. Sukaraṃ okāsadānaṃ etissāti ^b^sukhā^eb^ti apare. Vedayati ārammaṇarasaṃ anubhavatīti ^b^vedanā. Vedayamāno^eb^ti anubhavamāno. ^b^Kāma^eb^ntiādīsu yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ iriyāpathapabbe vuttameva. Sampajānassa vediyanaṃ^b^ sampajānavediyanaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Vohāramattaṃ hotī’’^eb^ti etena ‘‘sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayamāno sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmī’’ti idaṃ vohāramattanti dasseti. ^b^Vatthuārammaṇā^eb^ti rūpādiārammaṇā. Rūpādiārammaṇañhi vedanāya pavattiṭṭhānatāya ‘‘vatthū’’ti adhippetaṃ. ^b^Assā^eb^ti bhaveyya. Dhammavinimuttassa aññassa kattu abhāvato dhammasseva kattubhāvaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘vedanāva vedayatī’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Nitthunanto^eb^ti. Balavato vedanāvegassa nirodhane ādīnavaṃ disvā tassa avasaradānavasena nitthunanto. ^b^Vīriyasamataṃ yojetvā^eb^ti adhivāsanavīriyassa adhimattattā tassa hāpanavasena samādhinā samarasatāpādanena vīriyasamataṃ yojetvā. ^b^Saha paṭisambhidāhī^eb^ti lokuttarapaṭisambhidāhi saha. Lokiyānampi vā sati uppattikāle tattha samatthataṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘saha paṭisambhidāhī’’ti^eb^. ^b^Samasīsī^eb^ti vārasamasīsī hutvā, paccavekkhaṇavārassa anantaravāre parinibbāyīti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yathā ca sukhaṃ, evaṃ dukkha^eb^nti yathā ‘‘sukhaṃ vedayatī’’tiādinā sampajānavediyanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, evaṃ dukkhampi. Tattha dukkhayatīti ^b^dukkhā,^eb^ sampayuttadhamme kāyañca pīḷeti vibādhatīti ^a^V1.0329^ea^ attho. Duṭṭhuṃ vā khādati, khanati vā kāyikaṃ cetasikañca sātanti ^b^dukkhā^eb^. Dukkaraṃ okāsadānaṃ etissāti ^b^dukkhā^eb^ti apare. ^b^Arūpakammaṭṭhāna^eb^nti arūpapariggahaṃ, arūpadhammamukhena vipassanābhinivesanti attho. Rūpakammaṭṭhānena pana samathābhinivesopi saṅgayhati, vipassanābhiniveso pana idhādhippetoti dassento āha. ^b^‘‘Rūpapariggaho arūpapariggahotipi etadeva vuccatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Catudhātuvavatthānaṃ kathesī^eb^ti etthāpi ‘‘yebhuyyenā’’ti padaṃ ānetvā sambandhitabbaṃ. ^b^Tadubhaya^eb^nti catudhātuvavatthānassa saṅkhepavitthāradvayamāha. ^b^Saṅkhepamanasikāravasena^eb^ mahāsatipaṭṭhāne, ^b^vitthāramanasikāravasena^eb^ rāhulovāda- (ma. ni. 2.115-117) dhātuvibhaṅgādīsu (vibha. 174-175).<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yebhuyya^eb^ggahaṇena ^a^M1.0369^ea^ tadaññadhammavasenapi arūpakammaṭṭhānakathāya atthitā dīpitāti taṃ vibhāgena dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tividho hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^abhiniveso^eb^ti anuppaveso, ārambhoti attho. Ārambhe eva hi ayaṃ vibhāgo, sammasanaṃ pana anavasesatova dhamme pariggahetvā vattati. ^b^Pariggahite rūpakammaṭṭhāne^eb^ti idaṃ rūpamukhena vipassanābhinivesaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, arūpamukhena pana vipassanābhiniveso yebhūyyena samathayānikassa icchitabbo, so ca paṭhamaṃ jhānaṅgāni pariggahetvā tato paraṃ sesadhamme pariggaṇhāti. ^b^Paṭhamābhinipāto^eb^ti sabbe cetasikā cittāyattā cittakiriyabhāvena vuccantīti phasso cittassa paṭhamābhinipāto vutto, uppannaphasso puggalo, cittacetasikarāsi vā ārammaṇena phuṭṭho phassasahajātāya vedanāya taṃsamakālameva vedeti, phasso pana obhāsassa viya padīpo vedanādīnaṃ paccayaviseso hotīti purimakālo viya vuccati, yā tassa ārammaṇābhiniropanalakkhaṇatā vuccati. ^b^Phusanto^eb^ti ārammaṇassa phusanākārena. Ayañhi arūpadhammatā ekadesena anallīyamānopi rūpaṃ viya cakkhu, saddo viya ca sotaṃ cittaṃ ārammaṇañca phusanto viya saṅghaṭṭento viya ca pavattati. Tathāhesa ‘‘saṅghaṭṭanaraso’’ti vuccati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ārammaṇaṃ anubhavantī^eb^ti issaravatāya visavitāya sāmibhāvena ārammaṇarasaṃ anubhavantī. Phassādīnañhi sampayuttadhammānaṃ ārammaṇe ekadeseneva pavatti phusanādimattabhāvato, vedanāya pana iṭṭhākārasambhogādivasena pavattanato ārammaṇe nippadesato pavatti. Phusanādibhāvena hi ārammaṇaggahaṇaṃ ekadesānubhavanaṃ, vedayitābhāvena gahaṇaṃ yathākāmaṃ sabbānubhavanaṃ evasabhāvāneva tāni gahaṇānīti na vedanāya viya phassādīnampi yathāsakaṃ kiccakaraṇena sāmibhāvānubhavanaṃ codetabbaṃ. ^b^Vijānanta^eb^nti paricchindanavasena visesato jānantaṃ. Viññāṇañhi minitabbavatthuṃ nāḷiyā minanto puriso viya ārammaṇaṃ paricchijja ^a^V1.0330^ea^ vibhāventaṃ pavattati, na saññā viya sañjānanamattaṃ hutvā. Tathā hi anena kadāci lakkhaṇattayavibhāvanāpi hoti. Imesaṃ pana phassādīnaṃ tassa tassa pākaṭabhāvo paccayavisesasiddhassa pubbābhogassa vasena veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]Evaṃ ^a^M1.0370^ea^ tassa tasseva pākaṭabhāvepi ‘‘sabbaṃ, bhikkhave, abhiññeyya’’nti (saṃ. ni. 4.46; paṭi. ma. 1.3) ‘‘sabbañca kho, bhikkhave, abhijāna’’nti (saṃ. ni. 4.26) ca evamādivacanato sabbe sammasanupagā dhammā pariggahetabbāti dassento ^b^‘‘tattha yassā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^phassapañcamakeyevā^eb^ti avadhāraṇaṃ tadantogadhattā taggahaṇeneva gahitattā catunnaṃ arūpakkhandhānaṃ. Phassapañcamakaggahaṇañhi tassa sabbacittuppādasādhāraṇabhāvato, tattha ca phassacetanāggahaṇena sabbasaṅkhārakkhandhadhammasaṅgaho cetanāpadhānattā tesaṃ. Tathā hi suttantabhājanīye ^b^saṅkhārakkhandhavibhaṅge^eb^ (vibha. 12) ‘‘cakkhusamphassajā cetanā’’tiādinā cetanāva vibhattā, itare pana khandhā sarūpeneva gahitā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vatthuṃ nissitā^eb^ti ettha vatthu-saddo karajakāyavisayoti kathamidaṃ viññāyatīti āha ^b^‘‘yaṃ sandhāya vutta’’^eb^ntiādi. Kattha pana vuttaṃ? ^b^Sāmaññaphale. So^eb^ti karajakāyo. ^b^Pañcakkhandhavinimuttaṃ nāmarūpaṃ natthī^eb^ti idaṃ adhikāravasena vuttaṃ. Aññathā hi khandhavinimuttampi nāmaṃ atthevāti. ^b^Avijjādihetukā^eb^ti avijjātaṇhupādānādihetukā. ^b^Vipassanāpaṭipāṭiyā…pe… vicaratī^eb^ti iminā balavavipassanaṃ vatvā puna tassa ussukkāpanaṃ visesādhigamanañca dassento ^b^‘‘so’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Idhā^eb^ti imissaṃ dutiyasatipaṭṭhānadesanāyaṃ, tassā pana vedanānupassanāvasena kathetabbattā ^b^bhagavā vedanāvasena kathesi^eb^. Yathāvuttesu ca tīsu kammaṭṭhānābhinivesesu vedanāvasena kammaṭṭhānābhiniveso sukaro vedanānaṃ vibhūtabhāvatoti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘phassavasena hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Na pākaṭaṃ hotī^eb^ti idaṃ tādise puggale sandhāya vuttaṃ, yesaṃ ādito vedanāva vibhūtatarā hutvā upaṭṭhāti. Evañhi yaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘phasso pākaṭo hoti, viññāṇaṃ pākaṭaṃ hotī’’ti, taṃ avirodhitaṃ hoti. ^b^Vedanānaṃ uppattipākaṭatāyā^eb^ti ca idaṃ sukhadukkhavedanānaṃ vasena vuttaṃ. Tāsañhi pavatti oḷārikā, na itarāya. Tadubhayaggahaṇamukhena vā gahetabbattā itarāyapi pavatti viññūnaṃ pākaṭā evāti ^b^‘‘vedanāna’’^eb^nti avisesaggahaṇaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Yadā sukhaṃ uppajjatī^eb^tiādi sukhavedanāya pākaṭabhāvavibhāvanaṃ. ^b^Neva tasmiṃ samaye dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vedetī^eb^ti tasmiṃ sukhavedanāsamaṅgisamaye neva dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vedeti niruddhattā, anuppannattā ca yathākkamaṃ ^a^M1.0371^ea^ atītānāgatānaṃ ^a^V1.0331^ea^, paccuppannāya pana asambhavo vuttoyeva. Sakiccakkhaṇamattāvaṭṭhānato ^b^aniccā^eb^. Sameccasambhuyya paccayehi katattā ^b^saṅkhatā^eb^. Vatthārammaṇādipaccayaṃ paṭicca uppannattā ^b^paṭiccasamuppannā^eb^. Khayavayapalujjananirujjhanapakatitāya ^b^khayadhammā…pe… nirodhadhammā^eb^ti daṭṭhabbā.<br/><br/>[03]Kilesehi āmasitabbato āmisaṃ nāma pañca kāmaguṇā, ārammaṇakaraṇavasena saha āmisehīti ^b^āmisā^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pañcakāmaguṇāmisanissitā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ito para^eb^nti ‘‘atthi vedanā’’ti evamādipāḷiṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘kāyānupassanāyaṃ vuttanayamevā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Vedanānupassanāvaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 91
title: dhātumanasikārapabbavaṇṇanā^vedanānupassanāvaṇṇanā^cittānupassanāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^114^eb^^b^.^eb^ Sampayogavasena (dī. ni. ṭī. 2.381) pavattamānena saha rāgenāti ^b^sarāgaṃ^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘lobhasahagata’’^eb^nti. ^b^Vītarāga^eb^nti. Ettha kāmaṃ sarāgapadapaṭiyoginā vītarāgavasena bhavitabbaṃ, sammasanacārassa pana idhādhippetattā tebhūmakasseva gahaṇanti ^b^‘‘lokiyakusalābyākata’’^eb^nti vatvā ‘‘idaṃ panā’’tiādinā tameva adhippāyaṃ vivarati. Sesāni dve dosamūlāni, dve mohamūlānīti ^b^cattāri akusalacittāni^eb^. Tesañhi rāgena sampayogābhāvato nattheva sarāgatā, tannimittakatāya pana siyā taṃsahitatālesoti nattheva vītarāgatāpīti dukavinimuttatā evettha labbhatīti āha ^b^‘‘neva purimapadaṃ, na pacchimapadaṃ bhajantī’’^eb^ti. Yadi evaṃ padesikaṃ pajānanaṃ āpajjatīti? Nāpajjati dukantarapariyāpannattā tesaṃ. Akusalamūlesu saha moheneva vattatīti ^b^samoha^eb^nti āha ^b^‘‘vicikicchāsahagatañceva uddhaccasahagatañcā’’^eb^ti. Yasmā cettha saheva mohenāti samohanti purimapadāvadhāraṇampi labbhatiyeva, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘yasmā panā’’^eb^tiādi. Yathā pana atimūḷhatāya pāṭipuggalikanayena savisesaṃ mohavantatāya momūhacittanti vattabbato vicikicchuddhaccasahagatadvayaṃ visesato ‘‘samoha’’nti vuccati, na tathā sesākusalacittānīti ^b^‘‘vaṭṭantiyevā’’^eb^ti ^a^M1.0372^ea^ vuttaṃ. Sampayogavasena thinamiddhena anupatitaṃ anugatanti thinamiddhānupatitaṃ pañcavidhaṃ sasaṅkhārikākusalacittaṃ ^b^saṅkuṭitacittaṃ^eb^. ^b^Saṅkuṭitacittaṃ nāma^eb^ ārammaṇe saṅkocanavasena pavattanato. Paccayavisesavasena thāmajātena uddhaccena sahagataṃ pavattaṃ saṃsaṭṭhanti ^b^uddhaccasahagataṃ,^eb^ aññathā ^a^V1.0332^ea^ sabbampi akusalacittaṃ uddhaccasahagatamevāti. ^b^Pasaṭacittaṃ nāma^eb^ sātisayaṃ vikkhepavasena pavattanato.<br/><br/>[03]Kilesavikkhambhanasamatthatāya vipulaphalatāya dīghasantānatāya ca mahantabhāvaṃ gataṃ, mahantehi vā uḷāracchandādīhi gataṃ paṭipannanti ^b^mahaggataṃ^eb^. Taṃ pana rūpārūpabhūmikaṃ tato mahantassa loke abhāvato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘rūpārūpāvacara’’^eb^nti. Tassa cettha paṭiyogī parittamevāti āha ^b^‘‘amahaggatanti kāmāvacara’’^eb^nti. Attānaṃ uttarituṃ samatthehi saha uttarehīti ^b^sauttaraṃ,^eb^ tappaṭipakkhena ^b^anuttaraṃ,^eb^ tadubhayaṃ upādāya veditabbanti āha ^b^‘‘sauttaranti kāmāvacara’’^eb^ntiādi. Paṭipakkhavikkhambhanasamatthena samādhinā sammadeva āhitaṃ ^b^samāhitaṃ^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yassā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Yassā^eb^ti yassa cittassa. Yathāvuttena samādhinā na samāhitanti ^b^asamāhitaṃ^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ubhayasamādhirahita’’^eb^nti. Tadaṅgavimuttiyā ^b^vimuttaṃ,^eb^ kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ. Vikkhambhanavimuttiyā ^b^vimuttaṃ,^eb^ mahaggatanti tadubhayaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘tadaṅgavikkhambhanavimuttīhi vimutta’’^eb^nti. Yattha tadubhayavimutti natthi, taṃ ubhayavimuttirahitanti gayhamāne lokuttaracittepi siyā āsaṅkāti tannivattanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘samuccheda…pe… okāsova natthī’’^eb^ti āha. Okāsābhāvo ca sammasanacārassa adhippetattā veditabbo. Yaṃ panettha atthato avibhattaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayamevāti.<br/><br/>[06]Cittānupassanāvaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


